The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue faster. Whether you're an aspiring entrepreneur or a thriving business owner, this podcast is designed and produced JUST for you, so you can learn from the best industry experts in the world. You can listen to exclusive interviews with authors, thought-leaders, and successful business titans who share their stories and business journeys so we can draw insights and learn from their successes and struggles together. As you're working on growing your business and pursuing your dreams, we'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. And... we'll have some fun in the process.
In today's episode, Brian shares share a sales framework he learned from Alex Hormozi.
Hormozi’s C.L.O.S.E.R. sales framework is a tool you can learn and install for every team rep. It should be taught and enforced via an internal policy. You don’t want your sales team ‘winging’ it based on their personalities and individual sales styles. You need and want a systematized approach that works time and time again. As you’ve likely already concluded, C.L.O.S.E.R. is an acronym that walks you through a repeatable 6-step process.
Want to speak with Brian about how to grow your business smarter and faster? Just visit our website at: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional Chief Growth Officer, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Schedule A Consult: https://calendly.com/brianwebb
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 84
Season #: 4
Episode Date: January 8th, 2024
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Apple https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotify https://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandora https://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
Google https://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radio https://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership) https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
EPISODE #83 - 10 Ways To Destroy Your Business In 2024 In As Few Moves As Possible
In today's episode, Brian shares how to use Charlie Munger's process of 'inverted thinking' to create more success in your business.
You'll hear from Charlie Munger, former Vice Chairman of Berkshire Hathaway, best-selling author, Jim Collins, and Brian Webb as you learn the top 10 ways to destroy your business in 2024 in as few moves as possible.
Want to speak with Brian about how to grow your business smarter and faster? Just visit our website at: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional Chief Growth Officer, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Schedule A Consult: https://calendly.com/brianwebb
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 83
Season #: 4
Episode Date: December 28th, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Apple https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotify https://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandora https://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
Google https://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radio https://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership) https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
In today's episode, Brian shares how you can turn leverage into an asset for your business, and what the 4 C's of leverage are.
Want to speak with Brian about how to grow your business smarter and faster?
Just visit our website at: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional Chief Growth Officer, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Schedule A Consult: https://calendly.com/brianwebb
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 82
Season #: 3
Episode Date: December 12th, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Apple https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotify https://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandora https://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
Google https://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radio https://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership) https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
In today's episode, Brian interviews special guest, Neal Foard. Brian and Neal talk about the importance and value of telling beautiful stories and how storytelling affects branding and marketing.
Want to speak with Brian about how to grow your business smarter and faster?
Just visit our website at: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional Chief Growth Officer, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Schedule A Consult: https://calendly.com/brianwebb
____________________
Connect with Neal Foard
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/neal-foard-3727403/
Website: https://www.nealfoard.com
TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@nealfoard
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/nealfoard/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@nealfoard
____________________
3 Videos Referenced In Today's Episode
The Restaurant Of Mistaken Orders https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QvbSCLpwq6w
Best Birthday Ever https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ouiiHrs7OZk&t=4s
Just Lucky I Guess https://www.youtube.com/shorts/XBKRR0HDu9Y
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 81
Season #: 3
Episode Date: December 5th, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Apple https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotify https://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandora https://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
Google https://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radio https://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership) https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
In today's episode, Brian Webb shares the scoop on two upcoming free online masterclasses to level up your marketing and business growth strategies. ____________________ LEAD MAGNET MASTERCLASS: The No B.S. Playbook On How To Create Irresistible Lead Magnets Your Customer Will Want & Love DATE OPTION 1: Thursday, October 5th, 2023 TIME: 9 AM CST WHERE: Virtual Online PRICE: Free ($297 Value) REGISTER: https://whatboxdigital.com/lead-magnet-masterclass
DATE OPTION 2: Thursday, October 12th, 2023 TIME: 2 PM CST WHERE: Virtual Online PRICE: Free ($297 Value) REGISTER: https://whatboxdigital.com/event-lead-magnet-masterclass-oct-12th-2023-2pm ____________________
SALES FUNNEL MASTERCLASS: The No B.S. Playbook On How To Launch Sales Funnels That Convert Prospects Into Paying Customers
DATE: Tuesday, October 17th, 2023 TIME: 9 AM CST WHERE: Virtual Online PRICE: Free ($297 Value) REGISTER: https://whatboxdigital.com/oct-17-2023-sales-funnel-masterclass ____________________
VIEW ALL EVENTS: https://whatboxdigital.com/events
Want to speak with Brian about how to grow your business smarter and faster?
Just visit our website at: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Small Business Marketing Accelerator: https://whatboxdigital.com/smallbusiness
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 80
Season #: 3
Episode Date: October 3rd, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Applehttps://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotifyhttps://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandorahttps://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
Googlehttps://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radiohttps://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership)https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
In today's episode, Brian Webb interviews JJ Hollie, CEO of The Woodlands Area Chamber of Commerce. Brian and JJ discuss the 3 common pitfalls to avoid to grow your business smarter and faster.
Want to speak with Brian about how to grow your business smarter and faster?
Just visit our website at: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Small Business Marketing Toolkit: https://whatboxdigital.com/small-business-marketing-toolkit
Woodlands Chamber Members Special Discount Offer: https://whatboxdigital.com/woodlandschamber
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional Chief Growth Officer, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Schedule A Consult: https://calendly.com/brianwebb
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 79
Season #: 3
Episode Date: September 22nd, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Applehttps://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotifyhttps://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandorahttps://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
Googlehttps://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radiohttps://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership)https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
In today's episode, Brian Webb shares 3 tips and mindset shifts for finding the perfect growth coach for you and your business.
Want to speak with Brian about how to grow your business smarter and faster?
Just visit our website at: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Small Business Marketing Toolkit: https://whatboxdigital.com/small-business-marketing-toolkit
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional Chief Growth Officer, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Schedule A Consult: https://calendly.com/brianwebb
LinkedIn Business Growth Newsletter: https://www.linkedin.com/newsletters/learn-earn-more-newsletter-6914601587080388608/
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 78
Season #: 3
Episode Date: July 31st, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Applehttps://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotifyhttps://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandorahttps://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
Googlehttps://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radiohttps://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership)https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
In today's episode, Brian Webb shares 10 key digital marketing and sales metrics your business should be relentlessly monitoring every single day.
Want to speak with Brian about how to grow your business smarter and faster?
Just visit our website at: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Small Business Marketing Toolkit: https://whatboxdigital.com/small-business-marketing-toolkit
Learn more about Custom Dashboards: https://whatboxdigital.com/dashboards
See Live Dashboard Demos: https://whatboxdigital.com/dashboard-demos
Related Article: https://whatboxdigital.com/10-marketing-metrics-you-should-be-relentless-monitoring-every-single-day
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional Chief Growth Officer, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Schedule A Consult: https://calendly.com/brianwebb
LinkedIn Business Growth Newsletter: https://www.linkedin.com/newsletters/learn-earn-more-newsletter-6914601587080388608/
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 77
Season #: 3
Episode Date: July 25th, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Applehttps://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotifyhttps://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandorahttps://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
Googlehttps://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radiohttps://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership)https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
In today's episode, Brian Webb shares the scoop on the best and most affordable marketing program we've launched in over 20 years, along with the 8 top benefits of why it could massively help grow your business smarter and faster.
Want to speak with Brian about how to grow your business smarter and faster?
Just visit our website at: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Small Business Marketing Accelerator: https://whatboxdigital.com/smallbusiness
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional Chief Growth Officer, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Schedule A Consult: https://calendly.com/brianwebb
LinkedIn Business Growth Newsletter: https://www.linkedin.com/newsletters/learn-earn-more-newsletter-6914601587080388608/
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 76
Season #: 3
Episode Date: July 20th, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Applehttps://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotifyhttps://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandorahttps://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
Googlehttps://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radiohttps://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership)https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
In today's episode, Brian Webb shares the 5 exit stages that entrepreneurs must understand and learn how to successfully navigate.
Want to speak with Brian about how to grow your business smarter and faster?
Just visit our website at: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional Chief Growth Officer, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Schedule A Consult: https://calendly.com/brianwebb
LinkedIn Business Growth Newsletter: https://www.linkedin.com/newsletters/learn-earn-more-newsletter-6914601587080388608/
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 75
Season #: 3
Episode Date: July. 8th, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Applehttps://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotifyhttps://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandorahttps://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
Googlehttps://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radiohttps://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership)https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
In today's episode, Brian interviews special guest, Neal Foard. Brian and Neal talk about the importance and value of telling beautiful stories and how storytelling affects branding and marketing.
Want to speak with Brian about how to grow your business smarter and faster?
Just visit our website at: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional Chief Growth Officer, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Schedule A Consult: https://calendly.com/brianwebb
LinkedIn Business Growth Newsletter: https://www.linkedin.com/newsletters/learn-earn-more-newsletter-6914601587080388608/
____________________
Connect with Neal Foard
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/neal-foard-3727403/
Website: https://www.nealfoard.com
TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@nealfoard
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/nealfoard/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@nealfoard
____________________
3 Videos Referenced In Today's Episode
The Restaurant Of Mistaken Ordershttps://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QvbSCLpwq6w
Best Birthday Ever https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ouiiHrs7OZk&t=4s
Just Lucky I Guess https://www.youtube.com/shorts/XBKRR0HDu9Y
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 74
Season #: 3
Episode Date: July 3rd, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Applehttps://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotifyhttps://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandorahttps://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
Googlehttps://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radiohttps://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership)https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
In today's episode, Brian shares 14 reasons why you should seriously consider launching a 7-$figure mastermind business, and he debunks the top 5 common reasons why leaders think they can't do it.
Want to speak with Brian about how to grow your business smarter and faster?
Just visit our website at: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional Chief Growth Officer, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Schedule A Consult: https://calendly.com/brianwebb
LinkedIn Business Growth Newsletter: https://www.linkedin.com/newsletters/learn-earn-more-newsletter-6914601587080388608/
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 73
Season #: 3
Episode Date: June 26th, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Applehttps://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotifyhttps://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandorahttps://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
Googlehttps://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radiohttps://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership)https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
In today's episode, Brian shares 7 types of assets you could buy to consistently attract $0 dollar traffic to your website offers, landing pages, and sales funnels, month after month.
Want to speak with Brian about how to grow your business smarter and faster?
Just visit our website at: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional Chief Growth Officer, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Schedule A Consult: https://calendly.com/brianwebb
LinkedIn Business Growth Newsletter: https://www.linkedin.com/newsletters/learn-earn-more-newsletter-6914601587080388608/
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 72
Season #: 3
Episode Date: June 26th, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Applehttps://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotifyhttps://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandorahttps://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
Googlehttps://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radiohttps://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership)https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
26 AI Tools You Can Harness To Grow Your Business Faster And More Cost-Efficiently
In today's episode, Brian shares 26 AI tools you can use to grow your business faster, a lot faster, and while saving a lot of money along the way.
Want to speak with Brian about how to grow your business smarter and faster?
Just visit our website at: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
If you'd like to grab the AI resources Brian mentions in today's episode, just visit the following page.
https://whatboxdigital.com/26-ai-tools-you-can-harness-to-grow-your-business-faster-and-more-cost-efficiently/
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional Chief Growth Officer, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Schedule A Consult: https://calendly.com/brianwebb
LinkedIn Business Growth Newsletter: https://www.linkedin.com/newsletters/learn-earn-more-newsletter-6914601587080388608/
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 71
Season #: 3
Episode Date: June 22nd, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Applehttps://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotifyhttps://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandorahttps://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
Googlehttps://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radiohttps://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership)https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
13 Pro Tips To Avoid Giving A Personal Guarantee For Any Business Deal
In today's episode, Brian shares 13 pro tips to avoid giving any personal guarantees when raising capital or restructuring existing debt for your business.
Want to speak with Brian about the Profit Maximizer Consult, Business Growth Accelerator, or our Maximize Exit Valuation Accelerator for your business?
Just use the link below: https://calendly.com/brianwebb/profit-maximizer-accelerator-intro-call
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional Chief Growth Officer, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Schedule A Consult: https://calendly.com/brianwebb
LinkedIn Business Growth Newsletter: https://www.linkedin.com/newsletters/learn-earn-more-newsletter-6914601587080388608/
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 70
Season #: 3
Episode Date: June 12th, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Applehttps://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotifyhttps://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandorahttps://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
Googlehttps://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radiohttps://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership)https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
16 Profit Maximizing Strategies To Add 10-30% Or More To Your Business Bottom Line
In today's episode, Brian shares 16 actionable profit-boosting strategies that you install into your business immediately to add 10, 20, 30%, or more to your bottom line.
Want to speak with Brian about the Profit Maximizer Consult for your business? Just use the link below:
https://calendly.com/brianwebb/profit-maximizer-accelerator-intro-call
____________________
Are you signed up for the 2-day 2023 Business Growth Intensive, which is being held Thursday and Friday, July 13th and 14th, in The Woodlands, Texas?
To learn more and register for the event, visit: http://warroomhouston.com
This event is hand-tailored for business owners and C-suite execs of businesses with gross sales of $1 million or more, business investors with at least a million dollar net worth, and aspiring entrepreneurs who have big audacious growth goals for 2023 and beyond.
Save $500 on the registration fee ($1,999) between June 6th and June 19th, 2023.
Registration jumps to $2,499 on June 20th.
To learn more and register for the event, visit:
https://main.warroomhouston.com
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional CMO, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Schedule A Consult: https://calendly.com/brianwebb
LinkedIn Business Growth Newsletter: https://www.linkedin.com/newsletters/learn-earn-more-newsletter-6914601587080388608/
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 69
Season #: 3
Episode Date: June 5th, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Apple
https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotify
https://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandora
https://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
https://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radio
https://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership)
https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
In today's episode, Brian debunks 6 myths about why most business leaders believe they could never launch a business podcast, along with the 18 reasons you'd be crazy not to launch a podcast to grow your business.
Want to speak with Brian about launching your own business podcast? Just use the link below:
https://calendly.com/brianwebb/free-15-min-podcast-accelerator-intro-call?month=2023-05
____________________
Are you signed up for the 2-day 2023 Business Growth Intensive, which is being held Thursday and Friday, July 13th and 14th, in The Woodlands, Texas?
To learn more and register for the event, visit: http://warroomhouston.com
This event is hand-tailored for business owners and C-suite execs of businesses with gross sales of $1 million or more, business investors with at least a million dollar net worth, and aspiring entrepreneurs who have big audacious growth goals for 2023 and beyond.
Save $1,000 on the registration fee ($1,499) until June 5th, 2023.
Save $500 on the registration fee ($1,999) between June 6th and June 19th, 2023.
Registration jumps to $2,499 on June 20th.
To learn more and register for the event, visit:
https://main.warroomhouston.com
____________________
Get in touch with Brian Webb, Business Mentor, Fractional CMO, Investor
Email: hello@whatboxdigital.com
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Website: https://www.whatboxdigital.com
Chat About Launching Your Podcast: https://calendly.com/brianwebb/free-15-min-podcast-accelerator-intro-call?month=2023-05
LinkedIn Business Growth Newsletter: https://www.linkedin.com/newsletters/learn-earn-more-newsletter-6914601587080388608/
____________________
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb w/special guest, Tiffany Philips, CPA
Episode #: 67
Season #: 3
Episode Date: May 27th, 2023
____________________
Subscribe To The Podcast
Apple
https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-growth-show/id1544528167
Spotify
https://open.spotify.com/show/667h5ACRMKY0ZZqMHxXb2l
Pandora
https://www.pandora.com/podcast/the-business-growth-show/PC:51370
https://podcasts.google.com/u/2/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5saWJzeW4uY29tLzMxMjkxNy9yc3M?sa=X&ved=0CBcQ27cFahcKEwjwvZHx8trwAhUAAAAAHQAAAAAQDA
iHeart Radio
https://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-the-business-growth-show-84607868/
Amazon Music (w/Prime Membership)
https://music.amazon.com/podcasts/1680ce7a-0936-459e-a565-d0cb4c00b8c6/the-business-growth-show
The Business Growth Show
Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Host: Brian Webb
Episode #: 65
Season: 3
Episode Date: May 20, 2023
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Amazon Music
____________________
BRIAN ON SOCIAL
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brianwebb/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thebrianwebb
TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@officialbrianwebb
YouTube: Coming Soon
____________________
SHOW TRANSCRIPT
Hey everyone. Welcome to the Business Growth Show, where we talk about everything, marketing, money, mindset, and acquisitions; anything that will help you grow yourself, your revenue, and your business smarter and faster.
How excited am I to welcome you back to the show? It's been a while. We've been on sabbatical in between where we are now, starting season three, and where we were in season two. And I've got some fun stuff I wanna share with you. First of all, if you haven't noticed, everything is different. The look of the show, the brand, the name of the show, and what we're going to be talking about are all different.
For those of you that are new, we used to be the 'Learn More Earn More Business Growth' podcast. That's gone now. We are the 'Business Growth Show.' And let me tell you why. In our evaluation, learn more, earn more, and too vague. Even though business growth was in the bottom of the name, it was too vague, too obscure, and it was hurting.
Even though we've got lots and lots of downloads, in fact, I'm proud to say that we're a top 1% business podcast; we felt it was time to change the name to be more clear and more specific. We are here to help you grow your business yourself and your revenue. And we feel confident that that name change is going to help us to have a bigger impact.
Not to mention that we're on about, we were already on what, eight different channels now. We're on about 15 different platforms. So, in addition to Apple, Google, Spotify, Pandora, Amazon, iHeartRadio, and a handful of others, there are about seven or eight, or nine other platforms that you can find us on if those aren't your favorite to begin with.
And let me go a little bit deeper as to why the change, the brand, the name. Historically, the only thing, at least 95, 96, and 97% of the time, that we spoke about was marketing, marketing hacks, and growth hacks. And good news, by the way, that's not going away. Whatbox Digital is a marketing company. I serve as a fractional CMO for multiple different companies.
Marketing and being a marketer is who I am, and it's a great way to grow your business. You need great marketing if you wanna scale your business. But there are so many factors that can affect your business growth that can affect your personal growth. That can affect your ability to generate more revenue and ultimately build wealth.
So moving forward, we'll continue to talk about marketing. But let me tell you three more things that we're going to be talking about consistently. First mindset. If there's one thing that I've learned over the past 20 years is that our mindsets, specifically our negative mindsets, have an enormous impact on how we view ourselves, how we look at opportunities, how we look at risk, business, revenue, wealth building, and how we look at others.
I can't even begin to count the number of times in my life when one of my business coaches or one of my mentors, a book that I read, or a speaker that I heard said something to me that helped me to change my mindset, elevate my perspective and turn me from upside down to right side up. And so we're going to be sprinkling in content that's going to help you to have a better mindset about you, those around you, money, business, risk, anything and everything that's currently impeding your personal financial growth, and of course, not to mention your relationships.
Next, we're gonna talk about money. We'll be bringing in experts to talk about how to invest. We'll be talking about private equity and how to interact and invest in private equity. We'll be talking about the importance of both generating cash flow, super important, and building wealth at the same time.
Most people are good at one or the other. We want you to be good at both.
And we will be talking about M&A and acquisitions. Don't get me wrong; marketing is a huge component of building your business and building your brand, and generating leads. But absolutely, 100%, the fastest way in the world to grow your business is through acquiring other businesses.
When you look at brands like Google, Apple, Facebook, and Amazon, when you look at family offices, rarely, if ever, do they go and start a business. That's because there are so many risks that are inherent in launching a new business. No, they go and acquire other businesses. And so we'll be talking about how you can go acquire a business.
We'll talk about strategies for sourcing deals. We'll talk about strategies for funding deals. And believe it or not, a lot of time for little to zero cash out of your own pocket.
So pretty much if there's anything that we can talk about that is about marketing mindset, money, mergers and acquisitions, buying a business, anything that's going to help you grow in your own personal leadership, that's going to help you grow your recurring revenue, that's going to help you build wealth.
That's why we are here, and so we hope that you're coming along for the ride. As I said, we've been on sabbatical for a little while, since 2022, actually. But we are back, and we are back as the 'Business Growth Show.' And if you're not currently a subscriber, go find us on your favorite platform. Apple, Google, Spotify, Pandora, iHeartRadio, Amazon... probably, again, eight or nine others. Go find us and subscribe. When you subscribe, you get automatically notified when new episodes are launched. And this is how you make sure that you never miss out because I assure you, you're not going to want to miss anything.
I promise you; we work hard to make sure that there is no fluff in the content that we provide to you. I want to help you grow in your mindsets. I want to help you remove limiting beliefs. I want to help you grow recurring revenue. I want to help you build wealth. I will be working hard to bring you content that is actionable, practical, and that virtually anyone can apply to their own lives.
So this is the beginning, the launch of season three of the 'Business Growth Show.' Let's continue to partner together so that we can help you grow smarter and faster. Thank you for being a part of the new show. Thanks for being a part of season three. We have a fun ride ahead of us. I will see you in the next episode.
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of 'The Business Growth Show.' We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple, Google, Spotify, Pandora, iHeartRadio, and even Amazon Music. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @brianwebb, and just go to @officialbrianwebb to find me on TikTok. And, of course, you can find me on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links and the show notes.
And if you haven't done so already, I'm inviting you to subscribe to the show on your favorite platform. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the 'Business Growth Show.' Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you in the next episode.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 64: The Ultimate Guide To TikTok Hashtags For Growing Your Business
____________________
INTRODUCTION
If you're on TikTok, if you are using TikTok to grow your business and you're wanting to get it right, today I'm going to give you the ultimate guide on how to use hashtags on TikTok to grow your business smarter and faster. Let's jump into it.
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________
HELPFUL LINKS
The Ultimate 97 Point Marketing Audit Checklist
____________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
If you're on TikTok, if you are using TikTok to grow your business and you're wanting to get it right, today I'm going to give you the ultimate guide on how to use hashtags on TikTok to grow your business smarter and faster. Let's jump into it.
This is to Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Brian Webb:
Hey everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets, and growth hacks, to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and mistakes along the way. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Hey everyone. Welcome back to the show. It is July 4th, 2022. I hope that you are having a safe and fun and relaxing holiday with your family and friends. So happy Independence Day. Today we're going to talk about TikTok and why hashtags are so important. First thing you've got to know, hashtags on TikTok have the power to expand your reach beyond your current audience. Now let's talk about why you care and why that's important. Number one, hashtags provide context. Hashtags provide a layer of context with your TikTok videos. For instance, for example, if you upload a video and you're playing a video game, you could include the hashtag #gaming or #videogames. Then the TikTok algorithm decides who will be the most interested in seeing that video in their feed.
Second discoverability and engagement. You probably know this already, but hashtags categorize your videos under very specific topics like #gaming or #videogamestreaming so users can easily find the content they're interested in. As a result, your content has more chances to be discovered, even if someone isn't currently following you on TikTok. So when you get more eyeballs, when you get more people paying attention to your content, you've got a higher chance of engagement. After all, users can only like and comment on the videos that appear in front of them. So obviously your goal is to appear in front of as many eyeballs as you possibly can.
Last, hashtags are a great tool for building community. For example, branded hashtags are an effective way to encourage users to engage with your brand and create videos around a sponsored hashtag. And check out this case study I saw on HubSpot. Nissan Australia wanted to promote its new sports car called the Juke. So on TikTok, they created a branded hashtag #improvisewithJuke, and then they challenged their users to make their own car commercial voiceover with the winner, receiving a feature in a future Juke commercial. So what happened? 129 million video views globally and over 34,000 video submissions leading to a 92% lift in brand awareness for the Juke. So clearly we would call that a very, very successful case study.
So I'm going to give you three ideas on how to use hashtags on TikTok. Tip number one, find the best hashtags for your content. It's super important to research hashtags that are relevant to what you do, your brand, your industry, and the audience that you're wanting to pursue. So one way you can do this is by checking out your competition, obviously, because there's likely an audience overlap, find out which hashtags they're using and which one of those hashtags gets the most views and engagement. You can also find inspiration on the app's discover page, but here you can browse through trending hashtags and sounds. And remember, the discover tab also showcases popular videos that use these hashtags to help you find your inspiration.
Tip number two, combine niche hashtags with the popular hashtags. This might sound obviously kind of counterintuitive, but only targeting popular hashtags can be ineffective. Sure, they have a larger audience. They're also more competitive. Instead, focus on a mixture of both niche and popular hashtags. Obviously, your niche hashtags will have fewer people looking for it or searching for them, but those who do are more engaged and more interested. So for example, #food is a popular TikTok hashtag with millions of impressions, but #pizzarecipes is a more niche with a fraction of the audience. By incorporating, by using, by leveraging both of those, obviously, you're tapping into two different audiences and that's better for you. That's better for your business.
And of course, last you've got to stay mindful of character limits, TikTok limits captions to right around 300 characters. So while yeah, you could squeeze as many hashtags as you possibly can into your captions. A long string of hashtags can confuse your audience. And it arguably does a poor job of explaining what your video's about. So instead think about using two, three, four, maybe five hashtags as your optimal number. And if you want to find out what the most popular hashtags are in real-time, you can just Google TikTok trend discovery, and it will take you to the TikTok page where basically TikTok shares popular hashtags that are trending, songs, which creators are trending, and even specifically, which videos are trending. So again, to find that just do a Google search for TikTok trend discovery, and it will take you right to it. The URL's too long to list here in the podcast.
So again, it's July 4th, we're keeping the podcast a little bit extra brief today because hopefully you're out celebrating. I certainly hope you found this helpful and don't forget, getmymarketingchecklist.com, www.getmymarketingchecklist.com. Go and get it, fix what's broken in your marketing. That's it for this week again, happy July 4th, happy Independence Day. Let's keep going and growing together. I will see you on the next episode.
Thanks for joining me today. And listening to this episode of the Learn More, Earn More business growth podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode, and if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @BrianWebb and the show sponsor, Whatbox Digital can be found at, as you might guess @WhatboxDigital. You can also find me and Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities, and you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Email
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 63: The Ultimate Guide For Knowing How & When To Use LinkedIn Voice Messages
____________________
INTRODUCTION
Are you responsible for generating leads and acquiring new customers for your business? Are you on the LinkedIn platform trying to cultivate meaningful relationships that eventually convert into new customers? Today, I'm going to give you the ultimate guide on how to use LinkedIn voice messages and how, when, and why you should send them. Let's jump into the show.
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________
HELPFUL LINKS
The Ultimate 97 Point Marketing Audit Checklist
____________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Are you responsible for generating leads and acquiring new customers for your business? Are you on the LinkedIn platform trying to cultivate meaningful relationships that eventually convert into new customers? Today, I'm going to give you the ultimate guide on how to use LinkedIn voice messages and how, when, and why you should send them. Let's jump into the show.
This is to Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Brian Webb:
Hey everyone, welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets, and growth hacks, to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions, and avoid costly pitfalls, and expensive mistakes along the way. So, let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
So today we're going to talk about sending voice messages on the LinkedIn platform. There's a couple of things that you should know right out of the gate. First of all, you can't send LinkedIn voice messages on your desktop PC. You can only do it from the LinkedIn app. And let me tell you why you should consider using LinkedIn voice messages. I would imagine, I would bet a large sum of cash, that your LinkedIn inbox looks exactly like mine. It is full of spam messages. It's full of people who connect with you, and then they pitch, pitch, pitch, sell, sell, sell pitch, pitch over and over again, lather, rinse repeat. And for sure, because it's the easiest thing to automate, it's the fastest and cheapest way to message you. It's the easiest way to gamify, which I would argue means to cheapen your sales and marketing efforts, so everyone uses text messages.
But lets you and I be better than that, so let's assume that you are different. Let's assume that you really do want to help your audience. And let's also assume that you want to do marketing right. How does your text message differentiate from every other text message, including that which is done by automation and bots? And the answer is, it doesn't, you look exactly like the bad guys. So how do you stand apart? How do you stand out? How do you differentiate yourself? How do you let me see the warmth and the charisma of your personality? How do you let me get a sense of your authenticity to reach out to me? The short answer is voice messages on LinkedIn.
Now, at this point, I can almost imagine the objections that some of you might be thinking, which is I don't like getting voice messages. And if you don't, I respect that, I totally get it. But just because you don't like something, doesn't mean it won't work, and it doesn't mean that it's not a better way than what you don't like. One of the things that I teach all of my clients, my high-paying VIP clients, is that you can either use social media or you can be used by social media, but you're going to fall into one of those two categories. I would suggest that you use social media to effectively cultivate new, meaningful relationships that, perhaps, can also turn into paying customers. But even if they don't turn into paying customers, it doesn't mean that can't become a super-powerful, extremely meaningful relationship to you. Hopefully, all of us don't just measure value with transactional value. But whether or not you're just cultivating a meaningful relationship, a partnership, or someone who might become a new customer, you need to be thinking about using LinkedIn voice messages.
Just to make sure we cover the bases of how you do it, I'm going to give you the seven steps to do it. It's very easy. It's really quick. And if you have the LinkedIn app, anyone can do it.
Step number one, open your LinkedIn app, and tap the messaging icon in the top right-hand corner of the LinkedIn mobile app. Select the user, step number two, that you want to voice message. Step number three, select the record button towards the bottom right hand of the screen. Step number four, give LinkedIn microphone access if you haven't done it already to your phone. And number five, hold down the blue microphone icon while recording your message. Step number six, stop holding the icon to finish the recording. And then finally, you can either send the message, if you're pleased with it, or you can hit cancel and start all over again.
So what goes into an ideal LinkedIn voice message? First of all, some background research might be good. As with any kind of prospect outreach, you need to have a picture of who you're talking to before you send them a message on LinkedIn, even if it's a voice message. You never want to come off as the stereotypical callous impersonal salesperson sending generic message after generic message to a list of leads. Understand who your prospect is, what their business does, and some other information that can inform a more thoughtfully tailored voice message. Now the second step, I'm going to tell you to talk about something that has a quick personal appeal.
Okay, I'll get back to the podcast in just a minute, but let's face it, most marketing doesn't work. Did you know that most business owners and leaders are making the same mistakes over and over again? Like so many others, you're probably tired of relying on hope, which is a failed marketing system. You know what that is? That's when you're spending valuable time and money on marketing, and then you hope it works. You've probably thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures. You wish you could get all that money back, but you can't. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to exclusively rely on the loyalty of your existing customers and word of mouth. But it doesn't have to be that way. I want to give you a resource for free. You heard me right, free.
I've put together the ultimate 97-point marketing audit checklist, which will allow you to assess and diagnose what is and is not working in your marketing. And it will only take you about 10 to 15 minutes. Think of it like an MRI for your marketing, without the expensive medical bills to follow. And to get this free marketing checklist delivered right to your email inbox, just go to getmymarketingchecklist.com, provide your info, and we'll get it out to you right away. And again, it's totally free. I'd actually encourage you to walk through the checklist with your team, and honestly discuss and evaluate every item on the list. It will be the best 10 minutes you've invested into the growth engine of your business in a long, long time. Again, don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business smarter and faster, and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. Again, totally free. Simply go to getmymarketingchecklist.com right now. Let's fix what's broken in your marketing today.
Now, the second step, I'm going to tell you to talk about something that has a quick personal appeal. But just the fact that you're sending a voice message, that you're recognizing them by name, that you are showing up, the way that you would show up on their doorstep, you're already a step ahead of your competitors. But since voice messages are more personal than their text-based counterparts, in most cases, you'll send one in response to maybe something that they've done, some sort of an event, an accomplishment, a milestone that your prospects recently achieved. Make some quick reference to whatever prompted you to send the message, to begin with, a little personal appeal that lets your prospect know you are keeping up with them, and that can go a really long way.
Three is a cursory value proposition. Why are you sending this message in the first place? What can you offer your prospect? If you want your voice message to go anywhere, you need to give your prospect a reason to respond. Try to quickly, but convincingly, frame a compelling value proposition. Intrigue them enough to want to learn more. And not to go into the weeds of more advanced marketing, but when I say a value proposition, I don't mean to pitch them or to sell them. Give them something that's valuable; a checklist, a swipe file, a framework, a case study, a free trial to your software; give, give, give before you ask. That would be my definition of a value proposition. And then, of course, a clear call to action or a next step. Give some concrete instructions for how they should proceed if they're interested in what you have to say or to offer. In most cases, giving a phone number, saying your email, or just telling them to message you on LinkedIn should suffice.
And to close out this episode, I'm going to give you an example, behind the scenes, of what I use here, at What Box Digital when I'm prospecting personally. So here's an example message: Hey, first name, I am thrilled to be connected with you here on LinkedIn. I really enjoy connecting with business leaders, just like you. I just wanted to reach out, and say hello in my own voice. As you can see on my profile, my name's Brian. I'm the CEO here, at What Box Digital, and the fractional CMO for multiple B2B companies. My team and I help business owners and leaders create lead generation systems that actually work for growing their businesses smarter and faster. But, great news, nothing to pitch or sell today. I just wanted to give you a friendly, hello, please reach out anytime, if there's anything I can do for you, and I hope we'll bump into each other from time to time here on LinkedIn. And I'll pop you a link to my business growth newsletter here on LinkedIn if you haven't yet subscribed. I hope you're having a great day. And then I'll include a link to the newsletter.
So if you want to stand apart from everyone else, from all of the bots, from all the automation tools, from everyone who is showing up and pitching, everyone who is trying to sell too quickly, and everyone who, by the way, is completely ignorable. Think about it. If you don't believe me, look at how you view your inbox on LinkedIn. I'm guessing, in fact, I don't have to guess you, ignore 99.999% of every message that comes through on LinkedIn, because most people don't know how to do it right. So that's it for today. Use LinkedIn voice messages, and show up more personally. I've given you the reasons why. I've given you an example script. And if you're just now tuning in, I just did a three-part masterclass on LinkedIn and how to prospect. Think of this episode like the little bonus add-on to the end of that series.
If you want to stand apart if you want to be more effective and more successful in cultivating meaningful relationships and generating more leads on LinkedIn, use LinkedIn voice messages. I hope this episode was helpful and don't forget, getmymarketingchecklist.com go and get the checklist, and diagnose what is and is not working in your marketing and in your business. Let's keep going and growing together. I can't wait to see you on the next episode.
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms, like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at, @brianwebb, and the show's sponsor, What Box Digital, can be found at, as you might guess, @whatboxdigital. You can also find me in What Box Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up-to-date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Email
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 62: UPDATE: Brand New Update To Facebook Messenger You Can Use To Reach More Customers & Grow Your Business
____________________
INTRODUCTION
Meta, the artist formerly known as Facebook, is introducing recurring notifications in Facebook Messenger. Why do you care and how can you use it to grow your business? I'll get to that in the show. Let's jump into it.
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________
HELPFUL LINKS
The Ultimate 97 Point Marketing Audit Checklist
____________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Meta, the artist formerly known as Facebook, is introducing recurring notifications in Facebook Messenger. Why do you care and how can you use it to grow your business? I'll get to that in the show. Let's jump into it.
This is to Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Brian Webb:
Hey everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets and growth hacks to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Hey everybody. Welcome back to the show. Let me ask you a question. Why is Facebook a valuable platform? Why is NBC a valuable television network? The answer is simple. They have audiences. They have the attention of eyeballs and ears. And as a result, people will pay tons and tons of money to advertise on those platforms. So whether you're a solopreneur business, a realtor, for example, or whether you're running a $10 million a year business, what's your biggest asset? Your audience, the people who buy from you, the people who might buy from you in the future.
So what's the takeaway? You need to be growing your audience. You need several lists if you want to scale and grow your business. So for example, how big is your email list? How big is your text message list? And here comes the surprise. How big is your Facebook Messenger audience? The vast majority of people who own businesses, who listen to this podcast have no idea that you can not only grow an audience inside Facebook Messenger just like you can your email list, you can grow multiple audiences.
So if you're in a B2B business and you work with architects, manufacturers, and home builders, you could literally have 1,000 people in an audience in Facebook Messenger that are all manufacturers, another 1,000 people who are home builders, and another 1,000 people who are architects. And all of those 3,000 people have no idea that they are in an audience with the other 2,999 people. They have no idea. So why do you care? When you send out an email, look at your own analytics. If you're lucky, you're getting a 20 to 25% open rate. And if you're lucky, you're getting a one or 2% click-through rate.
And that's probably if you're emailing to a group of your family and friends. So to put some math to that, if you have 1,000 people on your email list and you send out an email, maybe a little over 200 of the people that you send it to will open it, meaning they'll even see it, to begin with. And if you're lucky, 20 of them, probably less will click on any offer that you give to them. Now, let's contrast that with text messaging. Text messages, 90 plus percent of the people that send a message to will see it, and oftentimes 50, 60, 70, 80, 90% of them will click on whatever you sent in the text.
But here's the big secret that marketers know that you don't, you can do the exact same thing with Facebook Messenger. So let's get to the news for today. Recently, Meta, formerly Facebook, introduced recurring notifications, meaning automated messages that you can use to delight your customers inside of Facebook Messenger. What that means is you'll be able to send proactive, automated messages to people who have opted in to your Facebook Messenger to receive those messages. You can use that to drive engagement and keep the conversation going right in the thread.
So let's get to the part why you care, my wonderful, wonderful, wonderful Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast audience. Recurring notifications make it easy for you to deliver tailored messages at the right time to your customers, ranging from conversation-focused messages, like sales notifications, all the way to content that drives more engagement, like a newsletter. With recurring notifications inside of Facebook Messenger, businesses can do the following. You can do this. One, send tailored and timely messages that drive action.
So you can create personalized messages about their chosen topic. For example, a shoe store could notify their customers when their size is back in stock. So messages resonate much more effectively because it meets the business goals of your customer. Discovery, product discovery recommendations, brand inspiration content and newsletters or consideration, product alert, behind-the-scenes news, like what's going on behind the scenes at your business. Pre-sales alert, recommendations based on past purchases. Conversion, you could be sending discount codes, promotional content, loyalty rewards, and partner offers.
What about engagement? Tips, community stories, cross-sells, upsells down-sells, and product service reminders. And one bonus pro tip why you're going to love leveraging the power of Facebook messenger is when you do email marketing, if you've done it, you understand it's work. And it's because you're writing in long-form typically, and it's perceived as one to many, meaning it's more ignorable. When you do messaging inside a Facebook Messenger, on the other hand, it's short form, meaning you're not writing a huge email with paragraphs.
You're sending a sentence or two, so you're much faster when you're producing content. And again, the perception is that you're speaking one to one, which is why the engagement is so much higher. Next, you can message across the customer journey. So for example, messages can be sent daily, weekly or monthly so a business can reach, your business can reach customers at any moment in their journey. And then third, you can initiate messages that deepen your relationships. So basically to ensure a high-quality experience, customers are shown the topic and frequency in advance, and they've got to opt-in before businesses can send recurring messages.
Also, but one thing you should know so that you do marketing right, they have a one-tap access to opt out of your Facebook Messenger anytime they want. So in other words, if you're showing up all the time and begging for their money, they're going to opt-out. You just lost a potential customer or an existing customer. Now heads up, the ability to have recurring notifications in your Facebook Messenger is a new optional premium feature that Facebook intends to charge your business for in the future. It's currently available to all businesses that use the Facebook messenger platform as part of a free trial period.
But they currently charge businesses to send messages from the WhatsApp business API and they're listening to customer feedback to guide decisions on their pricing model. And Facebook also said that recurring notifications are coming later this year to the messenger API for Instagram as well. So there you have it. Facebook messenger can be a real tool that you use to grow your business and helping you to grow your business is the only reason this podcast exists. And don't forget for crying out loud, go to getmymarketingchecklist.com, and download that checklist.
So many people have done it, and it's going to help you grow your business faster. Getmymarketingchecklist.com, go and get it now, run, run, go get it. You won't regret it. Take 15 minutes to review it. I guarantee you it will identify holes in your business marketing 100% guaranteed. That's it for today. Thanks for being here as always and I will see you on the next episode. Let's keep going and growing together.
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @brianwebb and the show's sponsor What Box Digital can be found at, as you might guess, @whatboxdigital.
You can also find me and What Box Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities and you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Email
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 61: 3-Part LinkedIn Master Class - Part 3 - Sales Funnel: How to Create an Automated Sales Funnel on LinkedIn
____________________
INTRODUCTION
Do you wish you could generate more sales from LinkedIn without actually having to prospect? Are you curious how to build an automated lead generation process on LinkedIn? Well, if so, you're in the right place today. I'm going to teach you how to make an automated funnel on LinkedIn to grow your business smarter and faster. Let's jump into it.
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________
HELPFUL LINKS
The Ultimate 97 Point Marketing Audit Checklist
____________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Do you wish you could generate more sales from LinkedIn without actually having to prospect? Are you curious how to build an automated lead generation process on LinkedIn? Well, if so, you're in the right place today. I'm going to teach you how to make an automated funnel on LinkedIn to grow your business smarter and faster. Let's jump into it.
This is The Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Hey, everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets and growth hacks to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode. Hey, everyone. Welcome back to The Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
If you're new here today, today is part three of a three-part LinkedIn masterclass. Episode 58, we talked about creator mode and the seven reasons that every B2B business leader should add this to your profile, and how to do it. Episode 59, we talked about part two, basically how to prospect like a pro, how to get 10 to 20 real leads or more every month from LinkedIn. Today, part three, the final part of this series anyway, is how to create an automated sales funnel on LinkedIn. And so today, we're going to talk about how to turn your LinkedIn company page into an automated sales funnel in just a handful of steps.
Remember prospecting is an organic process, meaning you're humanly reaching out to other people, trying to connect, and form those relationships. Today is going to be more about paid traffic. So the money that you give to LinkedIn to buy traffic or to buy media to get attention to your brand and to the products and services and offers that you have. LinkedIn ads offer really, really valuable opportunities to expand your reach because that's what they want you to do. They want you to pay them using one of their specific types of ads called native lead forms.
Again, we're always flying fast and furiously here on the podcast because you are a busy, busy person, but basically, a lead forum is when an ad pops up on LinkedIn and someone clicks on it. Instead of abandoning LinkedIn and going to your website, a form pops out with all of their information already populated from their account in the forum. All they have to do is click submit. LinkedIn likes this because they're less likely to leave the platform. You like it because it's bringing the information straight from their account, which is probably their real information, as opposed to them just giving you their juncture email address.
But before you run any ads, the first thing you've got to do, you've got to turn on conversion tracking in the platform. And to do this, to access conversion tracking, go to LinkedIn campaign manager, open your account, view your account assets, then create new conversions for each step of your sales funnel. For example, you might want to track leads, signups, new trials, subscriptions, whatever. You can also use this to track ad clicks and phone calls, so that's step one. And if you haven't heard of these acronyms, I'm going to share them with you for the first time.
TOFU, MOFU, and BOFU. TOFU stands for, top of funnel, MOFU, as you might guess, stands for middle of funnel, and BOFU stands for bottom of funnel. But for this next step, we're going to talk about top of the funnel. And when you think of the top, middle, or bottom of funnel, think of those as temperatures. So think of top of funnel as cold. Meaning the people who might not even know that you exist, or if they do, they have very little awareness about who you are, how valid you are. Think of MOFU or middle of funnel as people who have a little more exposure to your brand, your products, and your services. You've been nurturing them for a little while.
And then think of the bottom of funnel as where they're most likely to convert. This is when they're hot. Hopefully, the ones that are ever going to purchase from you. And they're the ones who are familiar with you. They have been exposed to your content, and it's time to start talking about your offers. So when people are at the top of your funnel, meaning they don't hardly know who you are, focus on organic type of posts that tell people about your business and introduce prospects to your products and services. Rather than providing tons of details, create short-form content. Entertain people, educate, always educate, and always engage.
Now, the next step that you're going to want to do when you're producing this top of funnel or TOFU content, it may reach hundreds or thousands of people if your company page has a sizeable following. But if you want your content to actually be seen, even if you're a smaller company, you're going to have to boost those top-performing posts on your LinkedIn company page. That way you can reach more of your target audience and keep adding new prospects into your funnel. So now, let's move to the MOFU, not to be confused with the MOFO. The MOFU, can't believe I said that.
The middle of your funnel at this point, prospects have moved past the getting to know you stage. They understand what your business does. They have a general idea of how your products and service that can help them. So at this point, you want to start focusing on creating more in-depth, more detail-type content. You can detail how your products can help, demonstrate how your services have worked for other people, and share competitive research that shows your business is a top choice. Social proof, social proof, social proof. We talk about that all the time.
Now, you can do this with regular text posts, but especially at this point, you might want to think about using images and video content, multimedia in your ongoing marketing efforts, in the middle of the funnel on LinkedIn. And by the way, if you weren't already aware, you could even upload a slide deck to LinkedIn, which will appear to the users on LinkedIn like a carousel. So if you have a slide deck prepared, for example, export that out to a PDF, upload that PDF as a document to your post, and it will look like an image carousel. So people can scroll through the various slides that you want them to see.
Next step, we want to get to some automated retargeting with paid content. Again, we're still in the middle of the funnel. One principle I teach all the time, it takes at least 21 to 24 times for your audience to engage with your brand before they go through those three phases of the relationship, right? They've never heard of you, maybe a little bit of awareness. You build trust through enlightenment. And then finally you get to that commitment, that engagement of some kind. They came to your event, webinar. They took a sales call. They signed up to be your customer. I stumbled into another statistic recently that had nothing to do with the number of times, it was the amount of time they consumed your content.
And the time was over five hours, meaning 21 to 24 times before they go through the process. This newer statistic that I'd bumped into suggests that they have to at least consume five hours of your content. So think about that for a second. Five hours, they see a post that's about two seconds. When you're posting videos, when you're posting documents, slide decks, PDFs, you're getting more of their attention. You might be getting more of their time. So at this point, you want to accelerate these touch points. You want to move people through this stage of the funnel more efficiently.
Okay, I'll get back to the podcast in just a minute, but let's face it, most marketing doesn't work. Did you know that most business owners and leaders are making the same mistakes over and over again? Like so many others. You're probably tired of relying on hope, which is a failed marketing system. You know what that is, that's when you're spending valuable time and money on marketing, and then you hope it works. You've probably thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures. You wish you could get all that money back, but you can't.
When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to exclusively rely on the loyalty of your existing customers and word of mouth. But it doesn't have to be that way. I want to give you a resource for free. You heard me right, free. I've put together the ultimate 97-point marketing audit checklist, which will allow you to assess and diagnose what is and is not working in your marketing. And it will only take you about 10 to 15 minutes. Think of it like an MRI for your marketing without the expensive medical bills to follow.
And to get this free marketing checklist delivered right to your email inbox, just go to getmymarketingchecklist.com, provide your info and we'll get it out to you right away. And again, it's totally free. I'd actually encourage you to walk through the checklist with your team and honestly discuss and evaluate every item on the list. It will be the best 10 minutes you've invested into the growth engine of your business in a long, long time. Again, don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that do not work.
If you want to grow and scale your business smarter and faster, and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. Again, totally free. Simply go to getmymarketingchecklist.com right now. Let's fix what's broken in your marketing today. This newer statistic that I bumped into suggests that they have to at least consume five hours of your content. So think about that for a second. Five hours. They see a post that's about two seconds. When you're posting videos, when you're posting documents, slide decks, PDFs, you're getting more of their attention. You might be getting more of their time.
So at this point, you want to accelerate these touch points. You want to move people through the stage of the funnel, more efficiently. Use campaign manager to run consideration-focused campaigns. If you use retargeting audiences, you can guide prospects through a customized series of touchpoints designed to address their specific needs. Here's an example, consider publishing an organic carousel post that links to a blog post introducing people to the topic, or create a LinkedIn video ad that takes a deeper dive into the topic and re-targets people who visited the blog post.
Publish a website traffic ad that links people to a detailed how-to guide and re-targets people who watch your LinkedIn video ad. And since this is a podcast and not a full-blown course, we can't go too deep here, but let's move to the next step, how to design bottom of funnel LinkedIn content? And remember bottom of funnel means these are people that you have been warming up, educating, entertaining, and engaging for an extended period of time. At this point, your prospects might have a strong interest in your solution, but something is preventing them from taking that final step.
Maybe they have lingering questions. Maybe they're checking out your competition, or they might be waiting for the right offer. If you can provide the final piece of that puzzle, there's a great chance that you can secure a new customer, a new sale. So let me give you some examples for your bottom of funnel, your BOFU content. Let's talk about LinkedIn live events. This lets you connect with your prospects in real-time, and you can follow up with attendees afterward to provide additional resources for them or make them offers for that matter. And by the way, while it's called LinkedIn live, you don't necessarily have to actually be live.
There's a tool out there called Stream Yard. You can literally produce a video, produce content and then have it post at a later time once you've polished it up. That being said, if you're going live, you need to be present in the live meaning you need to be available to chat, to get messages, to respond to people, but the video could have been pre-produced. And hopefully, prayerfully, coming soon, they're going to have audio-only events opening up to the rest of the platform. This is a platform not unlike ClubHouse, if you've heard of it, where you can go into a room, go live basically, but it will be an audio-only room.
So you can do it from your pajamas, from your home. You heard it from me first, but a couple more examples. Gated Content, Gated Content, lets your prospects download valuable guides and reports and all kinds of things in exchange for their information, their cell phone number, and their email address. You can nurture those leads, please do, please do, via email, text message, or direct mail, and add them to your retargeting audiences. Do you sell an actual product or are you a SaaS company? How about a free trial or a demo? Get prospects in the door and onboard them into your system.
Your final, you can automatically follow up with those leads, and encourage them to upgrade or subscribe to a paid plan. We're almost done. The last step, re-target your serious prospects automatically. I can tell you right now, if you're not running retargeting ads, you have an enormous hole in the side of your business. To lead prospects to a final stage of your sales funnel, your bottom of funnel, use lead generation and website conversion objectives for your LinkedIn retargeting campaigns. With the lead generation objective, you can encourage your prospects to fill out a native lead form to request a personal follow-up or to access your high-value lead magnet.
And if you don't know what a lead magnet is, go to getmymarketingchecklist.com, and intentionally give your real first name, your real last name, your real cell phone number, and your best email address. One, you'll need the resource, you want that resource. And two, it will allow you to go through a journey, a sales funnel journey to see what that experience is like. But as far as your ad is concerned on LinkedIn, you want to use lead generation as the objective. You can encourage prospects to fill up that native lead form we talked about to request a personal follow-up. So bottom line, before you build a funnel, take a few minutes to optimize your LinkedIn presence for lead generation and conversions.
Prospects might discover your business on LinkedIn in several different ways, through a search, seeing your ads, and organic content that you're sharing. When they visit your company page, however, you want them to find all of the information they need to trust your business. So have you uploaded an image and a cover image? Are you updating it regularly? Do you have CTA buttons or call to action buttons that link to your website? Are you doing a good job of showcasing your specialties? You can choose up to 20 of them by the way. And when you do this right, it actually guides the LinkedIn algorithm and increases your chance of appearing in a search.
So that's it for today, people. Again, getmymarketingchecklist.com, go check it out. Are you subscribed to my newsletter on LinkedIn, by the way, learnmoreearnmorenewsletter.com? Go there and subscribe. We've talked about the seven reasons you need to have creator mode turned on on your profile. We've talked about how to prospect like a pro, and get leads month after month. And now, I've taught you how to make an automated sales funnel again in podcast form and short form on LinkedIn. That's it for today. Thanks for being here. I'm always grateful.
I never lose sight of the fact that you could be spending your time anywhere else. So thank you for being here. Let's keep going and growing together. I will see you on the next episode. Thanks for joining me today, and listening to this episode of The Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating in an honest review.
I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at, @brianwebb and the show sponsor What Box Digital can be found at, as you might guess, @whatboxdigital. You can also find me and What Box Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of The Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening, let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Email
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 60: How To Use A Summit Funnel To Build Massive Authority, Generate Tens of Thousands Of Leads, & 6 Or 7+ Figures Of New Revenue Opportunities
____________________
INTRODUCTION
What if I told you there was a funnel that you could use to build massive authority, get tens or hundreds of thousands of leads in a single month, help you to instantly become an influencer, and generate five, six, seven figures, or more in new deal flow opportunities, even if you're a small business, even if you don't have an email list? Today I'm going to teach you about the summit funnel. Let's jump into it.
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________
HELPFUL LINKS
The Ultimate 97 Point Marketing Audit Checklist
____________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
What if I told you there was a funnel that you could use to build massive authority, get tens or hundreds of thousands of leads in a single month, help you to instantly become an influencer, and generate five, six, seven figures, or more in new deal flow opportunities, even if you're a small business, even if you don't have an email list? Today I'm going to teach you about the summit funnel. Let's jump into it.
This is the Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast.
Hey everyone, welcome to the show. I'm your host Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Hey everyone, welcome back to the show. Today I am going to teach you about something that you've got to know about. It's called the summit funnel, but let me tell you a little bit about it. A summit funnel is another type of lead generation funnel, but it's one that is strategically designed to let you leverage other people's traffic and co-brand yourself to build your authority in a market. You can use summit funnels to quickly build an email list, generate leads, and develop relationships with other influencers in your market. So what is a summit funnel? A summit or a virtual summit is a free online conference, and when organized and executed well, it can be an incredible business growth opportunity which requires zero ad spend. Although ad spend helps. Instead of spending time and money mastering paid traffic, a virtual summit allows you to partner with dozens of other established businesses and business leaders in your niche, driving targeted traffic from their email lists their audiences to your funnel to grow your own subscriber list, generate your own leads in a matter of weeks.
And here's a bonus, by contacting and interviewing speakers for your summit, you begin to build a network of influencer colleagues with whom you will continue to do business with for the years to come. Second bonus, there's an added benefit of authority being given to you by viewers simply because your face appears alongside your guest speakers on your summit registration page, on promotional materials, and in your video interviews. So how does it work? Step one, invitations. First, a person, you, who organizes the summit, you're going to be known as the host, invites a group of colleagues in their niche to be interviewed. You're going to do this either over Zoom or some type of video conference software. The ideal interviewee is a colleague or someone in your niche who has their own email list of your ideal clients. A good size summit, about 30 speakers, but it can be more, it can be less, but you'll likely find yourself approaching more people than that before you find yourself arriving at the final list of confirmed interviewees and participants.
Now the interviews. You, the host, will pre-record these interviews with these guest speakers, which will be broadcast online for a limited period of time later during the summit event. And last, let's talk about promotion. Motivated by affiliate commissions and the prestige of being a featured speaker at your event, your guest speakers join with the host to promote the virtual summit in advance of the interviews being broadcast. This is key, by the way. By using a well-constructed virtual summit funnel, the host, you, can collect the email addresses of everyone who opts in to watch the free summit event, as well as sell products to the summit registrants. When your guest speakers promote your summit to their email lists, a portion of their subscribers will become your subscribers, which is how your own targeted email list grows.
So now that you know what it is, now that you know what the benefits are, let's walk through the various steps. As with all marketing, step one is choosing who your ideal customer avatars are. Whom do you want to attract into this funnel, to this event? So now we're at step two. Even though I told you that you don't have to use paid traffic, I'm going to give you a bonus here in a moment that you might decide to use, because you might be able to generate paid traffic and not have to pay for the ads. So step two, we're going to choose all of our traffic sources. One, paid traffic. If so, which channels? Two, organic traffic. Three, your owned traffic. So for example, your email list, and your text message list. Four, any earned traffic you can get, like appearing on somebody else's podcast, affiliate partners. And of course, five, what I call your least traffic, so all the organic reach that you can get on LinkedIn, Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, TikTok, Twitter, all the channels.
So we've chosen who we want to target, and we've chosen our traffic sources. And by the way, one of the earned traffic sources that you're going to get, which is the most epic part of this funnel, is your ability to leverage the audiences, the email lists, the social connections of everyone that's going to be in the summit, to begin with. So now I'm going to take you through the structure, and the assets that you need to do a summit funnel. First, you're going to have a big landing page. It's going to be the registration page. This is going to be like any other event you've ever seen promoted. You've got photos of all of your guests. You have bios about them. Any and all details that you want to use to basically promote this free summit everywhere. 'And here's the bonus I told you about.
Okay, I'll get back to the podcast in just a minute, but let's face it, most marketing doesn't work. Did you know that most business owners and leaders are making the same mistakes over and over again? Like so many others, you're probably tired of relying on hope, which is a failed marketing system. You know what that is? That's when you're spending valuable time and money on marketing, and then you hope it works. You've probably thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures. You wish you could get all that money back, but you can't. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to exclusively rely on the loyalty of your existing customers and word of mouth. But it doesn't have to be that way. I want to give you a resource for free. You heard me right, free. I've put together the ultimate 97-point marketing audit checklist, which will allow you to assess and diagnose what is and is not working in your marketing. And it will only take you about 10 to 15 minutes.
Think of it like an MRI for your marketing without the expensive medical bills to follow. And to get this free marketing checklist delivered right to your email inbox. Just go to getmymarketingchecklist.com, provide your info, and we'll get it out to you right away. And again, it's totally free. I'd actually encourage you to walk through the checklist with your team and honestly discuss and evaluate every item on the list. It will be the best 10 minutes you've invested into the growth engine of your business in a long, long time. Again, don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business smarter and faster, and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place, again, totally free. Simply go to getmymarketingchecklist.com right now. Let's fix what's broken in your marketing today.
And here's the bonus I told you about. Once they sign up, you're going to take them to an upsell page or what we call a one-time offer page. Remember, every single time that a broadcast is going to go live to the world, you're going to do that at a specific time over an extended period of time, several days, potentially weeks. So on that order bump page, that upsell page, that one-time offer, what you're going to suggest is that "Hey, the likelihood that you can show up at the same time every day for the next week or two weeks or three weeks or more is probably not going to happen." So your offer is $99, $79, $149, some low ticket amount, you basically say, "If you're going to miss this content, why don't you go ahead and buy access to the vault," where we'll put all of the bonus materials that your guests provide and yourself, where you'll have all the videos from the summit put behind a lock and key, a username and password in other words, and they can have access to it for a lifetime so they don't miss anything.
You would be shocked at how many people will gladly pay that $99 or 79 bucks or 149 bucks because they want to have access to that content. So we started with the summit registration page. We then took them to the one-time offer page. After that, here's what happens. One, they are opted in. Remember, everyone that has to sign up for this event gets onto your email list. So once they've opted in, one, they're going to be redirected to a thank you page. Second, you're going to text them because you collected their cell phone info in the registration form. And the reason that you want to do this is because as you send email reminders every day of the summit, those emails may or may not get delivered. Your text messages will get delivered. So we're going to take them to the thank you page. We're going to send them a text message confirming that they signed up. We're going to send them an email doing the same thing. They will now be on your email list.
And I would recommend that we add them to a Facebook Messenger audience, because again, the conversion rate, the open rate, the click-through rate is crazy, crazy high. And for a moment, that's it. Now, two weeks prior to the summit going live, you're going to start sending warm-up emails. So Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday for two weeks prior, and the same thing the week prior, you're going to send emails and text messages that will get them fired up about this summit. You want to get them to invite their colleagues to the summit. You want to pique their curiosity and elevate their interest. Signing up is great. Showing up is better. And then for however many guests that you have interviewed, you're going to have that many days where emails go out, text messages go out, Facebook Messenger messages go out, reminding them that, one, today's the day of the summit, and two, you provide the link to the page where that video will be broadcast.
Another crazy good bonus is that on those broadcast pages you could have offers. You could have lead magnets to take them into other funnels. And for every single guest that you interview, on the day of their summit and on their broadcast page, they can have their own offers, bonuses, things that get people into their nurturing sequences, their sales funnels, which of course is the biggest reason that they wanted to participate in your summit, to begin with. And then at the end of the summit funnel, there's a few wrap-up things that we do. One, we want to tag someone in the CRM. We want to know in the future how this person arrived in your list, to begin with. We want to send them a ringless voicemail, where you're going to make another offer to them. It happens with automation. And if you want, you can even send them a physical piece of mail all through automation.
After that, we eject them from that journey, that's the end of the summit. However, you can now start doing retargeting ads that continue to create brand awareness moving forward. And if any of your guests are using paid traffic, meaning if they're buying ads, you don't want them to have pixel audiences built from all of your summit pages, but from their own respective day that they broadcast that interview. From that page, they could build their own pixeled audience so they can start retargeting the people that showed up for their broadcast to sell their products and their services.
So there you have it. That's the summit funnel. Massively grow your authority, and generate tens or hundreds of thousands of leads. From a positioning standpoint, you are now associated with all of these thought leaders and business leaders that were in the summit, to begin with. While you might not necessarily be targeting your guests as potential clients or customers, it's entirely plausible that they could become potential customers for clients. So that's it. If you have questions or want to talk about how you could use a summit funnel to grow your business and generate massive leads and massive new sales, just send me a text at 832-324-2432, or email us at What Box Digital, just hello@whatboxdigital.com. That's it for this week. I will see you on the next episode.
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode, and if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @BrianWebb, and the show sponsor, What Box Digital can be found at, as you might guess at What Box Digital.
You can also find me and What Box Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Email
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 59: 3-Part LinkedIn Master Class - Part 2 - Prospecting: How To Get 10 to 20 Real Leads Or More From LinkedIn Every Single Month
____________________
INTRODUCTION
Last week, we covered part one of my LinkedIn masterclass, seven reasons why every B2B business owner and leader needs to add creator mode to your profile. This week, we're getting to part two: prospecting - how to get 10 to 20 real leads or more from LinkedIn every single month. Let's jump into it.
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________
HELPFUL LINKS
The Ultimate 97 Point Marketing Audit Checklist
____________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Last week, we covered part one of my LinkedIn masterclass, seven reasons why every B2B business owner and leader needs to add creator mode to your profile. This week, we're getting to part two: prospecting - how to get 10 to 20 real leads or more from LinkedIn every single month. Let's jump into it.
This is the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Brian Webb:
Hey everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. Let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Hey everyone. Welcome back. Last week, part one of my LinkedIn masterclass. This week, part two. I'm going to teach you how to prospect like a pro. Next week, I'm going to teach you how to make a sales funnel that starts with LinkedIn. I would say that the vast majority of people who are on LinkedIn, business owners, and business leaders, you know that you should be on the platform. You know that it's where your prospects are. And you're doing stuff. Maybe you're posting here and there and you're hitting the like button from time to time, but you're not getting any leads from it.
If you haven't done so yet, go back and listen to last week's episode, where I teach you how to turn on creator mode and the seven reasons why you should. This week, we're going to talk about prospecting. And by the way, I'm sensitive to the fact that this is an audio platform. So if you want to see what I'm going to teach here today, go check out the Learn More Earn More newsletter on LinkedIn. And if I gave you the URL to the newsletter, you would never find it. So instead, just go to: learnmoreearnmorenewsletter.com. It will redirect you. You can go there and see the scripts of everything I talk about. Basically, you can have the framework right in front of you.
And if you're not subscribed, go ahead and hit that subscribe button. That way, you'll get notified every time I launch a new article, which is at least weekly, by the way. And every single one of them are to help you grow your business smarter and faster. Let's get to it. Here is how you prospect properly on LinkedIn.
Step number one, you've got to know who your ideal customer avatar is or who they are. And we're not going to even talk about that today because I've already covered it. In fact, if you go back to the podcast to episode number seven, I basically teach you how to create the perfect ideal customer avatar to grow your business. So go check that out. And once you learn how to do it, go check out my free tool at whatboxdigital.com/avatar. There's a form right there. You walk through all the questions. It will email you the results. It's a great tool, and it's free your favorite price. But step one, you've got to know who you're targeting.
Step two, you need a sales navigator account. That's an upgraded version of LinkedIn. It's a completely separate platform. Obviously, it's connected to LinkedIn, but it's a completely separate platform. You've got to have a sales navigator account. So now that you know who your ICA, your ideal customer avatar is or who they are, and now that you have your sales navigator account, we got to go find them. We got to go get them. You're going to go perform a search for your ideal customer avatar. And sales navigator lets you do that. It's absolute bliss if you're trying to grow your business on LinkedIn.
The beginning of your search might start with manufacturers. It might start with law firms. It might start with medical practices. You start by choosing whom you want to target. And all of the filtering parameters that you need are right there. You can filter by connection level; first-degree connection, second, or third. You can geographically target. Maybe you want to target just Texas; maybe Michigan; maybe the United States; maybe worldwide. You can target based on years of experience, company headcount, their role, or their job titles; spotlights, meaning changed jobs in the last 90 days, or maybe they were mentioned in the news in the last 30 days. Or a good one, posted on LinkedIn in the past 30 days.
And again, if you go to learn moreearnmorenewsletter.com, I'll include some screenshots so that you can see that in case you don't yet have your own sales navigator account. So, we've identified our ideal customer avatar. You've got your sales navigator account set up. And you're going after one of your ICAs, ideal customers, on sales navigator.
Step three, you're going to pick 10 to 20 of the people in that search per day, Monday through Friday, and you're going to go and engage with their profile. You're not sending a connection request. You're just going to go and view their profile, for example. You're going to go and like a recent post. Comment thoughtfully on a recent post. Basically, you're just showing up before you even send that connection request out, to begin with. Now, step three can really be steps three, four, and five, meaning you could just go do it once.
The longer you take, the more conversions you're going to get when you're trying to connect with people. But if you're that business owner, that business leader, that wants the baby without the labor pains, go ahead and just do it one time. Your effectiveness will probably go down, but just do your own testing as you go. Remember, everything I share with you is a framework from which you have to go and make it your own and do your own testing because every market is different. And every user on LinkedIn is different. For example, if you've got 35,000 followers and the world sees you as a celebrity, it's not going to take that long for you to connect. If you're the guy who's just so busy working in his business or her business, and you rarely show up, well, then you're a complete stranger. It's going to take you a little longer for people to warm up to you.
Next step, send a connection request to those people that you've been engaging their profile. And I'm going to give you the script. This is what I use. Make it your own. And be conversational. Here's mine. "Hey," first name. "I'm a B2B marketer here in the Houston area. I enjoy connecting with..." fill in the blank; meaning the type of business owners and leaders that you want to go connect with. "But don't worry. I'm not here to pitch or sell you anything today. Hopefully, we will cross paths here on LinkedIn from time to time, Brian." I cannot say this loudly enough. Do not connect then pitch. This is the pandemic that absolutely plagues LinkedIn.
When you do this, what you're, in essence, inadvertently doing is you're showing up, you're connecting, you're shaking their hand by connecting with them. And then you're saying, "Give me your money." Now, the irony is we should all intuitively know that that's not how you do business, especially on LinkedIn, because we hate it when someone does that to us. Don't do that. Don't connect and then pitch.
Step five, and this is the one that you're probably not going to like because it's not as scalable. Okay. I'll get back to the podcast in just a minute. But let's face it, most marketing doesn't work. Did you know that most business owners and leaders are making the same mistakes over and over again? Like so many others, you're probably tired of relying on hope, which is a failed marketing system. You know what that is. That's when you're spending valuable time and money on marketing, and then you hope it works. You've probably thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures. You wish you could get all that money back, but you can't.
When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to exclusively rely on the loyalty of your existing customers and word of mouth. But it doesn't have to be that way. I want to give you a resource for free. You heard me right: free.
I've put together the ultimate 97-point marketing audit checklist, which will allow you to assess and diagnose what is and is not working in your marketing. And it will only take you about 10 to 15 minutes. Think of it like an MRI for your marketing, without the expensive medical bills to follow. And to get this free marketing checklist delivered right to your email inbox, just go to getmymarketingchecklist.com. Provide your info, and we'll get it out to you right away. And again, it's totally free.
I'd actually encourage you to walk through the checklist with your team and honestly discuss and evaluate every item on the list. It will be the best 10 minutes you've invested into the growth engine of your business in a long, long time. Again, don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business smarter and faster and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. Again, totally free. Simply go to getmymarketingchecklist.com right now. Let's fix what's broken in your marketing today.
Step five, and this is the one that you're probably not going to like because it's not as scalable. Every single person that accepts your connect request, get on the LinkedIn mobile app, go to messages, click on that little microphone and send them a voice message. A sincere, heartfelt, warm voice message. Now, I'm going to give you a script. But remember, make this your own. You don't have to do it like me, but make a variation of this that works best for you and your industry sector.
Here's what I say: "Hey," first name. "I am thrilled to be connected with you here on LinkedIn. I really enjoy connecting with business leaders, just like you. I just wanted to reach out and say hello in my own voice. As you can see on my profile, my name's Brian. I'm the CEO here at Whatbox Digital and the fractional CMO for several B2B companies. My team and I help business owners and leaders create lead generation systems that actually work for growing their businesses smarter and faster.
But again, great news, nothing to pitch or sell today. I just wanted to give you a friendly hello. Please reach out anytime, if there's anything I can do for you. And I hope we'll continue to bump into each other from time to time, here on LinkedIn. So, I've created some awareness. This person, he or she, knows what I do. I ask for nothing, not a single thing.
Let's move on to the next step, step six. Wait a day or two. Send them something valuable. Help them. Give before you ask or take. In the world of marketing, we call this a lead magnet. But give them some tools, some assets, some resource that really will be helpful for them. It could be a framework that helps you to make money or save money. Maybe it's a checklist that helps you to avoid pitfalls in business. A resource that we created here at Whatbox Digital is our Ultimate B2B 97-Point Marketing Audit Checklist.
It's a 36-page, 97-point marketing checklist that will absolutely help you to be a better business owner, and a better business leader. It'll help you to conquer marketing. I'm sure you have resources that you can use in your business, but you want to show up with generosity. Not with your hand out, but with something in your hand to give.
On to step seven, which by the way is going to feel a whole lot like step number six. You're going to wait a day or two. You're going to give them another resource: another tool, another framework, another checklist. Be creative. Go through all the assets that you have in your business that help you to be successful and share those resources with the people that you're trying to connect with. And then, I'll repeat those steps one or two more times. This has happened over the course of, let's call it, a week or so.
And by the way, when you give that resource, don't literally give it to them. Put it behind a form on a webpage or a landing page where they have to go and give their information to get it. For example, I would not just forward some news article online. If I'm going to give you that 97-point checklist, you're going to go to a landing page, and you're going to enter your name and your email address.
And if I give you additional tools and resources, they're all going to be behind a form and a landing page where you have to opt in to get that resource. And remember, next week we'll be talking about a sales funnel. And what I just told you is a bit of a teaser for part three, so make sure you're tuned in next week.
And then, based on how they have or have not engaged with me over this process of a week or two, I send them one more message. And in that message, I basically say, "Hey, I hope you've been getting some value out of these resources that I've been sharing with you. As I told you, I do..." A, B, and C. Example in my case, at Whatbox Digital, "we provide consulting services and frameworks for lead generation for B2B companies. Does it make sense to talk about what that looks like in your business?" And remember, most people will never engage with you. Most people will never work with you. Nothing you can say and nothing you can do. This is just the law of sales and marketing.
But I'm telling you, if you do these things I just taught you, you can generate five, 10, 15, 20 leads a month. And again, that spectrum can vary because how many connections do you have? How much authority do you have online? How much are you showing up on LinkedIn when you're not prospecting, or posting valuable content?
This podcast is an example. The newsletter is an example. I see someone that's posting that they're hiring. I share that with my audience. I'm demonstrating generosity. And by the way, not faking it either. And that right there might be the most valuable tip that I just shared with you today. Most people are faking it. Most people are showing up and being just generous enough to ask you for your money. So, you can go down that path, and you can fake it. And you can continue to waste your time on LinkedIn or any other social media platform. Or you can show up in a genuine and authentic way where you're trying to make a contribution to the universe. You genuinely want to help people overcome their challenges and find and pursue and achieve their dreams. But the bad news is if you're faking it, we all know it.
So don't do it. Show up daily. Do your best. Give value. Stop pitching. That's how you get leads. Isn't it ironic? It's when you stop pitching that you'll start generating more opportunities for you and your business. And check this out. Believe it or not, the vast majority of everything that I've spoken to you about today, last week, and next week, it can be outsourced.
As you can tell by everything I've shared, this can be a simple program; this can be robust. A proposal would have to be created. But 1500 bucks to two grand on the low end, up to three or $4,000 on the high end? If you want to get the benefit out of LinkedIn, but you're never going to have the time to do it, we can get you taken care of. Just text the word "LinkedIn" to 832-324-2432. 832-324-2432. Text the word "LinkedIn." We can start a conversation.
That's it for this week. I think I've talked about the marketing audit checklist three or four times. Plus, the promotion is pushing that out to you guys. You've got to go get it. Go to getmymarketingchecklist.com and get your copy. I promise you, it'll be the best 15 to 20 minutes that you spend with your team. And don't forget about next week. Come back, subscribe. Part three of my LinkedIn masterclass: How to Make a Sales Funnel That Starts with LinkedIn. Thanks for being here. I'll see you on the next episode.
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review.
I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @BrianWebb. And the show's sponsor, Whatbox Digital, can be found at, as you might guess, @WhatboxDigital. You can also find me and Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Email
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 58: 3-Part LinkedIn Master Class - Part 1 - Creator Mode: 7 Reasons Every B2B Business Leader Should Add This To Their Profile
____________________
INTRODUCTION
Are you sick and tired of being on LinkedIn, but you don't feel like you're getting out of it what you should be? Well today, I'm going to take you through part one of three of my LinkedIn masterclass that's guaranteed to help you generate leads month after month and grow your business smarter and faster. Let's jump into the show.
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________
HELPFUL LINKS
The Ultimate 97 Point Marketing Audit Checklist
____________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Are you sick and tired of being on LinkedIn, but you don't feel like you're getting out of it what you should be? Well today, I'm going to take you through part one of three of my LinkedIn masterclass that's guaranteed to help you generate leads month after month and grow your business smarter and faster. Let's jump into the show.
This is the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Brian Webb:
Hey, everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets, and growth hacks, to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Well, you heard me say it in the introduction, today is part one of three of my LinkedIn masterclass. Today, we're going to talk about creator mode, and seven reasons you and every other B2B business leader should add this to your profile. Next week, we'll go into part two; prospecting. I will literally give you my behind-the-scene step-by-step process for how I prospect on LinkedIn and generate 10 to 20 leads a month every single month. Then the following week we'll go to part three where I'll teach you how to create an automated sales funnel on LinkedIn. But today let's just talk about creator mode. I'm going to give you the seven reasons you need to add this to your profile. But first, let's talk about what creator mode is.
Basically, creator mode is a profile setting on your dashboard that can help you grow your reach and influence on LinkedIn. You can turn on creator mode to get access to new tools, additional tools, and features that will help you create content and grow your audience based on LinkedIn. And to learn how to do that by the way, if you just perform a Google search on how to turn on creator mode on LinkedIn, it'll bring you right to the link. They walk you through it step-by-step. While I'm not going to go deep on this today, I will give you the first few steps here, just so that you know how to do it.
Go to your LinkedIn profile. You're going to click on the icon up at the top of your LinkedIn homepage. Click view profile, scroll down to the resources, and click on creator mode, which is currently set to off. What you're going to do is click next on the creator mode preview popup window. And then this is where you can go through the process. So that's the quick and dirty way of how to actually turn it on, but let's talk about the reasons you want to.
Reason number one, the connect button on your profile will change to follow. Once you've done this, LinkedIn will now display the number of followers you have there on your profile. When someone sends you a connection request, after you turn on creator mode, they will also follow you while they await your response. So if you don't have this turned on, someone sends you a connection request. You don't accept it. Nothing happens. Once you move over to creative mode and they click that connect request, you basically now have a new follower, whether or not you ever accept their connection request. And even if you decline their invitation, they will still be following your posts until they manually unfollow you.
Reason number two, you can display the topics you post about in your profile introduction as hashtags. This will make it easier for other LinkedIn members to discover your content and follow you. And they literally appear right up there by your name.
Let's move on to reason number three. When you move to creator mode, when you turn that on, LinkedIn will highlight your original content on your profile by moving your featured and activity sections to be first on your profile. And even furthermore, the activity section on your profile will no longer include your likes, comments, and other activities. They'll still be available when you click on the see all activity link up.
Okay, I'll get back to the podcast in just a minute, but let's face it. Most marketing doesn't work. Did you know that most business owners and leaders are making the same mistakes over and over again? Like so many others, you're probably tired of relying on hope, which is a failed marketing system. You know what that is. That's when you're spending valuable time and money on marketing, and then you hope it works. You've probably thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures. You wish you could get all that money back, but you can't. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to exclusively rely on the loyalty of your existing customers and word of mouth. But it doesn't have to be that way. I want to give you a resource for free. You heard me right. Free.
I've put together the ultimate 97-point marketing audit checklist, which will allow you to assess and diagnose what is and is not working in your marketing. And it will only take you about 10 to 15 minutes. Think of it like an MRI for your marketing without the expensive medical bills to follow. And to get this free marketing checklist delivered right to your email inbox, just go to getmymarketingchecklist.com, provide your info and we'll get it out to you right away. And again, it's totally free. I'd actually encourage you to walk through the checklist with your team and honestly discuss and evaluate every item on the list. It will be the best 10 minutes you've invested into the growth engine of your business in a long, long time. Again, don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business smarter and faster, and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. Again, totally free. Simply go to getmymarketingchecklist.com right now. Let's fix what's broken in your marketing today.
Reason number four, you can add a link to the introduction section, that first box that people see, that first area of your profile to drive more traffic to your website, your content, your landing pages, and your sales funnels. Maybe an upcoming event. To see this in action, go to my profile, Brian Webb on LinkedIn. To find me easy, by the way, just go to linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb. No, I don't think I'm special enough to have the word the in front of my name. That was just my only option because another Brian Webb beat me to the punch when I was setting my own vanity URL years ago.
Reason number five, get discovered better. When you turn on creator mode, you basically become eligible with LinkedIn to be featured as a suggested creator to follow so the potential followers can find you and your content all over LinkedIn. So said differently, just by turning on creator mode, LinkedIn is going to automatically for free give you more exposure on the platform.
Reason number six, this might be, if not my favorite, one of my two favorites, is you get access to creator tools on LinkedIn. For example, you can do LinkedIn live when you turn on creator mode. You get access to create a LinkedIn newsletter. If you missed it, by the way, go back to episode number 51 of this podcast, which was launched on April 4th, 2022, on how to use LinkedIn newsletters to drastically reach more B2B prospects on LinkedIn. Now for this particular one, the newsletters, you have to meet LinkedIn's specific criteria. To find out if you meet the criteria, visit the creator tools section in the creator hub. You will see available next to the creator tools that you have access to.
And finally, reason number seven, you get access to creator analytics, which basically provides aggregate analytics to show how your content portfolio performs over time. Now at the time of this recording, LinkedIn basically is letting us know that they're gradually rolling out creator analytics to all members who turn on creator mode. So during this time it may or may not yet be available to you, but basically to check availability, click on the number of post impressions past seven days in the analytics section of your profile. If you do not see creator analytics, check back in the coming months.
So there you go. That's the seven reasons you want to turn on creator mode for your profile. So go take care of that today. That's literally something that will take you five minutes and it's going to enhance your ability to grow your business and get more exposure on LinkedIn. And don't forget, this episode is part one of three. Next week we'll go to part two, prospecting. How to get 10 to 20 real leads or more every month from LinkedIn. And then the following week part three, how to create an automated sales funnel on LinkedIn. That's it for today.
Thank you for being here as always. And a quick reminder, if you haven't gotten your marketing audit checklist, go do it today. Just go to www.mymarketingchecklist.com. Go through the process. You won't regret it. And if you want to find my newsletter on LinkedIn, just go to learnmoreearnmorenewsletter.com. That will redirect you to my newsletter on LinkedIn. If you're liking this podcast, you're going to love the newsletter too. And as always, thank you for tuning in here to the podcast. If you like what you're learning and hearing on this podcast, if you would be so kind as just to take a quick moment and go give us a five-star review and a rating on the platform you listen to this on, it literally helps us to reach more people and help more people just like you. So again, thanks for being here today. I will see you on the next episode.
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @briancwebb. And the show sponsor Whatbox Digital can be found at, as you might guess, @whatboxdigital. You can also find me in Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you.
Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Email
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 57: 10 Things Every Business Should Automate To Save Time & Grow Faster
____________________
VALUE BOMBS
So here you are, you're running your business, you want to grow faster, you want to be more efficient, you want to add time back to your schedule, I'm going to teach you 10 things that you and every business should be automating.
____________________
SOFTWARE TOOLS RECOMMENDED BY BRIAN WEBB & WHATBOX DIGITAL
Active Campaign - ActiveCampaign gives you the email marketing, marketing automation, and CRM tools you need to create incredible customer experiences.
Instapage - Everything you need to build and optimize landing page experiences for higher conversions.
TypeForm - Create forms, surveys, and quizzes that people enjoy answering.
Jasper - Artificial intelligence makes it fast & easy to create copywriting content for your blog, social media, website, and more! Rated 5/5 stars in 3,000+ reviews.
SalesMessage - Simple, scalable, two-way business texting & calling. Easily send, receive, and manage text and phone conversations online.
Pipedrive - The all-in-one sales platform for growing revenue. The first CRM designed by salespeople, for salespeople.
Wavve - Turn your podcast, talk, or music into engaging, easy-to-consume video clips for social media!
Descript - All-in-one audio & video editing, as easy as a doc.
OptinMonster - Convert and Monetize Your Website Traffic. Stop losing visitors! Instantly grow your email list, get more leads and increase sales with the #1 most powerful conversion optimization toolkit in the world.
Monday - The Work OS that lets you shape workflows, your way. Centralize all your work, processes, tools, and files into one Work OS. Connect teams, bridge silos, and maintain one source of truth across your organization.
SproutSocial - A powerful solution for social media management.
Creative Market - Accelerate your projects with millions of ready-to-use template products.
New Old Stamp - Promote your company using email signatures marketing. Personalize calls-to-action in every email your team sends. Enjoy email signature management.
CallRail - With call tracking, find out which marketing campaigns make your phone ring. If your business relies on quality customer conversations, you need CallRail. Match inbound calls, text, forms, and live chats to your marketing campaigns to finally learn what's working and what's not.
Adobe Creative Cloud - Now everyone can make something amazing for fun, for work, or just because. All you need is a little imagination and Adobe Creative Cloud.
Miro - The online collaborative whiteboard platform to bring teams together, anytime, anywhere.
Slack - Stay on the same page and make decisions faster by bringing all of your work communication into one place.
Apple Keynote - With its powerful tools and dazzling effects, Keynote makes it easy to create stunning and memorable presentations, and comes included with most Apple devices.
Feedly - Track insights across the web via RSS feeds without having to read everything
LinkedIn Sales Navigator - B2B data you can trust. Generate sales and close deals with LinkedIn Sales Solutions.
Grammarly - Get suggestions from Grammarly while you write in desktop applications and sites across the web—as you move between apps, social media, documents, messages, and emails.
Evernote - Tame your work, organize your life. Remember everything and tackle any project with your notes, tasks, and schedule all in one place.
Vimeo - Video hosting. Where amazing videos, works in progress, and everything in between come to be their best.
Libsyn - Podcast Hosting. Beginners to Experts, Unlimited bandwidth & reach, Unparalleled customer support, Audio & video – Be heard. Be seen.
Avid Pro Tools - The industry-standard audio-production software for songwriters, musicians, producers, and engineers.
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________
HELPFUL LINKS
The Ultimate 97 Point Marketing Audit Checklist
____________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
So here you are, you're running your business, you want to grow faster, you want to be more efficient, you want to add time back to your schedule, I'm going to teach you 10 things that you and every business should be automating. Let's jump into the show.
This is the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Brian Webb:
Hey everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets and growth hacks to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Hey, everyone. So I'm going to share 10 things that you should be automating in your business, but the reality is you should be automating dozens if not hundreds of things in your business. Today, we're just going to cover 10 of them. If you rewind tape about 20 or 30 years ago, automation was only really available or affordable to big businesses. But today automation is for everyone, not just the corporate giants. We use all kinds of automations here at Whatbox Digital, and we encourage our clients to do the same.
When leveraged well, automation can simplify nearly every department in your business. The reality is automation is becoming increasingly more and more integral to the success and goals of businesses from nearly every industry sector. Like I said, automation is no longer just for the big guys. Even if you're a solo entrepreneur in your business, automation is something you can and should be using to run your business better. It literally can save you time and help you to grow faster and more efficiently.
According to gleanster.com, nearly 80% of all top-performing companies used marketing automation for at least two years or more according to their research. So there are numerous automation tools in the market that are available for every business. Our tool of choice here at Whatbox is ActiveCampaign. In fact, I wrote an entire article on it on my LinkedIn newsletter, which you can find at learnmoreearnmorenewsletter.com that will redirect you to my newsletter on LinkedIn. By the way, as of the time of this recording, you'll be joining about 840 other CEOs, business owners, and executives who have also already subscribed. And we're only about five weeks old right now in that newsletter. So you can go and check that out.
Now, I've talked about automation before, but just to give you a refresher course, there are three components that can be used in any automation. Two of which are always necessary. The first is triggers. Every automation on the planet must start with some kind of a trigger. Triggers are what inform your automation platform that something needs to happen. Next, conditions. Conditions can be applied to triggers to narrow the focus on whether an action should happen. So, for example, the trigger could be, I added a tag to a user, but there could be a condition like something like has not visited my website in 60 days. So that's a condition.
And the third is actions. Once an automation has been triggered and a condition has been met when you want a condition to be met, then finally there's an action. The action is what you need to see happen in order to achieve your objective. So actions could include, send an email, send a text, send a slack notification, wait 30 days. That's just a handful of them. So again, 10 automations we're going to cover today. There are hundreds you could and should be using for your business, but we're going to start with number one, create an autoresponder to immediately reply to email inquiries from your website. If you have a contact email address on your website, and you probably do, for visitors to get in touch with you, you could potentially become overwhelmed by the number of leads that might be expecting to hear from you. A 30-minute delay literally in response time decreases the odds of closing a new customer by 21 times compared to responding within five minutes. So you can see that, that's important.
So a trigger, in this case, would be forms submitted. The action would be to send reply email. Easy. Probably the easiest of all the ones I'll talk about today. Automation number two, automatically request online ratings and reviews from customers who are raving fans. In March 2022, I released a podcast episode that actually teaches you how to automate the process of requesting online reviews from customers who have recently had a great experience with your products and services. But basically, this process involves sending a survey upon the sale of a product or the completion of a service project. Then depending on how your customer replies, you follow up with a sequence that would be sent to the customer to compel a new response.
So, for example, trigger, tag added a customer. For example, project completed product sold. Action, send email with a performance survey. Now, when they reply, there's a condition, three conditions. Condition A, customer replies with five stars in the survey. Action, send them an email and ask for a review on Facebook or on Yelp. Or condition B, the customer replies back with three stars. Mediocre. Action, send an email to ask about how your service or product could be improved. Or worst-case scenario, condition C, the customer replies with the one star in the survey, meaning you suck. Action, literally in triplicate, send a slack message, a text message, and an email notification to your customer service team to inform them that you have an unhappy customer. This is so that you can reach out to them immediately to do damage control and potentially increase customer loyalty.
So you're doing two things. You're increasing customer loyalty. And for those that loved what you did, love what you sold to them, you're automating the process of getting more reviews, which is great for social proof, it's great for SEO and it just makes your brand look good. And, by the way, quick plug here, if you need help with your marketing automation needs, Whatbox Digital is totally here to help. Literally, just call our office at 281-801-7721 or just send an email at hello@whatboxdigital.com, and we'll help you out.
Number three, and this might be my favorite, automatically get notified when known visitors and hot leads are on your website. This one's a little bit more of a secret. Most people don't know about this. You're probably not even aware that this is even available to you, but it's easy to do. So imagine this. You own a brick-and-mortar store. Would you ignore customers when they walk through the door? No, of course, not. Your website is the foyer to your business. Wouldn't you like to get notified automatically when known visitors and sales leads visit the various pages of your website? I would, I do, actually.
This automation does require that a snippet of tracking code be embedded into the header of your website while this step is likely a task that you're not comfortable doing yourself. It is something that anyone with reasonable web editing experience could do in literally two minutes. So in this case, the automation is trigger a known user, to visit your website. Action, send a Slack notification. By the way, pro tip, you can set up a trigger for every page of your website, which allows you to monitor which pages your guests are visiting in real-time. So it's like watching someone walk from one side of your store to the other. By being able to monitor your visitor's footsteps across your site, you have an indication as to what they're seeking and what might be important to them, or at least interesting.
Automation number four, capture and nurture sales leads over time, and then convert them into paying customers. If there's one topic I cover regularly is sales funnels. Sales funnels are essential, literally imperative to systematically generate new leads for your business. Sales funnels can range from very simple, like a string of emails when a new lead opts into your offer to extremely robust and complex, which could include emails, text messages, ringless voicemails, physical and direct mail, and much more. Now, a typical sales funnel that we would do here at Whatbox Digital is typically pretty robust. And so again, if you want to see a video of this being fully laid out for you, just go to learnmoreearnmorenewsletter.com and go check out the article called the ultimate B2B lead generation squeeze funnel.
Automation number five, always win at phone tag. It's easy to lose a game of phone tag when you're a busy entrepreneur or a business leader that's highly involved in the operations of your business. You leave a voicemail with a client, then he or she returns your call while you're in a meeting. You make a note in your mind to call back when you're at your desk, and voila, another voicemail. If the game continues, all while you're chasing other players, you might eventually give up either intentionally or because you were too busy to remember to call them back. Maybe you had a lead, but then you lost it. So in this automation, the trigger is add tag in your CRM that says left VM, for example, to a contact. When that happens, action one sends an email to the contact, and action two sends an email reminder back to yourself to call back.
So if you're using an automation platform like ActiveCampaign like us, you can note in the system that you left a message for a contact. Doing so triggers an automation to email him or her, I just left you a voicemail, sorry, I missed you. If I don't hear from you, I'll follow up tomorrow. The software then reminds you to make the call tomorrow as promised. No sticky notes are necessary and no lost leads.
Automation number six. Okay, I'll get back to the podcast in just a minute, but let's face it. Most marketing doesn't work. Did you know that most business owners and leaders are making the same mistakes over and over again? Like so many others, you're probably tired of relying on hope, which is a failed marketing system. You know what that is. That's when you're spending valuable time and money on marketing, and then you hope it works. You've probably thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures. You wish you could get all that money back, but you can't. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to exclusively rely on the loyalty of your existing customers and word of mouth. But it doesn't have to be that way.
I want to give you a resource for free. You heard me right, free. I've put together the ultimate 97-point marketing audit checklist, which will allow you to assess and diagnose what is and is not working in your marketing. And it will only take you about 10 to 15 minutes. Think of it like an MRI for your marketing without the expensive medical bills to follow. And to get this free marketing checklist delivered right to your email inbox, just go to getmymarketingchecklist.com, provide your info and we'll get it out to you right away. And again, it's totally free. I'd actually encourage you to walk through the checklist with your team and honestly discuss and evaluate every item on the list. It will be the best 10 minutes you've invested into the growth engine of your business in a long, long time.
Again, don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business smarter and faster and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. Again, totally free. Simply go to getmymarketingchecklist.com right now. Let's fix what's broken in your marketing today.
Automation number six, and I love this one too, follow up with new networking connections. Whether you're at a networking happy hour or a conference or any business function or event, networking can pay off with a large stack of business cards in your hand. But you already know that collecting business cards isn't the goal. So you can use the power of automation to start communicating with your new contacts immediately before both you and your new contact forget about the conversation you had to begin with. Transfer the contact information for your new connection from their business card to your CRM. Tag each person as a conference or event contact. Then use automation software to schedule an email to be sent. Whether you want to follow up an hour or later or the next day, doesn't matter. And when I say send an email communication, send a string of email communications, maybe four or five or six of them.
So, for example, trigger, add new contact, action, send email one of seven, action, wait one day, action, send email two of seven, action, wait two days, so forth and so forth and so forth. It's a great way to introduce yourself over a period of time to indoctrinate the people that you met with all that you can do to help them based on the products and services that you have to offer.
Automation number seven, welcome a new client. I'll tell you something that you already know. A sale is not the end of your relationship with a new client. In fact, it's only the beginning you need and want to make a great first impression by sending a series of welcome emails to demonstrate to your new clients that you care about them. And again, it's a great opportunity to indoctrinate your clients with information about your business and to set and manage their expectations about what it's going to be like to work with you.
Staying in touch is effortless with automation. Setting up your software so that when a purchase is made or by manually adding a tag for B2B service businesses, a trigger automatically activates that email series. In the first email sent immediately after a purchase or a tag is added, send them a thank you and an intro to your company. You could also send answers to frequently asked questions or an overview of what your services entail. And if you really want to up your game, consider sending a thank you gift. Check in again shortly after the client has started using your products or services to see how they're doing. Include helpful content like tips about using your products or how-to video or suggest complementary products and services that may also be of interest to them. A few days later, ask for feedback, and send them a link to a survey asking how your business could improve. If the client is dissatisfied, you'll want to take action sooner than later.
Onto number eight, stay on top of failed billing charges and past due invoices. When a customer changes or loses a credit card, your business might not have made his or her list of records to update. Billing charges that don't clear even for a short period of time, can have a detrimental impact on your bottom line. So be proactive about collecting payments by establishing automated processes. For subscriptions and other fees collected on a recurring basis, set up a trigger for your automation platform of choice to notify you when a billing charge fails. The notification prompts you to reach out to the customer, allowing you to collect payment as soon as possible. And you could prevent some failed charges from happening in the first place by catching credit cards on the verge of expiration. You can set up an automated process in which the software scans customer information stored in your client management system for credit cards due to expire in 30 days triggering a reminder to reach out to customers about updating their cards. Cool stuff.
Number nine, send appointment reminders. In a society where the word breathing is synonymous with the word busy, leads and clients need reminders about their appointments. And arguably they need to be reminded about the reminder. Forgotten appointments translate to wasted time and money for your business, but you can't afford to spend hours serving as a full-time assistant for your clients. With automation software, leads and clients can schedule an appointment at the time that works for them and that's free on your calendar. They can then receive a series of emails and appointment confirmation followed by reminders in the days or hours prior to the appointment. If the client or lead cancels, the software will automatically notify you so you can follow up and reschedule.
And finally, last but not least, number 10, ask clients for referrals at the right time. It's the oldest marketing strategy in the world. Word of mouth is the most trusted form of advertising. 84% of leaders say they completely or somewhat trust recommendations from people that they know. But sometimes clients need a little reminder or an incentive to spread the word. Ask clients at the right time to give referrals by sending an automated email. To encourage them to take action, you might offer a small gift or a hefty referral fee. At Whatbox Digital, we love to pay big referral fees to people who refer new customers to us. And I mean thousands and thousands of dollars.
Here's how you can set this up. When a client enters a friend's name or a colleague's name and their phone number and email address into a web form, your software will issue a task for you or your team member to call and reach out to that referral. So, Brian, you're talking about automation. Why the old school phone call? Emailing contacts without their direct permission puts your email at high risk of being flagged as spam, which could lead to your messages being blocked by inboxes. Pick up the phone, then ask about opting them into your emails. This is one where you might consider having a dedicated page on your website that's only there for your customers. And you remind them that it's there. It's a great way to make it easy for them to introduce you to other people.
That's it. 10 automations that will save you time, and help you grow your business faster. And don't forget, I know you heard the promo earlier, go and get your 97-point marketing audit checklist. It's a phenomenal tool to help you audit and assess what is not working in your marketing so that you can become aware of it and start working on fixing it. Everything that you fix in your marketing helps you to grow your business faster and more efficiently. So go get your checklist.
All right, that's it. Thanks for being here today. I will see you on the next episode.
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @BrianWebb. And the show sponsor Whatbox Digital can be found at, as you might guess, @WhatboxDigital. You can also find me in Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Email
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 56: Part 1: A Story About A $40 Million Dollar Fraud And Its Priceless Lessons For Investors & Entrepreneurs
____________________
VALUE BOMBS
What does desperation, patriotism, entrepreneurship, a 40 million loss for investors, concurrent FBI and SEC investigations, and a pending indictment of a friend and former client all have in common? This podcast, this episode, my interview today with Chris Bentley, let's jump into the show.
____________________
SOFTWARE TOOLS RECOMMENDED BY BRIAN WEBB & WHATBOX DIGITAL
Active Campaign - ActiveCampaign gives you the email marketing, marketing automation, and CRM tools you need to create incredible customer experiences.
Instapage - Everything you need to build and optimize landing page experiences for higher conversions.
TypeForm - Create forms, surveys, and quizzes that people enjoy answering.
Jasper - Artificial intelligence makes it fast & easy to create copywriting content for your blog, social media, website, and more! Rated 5/5 stars in 3,000+ reviews.
SalesMessage - Simple, scalable, two-way business texting & calling. Easily send, receive, and manage text and phone conversations online.
Pipedrive - The all-in-one sales platform for growing revenue. The first CRM designed by salespeople, for salespeople.
Wavve - Turn your podcast, talk, or music into engaging, easy-to-consume video clips for social media!
Descript - All-in-one audio & video editing, as easy as a doc.
OptinMonster - Convert and Monetize Your Website Traffic. Stop losing visitors! Instantly grow your email list, get more leads and increase sales with the #1 most powerful conversion optimization toolkit in the world.
Monday - The Work OS that lets you shape workflows, your way. Centralize all your work, processes, tools, and files into one Work OS. Connect teams, bridge silos, and maintain one source of truth across your organization.
SproutSocial - A powerful solution for social media management.
Creative Market - Accelerate your projects with millions of ready-to-use template products.
New Old Stamp - Promote your company using email signatures marketing. Personalize calls-to-action in every email your team sends. Enjoy email signature management.
CallRail - With call tracking, find out which marketing campaigns make your phone ring. If your business relies on quality customer conversations, you need CallRail. Match inbound calls, text, forms, and live chats to your marketing campaigns to finally learn what's working and what's not.
Adobe Creative Cloud - Now everyone can make something amazing for fun, for work, or just because. All you need is a little imagination and Adobe Creative Cloud.
Miro - The online collaborative whiteboard platform to bring teams together, anytime, anywhere.
Slack - Stay on the same page and make decisions faster by bringing all of your work communication into one place.
Apple Keynote - With its powerful tools and dazzling effects, Keynote makes it easy to create stunning and memorable presentations, and comes included with most Apple devices.
Feedly - Track insights across the web via RSS feeds without having to read everything
LinkedIn Sales Navigator - B2B data you can trust. Generate sales and close deals with LinkedIn Sales Solutions.
Grammarly - Get suggestions from Grammarly while you write in desktop applications and sites across the web—as you move between apps, social media, documents, messages, and emails.
Evernote - Tame your work, organize your life. Remember everything and tackle any project with your notes, tasks, and schedule all in one place.
Vimeo - Video hosting. Where amazing videos, works in progress, and everything in between come to be their best.
Libsyn - Podcast Hosting. Beginners to Experts, Unlimited bandwidth & reach, Unparalleled customer support, Audio & video – Be heard. Be seen.
Avid Pro Tools - The industry-standard audio-production software for songwriters, musicians, producers, and engineers.
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________
HELPFUL LINKS
Burning Bellatorum: The Story of a Forty Million Dollar Fraud and its Priceless Lessons for Investors and Entrepreneurs
The Ultimate 97 Point Marketing Audit Checklist
____________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
What does desperation, patriotism, entrepreneurship, a 40 million loss for investors, concurrent FBI and SEC investigations, and a pending indictment of a friend and former client all have in common? This podcast, this episode, my interview today with Chris Bentley, let's jump into the show.
This is to Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Brian Webb:
Hey everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets and growth hacks to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Brian Webb:
Hey there, it is a pleasure to have you Chris, Chris Bentley, on the show today. How are you doing this morning, man?
Chris Bentley:
I'm doing well, Brian, thanks for having me on the show.
Brian Webb:
It's a thrill to have you here. The audience doesn't know this yet, but you and I got to know each other as a result of us collaborating together, doing a little bit of marketing work for you back in the day.
Chris Bentley:
Yep, absolutely. Yeah. That was a fun experience.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, yeah, yeah. So for those in the audience who don't know who you are, take a minute or two and just kind of share kind of your background, where your story starts.
Chris Bentley:
Well, I grew up in east Texas, in Tyler, and joined the Marines right after high school and thought I was going to be a lifer. I was in for about 14 and a half years. Got medically discharged for some injuries I incurred while I was in the Marine Corps. Again, that was kind of devastating for me because I thought I was going to be in for life. So I'd done six tours, several to Iraq, several to Afghanistan, and didn't know what I was going to do with my life when I got out. And so I moved to Houston in January of 2014. At that time, oil and gas were trading for over a hundred dollars a barrel. It was pretty easy to get a job in the greater Houston area. So I got a job as a landman down here and got into the oil and gas industry after that and got into some entrepreneurial ventures, buying and selling mineral rights, being the main one, started a business in 2016 that started with just me and my wife and then grew to about 21 employees and over 40 million dollars in assets under management within a few years.
Brian Webb:
Wow. So today is going to be maybe one of the most interesting stories that we've had here, really, on The Learn More Podcast. And so I know that you've got a book that is out, I've got it, it's called Burning Bellatorum, and it's all about the story of a $40 million fraud and it's priceless lessons for investors and entrepreneurs. Tell me, tell the audience how you lost all of your own personal assets and not just the investors' money. It happened for you and the investors, but tell the audience how that story began.
Chris Bentley:
Well, like I said, in 2016, I started the company. At first, it was just doing small deals, brokering deals, buying, when I say small, I mean I think the largest one I bought on my own with my own capital was like $30,000 and I would buy and sell these smaller assets and I saw the opportunity for scale and so in 2017 I brought in one investor, did very well for him. It grew from there and it was an extremely legitimate successful business through the beginning of 2019. And in 2019, keep in mind in 2017 we had started with one investor, that grew to about, I think, six investors toward Q3 of 2017. Then by Q1 of 2018, I think we had like 27 investors. Then later that year it grew to 45. And then by January of 2019, we had about 22.7 million of assets under management and with a hundred investors.
Chris Bentley:
And then later that year, that grew to 28.7 million. And then by the end of the year, we took on, I took on, and this is crucial to the story, I took on 6.6 million dollars in debt. I did that by committing fraud and lying to the bank, but basically, to try to survive I also levered all my own assets, made personal guarantees, got personal loans with my house, and all my personal assets as leverage. So when I turned myself in and everything fell apart, I lost not only all my investors' money but my personal assets as well.
Brian Webb:
Wow. Wow. Wow. Wow. I've known you for some years now and I'm trying to put myself in your shoes because the Chris that I know, you're not a nefarious guy. You've served our country and you did not get into this with the intention of this happening. Talk a little bit more about that slippery slope. I know it started with trying to manage cash flow and things like that but talk about where that started and where that's brought you to today.
Chris Bentley:
Yeah. So I'd say it started with call it like late 2018 or early 2019. But basically, I came back from the Christmas holiday break between 2018 and 2019 where we would always shut down the office for a couple of weeks, about the week of Christmas, and then start the Monday after the New Year's holiday, come back to the office with ready to take on this new fund of 22.7 million dollars in capital commitments from investors, and I learned that we weren't ready from an operational standpoint, meaning like we didn't have the deal flow we normally had, just some little nuance about the business. We would send out letters like literally the day before we left for the Christmas break so that when we come back in January, we were starting to get some deal flow and incoming calls.
Chris Bentley:
And this was crucial to starting off a fund, we always start in January because it was important to kick off the fund with this new deal flow and make these acquisitions at that time of year.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Chris Bentley:
So I come back, there were some problems with the letter and the data sets that fed those offer letters that we would send out. So the first mistake I made, I think was, I was thinking, okay, this isn't a big deal, is what I was telling myself and that we could fix it. So it kind of rallied the troop, so to speak, got all hands on deck, fixed the data, at least I thought I fixed it, with my team, and got a bunch of letters out.
Chris Bentley:
So keep in mind, we also have this cash coming in. I'm simultaneously taking on investor capital, and signing the contracts, which we refer to as the PPMs or private placement memorandums. So I've taken all this capital on and taken the management fee from that capital. And so then fast forward a few weeks later, realized that the letters we had hustled to hurry up and get out, the data that I thought we fixed, we made some serious mistakes. So the deal flow that started coming in was, there was bad deal flow because there were mistakes, the offers were too high in some cases, or they were the incorrect offers for the wrong tracks of the wrong assets. So we would buy these mineral rights properties, and oil and gas royalties. And so sometimes on these offer letters that were incorrect, they would have the wrong properties listed and the wrong owner's names and things of that nature.
Chris Bentley:
So then I'm like, all right, crap, what do I do? I've already taken the management fee. I just made one bad decision after another. So in previous funds, it had always been possible for us to flip these assets quickly and make we promote our share of the profits. Well, because we hadn't bought any assets and we didn't have the ability to flip anything yet for a profit, then what I did was the first thing, I had the management fee to run off of for a couple of months, but then by May, it was starting to run out of that money to cover the overhead. So then what I started doing was, for lack of a better term, committing fraud and altering documents so that I could take a part of the capital and move it into the company and I would make it look like it was in acquisitions. Let's say just for example sake, for a million dollars, when it was really $800,000 and I would move the 200K via various entities and kind of siloing people and employees so nobody would find anything out and I'd get that money back into Bellatorum's operating account and cover the payroll and the rent and all those things to operate the business.
Chris Bentley:
So there I start digging the hole like that. And then in the middle of 2019, the oil and gas industry starts going downhill, big time, with lots of different things going on, political things, prices being depressed, consolidation, not enough new wells being drilled to keep the assets that we did by increasing the value on those assets.
Brian Webb:
Sure.
Chris Bentley:
So then that's when I couldn't flip the assets that we did purchase and because I had already marked them up for all intents and purposes to pull that capital back to the company like I was telling you about just now, so the assets I had purchased in the fund were already didn't have enough margin on them to sell and then their value went down even more with the industry downturn and then keep in mind, we're going into COVID in 2020 and I didn't know that obviously at the end of 2019, but I took on debt from a private lender for 6.6 million dollars in December of 2019 and used the investors' assets, the mineral rights that we owned in the fund as collateral.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Chris Bentley:
And I did not disclose that to the investors. So that per se, wasn't illegal, definitely unethical not to disclose to investors, but I was technically allowed to do that as the general partner. So I do that, but I deceived the lender. I made them think that things were better than they were. I altered documents to make our balance sheet look stronger so that they would approve the loan. So that was the first part in defrauding the lender. And then secondly, they said that I could only use the proceeds for buying new assets. Well, I did buy some new assets with their money, but I also spent a large portion of it on covering overhead.
Chris Bentley:
The final thing I did is, well, I was thinking, all right, this is getting bad. Now fast forward we're 2020, COVID's happening, oil prices fall below zero for a day. I mean, it's just a-
Brian Webb:
Right.
Chris Bentley:
It's a shit show, for lack of better terms, Brian. And so 2020 was just survival mode trying to, I kept doing these fraudulent transactions and having to hide it from everybody and covering it up just to keep the lights on and have an outward appearance that the company was still good.
Chris Bentley:
So I laid a few people off, but not everybody. I didn't want it to look like things were bad at the company because I was out on a campaign to try to raise a more patient capital structure fund. Like this goal, if I could get a hundred million of assets in our management, I thought, okay, and with a long term lockup, like five years, say, then I'd have time to weather any storms and have enough assets on our management to give us enough management fee to cover our overhead. And so that was the goal. I went out trying to raise capital in various avenues. I mean, private investors, institutional investors, overseas debt, just all kinds of different capital structures and just running parallel paths in 2020. And it was just, it was brutal. I mean, nobody wanted to do anything in 2020.
Chris Bentley:
And so I'm out there trying to make it look like, yeah, Bellatorum's great. We have this great track record, which we did in 2017 and 2018. And so my narrative to investors is, Hey, 2019's fun. Don't judge us on it yet because we're in COVID, I haven't had a chance to liquidate all these assets. I'm obviously not telling new investors all this crazy stuff I've been doing behind, all this fraudulent activity I've been doing just to keep the lights on. But again, my thought was, if I could just get a big capital commitment from a huge investor or handful of huge investors, then I could just consolidate everything, get some patience, get enough AUM, move assets around, and just make everybody whole, and then get a longer-term fund where it would give me the ability to trade in and out of assets, get rid of the debt and then acquire new assets with royalty income and other the new capital.
Chris Bentley:
And so anyway, everything was a lie. Things were challenged, to say the least. And the lenders started pushing hard on me for their payment, the note and basically honoring that. They were starting to get suspicious, I would say. And I mean, everything I was doing was like a lie, right? Like, it didn't matter if somebody just said, Hey, how are you doing Chris? Like to say, oh, I'm all right, man. How are you? Just to put a smile on my face and have that outward appearance became a chore. I couldn't sleep. I was getting suicidal. And I just was like, you know what, I can't do this anymore. And I was so close, I'll tell you, Brian, some people have said, man, if you just coulda kept doing what you were doing for maybe a month or two, you would've made it because things were starting.
Chris Bentley:
And I turned myself in April of 2021. I sent the investors an email just saying everything that basically I just told you on April 9th. I think if I would've lasted if I would've kept doing what I was doing for a couple more months. I probably could have gotten that big capital commitment in. I was having so many investor meetings every day, positive ones. Things were starting to look up for the oil and gas industry again. I mean there were prices that were going up, they were back up, I think in April of 2021 they were back up to like mid-sixties. So things were looking up. Some people said you could have just kept doing what you're doing if you would've fought a little longer. I was like, yeah, but man, I really-
Brian Webb:
It was eating you up inside.
Chris Bentley:
It was eating me up bad. And my one thing that I've been going to church a lot and going to Bible study and I, every single Sunday, it was like the message at church or the topic at our Bible study group or both was just like, poking me in the eye saying you can't build something on lies and a lack of integrity. So I thought even if I pulled this off and get a hundred million bucks or 200 million, I mean, it was starting to look like it was like, man, all these people are now coming out of the woodwork and I might end up with 200 million AUM or maybe even more. And that would've been great and I would've been able to commit a few more fraudulent transactions and make everything whole and then be set up, you know?
Chris Bentley:
And I think I still could have made everybody whole and got them a decent return, like the new investors, so it wouldn't have been like a quote-unquote Ponzi scheme where I actually had assets and royalty income and if we just sat on, they bought some new assets, et cetera, I thought, okay, I won't be the rockstar that I was in 2017 and 2018 with the 60% annualized returns, but I might get everybody like 10 to 15% and I'll be all right.
Brian Webb:
Sure.
Chris Bentley:
And then we'll just wind down and everybody will be happy they got their money back plus a return. And then we'll just call it quits with like a soft landing, so to speak.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Chris Bentley:
But as I go to the Bible study and sit and just read, and I read a lot and I read a lot of business books and just reading a Shoe Dog from about Nike and by Phil Knight and all these books. And just like, man, I can't do this. I won't be able to live with myself if it's 15, 20 years from now, knowing that I committed all this fraud just to build this company and survive. Doesn't matter, the right thing to do would've been back in 2019 and say, Hey, I'm not ready for your capital. Let's take a pause and let me regroup. I think we were such a new company and I was so worried about failing, that clouded my judgment.
Brian Webb:
For sure. Let me ask you this. One, thank you for sharing that story. I can only imagine what you were going through and for that matter, what you're still going through, but specifically, or especially when you're living in this house of cards, I mean the quintessential house of cards, really. Share with the audience what's going on in your life. Like where are you now? What's happening? Where are you in the process? What's next for Chris Bentley, your family, and the investors?
Brian Webb:
We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor What Box Digital. Did you know that most marketing doesn't work at all? Did you know that most business owners and leaders are making the same mistakes over and over and over again? Like so many others, you are likely tired of relying on hope, which is a failed marketing system. This is when you're spending valuable time and money on marketing, and then hoping it works. You've thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures, and you wish you could get that money back. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to exclusively rely on the loyalty of your existing customers and word of mouth, but it doesn't have to be that way.
Brian Webb:
I'm Brian Webb, the CEO and senior guide at What Box Digital, and I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency in the greater Houston metroplex for over 18 years. Having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth time and time again, and I want to give you a resource for free. You heard me right, free. I've put together the ultimate 97-point marketing audit checklist, which will allow you to assess and diagnose what is and is not working in your marketing, and it'll only take you about 10 or 15 minutes to go through it.
Brian Webb:
Think of it like an MRI for your marketing, without the expensive medical bills to follow, and to get this free marketing checklist delivered right to your inbox, simply go to getmymarketingchecklist.com, provide your info and we'll get it out to you right away. And again, it's totally free. I'd encourage you to walk through this checklist with your team and honestly discuss and evaluate every action item on the list. It will be the best 10 minutes you've invested into the growth engine of your business in a long, long time. Don't waste another day or another dollar on failed hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business smarter and faster, and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. Again, it's totally free. Simply go to getmymarketingchecklist.com right now let's fix, what's broken in your marketing.
Brian Webb:
What's going on in your life? Like, where are you now? What's happening? Where are you in the process? What's next for Chris Bentley, your family, and the investors?
Chris Bentley:
I mean, right now I'm renting the upstairs of my in-law's house for my wife and kids. I'm working at a thrift store that's actually a nonprofit that one of my investors is the owner of and just kind of waiting to see what the charges are going to be. I got a call from my lawyer last week saying that I should be officially indicted any day now. So just waiting to see what that's going to be and what they're going to propose is sentencing and all that. So still don't have any hard facts on that. But I have spoken with the SEC and the FBI and the AUSA several times over the past year and I believe they have concluded their investigation and are just wrapping up the formalities to make those official charges.
Chris Bentley:
Still married. My kids, they're still in school. I don't know how much they comprehend about this whole thing. I have two boys, they're 13 and 11. And I told them that I committed a crime and that I would probably go to jail. I told them that back last April because I didn't know how fast things would move and they just seemed shocked. But I mean, I still don't think they fully comprehend that. So during this time, I wrote a book, as you mentioned at the beginning of the show, and the whole purpose of that book is to try to make restitution. I'm not getting any of the proceeds from that. So I figured at least I could use my time while I'm not incarcerated or while I'm free to try to do something to make some money back for the investors. So my point in this book is 100% to try to make restitution.
Brian Webb:
Sure.
Chris Bentley:
I know selling books is a hard road, but it was the only thing I could think of to try to make a dent, try to make investors, and get them something back.
Brian Webb:
Wow. Well, one, I've got one more question for you, but one, my prayers are with you, your family, the investors, and everyone that's involved. I can't imagine standing in your shoes right now. And again, this is a great story about maybe some poor decision making, but it wasn't like, again, you were this criminal, that you had nefarious intent, you got into a place of desperation. And as we all know, when we're desperate is when we absolutely make our worst decisions. Period. Let me ask you this, this is my final question. If you could tell the audience one thing if you could give them one transformational takeaway from all of this and I'm sure there are many, but if you had to sum them up into one, what would it be?
Chris Bentley:
You know, failure is an option.
Brian Webb:
Wow.
Chris Bentley:
It seems so, yeah, that's, duh, right? But I think for a lot of people that are high achievers or strive to be exceptional, so to speak for lack of better terms, that you think failure's not an option. And I, Brian, I don't want to say I'm blaming the Marine Corps, my childhood, on the decisions I made, but I was definitely raised to achieve.
Brian Webb:
To conquer. Yeah.
Chris Bentley:
And then definitely reinforced in my time in the Marine Corps that failure's not an option. Right? And so I would just say that failure is an option. Any story you read about successful entrepreneurs, the big names out there, Bill Fates, Phil Knight, et cetera, Elon Musk, there's a lot of literature out there and real-life stories to show that there is a way to fail and to make it a positive thing. And I wish that would've been top of my mind. And if I could leave your listeners with anything is to just always keep that in the back of your mind that, hey, you can fail. And there's a book called The Hard Thing About Hard Things by Ben Horowitz, and he talks about you can create soft landings that you can recover from, and those failures can end up being launch pads for new ventures if you do it right.
Brian Webb:
Wow. Well, audience, the book is Burning Bellatorum. You can get it on Amazon. His name is Chris Bentley. Man, Chris, thanks for being here today and sharing your story. It's just, I think it's going to be invaluable for the audience.
Chris Bentley:
Thanks, Brian. I appreciate you having me, and I look forward to staying in touch.
Brian Webb:
I want to share a closing word before we leave today. As I think about what Chris has been through, I can't help, but think of how many times in my life, I would imagine in yours, all of us, we have been desperate and we've made bad decisions. They don't all have the same consequences. Clearly, Chris is facing some real consequences. My prayer, my hope is that restoration and redemption is available for everyone, the investors, Chris, his family, Chris's future, and everyone that's been involved. Some bad decisions were made, but who among us has not made bad decisions? Again, the consequences are higher here and I get that, but it's just a good reminder that when we feel desperate, take a step back, talk to someone, get some wise counsel, a wise friend of mine once said that secrets only grow in the dark and they can eat us alive.
Brian Webb:
So as you're growing your business, as you're leading your organization and you find yourself in that desperate situation, let's learn from Chris. Chris's life, Chris's story can really teach us so much. And by the way, the book, Burning Bellatorum, text 832 324 2432. How you felt about this interview and how it touched your life, that's me, you'll text me directly at 832 324 2432, the first three people that text me about this podcast episode. I'm going to send a free copy of Chris's book. And remember, all of that goes back towards paying back those investors who suffered that loss. Thanks for being with me today.
Brian Webb:
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode, and if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating in an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at, @Brian Webb, and the show sponsor What Box Digital can be found at, as you might guess at What Box Digital. You can also find me and What Box Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities and you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of The Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you. I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Email
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 55: The Lead Generation Squeeze Funnel Every B2B Business Should Be Using To Get More Leads
____________________
VALUE BOMBS
Whether you're a B2B or B2C business owner or leader, you know that you should be using sales funnels, but you kind of sort of don't get it kind of, sort of, but not really. Today, I'm going to walk you through the ultimate lead generation squeeze funnel. Let's get to it.
____________________
SOFTWARE TOOLS RECOMMENDED BY BRIAN WEBB & WHATBOX DIGITAL
Active Campaign - ActiveCampaign gives you the email marketing, marketing automation, and CRM tools you need to create incredible customer experiences.
Instapage - Everything you need to build and optimize landing page experiences for higher conversions.
TypeForm - Create forms, surveys, and quizzes that people enjoy answering.
Jasper - Artificial intelligence makes it fast & easy to create copywriting content for your blog, social media, website, and more! Rated 5/5 stars in 3,000+ reviews.
SalesMessage - Simple, scalable, two-way business texting & calling. Easily send, receive, and manage text and phone conversations online.
Pipedrive - The all-in-one sales platform for growing revenue. The first CRM designed by salespeople, for salespeople.
Wavve - Turn your podcast, talk, or music into engaging, easy-to-consume video clips for social media!
Descript - All-in-one audio & video editing, as easy as a doc.
OptinMonster - Convert and Monetize Your Website Traffic. Stop losing visitors! Instantly grow your email list, get more leads and increase sales with the #1 most powerful conversion optimization toolkit in the world.
Monday - The Work OS that lets you shape workflows, your way. Centralize all your work, processes, tools, and files into one Work OS. Connect teams, bridge silos, and maintain one source of truth across your organization.
SproutSocial - A powerful solution for social media management.
Creative Market - Accelerate your projects with millions of ready-to-use template products.
New Old Stamp - Promote your company using email signatures marketing. Personalize calls-to-action in every email your team sends. Enjoy email signature management.
CallRail - With call tracking, find out which marketing campaigns make your phone ring. If your business relies on quality customer conversations, you need CallRail. Match inbound calls, text, forms, and live chats to your marketing campaigns to finally learn what's working and what's not.
Adobe Creative Cloud - Now everyone can make something amazing for fun, for work, or just because. All you need is a little imagination and Adobe Creative Cloud.
Miro - The online collaborative whiteboard platform to bring teams together, anytime, anywhere.
Slack - Stay on the same page and make decisions faster by bringing all of your work communication into one place.
Apple Keynote - With its powerful tools and dazzling effects, Keynote makes it easy to create stunning and memorable presentations, and comes included with most Apple devices.
Feedly - Track insights across the web via RSS feeds without having to read everything
LinkedIn Sales Navigator - B2B data you can trust. Generate sales and close deals with LinkedIn Sales Solutions.
Grammarly - Get suggestions from Grammarly while you write in desktop applications and sites across the web—as you move between apps, social media, documents, messages, and emails.
Evernote - Tame your work, organize your life. Remember everything and tackle any project with your notes, tasks, and schedule all in one place.
Vimeo - Video hosting. Where amazing videos, works in progress, and everything in between come to be their best.
Libsyn - Podcast Hosting. Beginners to Experts, Unlimited bandwidth & reach, Unparalleled customer support, Audio & video – Be heard. Be seen.
Avid Pro Tools - The industry-standard audio-production software for songwriters, musicians, producers, and engineers.
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________
HELPFUL LINKS
The Ultimate 97 Point Marketing Audit Checklist
____________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Whether you're a B2B or B2C business owner or leader, you know that you should be using sales funnels, but you kind of sort of don't get it kind of, sort of, but not really. Today, I'm going to walk you through the ultimate lead generation squeeze funnel. Let's get to it.
This is The Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Hey everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets, and growth hacks, to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Hey everyone. Welcome back to The Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. I'm always excited to have you come back and hear what's going on week after week. But before I jump into today's episode, I want to tell you about something. Just one month ago, I launched a brand new newsletter and it's on LinkedIn. And if you go to learnmoreearnmorenewsletter.com, it will take you right there. I've already published several articles and by the way, it's a month old, and we're just shy of 800 CEOs, vice presidents, business owners, and entrepreneurs who have already subscribed and it just keeps growing every week. So go to learnmoreearnmorenewsletter.com. Enter that into your browser. It will redirect you to the actual newsletter on LinkedIn. And it's just another channel where I can help you grow your business smarter and faster for free. So one subscribe today, learnmoreearnmorenewsletter.com. And you know what? Newsletter is a bit of a misnomer. And let me explain.
It's not a newsletter as in go somewhere to get more information that you don't care about that's totally ignorable. No, newsletter is just the engine that LinkedIn uses to distribute the content. But really it's more like a multimedia experience that visually reinforces some of the same principles that I teach here on the podcast. You might recognize some of these titles. The Top Reasons You're Wasting Money On B2B Marketing That Does Not Work. You're Known, But Are You Being Noticed? Three Steps To Easily Choose The Perfect Brand Color Palette For Your Business. Why Active Campaign Is My Favorite Marketing Automation Platform For Growing Businesses Smarter And Faster. The B2B Shock, An All Sales Funnel To Attract High-Value Customers And Add Millions To Your Business In 2022. And there are plenty of great articles that are in the works for the weeks to come. New articles published every Monday, go check it out, learnmoreearnmorenewsletter.com and it will take you right to the newsletter on LinkedIn. I'll hope to see you there and become a part of that community of other like-minded business professionals, just like you.
So, as I said, you're a business owner, you're a business leader. You know that you need sales funnels. You keep hearing us crazy marketers talk about them all the time, but you don't really understand what they are. You kind of do. Most people think that a sales funnel is just a sequence of emails when in reality, it's way, way, way more than that. And there are a lot of tactics that get involved and certainly strategy. So today I'm going to walk you through what I call the ultimate B2B lead generation squeeze funnel. The more expensive your products or services are, meaning the more high ticket that you are, the more education it requires for someone to understand the nuance of your value proposition, you've got to use sales funnels. Even if you don't face those two challenges, sales funnels are still the best way to generate leads online. It takes numerous, dozens of interactions with your brand before your prospective audience will ever go through the three natural phases of a relationship with you. By the way, the same phases that you go through before you adopt someone else's products and services.
One, curiosity, maybe awareness.
Second, you build trust over time through enlightenment.
And third, you finally get to that engagement or that commitment.
And by the way, we call this a squeeze funnel because what you're trying to do is squeeze information. Their name, their email address, maybe their cell phone number. You're trying to squeeze information from somebody so that you can nurture them over time. The vast majority of your website visitors, go look at your own Google Analytics, most of them show up and leave without clicking on a single button. And the rest that do are typically there for a minute or less then they go. And once they leave, you've lost them. So what we want to do when you have people come to your website, your prospective customers, we want to invite them into your story, we want to bring them into a journey where you can slowly over time, help them to understand that you have the solution to their problem.
So step number one of this funnel is identifying your ideal customer avatar. I'm not going to go deep here, but there's a process and a framework that we have for that at What Box Digital. You need to know who you're going after so that you know where to find them and how to speak to them.
Step number two, you need to choose your five sources of traffic that you are going to compel and attract and invite into this funnel. And you're thinking five types of traffic, what in the world does that mean? Well, let me break it down to you.
First, let's talk about paid traffic. You can use Google, Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, LinkedIn, and TikTok. Depending on your vertical, maybe you're running print ads in periodicals, or maybe you're running television ads or radio spots. Maybe you're sponsoring a podcast that has your audience. Paid traffic is only one of the five types of traffic that you can use to drive into the sales funnel.
The second is organic traffic. Organic traffic could be you coming up in a Google search, or maybe there was a news report or a press release done on your behalf. Maybe you're in a business directory.
So you've got paid traffic, organic traffic. And of course, let's talk about your own traffic, the most valuable. These are people that you have on your email list or your text message list. You can absolutely take everyone that's in your CRM, customer relationship management software, and you can bring them into the funnel as well. And you don't have to pay to bring them into the funnel. That is a traffic that you own. And I've covered traffic in a previous podcast episode so I'm going to keep this light, but let's cover just two more types of traffic.
We'll get back to the show in just a moment. But first, a quick word from our sponsor: What Box Digital.
Did you know that most marketing doesn't work at all? Did you know that most business owners and leaders are making the same mistakes over and over and over again? Like so many others, you are likely tired of relying on hope, which is a failed marketing system. This is when you're spending valuable time and money on marketing, and then hoping it works. You've thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures. And you wish you could get that money back. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to exclusively rely on the loyalty of your existing customers and word of mouth, but it doesn't have to be that way. I'm Brian Webb, the CEO and senior guide at What Box Digital, and I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency in the greater Houston metroplex for over 18 years.
Having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth, time and time again. And I want to give you a resource for free. You heard me right, free. I've put together the ultimate 97-point marketing audit checklist, which will allow you to assess and diagnose what is and is not working in your marketing. And it'll only take you about 10 or 15 minutes to go through it. Think of it like an MRI for your marketing, without the expensive medical bills to follow. And to get this free marketing checklist delivered right to your inbox, simply go to getmymarketingchecklist.com, provide your info, and we'll get it out to you right away. And again, it's totally free. I'd encourage you to walk through this checklist with your team and honestly discuss and evaluate every action item on the list. It will be the best 10 minutes you've invested into the growth engine of your business in a long, long time.
Don't waste another day or another dollar on failed hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business smarter and faster, and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. Again, it's totally free. Simply go to getmymarketingchecklist.com right now. Let's fix what's broken in your marketing.
And I've covered traffic in a previous podcast episode so I'm going to keep this light, but let's cover just two more types of traffic. We've talked about paid. We've talked about owned. We've talked about organic. What about earned traffic? One way that you can earn your traffic is through a podcast just like this one. If you do, you've got an audience. If you've got an audience, you can push them into a sales funnel, into your offer. Maybe you don't have a podcast, but you can go and guest appear on other people's podcasts. Those are ways of earning your traffic and not paying for your traffic.
And last, let's talk about, what I call leased traffic. As in when you lease a home or when you lease a vehicle. This is the organic side of Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, YouTube, TikTok, and the list goes on. And the reason that I call it leased traffic is because you don't own it. And if any of these major platforms decide to shut down your account or suspend your ad account, you're done. You don't own that audience, the platforms own the audience. You just get to lease it temporarily, as long as you comply with all of their terms of service and the beings in power who get to decide whether you get to keep leasing that traffic or not.
So step one, we chose our ideal customer avatar.
Step two, you went and designated all of your traffic sources, paid, owned, organic, leased, and earned.
Step three, we need some irresistible offer, a lead magnet or a lead generator, also known as that big juicy carrot. What is something that your ideal customer would find valuable enough that they'll give you their name and their email address, even though they know that you might bug them in the future? And to save time talking about lead magnets in this episode, go back to episode number 44, where I cover 13 lead magnets you can create in 30 minutes or less. Episode number 44, it launched on November 15th, 2021. So we've chosen our ideal customer that we want to go after. We have chosen all of our traffic sources for how we want to go after them and get them to the landing page with our offer. You have learned per the previous podcast episode how to create a lead magnet, that special offer that allows them to opt into your final. And now I'm going to briefly take you through what this funnel looks like.
So first, whether you have a post on social media, an email blast, a text message blast, whether you're buying traffic on LinkedIn or Facebook, you are promoting this thing, this resource that's valuable that you want to give away. And the reason that you want to give it away is because they're not ready to buy your high ticket services or products yet. So we've got how to get them to make a micro-step in your direction. Then when we do, we're going to drive them to that landing page. And that page is going to have no menu at the top, it's going to only have that one offer. You can have your primary call to action, which is give us your info, let us send you this asset or this resource. And you can have a secondary call to action. Maybe like watch this video or follow me on a social media platform or join a webinar next week.
Then from there, once they've done that, here's what's going to happen. And again, this is going to be brief just because it's hard to go deep on a podcast platform. But I want to give you the idea and then I've got a tip for you at the end that's going to reinforce everything that I'm teaching you here today. So now that your ideal customer has said, yes, give me that resource that's going to help me save money, move away from pain, move towards pleasure, achieve a specific goal in a short period of time, learn how to be more efficient. Whatever that resource is, they've opted in. Once they opt-in, you are going to send them an email, not with the resource. You're going to send them the email that takes them to the page where they can get the resource. Here's why.
If you send that resource in the email, that's kind of all you can do. When you make them click in the email to go to the landing page to get that asset, there are two benefits that you gain by taking this approach in this framework. One, you are training them to open your emails and to click. A lot of people don't realize that there's this thing called sender reputation. That is what the email service providers, ESPs, use to determine the value of your email. The lower your sender reputation is, the more your emails are going to make it into a spam folder, or it's going to end up in a promotions folder on Gmail. So long story short, it just means fewer people are going to get your emails. The more you teach people to open and click through your emails, the higher your sender's reputation.
But the other reason is when they come to that landing page, you can have other assets there. You can have videos, you can have checklists, and you can have other offers. It's hard to get that into the email. So that's the two big reasons that you want to do it that way. Then we're going to take them through five phases in this funnel.
First is what I call the problem and solution sequence. You're going to send out one, two, three, a few emails that illustrate, here's a problem that you have. Here's a solution that we have for it. Here's another problem that you're facing. Here's another solution that we have for it. In phase one, you're going to take them through a problem and solution sequence. And by the way, you are not selling and you are agitating pain. I can't reinforce that enough. Our human lizard brain loves the status quo. We love to not change. We love to remain where we are because moving forward feels risky. It's your job to agitate pain and to let them see that they have problems and that you have solutions. But in this sequence, you are never asking for a thing. You're just showing up and delivering value.
Phase two, social proof sequence. You're going to send them one, two, three, four, a handful of emails that gives them social proof that you are credible. Again, you're asking for nothing. This could be a case study. It could be a testimonial. It could be screenshots of online reviews. This is just your opportunity to demonstrate and to illustrate definitively that you are good at what you do, that your products work, that your services are actually beneficial, that they'll get that return on investment. Phase one, problem and solution. Phase two, social proof.
Phase three, the objections sequence. You're going to send out a few emails that cover every single objection that you believe your prospect might have in their brain as to why they shouldn't be doing business with you. Face all of those objections head-on. And one at a time, per email. I think I can't afford this. Show them that they can't afford it. This won't work for me. Show them how it is going to work for them. It's too complicated, I don't know if I'll understand it. Show them how to understand it. Give them clarity.
Phase four, paradigm shift sequence. This is where you're going to show them the before and after of what it's like to engage with you. Right now, you're stressed because you can't get enough leads for your business. When you have systems in place, you don't have to have that stress anymore. You'll have your own before and after sequences that show them how you can change their paradigm, that their life will be different when they partner with your products, your services, your brand, and your business. And again, do this one at a time.
And the final phase, phase five, kind of the final phase, I'll explain in a minute, is your sales sequence. This is where you are not pushy, but you are extraordinarily direct. This is where you are inviting them to go to lunch with you, set up a sales call, attend a webinar, and grab a happy hour with you. It's a very specific call to action. You have shown up for a few weeks now, you have fielded their objections, and you have shown them what life was like before and after engaging with you. And let me shoot the elephant in the room. Most people are not going to respond. At least not yet. Maybe they will be three months or six months or a year from now, but you can absolutely grow your business with the number of people that will say yes.
By the way, that's why we call it a funnel. The top, the open mouth of the funnel is huge compared to the bottom. And that's where the funnel metaphor comes into play. We're going to push as many people as we can into the top of that funnel. And then a small percentage of them will end up coming out of the bottom. You can grow your business with what comes out of the bottom of that funnel.
That's it. And again, there are some tactics, there are some specifics when it comes to technology, what you say, how you do it, how you structure automation, but that's the high-level view of a squeeze funnel that generates leads for your business every single week of the year. Now, when we got to phase five, I said that's kind of the last phase, but it's not necessarily the last phase because now that we have brought these people to your landing pages, we've [inaudible 00:17:38] them, we can track them, which means now you can run retargeting ads on Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, Google, all over the place, YouTube, that can continue to tell your story, or at least create brand awareness even though they're done with that funnel. So what do we do with them now? Are we done?
Some people will just unsubscribe. And by the way, beautiful, they don't want to do business with you, you don't want them crushing your sender reputation anyway because that means that they're going to be causing you to not be able to reach the people who you can help, that want to hear from you because your sender reputation is suffering. So unsubscribing is a good thing, but are we done? No, no. Now what you're going to do is give them another offer. We call this funnel stacking by the way. Maybe they started off going through this funnel. Maybe the next funnel that you can invite them into is a webinar funnel. They don't know it's a funnel. They just think it's an offer. And it is an offer. It's legitimately an offer. You're going to do something that's generous that helps you to show up and provide value. You're going to extend your runway by stacking one funnel on top of another, of allowing yourself to continue to demonstrate authority, to show generosity, and to show empathy towards their pain.
Some people will build trust in you in a week. Some will do it in a few meetings. Some, it'll take two years. But as you show up, as you provide value, that's how you generate leads over time. And this is how you build systems. And these systems are just like adding propellers to the wings of your business. Every time you have another funnel up and running, you added another propeller or another jet engine that just gives your business more thrust and more lift. So that's it.
Remember at the beginning of this podcast, I told you go check out the newsletter, The Learn More, Earn More Newsletter on LinkedIn. Probably as you're listening to this podcast episode, it just feels like there's so many abstractions. Well, if you go to the newsletter. Again, the URL, just type into your web browser, learnmoreearnmorenewsletter.com, and it will redirect you. And you can actually go and hear this, see this, watch a video and see this entire sales funnel fully diagrammed. So that's it. Go check out thelearnmoreearnmorenewsletter.com newsletter. Go and subscribe, by the way, join the community, and be a part of the tribe. It's a bunch of leaders that are all subscribing to it. I'd love to have you there too. I hope you've enjoyed today's episode. It's always my goal to give you as much value as possible to grow your business smarter and faster. Let's keep going and growing together. I will see you on the next episode.
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of The Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @brianwebb and the show sponsor, What Box Digital, can be found at, as you might guess, @whatboxdigital. You can also find me and What Box Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of The Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Email
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
#55: Season 2: Episode 10
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 54: The Top 9 Reasons You're Wasting Money On Marketing That Does! Not! Work!
____________________
VALUE BOMBS
If there's one thing I hear over and over again, it's, "Brian, our marketing doesn't work and we don't know why." Well, there are a plethora of reasons why that could be happening, but today I'm going to share the nine top reasons your marketing isn't working.
____________________
SOFTWARE TOOLS RECOMMENDED BY BRIAN WEBB & WHATBOX DIGITAL
Active Campaign - ActiveCampaign gives you the email marketing, marketing automation, and CRM tools you need to create incredible customer experiences.
Instapage - Everything you need to build and optimize landing page experiences for higher conversions.
TypeForm - Create forms, surveys, and quizzes that people enjoy answering.
Jasper - Artificial intelligence makes it fast & easy to create copywriting content for your blog, social media, website, and more! Rated 5/5 stars in 3,000+ reviews.
SalesMessage - Simple, scalable, two-way business texting & calling. Easily send, receive, and manage text and phone conversations online.
Pipedrive - The all-in-one sales platform for growing revenue. The first CRM designed by salespeople, for salespeople.
Wavve - Turn your podcast, talk, or music into engaging, easy-to-consume video clips for social media!
Descript - All-in-one audio & video editing, as easy as a doc.
OptinMonster - Convert and Monetize Your Website Traffic. Stop losing visitors! Instantly grow your email list, get more leads and increase sales with the #1 most powerful conversion optimization toolkit in the world.
Monday - The Work OS that lets you shape workflows, your way. Centralize all your work, processes, tools, and files into one Work OS. Connect teams, bridge silos, and maintain one source of truth across your organization.
SproutSocial - A powerful solution for social media management.
Creative Market - Accelerate your projects with millions of ready-to-use template products.
New Old Stamp - Promote your company using email signatures marketing. Personalize calls-to-action in every email your team sends. Enjoy email signature management.
CallRail - With call tracking, find out which marketing campaigns make your phone ring. If your business relies on quality customer conversations, you need CallRail. Match inbound calls, text, forms, and live chats to your marketing campaigns to finally learn what's working and what's not.
Adobe Creative Cloud - Now everyone can make something amazing for fun, for work, or just because. All you need is a little imagination and Adobe Creative Cloud.
Miro - The online collaborative whiteboard platform to bring teams together, anytime, anywhere.
Slack - Stay on the same page and make decisions faster by bringing all of your work communication into one place.
Apple Keynote - With its powerful tools and dazzling effects, Keynote makes it easy to create stunning and memorable presentations, and comes included with most Apple devices.
Feedly - Track insights across the web via RSS feeds without having to read everything
LinkedIn Sales Navigator - B2B data you can trust. Generate sales and close deals with LinkedIn Sales Solutions.
Grammarly - Get suggestions from Grammarly while you write in desktop applications and sites across the web—as you move between apps, social media, documents, messages, and emails.
Evernote - Tame your work, organize your life. Remember everything and tackle any project with your notes, tasks, and schedule all in one place.
Vimeo - Video hosting. Where amazing videos, works in progress, and everything in between come to be their best.
Libsyn - Podcast Hosting. Beginners to Experts, Unlimited bandwidth & reach, Unparalleled customer support, Audio & video – Be heard. Be seen.
Avid Pro Tools - The industry-standard audio-production software for songwriters, musicians, producers, and engineers.
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________
HELPFUL LINKS
The Ultimate 97 Point Marketing Audit Checklist
____________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
If there's one thing I hear over and over again, it's, "Brian, our marketing doesn't work and we don't know why." Well, there are a plethora of reasons why that could be happening, but today I'm going to share the nine top reasons your marketing isn't working. Let's jump into the show.
Brian Webb:
This is the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Brian Webb:
Hey, everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets, and growth hacks, to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. So, let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Welcome back, everybody. As I said, in the intro, there are a myriad or a plethora of reasons, I think is the word that I used, that marketing doesn't work. But today I want to share nine of them with you that I see the most frequently. So, let's start with number one, you're marketing to the wrong people. If you haven't precisely defined exactly who your perfect ideal customers are, and if you don't understand exactly what their problems and challenges and dreams are, this is going to give you a few problems. One, you might be getting in front of your ideal customers, but you're probably saying the wrong thing. Or two you're spending money to get paid traffic to your website, to your offers, to your landing pages and you're wasting money on people who will never, ever buy from you. So, if you haven't defined exactly who your ideal customer avatar is, and you probably have multiple of them, by the way, then it's going to be difficult or impossible for you to really get in front of the right people. The people that you want to be doing business with.
Second, you are saying the wrong things. When you don't know what to say in your marketing effort, this is called a failed message to market match. I want to encourage you to speak into the dreams, the problems, and the challenges of your ideal customers. And by the way, use the same vocabulary they do. Once you've been through step one and you have precisely defined your ideal customers, you'll know exactly how to communicate and engage with them. And always remember, by the way, every single customer that you're looking for has the exact same two goals. They want to move away from pain and they want to move toward pleasure. When you can help them to achieve that, and they believe you when you tell them, you're going to get more customers more quickly. So again, number one, you're likely marketing to the wrong people.
Number two, you're saying the wrong things. And three, you're asking them to do the wrong thing. "Well, thanks, Brian. That's really helpful. What are we supposed to be asking them?" There's a scene in the film, Ocean's Thirteen, that I've never forgotten because I see businesses doing the same thing. Al Pacino is just talking to one of the contractors and he's working on building the most beautiful, the most luxurious hotel in the world. And one of the contractors is basically talking to him about the delays that are coming. And Pacino says this. "I don't want the labor pains. I just want the baby." I'd be willing to bet that if I were to walk through all of your marketing collateral, all of your messaging, that you are saying the same thing but in a different way. You don't want the labor pains. You just want the baby.
In other words, "I don't want to say much to you. I don't want really start a relationship. Give me your money." Your marketing probably sounds a lot like Cuba Gooding Jr.'s character in the film, Jerry Maguire, when he says, "Show me the money." It takes at least 21 to 24 interactions with your brand before someone goes through the three phases of a relationship. Some level of curiosity and awareness, trust that gets built over time through enlightenment, then the engagement, then the commitment. If you're not inviting people into a story, if you're not using all of the sales funnel strategies that are available to you, then you're asking them to do the wrong thing. Every time that you run an ad, you're basically saying, "Give me your money." Every time that you put something on some social media, "Give me your money." You're selling, selling, selling. And I get it, we're all out here to grow our businesses and generate new revenue opportunities.
Start using generosity as your lead foot. Not only in your marketing as a business, instead of buying now, right now, upfront, say things like, "Download this checklist. Let me send you this video series. Let me show you how to accomplish X, Y, or Z." Then, once you've had some time to nurture your prospects over time, then you can get to what you want to ask them to do, which is to set up that meeting, buy your product, and engage with your services. The fourth thing that you're doing wrong is thinking that you can advertise anywhere and everywhere. 40 years ago, choosing the right media or the right platform was easy, but in today's modern era, new platforms and new channels emerge seemingly every day. Once you've identified where your ideal customers are, you're going to want to show up only where they are. But everywhere they are to the best of your financial ability.
You and I are not Coca-Cola. We don't have a $3 billion a year marketing budget and advertising spend. You need to hone in on exactly where they are and then show up all the time. And number five is probably the most overarching problem that you have is that you have no effective marketing systems. We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor, WhatBox Digital.
Did you know that most marketing doesn't work at all? Did you know that most business owners and leaders are making the same mistakes over and over and over again? Like so many others, you are likely tired of relying on hope, which is a failed marketing system. This is when you're spending valuable time and money on marketing, and then hoping it works. You've thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures, and you wish you could get that money back. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to exclusively rely on the loyalty of your existing customers and word of mouth. But it doesn't have to be that way. I'm Brian Webb, the CEO and senior guide at WhatBox Digital. And I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency in the greater Houston metroplex for over 18 years.
Having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth, time and time again. And I want to give you a resource for free. You heard me right. Free. I've put together the ultimate 97-point marketing audit checklist, which will allow you to assess and diagnose what is and is not working in your marketing. And it'll only take you about 10 or 15 minutes to go through it. Think of it like an MRI for your marketing, without the expensive medical bills to follow. And to get this free marketing checklist delivered right to your inbox, simply go to getmymarketingchecklist.com. Provide your info and we'll get it out to you right away. And again, it's totally free. I'd encourage you to walk through this checklist with your team, and honestly discuss and evaluate every action item on the list. It will be the best 10 minutes you've invested into the growth engine of your business in a long, long time.
Don't waste another day or another dollar on failed hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business smarter and faster, and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. Again, it's totally free. Simply go to getmymarketingchecklist.com right now. Let's fix what's broken in your marketing.
And number five is probably the most overarching problem that you have is that you have no effective marketing systems. Without a system you're just flying blind, right? When you don't have an effective marketing system, you do have a system, it's just called the spray and pray system or the hope marketing system. You're just going to go and do a lot of stuff. There's going to be a lot of activity. You're going to spray a lot of marketing into the air, and then you pray that something comes back from it. You hope it works. And what's ironic to me, is that marketing is typically the one system that most businesses don't have. You have accounting systems, you have HR systems, you have IT systems, you have accountability systems. I work with 7, 8, 9 figure businesses and you'd be amazed at how the vast majority of them had no marketing systems in place before I got there.
Lead generation is the ongoing acquisition of leads for your business. Conversion is the process of taking those leads and converting them into customers. Retention, referral, ascension, this is the system for ensuring that you keep the customers you've acquired, ascending them to the new products that you want them to have or services and income opportunities, and then generating referrals for new customers. If you're hearing this and you're thinking, "Oh my goodness, this is us." We really need to talk. Don't forget you can visit whatboxdigital.com or just text me, at 832-324-2432. But moving on. Number six, you're chasing your customers instead of magnetically attracting them. Let me ask you this, what is your natural inclination when you discover yourself being chased in hot pursuit? I know the answer. You run away as fast as you can. But when you leverage the power of sales finals, again, which almost always starts with an irresistible offer, a lead magnet, or a lead generator. Instead, now you're going to magnetically attract your ideal customers and prospects to raise their hands and just take a tiny step in your direction.
Don't chase, instead, magnetically attract them. And I kind of covered number seven earlier, which is thinking that you have the ad budget of Coca-Cola. Like I said, we don't have billions of dollars. I think in 2017, I saw it reported that Coca-Cola's advertising budget or their expenses rather were just shy of $4 billion. You're not going after every single parched throat on the planet. You want to be smart with your financial resources and only spend money on showing up where your customers are. And number eight, racing to the bottom in low price without an effective marketing system, which includes branding that's in place. It's going to be tempting to look at the competition and see what they're doing to grow their business, which oftentimes is lowering their prices. But the problem is there can only be one numero uno, lowest cost provider. Bottom-dwelling is not the path to success, and it's not going to give you the business model that you desire anyway.
So don't do that. And last but not least, number nine, no follow-up. Most audio customers are not ready to buy from you at the moment that you show up. And they're certainly not ready to buy, just because you are ready to sell. Some will take weeks, others will take months. Sometimes, and this has happened to me and it's happened with my clients, for years. It takes years. Once you've attracted the right ideal customer into your brand's ecosystem, it's imperative that you follow up forever. Something that's kind of silly, but really it's not. It's actually true, that I tell my customers all the time. You follow up until they buy, die, or unsubscribe. And it's okay if they unsubscribe, but you are going to follow up with them forever. I don't mean you're calling them every week, right? You don't want to be a pest, but until they buy or die or unsubscribe, you can continue to nurture them, send them resources, things that help them, again, move away from pain and towards their goals, towards pleasure forever.
And let me close with this thought, isn't it fair to say that you owe it to yourself and you owe it to them. Your products and your services solve a problem. But you can't solve the problems of your customers until they hire you. So, if you give up prematurely if you just stop following up. It's almost like you have the cure for cancer and you said, "Eh, we're done. We're going to leave this alone." Meanwhile, your customers continue to suffer with the problems that they have. So, follow-up is king, until they buy die or unsubscribe. That's how you're going to follow up moving forward. That's it for today. I hope you enjoy this episode. And I know this is covered in the outro, but when you go to our podcast, especially on Apple, but all the platforms, wherever you listen. And you go and leave a rating and review, you actually help me and us to help more people because you help us to do better in the algorithm.
So just by doing that one little act of generosity, not for any vanity metric, I don't care about that. But if it helps us to help more, then you get to be a part of that calling and that legacy. Thanks for being here today. Thank you for listening. And please know when I say thank you, I say it from the bottom of my heart. I feel like I'm a steward of your time. I have a fiduciary responsibility to be as valuable for you as I can. So if you're showing up and you're listening, thank you. Thank you. Thank you from the bottom of my heart. I will see you on the next episode. Let's keep going and growing together. Blessings, everyone.
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @BrianWebb. And the show sponsor WhatBox Digital can be found at, as you might guess, @whatboxdigital. You can also find me and WhatBox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn, with the links in the show notes.
This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you. I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Email
Linkedin
Facebook
Instagram
____________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 53: 7 Ways To Reduce Your Email List Unsubscribe Rates
____________________
VALUE BOMBS
So you're doing the right thing, you're doing the hard work to stay in touch with your customers and your prospective customers. And after all of that hard work, people keep unsubscribing. That's painful. Today, I'm going to give you seven tips to reduce your email unsubscribe rates. If you're going to do all the hard work, you want to make sure you maximize the benefit. So, let's jump into the show.
____________________
SOFTWARE TOOLS RECOMMENDED BY BRIAN WEBB & WHATBOX DIGITAL
Active Campaign - CRM & Marketing Automation
TypeForm - Web Forms
Monday - Project Management (on steroids)
Pipedrive - CRM Alternative
Instapage - Landing Pages
Creative Market - Graphic Design & Creative Template Resources
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________
HELPFUL LINKS
The Ultimate 97 Point Marketing Audit Checklist
____________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
So you're doing the right thing, you're doing the hard work to stay in touch with your customers and your prospective customers. And after all of that hard work, people keep unsubscribing. That's painful. Today, I'm going to give you seven tips to reduce your email unsubscribe rates. If you're going to do all the hard work, you want to make sure you maximize the benefit. So, let's jump into the show.
This is the Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast.
Brian Webb:
Hey, everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. So, let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
It takes superhuman effort to build an email list, to begin with, set up workflows, and manage the responses. After going through all of this, it's painful to see some of your contacts, lots of them, slipping out of your fingers. And your first inclination might be that they're not valuable, but that's not necessarily the case. The truth is, email unsubscribe rates are a necessary evil. It's a part of life. It helps clean up your email list. It ensures that your emails are reaching the right people who might take the action that you want to see them take.
But of course, I want to see you lose as few people as possible, but let's start by giving you a baseline. What are some of the average email unsubscribe rates across various industries? I'll just cover three or four or just a few.
In advertising and marketing, an open rate average is about 18.5%. An unsubscribe rate is about 0.2%. In education, you're going to get closer to a 25% open rate with a click-through rate of nearly 4.5%, and about a 0.1% unsubscribe rate. Let's talk about a couple more. Let's look at healthcare. In healthcare, the average open rate is about 23.4% with about 0.3% unsubscribing. Let's just do one more. Let's go into retail. 12.6% is the average open rate, clearly ignorable, and according to Woorise.com, a 0% unsubscribe rate. Now clearly, we know it's not zero, but the average is 0%.
So, that gives you a few baseline metrics and you can see how your stats compare to those. So, here are seven tips to improve your unsubscribe rate. Number one, consider using double opt-ins. Double opt-ins require the users to confirm their consent to sign up for your email newsletter or your email sequences.
So basically when someone signs up, they get a follow-up email asking if they will confirm their consent for the email. Once they've done so, they have double opted in. The downside of this is that it's an additional step, which could slow down your email list building. The upside is that those who give you double opt-ins have lesser chances of unsubscribing from your emails, especially if you're serving them really, really well.
Tip number two, consider giving them the ability to choose the frequency in which they receive your emails. Now, you might imagine there's no hard and fast rule as to how many times you can email your list. It can really depend on your industry and a variety of variables, but the best way to know how frequently you should email them is just to ask. Let's set the preference. Maybe they want your daily emails or just your weekly emails. Maybe they only want the emails about special promotions. But giving them the choice will reduce your unsubscribed rates.
Number three. Oh, my goodness. Oh, my goodness. Oh, my goodness. We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor, Whatbox Digital.
Do you want to grow and scale your business better and faster with fewer mistakes? Of course you do. Then you're in the right place, right now. Like so many others, you're tired of relying on a failed hope marketing system where you're spending valuable time and money on marketing, and then hoping it works. You've thrown away tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures, and you wish you could get all of that money back. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to suffer from industry downturns, lumpy cash flow, and ultimately higher stress and sleepless nights.
I'm Brian Webb, the CEO and senior guide at Whatbox Digital. I know where you are and I've been there before. It pains me to watch business owners and entrepreneurs suffer from relying on hope and bad advice that simply doesn't work. I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency in the greater Houston metroplex for all almost 20 years.
Having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth time and time again, and that's exactly what I want to do for you. Our marketing strategy playbook consulting engagement allows us to do just that. In just four weeks or less, we'll take you through our three-step process that will open your eyes to the readily available growth opportunities you need, want, and deserve.
To learn more or just get started, simply go to WhatboxDigital.com/strategy and click the Get Started Now button. Or, just text the word playbook to 832-324-2432. Don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business better and faster, and with fewer mistakes, you are in the right place. You need to get unstuck, you need a plan, and we're here to help. Let's get started today right now.
Number three. Oh, my goodness. Oh, my goodness. Oh, my goodness. The right subject lines. Whether you believe it or not, the subject line that you use, even though it's short, has the power to make your customers open or delete your email, to begin with. It's reported that 47% of email recipients open an email based exclusively on the subject line.
The subject line of your email has only one job to do, which is to create a sufficient amount of curiosity on behalf of the reader that they open your email. If the email is the boat you want them to jump into, then the subject line is the hook. Need help writing better email subject lines or advertising headlines? Go to WhatboxDigital.com, and reach out to us. We can help.
Number four, think about segmenting your customers based on which stage of a funnel that they are in. Surely you can relate to this. Getting emails that are irrelevant can feel annoying to you as the recipient. All of us, at some point in time, have received emails that we have no clue who sent it and for what purpose they sent it. The immediate reaction we have is that we want to delete it or mark it as spam right away.
Tip number five; test, experiment, try different content formats. When you have a variety of different types of content formats, it can heighten the experience for your users and entertain them better. For example, it's easier and more interactive to broadcast an upcoming event with a video than it is with a text message. But not too terribly unlike that, consider embedding infographics to highlight major features; upcoming milestones, discounts, coupons, whatever. Gifs and animated gifs can also play a huge role in making emails come to life.
Hopefully, number six will be one of the most obvious, which is to make sure that your emails are optimized for mobile-friendliness. Did you know that 75% of Gmail users access their email on a mobile device first? A few things that you can do to optimize for being mobile-friendly. One, use shorter pre-header text, fewer than 60 characters. Two, make the call to action button prominent and easily clickable. Three, keep the email body short, and concise. Four, use images and elements that load faster. Five, choose single-column emails for longer text. And six, choose double-column emails for image-heavy emails.
And when all else fails, go to tip number seven: ask them why they unsubscribed when they did. Yeah, this might seem like a no-brainer, but asking your unsubscribing users is the best way to know the gaps in your email content strategies. There's plenty of survey software available to you in the marketplace that you can use to collect feedback via email.
They help you ask the right questions like, "Is this too generic? Am I sending you too many emails too frequently? Don't the customers remember signing up? Is this too promotional?" Speaking of being too promotional, in everything you do, consider this a 7.5 bonus tip, always leverage the WIFFT principle. When you're emailing your users your list, what's in it for me? Not me, them. What's in it for them?
Everything you do, what's in it for them? When you're drafting an email to your email list and everything in it is about you, you're destined for failure before you even get it sent out. Email marketing is a legitimate and rewarding marketing strategy for growing your business smarter and faster, but it's not easy to master either. Every brand, whether it's established or just getting started, struggles with controlling its email unsubscribed rates. So you and I are no different.
I hope these seven tips were helpful. Need help with your email marketing? Go to WhatboxDigital.com. We are here to always, always, always help you grow your business smarter and faster. That's it for today. I will see you on the next episode.
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music.
I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review, I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @BrianWebb, and the show sponsor Whatbox Digital can be found at, as you might guess, @WhatboxDigital. You can also find me and Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities, and you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast.
And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
____________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
____________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 52: Quick Tips For Easily Choosing Your Brand's Color Palette
____________________
VALUE BOMBS
So you're thinking about starting a new business, or maybe it's time to rebrand your existing business, but you don't know how to pick the color palette for that brand. Well, today I'm going to give you an easy and fast three-step process to do just that. So let's jump into the show.
____________________
SOFTWARE TOOLS RECOMMENDED BY BRIAN WEBB & WHATBOX DIGITAL
Active Campaign - CRM & Marketing Automation
TypeForm - Web Forms
Monday - Project Management (on steroids)
Pipedrive - CRM Alternative
Instapage - Landing Pages
Creative Market - Graphic Design & Creative Template Resources
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________
HELPFUL LINKS
The Ultimate 97 Point Marketing Audit Checklist
COOLORS.CO
Adobe Color Tool
____________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
So you're thinking about starting a new business, or maybe it's time to rebrand your existing business, but you don't know how to pick the color palette for that brand. Well, today I'm going to give you an easy and fast three-step process to do just that. So let's jump into the show.
This is the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Brian Webb:
Hey, everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Boy, are you in for a treat today? You are thinking about launching a new brand or a new business, or you're thinking about rebranding your existing business. You're not a creative, you're not a graphic designer and it's time to choose the right color palette to perfectly reinforce the brand that you want to project into the world. You are absolutely going to love this hack. It's easy, it's fast, and you do not have to be a graphic designer or a branding expert or anything like that. Three steps. And again, you're not going to believe how easy this is. So step number one, write down the mood or feel you want to represent your brand. And I want you to do that with a few words. So, for example, you may go with something like feminine, youthful, and bright. Or another example, nautical, sunrise, beach, right? Maybe another example is modern, sleek, neutral. Or maybe it's elegant, exclusive, luxurious.
Basically, come up with a cluster of words that when people see your brand, your logo, your website, anything and everything where your branding resides. Think of a few descriptive words that you want your audience to perceive in your brand. You want them to resonate on the same frequency. This could be an emotion. This could be a socioeconomic type, a personality type, an age group, whatever it is that you want your brand to reflect. So let's just, for example, use the words elegant, exclusive, and luxurious. Step two, go and do an image search using those clusters of words that you created. So, for example, if it was elegant, exclusive, luxurious, go do a Google search and click on the images tab and find an image or two or three that best represents that cluster of words that you want to resonate in your brand.
We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor, Whatbox Digital. Do you want to grow and scale your business better and faster with fewer mistakes? Of course, you do. Then you're in the right place right now. Like so many others, you are tired of relying on a failed hope marketing system, where you're spending valuable time and money on marketing and then hoping it works. You've thrown away tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures, and you wish you could get all of that money back. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to suffer from industry downturns, lumpy cash flow, and ultimately higher stress and sleepless nights. I'm Brian Webb, the CEO and senior guide at Whatbox Digital. I know where you are and I've been there before.
It pains me to watch business owners and entrepreneurs suffer from relying on hope and bad advice that simply doesn't work. I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex for almost 20 years. Having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth time and time again. And that's exactly what I want to do for you. Our marketing strategy playbook consulting engagement allows us to do just that. In just four weeks or less, we'll take you through our three-step process that will open your eyes to the readily available growth opportunities you need, want, and deserve. To learn more or just get started, simply go to whatboxdigital.com/strategy and click the get started now button, or just text the word playbook to 832-324-2432. Don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business better and faster and with fewer mistakes, you are in the right place. You need to get unstuck. You need a plan and we're here to help. Let's get started today right now.
Believe it or not, you're almost done. For the final step, find you a color generator tool. There are a couple of them and I'll recommend to you. You can use coolors.co. Let me spell that, www.C-O-O-l-O-R-S.co, or use Adobe's tool, color.adobe.com. By the way, these tools are free. If you're using the Adobe tool, click on the extract theme link at the top. From there, it will allow you to upload an image into the drag and drop area that you found in your Google search. Immediately after you do this, the Adobe tool will go and create a color palette. It guesses and it finds five different points within the image. And then it literally generates a color palette for you. Now, you probably won't like what it pulls out on its own, but you can drag and drop those five points around the image until you have identified five core brand colors that you can now use for your identity.
So that's it. Step one, go and find the words, two or three words that best define your brand, and what you want to emulate. Step two, go and do a Google search to find images that match those words that you want your brand to feel like and to look like. Step three, upload that image to a color tool of your choice. Again, Adobe Color, color.adobe.com is a free one. And then tweak and customize the taste. Then you can do an export. It gives you the RGB values. It gives you the CMYK values for print and you're done. That's it. So this is definitely a short and sweet episode, but I hope you found this tip to be helpful. I'm here to make sure that you keep growing your business smarter and faster. I'll see you in the next episode. Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating in an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @brianwebb. And the show sponsor, Whatbox Digital, can be found at, as you might guess, @whatboxdigital. You can also find me in Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
____________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
____________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 51: How To Use LinkedIn Newsletters To Drastically Reach More B2B Prospects On LinkedIn
____________________
VALUE BOMBS
So you're a business owner or you're responsible for selling for your company. You're using LinkedIn and you want to get more out of it. What if you could reach a greater percentage of your followers? What if you could reach more people than even follow you on LinkedIn when you post? Today, I'm going to show you how. It has something to do with LinkedIn newsletters. Let's jump in.
____________________
SOFTWARE TOOLS RECOMMENDED BY BRIAN WEBB & WHATBOX DIGITAL
Active Campaign - CRM & Marketing Automation
TypeForm - Web Forms
Monday - Project Management (on steroids)
Pipedrive - CRM Alternative
Instapage - Landing Pages
Creative Market - Graphic Design & Creative Template Resources
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________
HELPFUL LINKS
The Ultimate 97 Point Marketing Audit Checklist
____________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
So you're a business owner or you're responsible for selling for your company. You're using LinkedIn and you want to get more out of it. What if you could reach a greater percentage of your followers? What if you could reach more people than even follow you on LinkedIn when you post? Today, I'm going to show you how. It has something to do with LinkedIn newsletters. Let's jump in.
This is the Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast.
Hey, everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets and growth hacks to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. Let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Welcome back to the show, everybody. Today, we're going to talk about LinkedIn again. We've been a little heavy on LinkedIn lately, but if you're a B2B business owner or if you work in a B2B business, it's probably something we should be talking about. Today, if you're not familiar with it or if you're not aware, LinkedIn has a feature that you can use, Newsletters. I'm going to tell you why you should be thinking about using it. Once you've set it up, and by the way, I'll tell you how to do that in just a moment, once you have set up the newsletter function on your LinkedIn account, the following is going to happen.
One, LinkedIn is going to invite all of your current followers to subscribe automatically. Second, whenever you post new articles in the future, notifications will go out to your followers every time you post a new article. An email will go out from LinkedIn automatically to all of your newsletter subscribers anytime you post a new article. Basically, LinkedIn, once you have this setup, that's very important, once you've done this the first time is basically trying to help you get more organic reach. When they post to your audience or to your followers, it goes up in the news feed, it goes out in the notifications, it goes out as an email and it goes out to the invitation network.
We're always just trying to even reach the followers that we have because every time you post a small percentage, typically, depending on the type of content you're creating, typically a very small percentage of your audience will ever even know that you've posted. I've seen a case study where someone who had 30,000 followers got 100,000 views on their newsletter. That's enormous. That's amazing. Remember, organic, not paid traffic, free traffic. Let me take you through the steps on how to set this up on your account.
First, if you don't have it turned on, you need to turn on LinkedIn creator mode. There are two criteria that you must meet to start a LinkedIn newsletter. First, you have to have creator mode turned on, and second, you have to have created a post sometime within the last three months. If you want to take advantage of this, you have to have creator mode turned on on your LinkedIn account. Step two of three, you need to set up your LinkedIn newsletter. Once you've taken care of the first steps, basically, you log into your LinkedIn account, go to create a post, then click the option to create an article. Inside the publishing editor, if you have creator mode turned on, you'll see the option to click to create a newsletter. Once you do that, there are four steps you have to take to set up your newsletter.
First, you need to come up with a name for your newsletter. Now, while this is true with all marketing, it's certainly true here. Choose to be clear. Do not be clever. Don't choose a name or a title for your newsletter that was neat to you, it's interesting, but it tells the audience nothing as to what they're going to get out of it. The WIIFM principle, what's in it for me, what's in it for them. Let your title clearly articulate what value you're going to provide to anyone that chooses to follow your newsletter. Once you've chosen the name of your newsletter, you need to come up with a description. You'll have about I think it's 300 characters or so to work with. Focus on writing a clear description that outlines your value proposition. "Why should I care? Why should I subscribe?" Use your description words, and what you choose to say to entice me. Be as irresistible as possible.
The third step that you can take is to upload a logo. It needs to be 300 pixels by 300 pixels at 72 DPI. If you're not sure how to do that, just get a graphic designer to help you out. By the way, it might be your logo. Maybe it's your picture. Maybe it's your photo. Maybe it's your photo with your name on the photo. But you get a 300-pixel by 300-pixel square so that you can do something to brand your newsletter and let people instantly know that it's connected to you.
The last step you want to take is your anticipated posting schedule. Basically, how frequently do you plan to publish? Daily, weekly, biweekly, monthly? You need to set something to manage the expectations of those that might be thinking about subscribing. But don't worry. LinkedIn won't force you to stick to that schedule. If you say that you're going to do it monthly and you post twice a month, nothing is going to break. But if you say that you're going to post weekly and you're only posting every two months, you might be failing the expectations of your subscribers. Basically choose daily, weekly, biweekly, or monthly and this lets your subscribers know how frequently they should anticipate hearing from you.
We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor. Whatbox Digital.
Did you know that most marketing doesn't work at all? Did you know that most business owners and leaders are making the same mistakes over and over and over again? Like so many others, you are likely tired of relying on hope, which is a failed marketing system. This is when you're spending valuable time and money on marketing and then hoping it works. You've thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures and you wish you could get that money back. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to exclusively rely on the loyalty of your existing customers and word of mouth. But it doesn't have to be that way.
I'm Brian Webb, the CEO and senior guide at Whatbox digital, and I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency in the greater Houston metroplex for over 18 years. Having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth time and time again, and I want to give you a resource for free. You heard me right. Free. I've put together the ultimate 97 point marketing audit checklist, which will allow you to assess and diagnose what is and is not working in your marketing. It'll only take you about 10 or 15 minutes to go through it. Think of it as an MRI for your marketing without the expensive medical bills to follow. To get this free marketing checklist delivered right to your inbox, simply go to getmymarketingchecklist.com, provide your info, and we'll get it out to you right away. Again, it's totally free.
I'd encourage you to walk through this checklist with your team and honestly discuss and evaluate every action item on the list. It will be the best 10 minutes you've invested into the growth engine of your business in a long, long time. Don't waste another day or another dollar on failed hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business smarter and faster and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. Again, it's totally free. Simply go to getmymarketingchecklist.com right now. Let's fix what's broken in your marketing.
Now here's something else you might find interesting. Newsletters can have multiple articles that you've published in a single newsletter because you can attach articles to the newsletter. The newsletter is just the engine, letting your subscribers know that a new article went live. Check this out. If you didn't already know, LinkedIn articles are multimedia documents. You can literally upload GIFs, so animation GIFs. You can upload a code snippet, video links, and links to other articles in your newsletter. You can embed images, and videos. A newsletter going out on LinkedIn is almost like sending out a landing page so definitely take advantage of that. It doesn't have to just be text and images like an email newsletter typically is.
Then, of course, the third step of having a great newsletter on LinkedIn is publishing quality content. You do need to set up a cover photo for each article or we recommend it anyway. That's going to be I think 1280 pixels by 720 pixels. I almost forgot you can even include slide decks in your newsletters. If you have a slide deck that you've done now, that would have to be posted up onto Prezi or SlideShare, but you can embed that slide deck into your newsletter.
A couple of pro tips you probably want to be thinking about: One, at the end of each article that you post, include a screenshot and link that says continue reading to the next newsletter with a screenshot. Basically, be inviting people to other articles that you've done. Second, what seems to be working well is newsletters that take about two to four minutes to read. That seems to be getting the best engagement from what I'm seeing. By the way, even though you're just putting in copy and content into your newsletters, LinkedIn actually posts at the top the anticipated length of time it takes to consume that content so focus on two to four minutes.
Now, if you really want to elevate your game, whenever you're creating an article, always have calls to action in every newsletter. Share button on an article as a post as a message on Facebook on Twitter. Or if you have a lead generator for your business, include a link to download that at the end of every article. Okay, so now you know why you should be using LinkedIn newsletters. I've just walked you through the three steps on how to do it. Turning on LinkedIn creator mode, setting up the newsletter, the initial four steps, and now that you're posting content, let me give you some best practices. It bears mentioning again, choose a name for your newsletter that is clear that your audience will instantly understand. Don't be clever.
Next upload a cover photo for every individual article in your newsletter. LinkedIn is currently saying that 744 pixels by 400 pixels at 72 DPI, but upload art that's relevant to your brand. Do not upload clip art or generic stock images. That's not going to work. Images with faces and people tend to resonate more with your audiences. You'll probably also find that you'll get more engagement by adding a few lines of commentary or asking a question in a post when you share your newsletter. When you're posting about the newsletter, in your description, you could also ask members to subscribe. Now, share your newsletter articles or your newsletter page to your networks on other social media platforms, including your email list to increase engagement and awareness that you're even doing this. Once you have set the frequency that you're going to be publishing, maintain that cadence that you chose for your newsletter so that your subscribers can engage regularly with your content.
The last thing you may want to consider doing is changing the connect button on your profile to instead follow. Instead of connect being the button, the call to action that people see when they visit your profile. By the way, you can only do this when you have your LinkedIn account set to creator mode. Changing your connect button to follow can only happen when you have your account in creator mode. But this will enable people who view your profile to follow your activity, which means they're going to see when you post new articles to your newsletter.
If you publish content at all, especially if you're a B2B business or a B2B marketer, you have every reason in the world to be doing this. This is a phenomenal way to create brand awareness, to demonstrate thought leadership, to demonstrate authority and empathy with the pains that your customers are dealing with. While this may cost you a little bit of time, the reach that you get is free. You are not paying to get seen and noticed. Don't forget by the way. You might be thinking, "This is awesome. I don't have the time to do this or I don't want to do it. I don't know how to go about doing it." Reach out to me. Just text the word LinkedIn to 832-324-2432, and I'll get you hooked up with someone who can help. We are here to help you if you need some help with this. That's it for today. Let's keep going and growing together. I hope you got something out of this today. I will see you in the next episode.
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode and if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating in an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @BrianWebb and the show's sponsor Whatbox digital can be found at, as you might guess, @WhatboxDigital.
You can also find me in Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities, and you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast. If you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
____________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
____________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 50: 5 Tips To Commenting On LinkedIn
____________________
VALUE BOMBS
You're a sales professional. You own your own business. You are responsible for generating leads on LinkedIn. Today, I'm going to give you five tips on how to comment on other people's posts like a pro.
____________________
SOFTWARE TOOLS RECOMMENDED BY BRIAN WEBB & WHATBOX DIGITAL
Active Campaign - CRM & Marketing Automation
TypeForm - Web Forms
Monday - Project Management (on steroids)
Pipedrive - CRM Alternative
Instapage - Landing Pages
Creative Market - Graphic Design & Creative Template Resources
____________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
You're a sales professional. You own your own business. You are responsible for generating leads on LinkedIn. Today, I'm going to give you five tips on how to comment on other people's posts like a pro. Let's jump in.
This is the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Hey, everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets, and growth hacks, to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Hey there, fans, family, and friends. Welcome back. If you haven't noticed yet, we've restructured this podcast just a little bit. We will still, occasionally, as we have in the past, bring longer form episodes, interviews with thought leaders and authors, and really, really successful business Titans. But one thing I know, you're in a hurry. If you're a business leader, an entrepreneur, you're in a hurry. You've got a lot to do, a lot to learn, and a lot of things to get done today.
So we're really tightening up our format here on the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast to give you more meat on the bone, more nuggets in shorter periods of time. So hopefully, this is going to be even more valuable to you. Today, I've promised if you're on LinkedIn, and you're using it to generate leads, to grow your business, to find new prospects, I'm going to give you five tips on commenting on other people's posts.
Here's what they are. Tip number one, whenever you're commenting on someone's post, go ahead and tag the creator of the post. Basically, use the @ symbol and then place in the person's name. This is going to give them an additional notification that you have shown up. It just heightens their awareness that you are commenting on their post. You're creating goodwill and reciprocity.
Tip number two, show up early. When someone puts a post on LinkedIn, be someone who shows up in comments within the first hour or less. This signifies to the person who created the post that you're following them, that you're paying attention, and your post shows up at the up of all of the comments above all of the other people who follow after you. Gives you more visibility. Tip number three, don't be brief. Think about leaving thoughtful, three, four or five lines of text, which forces LinkedIn users to click the see more, which is going to be good for the algorithm as well because people are engaging with your comment.
We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor, What Box Digital. Do you want to grow and scale your business better and faster with fewer mistakes? Of course, you do. Then you're in the right place right now. Like so many others, you're tired of relying on a failed hope marketing system where you're spending valuable time and money on marketing, and then hoping it works. You've thrown away tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures, and you wish you could get all of that money back.
When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to suffer from industry downturns, lumpy cash flow, and ultimately higher stress and sleepless nights. I'm Brian Webb, the CEO and senior guide at We Box Digital. I know where you are, and I've been there before. It pains me me to watch business owners and entrepreneurs suffer from relying on hope and bad advice that simply doesn't work.
I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency in the greater Houston metroplex for almost 20 years. Having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth time and time again, and that's exactly what I want to do for you. Our marketing strategy, playbook consulting engagement allows us to do just that. In just four weeks or less, we'll take you through our three-step process that will open your eyes to the readily available growth opportunities you need, want, and deserve.
To learn more or just get started, simply go to whatboxdigital.com/strategy and click the get started now button, or just text the word playbook to (832) 324-2432. Don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business better and faster, and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. You need to get unstuck. You need a plan, and we're here to help. Let's get started today right now.
Tip number four. If you can find a relevant way to do it, tag other people into the comment. Again, to the creator of the post, it shows reciprocity. It shows generosity on your part. You're engaging other people and pulling them into that person's content, and as if that's not enough, it allows you to include other people that might also be your prospects. So it's a great way of bringing more people together, creating community, showing reciprocity and generosity.
Number five, consider creating and using a personal hashtag in the comment. This one's not going to grow your business much faster, but it is going to create more brand awareness because when you're commenting on someone's LinkedIn post, you're commenting as a human being, not as a brand. But whenever you use a hashtag that represents your business, it's a way of also creating some brand awareness for your company, for your brand.
So that's it, five really easy, fast tips for commenting like a pro on LinkedIn. One, tag the creator. We talked about that. Two, show up first. Be early. Show up within the first hour or less of someone's post. Three, leave thoughtful, longer comments, not just sounds great, or ha ha. Four, tag, additional people into the comment. Bring the community together around that person's post. Five, consider creating a personal hashtag for your company's brand to create brand awareness for your company, not just for you as a person. If you're going to invest the time to use LinkedIn to grow your business, you might as well do it like a pro. That's it for today. Much, much, much more great content coming your way. I will see you on the next episode.
Thanks for joining me today, and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. If you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @brianwebb. The show sponsor, What Box Digital can be found at, as you might guess @whatboxdigital.
You can also find me in What Box Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links and the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers and opportunities, and you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. If you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
____________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
____________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 49: How To Automatically Get 'Positive Only' Reviews on FB, Google, and Yelp
____________________________________
VALUE BOMBS
Social proof is an important part of strengthening your brand and optimizing conversions in all of your marketing efforts. And our perspective buyers will always care far more about what others say about us than what we say about ourselves, and online reviews are a great way of demonstrating that. Wouldn't it be nice if you could automate the process of getting more positive only reviews from your customers while at the same time strengthening customer loyalty? Today, I'm going to show you how. Let's jump into the show.
_______________________________________
SOFTWARE TOOLS RECOMMENDED BY BRIAN WEBB & WHATBOX DIGITAL
Active Campaign - CRM & Marketing Automation
AutopilotHQ - Marketing Automation
TypeForm - Web Forms
Monday - Project Management (on steroids)
Pipedrive - CRM Alternative
Instapage - Landing Pages
Creative Market - Graphic Design & Creative Template Resources
____________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
____________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Social proof is an important part of strengthening your brand and optimizing conversions in all of your marketing efforts. And our perspective buyers will always care far more about what others say about us than what we say about ourselves, and online reviews are a great way of demonstrating that. Wouldn't it be nice if you could automate the process of getting more positive only reviews from your customers while at the same time strengthening customer loyalty? Today, I'm going to show you how. Let's jump into the show.
This is the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Brian Webb:
Hey, everyone, welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. So, let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Today, I'm going to show you not only how to get more reviews on Google, Yelp, Facebook, wherever you want to get your reviews, I'm going to show you how to only ask for those reviews from the people who love you, the people who have had a great experience with your products and services while at the same time giving you the opportunity to strengthen customer loyalty to those who maybe had a less than perfect experience with your products or services. And the great thing is, you can do all of this with automation, and I'm going to show you how to do that today.
Now, all automations have at least two or three of the following components, a trigger, a condition, and an action. So, to help you get more positive only reviews and increase customer loyalty, we're going to start with a trigger. But before I go too deep into this, let's talk about some tools that you'll want to consider looking into. One, Typeform. There are many forms, tools, software, and SaaS tools out there that you can use. Typeform is my preferred tool here at Whatbox Digital. Tool number two, you need a marketing automation platform.
As of the time of this recording, I've been a huge fan of autopilothq.com. However, knowing that they've recently decided to revamp the platform into a completely new and different platform, it's my understanding that they're somewhat stopping development, they're stopping new development on the version of AutopilotHQ that I've used, so I'm currently in the process of vetting ActiveCampaign. But whether it be autopilothq.com or ActiveCampaign, either one of those platform forms will get you covered. So again, every automation has to start with a trigger.
In this case, there's one of two or three options you can have. You can send your new or existing customers who recently used your products or services an email. And the email is basically asking them, "How did we do?" By the way, the shorter and simpler you make this, the better. People are not interested in helping you, they're only interested in themselves and the problems they have. So, if you ask them to take a long survey, you're probably not going to get the results that you're trying to achieve. But if you ask them, "How did we do," and maybe they've got three options on the far right, a happy emoji, in the middle, a so-so emoji, maybe at the other side, a thumbs down, for example.
And by the way, Typeform allows you to have a question like that type of field embedded into an email that goes out. Meaning, when the email goes out and they have those three options and they click on one of them, it actually takes them to the form with what they clicked on, pre-populated into that form. And here's the fun part, this is where we get to use conditions. Basically, the trigger, they were sent an email with a three-part question asking them how did you do, then we're going to add conditions.
The condition, by the way, is called check field and the check field condition is going to go back and verify which answer did they click on, great, so-so, or terrible. Once they've done this, we are now going to add another element to the automation which is a trigger, which is to send an internal notification to you. Someone internally should be notified that someone actually took the time to answer how you did. Then, we're going to add a delayed trigger. You pick the amount of time, 15 minutes, 24 hours, a few hours, it doesn't really matter too terribly much.
But basically, you're going to wait just a little while. And then, only the ones who click amazing, who said, "You were rock stars. You did a fantastic job," they love your products, they love your services, they had a great experience with you, because they met that condition, that individual is then going to be sent another email saying, "Wow, thanks. You loved us. We love you too. Would you be so kind and give us a review and a rating," on the various platforms that you want them, that could be Facebook, Yelp, Google. But again, the only individual that's going to even get that request is the one who said that they loved you.
And a couple of pro tips at this point, one, have the links where they can give you the ratings and the review in the email. Make it super, super easy for them. Pro tip number two, think about reciprocating. You're asking them to do something for you, why don't you do something for them? Maybe that's a discount on their next purchase, maybe that's a gift card to their favorite restaurant. You don't have to do this, but the more that you show reciprocation, the more that you're willing to do something for them while you're asking them to something for you, the more conversions you're going to get, the more people that will actually take the time and give you the rating and review that you want, that you covet, that by the way, you'll have a social proof forever.
We'll get back to the show in just a moment. But first, a quick word from our sponsor, Whatbox Digital. Do you want to grow and scale your business better and faster with fewer mistakes? Of course you do. Then you're in the right place right now. Like so many others, you're tired of relying on a failed hope marketing system where you're spending valuable time and money on marketing and then hoping it works. You've thrown away tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures and you wish you could get all of that money back. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to suffer from industry downturns, lumpy cash flow, and ultimately higher stress and sleepless nights.
I'm Brian Webb, the CEO and senior guide at Whatbox Digital. I know where you are and I've been there before. It pains me to watch business owners and entrepreneurs suffer from relying on hope and bad advice that simply doesn't work. I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency in the Greater Houston metroplex for almost 20 years. Having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth time and time again. And that's exactly what I want to do for you. Our marketing strategy, playbook consulting engagement allows us to do just that.
In just four weeks or less, we'll take you through our three-step process that will open your eyes to the readily available growth opportunities you need, want, and deserve. To learn more or just get started, simply go to whatboxdigital.com/strategy and click the Get Started Now button. Or just text the word playbook to 832-324-2432. Don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business better and faster and with fewer mistakes, you are in the right place. You need to get unstuck, you need a plan and we're here to help. Let's get started today right now.
So, at this point, we've already achieved an automation sequence where you can get more positive only reviews. And the reason I say positive only is because if anyone said so-so or terrible, we're never going to ask them to give you a review to begin with. Now, here's where we can improve customer loyalty. For those that said so-so, you're going to send them a different email now. This is a new trigger. And that email's going to say, "Wow, we were hoping for five stars. What can we do, what could we have done to make your experience even better?" You really want to go the extra mile?
You've heard it said that there's never a traffic jam on the extra mile. If someone says so-so, maybe have someone from your team reach out to them. Give them a consolation prize or at the very least, find out where you could have improved. Show them that you care. And for those that said they had a terrible experience, we add another trigger that does two things. One, emails the individual back, apologizing profusely for their bad experience, and second, an internal notification, that could be a text message, that could be email, that could be via Slack, is going to go to your team internally, preferably to multiple people for the sake of accountability and maximum heightened awareness.
In other words, if someone had a bad experience, you certainly don't want this falling between the cracks, and that notification is basically urging your team to reach out to them immediately. This person just had a terrible experience with your brand, your product, or your service and you're just now becoming aware of it. Their hair's on fire and you had no idea. This is your opportunity for damage control. So again, in addition to the email that goes back to the customer, apologizing profusely, by the way, having a video from the proprietor, or the owner, or the chief customer service person apologizing for that bad experience would be an additional add-on pro tip that you could leverage.
But again, most importantly, the notification that goes back to you internally so that someone can respond expeditiously, that is the true value add in this automation sequence. So, that's it. You could have this set up next week if you wanted to. And if you want one more bonus pro tip, you can also add an action into the sequence depending on how they answered, that adds them to a Facebook Custom Audience. For those of you new to what that even is, Facebook allows you to create custom audiences so that you can advertise to that audience. So if someone had a bad experience, you could create an ad that will only target that audience with messaging that talks about empathy, caring, you understand, that your customers are top priority.
Do what you can to salvage that relationship and to rebuild it. But for those who loved your product or service, you could create an entire campaign talking about the other products and services that you sell. If they love what you did for them the first time, there is a phenomenal chance that they'll do business with you again in the future. So there you have it, that's it, that's a marketing automation sequence that you can create to automatically generate more positive only reviews and increase customer loyalty at the same time. As always, if you need help with this, go to whatboxdigital.com or just text me personally, 832-324-2432.
You already know that my team and I are absolutely here to help you grow your business smarter and faster. That's it for today. I will see you on the next episode. Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram.
You can find me at @brianwebb and the show sponsor, Whatbox Digital can be found at, as you might guess, @whatboxdigital. You can also find me in Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities and you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
____________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
____________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
____________________________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 48: 8 Landing Page Pro Tips To Convert More Visitors Into Paying Customers
______________________________________
VALUE BOMBS
You need to get your website and landing pages converting more visitors into customers. You want to reduce your balance rate the number of people that visit your website or landing pages, and then abandon it without clicking on anything. Today, I'm going to give you eight tips on how to do just that.
______________________________________
SOFTWARE TOOLS RECOMMENDED BY BRIAN WEBB & WHATBOX DIGITAL
Active Campaign - CRM & Marketing Automation
TypeForm - Web Forms
Monday - Project Management (on steroids)
Pipedrive - CRM Alternative
Instapage - Landing Pages
Creative Market - Graphic Design & Creative Template Resources
______________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
___________________________________
ADDITIONAL RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Building A Story Brand by Donald Miller
___________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
You need to get your website and landing pages converting more visitors into customers. You want to reduce your balance rate the number of people that visit your website or landing pages, and then abandon it without clicking on anything. Today, I'm going to give you eight tips on how to do just that. Let's jump into the show.
This is the Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast.
Hey, everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets and growth hacks to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode. Welcome back to the show, everyone. Back in episode 18, I gave you a hack on how to 3x your opt-in conversions on your website and landing pages. Then, back in episode 24, I gave you another growth hack, how to get real cell phone numbers from your website and landing page leads? Today, I'm going to give you eight pro tips, eight practices for better structuring your landing pages and your website pages to convert better.
So let's jump into tip one, be clear, not clever. I'm going to say that again, be clear, not clever. Perhaps Donald Miller said it best in his book, Building a StoryBrand. Donald Miller is a New York Times Bestselling Author, and he says, "If you confuse, you lose." So when you're writing your headlines do not be clever. I strongly urge you to not use industry nomenclature. Don't use inside jokes. Don't try to be overly poetic. State what the problem is that you solve, how you solve it, and what the wind looks like after you do. Be clear, not clever. To keep this moving, let's get straight to tip number two, do not clutter your header navigation with dozens of links, or for that matter, hardly any links.
A truly effective landing page should be asking your prospect, your visitor to only do one thing, maybe two. There should be a primary call to action, sometimes a second dairy call to action. So if you have a home button, if you have an about us, a contact us, several links to various pages across your website, you are going to distract your visitor from doing the one thing that you want them to do. So let every one of your landing pages have only one call to action, as in the primary call action. For example, download this list, sign up for this course, join our webinar. It's okay to have a secondary call to action that might be, watch this video, but do everything that you can to remove any and all distractions of all the other content that you've created. So that you can have your prospect focus on the one call to action you want them to take.
Pro-tip number three, which plays off of tip number two, gives users a way to buy your primary call to action button should always be visible. If they're scrolling down the page, consider using a sticky header. If you're new to web, sticky header simply means no matter where they scroll the header at the top sticks there, it never goes away. Give people a way to spend money with your business. Most people aren't going to do it right away, but if you don't give them an option to buy what you do, your services, your products, your guaranteeing it's not going to happen. As you can see, these tips are building upon one another. When it's possible, have that secondary AKA transitional call to action, which can be a lot of things. It could be that you want them to watch a video, or you want them to download some kind of a lead magnet, a juicy carrot that brings them in, that compels them, that attracts them to your email list, to your text message list.
One guiding principle I teach all of my clients is that it takes dozens of times, 21 to 24 times minimum before most people go through the three phases of a relationship with you. They weren't aware of you, now they are, they're curious, over time through enlightenment, you build trust, and then finally they're going to convert into a customer. So make sure that secondary call to action or that transitional call to action invites them to your email list or to your cell phone list so that you can nurture them over time. We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor, Whatbox Digital.
Do you want to grow and scale your business better and faster with fewer mistakes? Of course, you do, then you are in the right place right now. Like so many others, you are tired of relying on a failed hope marketing system where you're spending valuable time and money on marketing, and then hoping it works. You've thrown away tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures, and you wish you could get all of that money back. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to suffer from industry downturns, lumpy cash flow, and ultimately higher stress and sleepless nights. I'm Brian Webb, the CEO and senior guide at Whatbox Digital. I know where you are and I've been there before.
It pains me to watch business owners and entrepreneurs suffer from relying on hope and bad advice that simply doesn't work. I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex for almost 20 years. Having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth time and time again. That's exactly what I want to do for you. Our marketing strategy playbook consulting engagement allows us to do just that. In just four weeks or less, we'll take you through our three-step process that will open your eyes to the readily available growth opportunities you need, want, and deserve. To learn more or just get started, simply go to whatboxdigital.com/strategy and click the Get Started Now button. Or just text the word playbook to 832-324-2432. Don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business better and faster, and with fewer mistakes, you are in the right place. You need to get unstuck. You need a plan and we're here to help. Let's get started today, right now.
Pro-tip number five, agitate the customer's pain. You need to illustrate, you need to itemize what is the cost of not paying you for your products or services. The human brain has a universal, safe word. That word, no, not now, wait, I'll do that later. Now, that doesn't necessarily mean that's the safest thing that we should do. It makes us feel safe. Everyone's afraid of buyers' remorse, and not doing something, not buying your products or service makes us feel as though, there's nothing that we'll have remorse over if I do nothing. But what you've got to do is agitate the pain. We, as human beings are great at counting the cost of doing something. But we're almost completely ineffective of counting the cost of not doing something, of sitting still, of being indecisive. So you want to agitate the pain of what it's like for them. What are they going to continue to deal with? What problems will go unsolved if they don't use your products or hire you for your services?
Pro-tip number six, provide as much social proof as you can. There's a lot of slippery used car salesman out there. Most all of us have been stung at least once, if not, many times, over the course of our lives. So naturally, we're skeptical. We're cynical. We're jaded. We don't assume that because you say that you can help us, that you can. So when you're making an offer, provide as many forms of social proof as you possibly can. That could be logos from major brands who have trusted you, that could be testimonials, that could be case studies. Show everything that you can that validates the merits of your products and services. Pro-tip number seven, which again, this is progressive. It builds off of previous tips that I've given you, limit yourself to one idea, one concept, one call to action per page.
I'm not counting the secondary or the transitional call to action. But if you have nine different services that you want to sell or 18 different products, let this page focus on one of those services, one of those products. Our brains literally burn calories when it's trying to understand what to do next. So give your audience one thing to focus on, not two, not five, just one. Finally, pro tip number eight shows the after-state of what it's like if someone uses your products or services. Vividly paint the picture of what life is like, how much better it is once they've interacted with your brand and used your products or services. If they're going to go from overweight to in shape, show that. If you're taking them from the frustration of wasting money to the joy of saving money and being more efficient, show them that. If they're dealing with the stress of not having the right accounting systems, marketing systems, sales systems, and you can help them overcome that, use your images, video, text, everything to show them how much better life is after working with you, after collaborating with you.
So there you go. Eight pro tips that will make your website and landing pages more effective. You'll reduce your balance rate. You'll convert more visitors into actual paying customers. Thank you so much for joining me today. It's always a pleasure serving you. Let's keep growing your business smarter and faster. I will see you on the next episode. Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode and if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @BrianWebb, and the show sponsor Whatbox Digital can be found at, as you might guess @whatboxdigital.
You can also find me in Whatbox Digital, on Facebook, and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up-to-date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities and you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast. If you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
___________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
___________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
___________________________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 47: How To Spy On Your Competitor Ads On LinkedIn Legally & Ethically
______________________________________
VALUE BOMBS
Are you considering running ads on LinkedIn? If you are, do you wish that you knew how to spy on the ads from your competition? Well, in today's episode I'm going to show you how.
______________________________________
SOFTWARE TOOLS RECOMMENDED BY BRIAN WEBB & WHATBOX DIGITAL
Active Campaign - CRM & Marketing Automation
TypeForm - Web Forms
Monday - Project Management (on steroids)
Pipedrive - CRM Alternative
Instapage - Landing Pages
Creative Market - Graphic Design & Creative Template Resources
______________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
___________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Are you considering running ads on LinkedIn? If you are, do you wish that you knew how to spy on the ads from your competition? Well, in today's episode I'm going to show you how. Let's jump into the show.
This is the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Hey everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets and growth hacks to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. Let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Hey everyone, welcome back to this show as always. So if you're considering running ads on LinkedIn, you might want to start keeping an eye on your competitors. Why would you want to do that? Well, first, what if you aren't running ads but you just want to know if they're hiring, you want to know if they're growing. This is a great reason to follow their ad campaigns. But if you are considering running ads, what if you wanted to learn from their ad formulas, see what images they're using, what video they're using, what copy they're using, what calls to action they're using, what their headlines are, what landing pages are they linking to? There's a lot that you can learn sometimes if you have a formidable competitor and maybe you're just looking for creative insights. So if you want to learn how to take a look at your competitor's ads, here's how you do it, and by the way, it couldn't be any easier, but most people have no idea that they can do this. There's literally only three steps.
First, go look up the company page for the brand that you want to spy on. In this case, I have Apple pulled up just as a case study. Step number two of three, click on the post link. Now, as of the time of this recording, February 2022, right beneath the following button you'll see a home button, about, posts. So click on the post link. And again, these platforms change their user interface all the time, anytime they feel like it, but at the time of this recording beneath the fall button, you've already clicked posts, beneath that just a little bit to the right you're going to see all images, videos, articles, documents, ads. So you're going to click on the ads button, and voila, there you have it. As you scroll down the page I can see every single ad that Apple has up and running. Some of them are video ads, some of them are just image ads. I can see their calls to action. I can see the landing pages that they're driving their audiences to. Some of the ads are in different languages, which means that they're probably obviously running that ad in other countries on LinkedIn.
So again, if you're thinking about running ads yourself, go check out what they're doing and it doesn't have to be your competitor. Go check out some of the big box brands that do a great job in their marketing and their advertising. Learn from them, see what they're doing, emulate what doing. Don't steal, don't take exactly what they're doing, but learn how to leverage their ideas, their insights, their experience. By the way, need help running your LinkedIn ad campaigns? That's what we're here for. Just go to WhatboxDigital.com. That's it for this week. Let's keep growing and going together. I will see you on the next episode.
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode and if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram, you can find me at @BrianWebb and the show sponsor Whatbox Digital can be found at, as you might guess, @WhatboxDigital. You can also find me and Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
___________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
___________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
___________________________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 46: 6 Reasons More And More Of Your Competitors Are Hiring Fractional CMO's
____________________________________________
VALUE BOMBS
You're seeing it. I'm seeing it. More and more business owners, your competitors are moving away from the full-time CMO model into the fractional CMO model. And in today's episode, I'm going to give you the six reasons why.
____________________________________________
SOFTWARE TOOLS RECOMMENDED BY BRIAN WEBB & WHATBOX DIGITAL
Active Campaign - CRM & Marketing Automation
TypeForm - Web Forms
Monday - Project Management (on steroids)
Pipedrive - CRM Alternative
Instapage - Landing Pages
Creative Market - Graphic Design & Creative Template Resources
____________________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
_____________________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
You're seeing it. I'm seeing it. More and more business owners, your competitors are moving away from the full-time CMO model into the fractional CMO model. And in today's episode, I'm going to give you the six reasons why.
This is the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Brian Webb:
Hey everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework, secrets, and growth hacks, to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Hey everyone. Welcome back to the show. If you're new to the show, welcome, welcome, welcome. If you are a loyal listener, you will understand that we have been on a little bit of a sabbatical. So we wrapped up season one and we are now embarking on season two of the podcast. So lots and lots and lots of great content coming your way this season. You may have noticed, but more and more business leaders are wanting to work with and are working with a fractional chief marketing officer rather than a full-time CMO, AKA fractional CMO. And you may be wondering why that's happening and I'm going to give you the six reasons that more, and more, and more business leaders, your competitors are working with a fractional chief marketing officer, as opposed to a full-time CMO. But before I get into those six reasons, I want to break down what is a true CMO and what is not a CMO.
Let me start with what it's not. A CMO is not someone who coordinates your social media. A CMO is not someone who handles your graphic design projects. Those are valid technicians that are necessary in the execution of marketing, but that is not the recipe for a true chief marketing officer. Typically, your best chief marketing officer is someone who's going to have had years, if not, decades of broad cross-industry experience that can be brought to your table, to your business, to leverage tactics and strategies that drive revenue to your bottom line. They are not project managers. Through their experience, they know what works and what does not work. Now, your CMO might possess a lot of those skills, those technical skills that are necessary in the execution of marketing, but each one of those skills by themselves is a discipline that's necessary, but it does not bring everything to the table that's needed to be a true chief marketing officer.
A high-quality CMO is someone who brings depth, years, decades of experiments, of experience working with marketing campaigns, tactics, strategies that develop a true return on investment that actually grow the business. That said, a lot of the CMOs that I know have prior years of owning an agency. So they have a lot of experience at working with a broad range of clients. And as a result, a lot of times they have a deep bench of people or technicians that are at their disposal and ready to be leveraged for their existing clients. So that's what a true CMO is. Let's talk about why more and more business leaders, your competitors, the top six reasons. One of them, I just covered. That they're working with a fractional chief marketing officer rather than a full-time employee. So number one, I suppose, perhaps the most easily guess cost. A true seasoned chief marketing officer, according to glassdoor.com states that the average CMO is paid somewhere between $190,000 a year to about a quarter of a million dollars a year plus not to mention benefits and frequently equity.
And of course, this doesn't include vacation. This doesn't include downtime, sick time. This doesn't include office space, computers, software, and a lot of times a support team to go around that person. So the cost differential between a fractional CMO and a full-time CMO is significant and the reality is most businesses can't afford that. And the clients that I work with don't really necessarily need it. They don't need a full-time C-suite level hire chief marketing officer. So by hiring a fractional CMO, you get to leverage the experience and the brainpower that you need without all of the expensive full-time costs.
Second reason, new strategies via a broader level of experience. Someone who has only served with your company brings knowledge and insight, but they likely lack the broader perspective of someone who has worked with both B2B and B2C businesses in a wider range of industries. When you're working with a fractional CMO who has multiple clients, and again, multiple years of doing this, you're bringing in someone who has experience in potentially a half a dozen or a dozen or more different industries, different sectors, a different business niche that you get to leverage and bring those insights into your business rather than just someone who goes to work every day at your office, and only sees what's in front of them, that myopic view that is limited by the fact that they work at one place full time. We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor Whatbox Digital.
Do you want to grow and scale your business better and faster with fewer mistakes? Of course, you do. Then you're in the right place right now. Like so many others, you're tired of relying on a failed hope marketing system where you're spending valuable time and money on marketing, and then hoping it works. You've thrown away tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures, and you wish you could get all of that money back. When you don't have a reliable system for generating lead and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to suffer from industry downturns, lumpy cash flow, and ultimately higher stress and sleepless nights. I'm Brian Webb, the CEO and senior guide at Whatbox Digital. I know where you are, and I've been there before. It pains me to watch business owners and entrepreneurs suffer from relying on hope and bad advice that simply doesn't work.
I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency in the greater Houston metroplex for almost 20 years. Having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth time and time again. And that's exactly what I want to do for you. Our marketing strategy, playbook consulting engagement allows us to do just that. In just four weeks or less, we'll take you through our three-step process that will open your eyes to the readily available growth opportunities you need, want, and deserve. To learn more, or just get started simply go to whatboxdigital.com/strategy and click the get started now button, or just text the word playbook to (832) 324-2432. Don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business better and faster and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. You need to get unstuck. You need a plan and we're here to help. Let's get started today. Right now.
The third reason more of your competitors are working with a fractional CMO, and this is something really that any CMO should bring, which is what I call time compression. A legitimate CMO fractional or not helps business leaders to compress decades and years of learning and experience into hours and minutes. Why would a business leader or a business owner want to reinvent the wheel when it's not necessary? Reason number four, and this is another big one, efficiency. Since a fractional CMO isn't a full-time employee, they're also aware that time is valuable. They'll be able to completely focus on a specific project or a marketing initiative instead of needing to attend to the other day-to-day time-wasting tasks that full-time employees often need to contend with. We all know what it's like to deal with day-to-day distractions at the office, water cooler hallway conversations, catching up on the big Super Bowl game, which it's February 14th. So we just had the Super Bowl yesterday.
You're getting a more efficient use of someone's time because they're not having to deal with those day-to-day office distractions. This can be done with deadlines as well as project outlines that are written out. This can be used to utilize a strategic marketing approach so that you get what you want, the results that you want faster, more efficiently. Number five, I spoke about a little bit earlier, which is their bench of relationships. Most fractional CMOs that I know like myself, by the way, spent decades running an agency, which means that they know how to hire talent. They know how to vet talent, and they have a deep bench of talent that's already been vetted because they've worked with them. They know who is good at what they do and who is not. And that deep bench of strategist, technicians come along with that person and you get to benefit from that.
And number six, let's talk about the thing that all of us hate and we try to avoid, risk. We try to avoid unnecessary, uncalculated risks where we can. And by working with a fractional chief marketing officer, you minimize the risks associated with hiring a full-time employee. You've hired full-time employees. You know that the process is cumbersome and it requires a multi-step process that can take months. There's also the risk that you might hire someone and find that they don't quite fit well within your company, or your culture, or your brand, but you don't have to worry about this risk when you're working with a fractional AKA part-time chief marketing officer. It makes the process quicker because they're part-time, they act more as a consultant, which means you don't have to worry as much as to whether or not they're an exact fit for your culture.
They're not there all the time. You also don't have to worry about basic personality and compatibilities. Now, clearly, I'm not suggesting that all of that goes away. I mean, we need to like who we work with. I believe that anyway. Life is way too short to work with people that we don't enjoy being around, but clearly, that's exponentially more so the case, if I'm going to be working with someone all day, every day, Monday through Friday.
So if you're wondering why more and more of your competitors are hiring a fractional CMO, rather than a full-time employee, that's it, six reasons. One way, way lower cost. Two, you get newer strategies, fresher perspectives, because they have a broader experience. Three, they compress time. They bring all these years to you in minutes and hours. Four, efficiency. Because they're part-time, time is of the essence. You don't waste a lot of time. Five, the bench of relationships that a great, great CMO brings to you. Most business leaders have no idea how to recognize whether or not they're working with a gifted ad specialist, a graphic designer, a copywriter, or a funnel builder. And last, risk. You minimize risk as much as you possibly can.
So that's it. Thanks for being with me today. Again, more and more great content is in the works. Stay tuned. We are passionately committed to helping you grow your business smarter and faster. Let's keep growing together and going together. I will see you on the next episode. Thanks for joining me today. And listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music.
I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at, @BrianWebb, and the show sponsor Whatbox Digital can be found at, as you might guess @whatboxdigital. You can also find me and Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn, with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
_____________________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
_____________________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
_____________________________________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 45: The B2B VIP Sales Funnel To Add $1MM+ To Your Revenue In 2022
____________________________________________
VALUE BOMBS
Are you a B2B business? Is the average annual valuation for a customer five figures, six figures, or seven figures annually? If so, you're in the right place at the right time. I'm going to explain the VIP Funnel that I've engineered for you to use to go after your top dream 100 customers in a way they've likely never seen before.
____________________________________________
SOFTWARE TOOLS RECOMMENDED BY BRIAN WEBB & WHATBOX DIGITAL
Active Campaign - CRM & Marketing Automation
TypeForm - Web Forms
Monday - Project Management (on steroids)
Pipedrive - CRM Alternative
Instapage - Landing Pages
Creative Market - Graphic Design & Creative Template Resources
____________________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Spotify | Pandora | Google | iHeart Radio | Deezer | Stitcher | Amazon Music | (SoundCloud Coming Soon)
_____________________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Are you a B2B business? Is the average annual valuation for a customer five figures, six figures, or seven figures annually? If so, you're in the right place at the right time. I'm going to explain the VIP Funnel that I've engineered for you to use to go after your top dream 100 customers in a way they've likely never seen before. Let's jump in.
This is the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Hey everyone. Welcome to the show. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one premier place to learn the framework secrets and grow hacks, to grow and scale your business smarter and faster. While you're working on pursuing your dreams and growing your business, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. So, let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Welcome back to the show everyone. As I mentioned, if you're a B2B business, if a customer annual valuation represents five figures, six figures, seven figures, or even eight figures or more, you are going to want to hear about the sales funnel that I'm calling the VIP Sales Funnel, which leverages the power of shock and awe. While I believe it was Dan Kennedy, who is arguably the godfather of direct response marketing, I believe I heard Darren Hardy, former publisher of Success Magazine or editor in chief rather say the same thing, which is, "When you are going after high-value customers or clients, you can't just send them a brochure. You can't just rely on your website. You have to shock them. You have to awe them. You have to completely rise above the white noise of mediocrity that is your marketplace to get their attention."
It takes time. It takes some creativity and it takes commitment. So while I can in no way give you the comprehensive, full layout of what this funnel looks like in a podcast, since it is an audio format, I do want to explain it to you and cover some of the highlights of why it's so powerful. So let's talk about step one. The very first thing that you'd ever want to do if you're going to leverage this kind of a funnel is come up with a list of your dream 100 customers. Think of dream 100, by the way, as the minimum number of high-value prospects that you want to target. It might have 200 or 300 people, but probably focusing on 100 people at a time is more than enough to keep you busy for a while. Once you've attacked that list and you've targeted them, maybe then go onto another dream list of 100 people.
So now that we have a list of your top dream 100 customers, we are going to come up with something, I have an idea for that I'm going to share with you, but it's certainly not the only idea. But we are going to come up with something that we are going to send to them that is almost guaranteed to not be ignorable, that's almost guaranteed to not get thrown away as soon as you send it. And even if they don't engage with you right away, there are some hooks in this funnel that are going to allow you to continue to target them and tell your story to them over time. So let's continue to dig in.
You've already created your list of your dream 100 absolute top best customers that you would absolutely love to work with. Number two, we are going to come up with all of the addresses and the names of those people so that we can send them something in the mail. Yes, I'm a digital marketer. We are going to send them something physical to their address. T.
Three, we are going to leverage the power of shock and awe. We're going to do that multiple ways. They are going to know pretty quickly that we have thoughtfully decided to get in touch with them. That we have put some time and effort into getting in touch with them. Does this guarantee they're going to work with you? Absolutely not, but you have a much, much better chance than if you just run an ad or if you just send them your brochure or that you hope to just bump into them at the next industry trade show. In this particular case, I'm going to suggest that you put together a book and when I say a book, I mean a hardcover, dust jacket, well designed, beautiful pearl high gloss paper inside. It's going to be targeted just to your dream 100 and I'll break that down in just a moment.
Here's one of the big takeaways. The book is mostly going to be about them. One of the principles, one of the guiding principles that I teach my clients is what I call the [Wiffen 00:04:45] principle, "What's in it for me?" In other words, if you make a big, beautiful, gorgeous book, and all you do is turn it into a brochure about you, then you will have failed. The content that goes into the book has to be mostly 70, 80% or more completely about them. Remember, the purpose of this effort is not to sell them on doing business with you. The only purpose of this book is to sell them on spending time with you on that initial VIP encounter. And you might say, "Brian, how do you do that?"
And I've got the answer. Consider inviting them to some type of a VIP event. Now I realize that some industries have regulations and you have to work inside of those as to what you are or are not allowed to do to basically court your prospects. But assuming that that's not going to be a limiter in this case, we're going to keep talking about it. So consider inviting them to a white linen steak dinner. Consider inviting them to a big first class sporting event in your area. Dan Kennedy once also said, "He who is willing to pay the most to acquire a customer wins. They win every time." So this VIP Funnel, that's leveraging the power of shock and awe is basically trying to rise above sales speak and you're going straight for the throat. You are targeting the person that you want to bring into your fold, and you're showing them how committed you are to creating that relationship with them.
So if you do decide that making this book, which by the way, you might be thinking, "Brian, I can't go get 10,000 copies of a book done," well, one good news. You don't have to. And second, if you did, it would defeat the purpose. One pro tip that's very important about this funnel is that each book you create, one-off, one at a time should be on a per-person basis. Meaning if you were going to send this book, this invitation to Tony Robbins, it better have Tony Robbins' name all over the book, the cover, the inside, the cover letter, everywhere. It needs to be quickly conspicuous to Tony Robbins, assuming he's your target, he's our place holder target for today, it needs to be quickly conspicuous to him that that book is just for him. You did not mass produce this, and it was just for him.
And if you're looking for a resource to get that book made, go check out, blurb B-L-U-R-B.com. You can literally order books one at a time, and I'm talking for 30, 40, 50, 60 bucks a book. It is not cost-prohibitive. And even if it was more expensive, if you're going after a target that represents 5, 6, 7, or eight figures or more in annual value to your company, this is just pennies in the fountain.
The next pro tip. You must do one of two things. Either have it courier delivered if your dream 100 happens to work in the same region where you are. If they're not, either use UPS Priority or use Federal Express. Believe it or not, how you have that book delivered is almost as important as the gift or the gesture itself. Here's why. The bigger your target is, the more likely it is that they have a gatekeeper.
It could be their assistant. It could be the receptionist that is literally deciding what mail makes it onto your target and what doesn't, what gets thrown right into the trash. So if you're going to go through all of this effort to create this shock and awe package to send off, don't pinch pennies on how you deliver it. The worst thing you could do after going through all of this time and effort is to have it merely thrown in the trash because it arrived with all of the other junk mail that hits their inbox or rather their mailbox every single day. I mentioned it earlier, but again, this book should look like something that would look beautiful and blend in with all of the other books in their library, on their bookshelves. So, getting this book designed beautifully is important.
I'll restate again, the recipient's name should be on the cover of the book. It should be in the cover letter of the book. It should be used intermittently throughout the various pages of this book so that they know unequivocally that this book was made just for them. We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor, Whatbox Digital.
Do you want to grow and scale your business better and faster with fewer mistakes? Of course, you do. Then you're in the right place right now. Like so many others, you're tired of relying on a failed hope marketing system, where you're spending valuable time and money on marketing, and then hoping it works. You've thrown away tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures, and you wish you could get all of that money back. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to suffer from industry downturns, lumpy cash flow, and ultimately higher stress and sleepless nights. I'm Brian Webb, the CEO and senior guide at Whatbox Digital. I know where you are and I've been there before. It pains me to watch business owners and entrepreneurs suffer from relying on hope and bad advice that simply doesn't work.
I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency in the greater Houston metroplex for almost 20 years. Having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth time and time again. And that's exactly what I want to do for you. Our marketing strategy playbook consulting engagement allows us to do just that. In just four weeks or less, we'll take you through our three-step process that will open your eyes to the readily available growth opportunities you need, want, and deserve. To learn more or just get started, simply go to whatboxdigital.com/strategy and click the "Get started now" button, or just text the word "Playbook" to (832) 324-2432. Don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that do not work. If you want to grow and scale your business better and faster and with fewer mistakes, you are in the right place. You need to get unstuck. You need a plan and we're here to help. Let's get started today, right now.
Now on the cover letter of the book, leave a place for your signature and a postscript, a handwritten postscript. This is one more indication that this book was not mass-produced. It's letting them know that you actually took the time to sign it. And in your postscript, if you know anything about that person, which NFL football team they love, which college they went to, which sporting activity they love, reference that in the postscripts. Basically, this is your opportunity in a handwritten note to let them know that you cared enough to know something about them. Let 80% of the book or more be about the call to action that you want them to take. If you're inviting them out to a steak dinner, steak and lobster, then make the book look like it was created by a five-star steakhouse.
If you are an avid golfer and so is your prospect, your target, your dream 100, the book should probably have the look and feel of a country club, Pebble Beach. In multiple forms at least twice, if not three times, lay out what you're inviting them to do, give them an easy way to do it. Give them an easy way or multiple ways to reply to you in a way that's convenient for them and then let everything in that book be the biggest, juiciest carrot that it can possibly be. So just as a quick example, if you're inviting them on a weekend golf getaway, talk about the meals that they'll have, show them images of the gorgeous vista views, use images and text to depict what that's going to look like, a five-star resort experience. I could go long on this.
Obviously, there's a bunch of ways that we could do this. For the sake of time, I'm just trying to give you a quick idea to spur your creativity. This next part is really important. Leverage the power of QR codes, and there are multiple reasons you want to do this. QR codes stand for quick response. Coming through the COVID pandemic, almost everyone knows what that is now because of restaurants no longer have they had menus, physical menus. Everyone holds their phone up to the QR code. It just takes you to a web browser, which then takes you to the menu. But you can use this to grow your business.
This next part is an extra step, but it's going to be worth it for you because we've already determined, this customer could represent $50,000, $100,000, $500,000, $1,000,000, $10,000,000 a year to your company. It's worth it. Because remember we're not mass producing this. We're hand-picking 10 people at a time, 50 or 100 that we feel like are our dream customers.
For everyone that you send this book to, you are going to create a companion landing page. On that landing page, the look and feel should look like your brand and their brand had a baby and that baby is the landing page. It should look like you are already under the presumption that you're going to work together. Use your brand colors, use their brand colors. If you want to take them golfing, have images and background videos of golf courses and people enjoying the sport. But at the top of that landing page is going to be a video from you speaking right into the camera, talking just to them. You are going to mention the recipient by name. You're going to give two or three reasons why you would love to do business with them. And you are going to use your tone of voice, your body language, and everything that you can to warmly invite them to the event that the book has done so in writing and in images, visually.
Now let me tell you why you want to do this. One, nobody else is doing it. I guarantee you that. None of your competitors are doing this. You've probably heard it said that there is never a traffic jam when going the extra mile. Second, you want to know if they read the book. If they scan that QR code, the one that takes them to that landing page with your video, you're going to track that QR code and you're going to, at the very least, know that the recipient that you sent it to took the time to scan that QR code, which means there's a good chance they watched the video that you made for them. Now, what if they stop there and they don't take any action? You should have additional steps in the funnel where there is follow-up, LinkedIn follow-up, email follow-up, even using direct response print mail follow-up.
You're not going to go through all of this effort and then just hope they do something. You are going to follow up until they basically tell you, "Yes," or "Leave me alone." But one principle I also teach, this is a guiding principle, is that it takes people a long time, sometimes dozens, 21 to 24 times minimum before people go through the three phases of a relationship, meaning they had no idea that you existed, but now they have awareness. Then you develop trust through enlightenment over time before they finally get to a commitment. So this is a numbers game. Not everyone, in fact, most of the people that you send this book to are not going to ever take you up on your offer, but you don't care because if one out of 100 does, it was still worthy of the time and money invested to get that new customer.
And obviously, we're shooting for more than one. A conversion rate can be much better than that. But let's assume that they sit still and freeze right there and they do nothing. Since you're doing this right, you have attracted them to a landing page that has all of the tracking pixels on it. Why do you care about that? The reason that you care is because now you can continue to target them with retargeting ads on Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, YouTube, Google. And by the way, I could do an entire podcast just about the clever ways to tactically retarget them. But at the very least, if they had no idea that you existed the day before they got the book or the day before they scanned and arrived at your landing page, you now have the opportunity using retargeting video advertising online to continue to tell your story, to continue to enlighten them, to continue to build trust over time and authority and demonstrate empathy.
So, as I mentioned in the beginning, it's pretty much impossible to fully flesh this out over a podcast since it is just an audio platform, but I wanted to give you the broad vision of what this is. You are targeting VIP customers who represent a lot of growth opportunities for your business. You are leveraging the power of shock and awe, you are doing something that none of your competitors are doing. And you are showing up in a way that is thoughtful, that is innovative, that is hyper-targeted, that is intentional. You are doing everything you can to show up in a way that you can't be ignored. Not everyone is going to work with you right away, but I guarantee you, you will have made an impression, a very, very good impression. And even if you have a 2%, 3%, 5% close rate, since we've already established that each one of these targets could represent 5, 6, 7, or 8 figures a year in annual valuation for your business, the results are going to be phenomenal.
If this is something that you'd like to unpack a little more, or you just flat out need the help of getting this executed, reach out to us at Whatbox Digital. Go to whatboxdigital.com. We're here to help. Or if you just want to start the conversation, text me (832) 324-2432. Drop the words VIP and your name into the text and we can start a conversation. That's it for this week. More great stuff coming soon to help you grow your business smarter and faster. Let's keep going and growing together. I will see you on the next episode.
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode and if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at, @BrianWebb and the show sponsor, Whatbox Digital can be found at, as you might guess @WhatBoxDigital. You can also find me in Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links and the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities and you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
_____________________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website
_____________________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
_____________________________________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue smarter and faster.
In today’s episode, Brian Webb discusses 13 lead magnets you can create in 30 minutes or less to consistently generate new leads for your business. Brian loves to help businesses make better marketing decisions to grow their revenue smarter & faster! He is the CEO of Whatbox Digital and the host of the 'Learn More Earn More Business Growth' podcast.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 44: 13 Lead Magnets You Can Create In 30 Minutes Or Less To Consistently Generate New Leads For Your Business
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Hey, this is Brian Webb. You're listening to the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth podcast, brought to you by What Box Digital.
Hey there everyone, welcome to the show. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business smarter and faster, whether you're an aspiring entrepreneur or a thriving business owner, this podcast is designed just for you so you can learn from the best industry experts in the world. I'll bring you exclusive interviews with authors, thought leaders, and successful business titans who share their stories and business journeys so we can draw insights and learn from their successes and struggles together. As you're working on growing your business and pursuing your dreams, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid the costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way, and I promise we'll have some fun in the process. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Hey everyone, welcome to the show today. This is Brian Webb, your host. I'm flying solo today, and today I'm going to talk all things lead magnet and I'm going to describe what a lead magnet is, we're going to talk about the important components of a lead magnet, and I'm going to share with you thirteen of my favorite lead magnets that you can use to grow your email list, cultivate leads, and grow your business and increase your revenue.
Now I know good and well that my podcast audience is really a blend of entrepreneurs and business leaders, people who probably don't even really know marketing, you're wanting to learn. And I've got people in the audience who quite frankly, are very, very sophisticated marketers, and some of those have actually been on the podcast. So today I'm talking to you, entrepreneur, solopreneur, business owner, the person who wants to learn how to grow your business smarter and faster, but you have no idea what all this marketing stuff is.
And today, as I told you, we're going to talk about lead magnets and you might be thinking, first of all, Brian, what is a lead magnet? Lead magnet is really an industry term. It's nomenclature. All it is is an online incentive offered to your prospects in exchange for their email address or their cell phone number. Generally speaking, lead magnets are downloadable digital content, an ebook, a PDF checklist, a white paper, or a training course, or what is called a sideway sales letter, meaning a video series that might drip down over several days or a week or two. But a lead magnet is also known, AKA by the way, as a lead generator can be an opt-in offer, meaning you always are trying to collect their email address and/or their cell phone number, but it could be for a course, it could be for a coupon or a video series.
The goal of your lead magnet is basically to attract, to dangle what Dan Sullivan calls that juicy carrot, attract visitors to sign up for whatever your online business is offering and/or your brick and mortar business. And before I share some of my favorite lead magnets, and these are powerful by the way, because remember you can make these in a half-hour or less. So the four elements of a lead magnet are one, you need a form. You need a place where your audience, your prospects, can go and give you their information in exchange for the lead magnet or the lead generator that you want to give back to them.
Second, you need a piece of content. This needs to be something as enticing as possible, as irresistible as possible, that you offer to your visitor in exchange for their information. Delivery email, obviously, someone came to the forum. They said yes, they raised their hand, they took a micro-step in your direction. You already have your content, you've got to deliver that to them. You're going to do that via a delivery email, so this email gets sent to your visitor, who fills out that form, which includes a link or a file to the content that you're giving to them. And ultimately, you need a thank you page. This is the page that your visitor will see after they download the content or fill out your form. Right?
So while this fourth element is really an option, it's a great way to kickstart the relationship with you and your new lead, your prospect. And you might be asking yourself, do lead magnets actually work? And the answer is an emphatic yes. There's all kinds of benefits associated with using a lead magnet. For example, if you're an online business, your offer is an excellent list-building opportunity to help you develop customer relationships and ultimately increase sales, right?
Additionally, lead magnets really work to help you create an audience for your business that's going to be super, super receptive to your marketing efforts, ads, email campaigns, sales calls, everything. Because people in this audience have already demonstrated an interest in your business, your products, your services, and that you have generously given them something that alleviates pain, a problem, you solve a problem.
So if you're going to be making a lead magnet, no matter what type it's going to be, and remember, I'm going to share 13 of them with you today, right? Here are the guiding principles that you need for every lead magnet that you ever make. Hopefully, the first one is the most obvious, be valuable. Be ridiculously valuable. Nothing in life is free, including building an email list of prospects, growing your leads.
But in order for them to give up that information, future customers want something valuable. Again, solve a problem, deliver them from pain, or propel them towards pleasure. An example of delivering them from paying, for example, might be eight tips to save $100,000 on your income taxes this year, right? That's painful. Propelling them towards pleasure might become to our resort for a free night's stay. That's giving them something that would bring pleasure into their life.
Second, offer instant gratification. Anyone who gives you their email address, or even better their cell phone number, they're looking for a solution now. So your lead magnet or your lead generator should be easy to sign up for, and it should quickly deliver on, its promise, whatever that value proposition is. The longer it takes for your prospect to apply or receive your offer, the more likely it is that they will lose interest or just become distracted.
Third, it should be well designed. If your lead magnet is just unappealing, unprofessional, undesirable, if it's sloppy, your audience won't have much faith in your brand or company or what you do. Your lead magnet design is a core part of creating an asset that builds trust with your audience. So make sure whatever you create, it looks professional and it's easy on the eyes. And you might say, Brian, I'm not a designer. Hint, hint, Canva.com, C-A-N-V-A.com. You don't have to be a great anymore, there's all kinds of templates out there in the world that you can literally go drag and drop and move right into without having any graphic design experience whatsoever.
And fourth, it should align with your business, your products, and your services. Your lead magnet should build consumer trust in your company, so the content that you provide should align with what your business does. For example, if you're a CPA, your lead magnet should probably not be a coupon for 50% off a gallon of paint. If you're a personal chef, your lead magnet probably shouldn't be thirteen of your favorite lead magnets. I think you're getting the point, right?
So now that you understand what a lead magnet, also known as a lead generator, is I want to share with you thirteen of my favorite lead magnets that are super easy to create. First, if you have a blog, create a PDF file for your highest performing blog posts. So in other words, if you already have a blog, all you have to do is do a quick copy and paste, again, into a well designed document, convert that into a PDF, super easy, and then let that be the deliverable. So maybe log into your Google analytics account, see which blog posts are performing the best. The ones that get the most traffic or the most engagement, convert those into a PDF, make that the deliverable lead magnet. And it simply would not be hard at all to jazz them up, add some images, add a graph, add a chart.
Second, consider giving away transcripts. Are you a podcaster? Are you creating video content for a YouTube channel or TikTok? Then consider making transcripts for each one of those videos. While most people do love videos, some people do prefer to consume content in different ways. For example, some would rather read a book than listen to the audio book. If you have made video content, you've already done the hard work, you've spent hours and hours and hours of creating editing and post-production, so why not go ahead and turn that into a transcript and let that be used as a lead magnet. There are all kinds of services that you can use to get audio or video transcribed into text like Rev.com, Trint, T-R-I-N-T, or Data List. These services are well worth the small cost of you using them to get a transcript from your video content.
My third option or idea is think about creating a quick checklist. They are easy to make and people love checklists. Here are some examples, X number of steps to follow to create a how to blog post or a podcast, right? Or X materials needed for a do it yourself project. Or steps to follow while thinking through a particular project or an action. Or ten must have items that you need, things, whatever those are, that you can't live without. Next think about showcasing your "best in show" content with a swipe file. For copywriters, this might be a compilation of your best copy, your sales letters, emails, blog posts, or other projects that you're literally allowing people just to swipe it and use it.
Regardless of what industry space or vertical that you're in, you can create a swipe file, I promise you, particularly of your best work to give away as a lead magnet. This might be past sales materials, client work, properties you've sold, quotes, blog posts, whatever. To create a swipe file, just be sure to compile documents you already have so that you can put it together quickly, follow the same processes we talked about with the checklist. Once you have all of that, make it into a PDF, protect that golden content with a lead form, there you go, 30 minutes or less.
Here's an idea for those engineers out there. Those left brainers, think about delivering some analytics. Even as I'm recording this podcast. I can think of my engineer friends and colleagues and clients, and they love numbers, so sharing real world results or numerical based data can give number loving prospects the value that they love. This could be an Excel spreadsheet, it could be a graph, marketing results, a white paper, split test numbers, experiments, schedules, whatever. Just be sure to steer clear of anything that's confidential or proprietary, but this is a great one for your left brainers out there.
We'll get back to the podcast in just a moment, but first a quick message from our sponsor, What Box Digital. So you want to grow your business smarter and faster, but to grow your business you need a consistent flow of sales leads through your website, but to get those leads, you need traffic, and to get quality organic traffic, your website needs to show up front of line and top of page in the search engines above your competitors. Do you even know how well your website is performing online? Do you know if your competitors are dominating you when searching for the products and services that you provide? Do you even know how Google sees your online presence in comparison to your competition?
I bet you don't, but we're here to help. We have a robust online tool for you to get an accurate snapshot overview of your online business and how you compare to your competitors, and it's absolutely free. All you have to do is go to WhatBoxDigital.com and click on the free report button. You'll be immediately taken to a form where you can provide some basic information about your business, and within just 24 hours, you'll have a robust, completely personalized, diagnostic analysis of your business's online presence and how you compare with your competitors. This free snapshot report is like getting an online marketing MRI for your business. And again, it's absolutely free, so stop being lost in the fray online search and stop letting your competitors dominate you and your ability to get more leads and grow your business smarter and faster. Again, simply go to WhatBoxDigital.com and click on the get free report button. You'll get your free snapshot report for your business within 24 hours. Do it today, you'll be glad you did.
Here's another one, give away pieces or parts of your products or service. At the end a day, whenever you're offering someone a lead magnet, your ultimate goal is what? To eventually sell your products or services. So ideally in a best case scenario, your lead magnet should help to pre-sell, to demonstrate value, thought leadership and generosity, but to pre-sell whatever product or service that you eventually want to ask them to buy anyway.
Grocery stores do this, perhaps the best. I go to my local HEB here in the Houston, Texas metroplex. There's a chef, they're cooking, they're letting you sample their products, recipes, they're being generous. I can't tell you the number of times that I tried something at the grocery store, and then I bought the soup. I bought the ingredients for specific recipe. Well Brian, I don't have a grocery store. Well, maybe you're an author, give away a free chapter of your book. Maybe you're a graphic designer, maybe give away a website template. Maybe you're a consultant, give away the first module in your online course. Or if you're a realtor, how about that one? It might be a quick list of properties. Bottom line is that by giving away a piece of your product, you're giving your audience a taste of what full access or premium service that you offer might be for them as an experience.
Now just a few moments ago, I told you about checklists. A checklist is in essence a to do list. It's a step by step how to, but a list all by itself is another phenomenal, phenomenal, phenomenal lead magnet. People love lists. Here are just a few, 25 email subject lines that get people to convert. My 24 favorite fill in the blank restaurants in Houston, Texas. Thirteen inspirational quotes. Twenty-nine pro tips for the manufacturing industry. Sixteen strategies to reform better as an athlete. The options that you have for creating lists are infinite and easy, so think of a list that you can create to educate your audience about your products or services or to inspire them to again, move away from some form of pain or move towards some form of pleasure.
Here's an idea, give away how-tos, give away recipes. If you're a chef, if you're a trainer, if you're an instructor, a gym owner, a blog, or whatever, consider giving away a how-to document or a recipe for what you do. And if you're thinking well Brian, I'm not a cook, a recipe does not have to be for just food. Regardless of what industry you're in, you can produce a recipe for basically any result that your audience is interested in. That could be a quick list of how to do something well, a recipe or a how-to for how to carve a wooden canoe, a recipe for learning how to export Facebook data, or for how to create a custom audience in Facebook. Basically just keep in mind, you can turn your own experiences into a case study or a step by step recipe so that other people who want to replicate your results can do it.
This next one can be a lot of fun. Think about giving away your personal routines. We all have them. If you have a routine that your potential audience would find valuable, put it into a PDF and give it away. This could be your habits. This could be what your perfect week Monday through Friday looks like. Maybe it's fifteen productivity hacks that you have just learned over the years. Maybe it's something from your business playbook, your calendar, other shortcuts, whatever. If you're a mechanic, your personal shortcut might be the fastest way to change your own oil or the fastest way to check your own engine. You might be thinking well Brian, I'm a life coach. How about the three things I do every morning to make sure I have a great day?
Here's another one. Think about giving away your presentations. If you've created presentations, the odds are favorable that you have a couple of slide decks or PowerPoint presentations or a keynote presentation that's lurking somewhere in your hard drive that you could be sharing with your audience. A little bonus idea. If you're giving a presentation, you could set up a text message campaign that you show during your presentation that allows those in your audience to go and give you their information so that you can send them the slide deck. So you're actually creating a lead magnet that can be offered in real time. Don't forget we live in a microwave culture, people want a lot of information or ideas. They want it fast, they want it brief, and slide decks are a super digestible piece of content that can successfully be shared as a downloadable. Super, super easy.
Here's one. What about your top frequently asked questions? You're a business owner, you're an entrepreneur, it's likely that you already know what questions your customers want to ask. You've been doing this for a long time. Pull together a list of your top ten, top five, top fifteen most frequently asked questions, turn it into a PDF with the answers. The best FAQs handle all of the objections that your clients may have when they're considering buying your particular products or services, so make sure you address those. This is a super, super cool opportunity to address those objections and you can provide targeted responses to their concerns. I'd be shocked if this particular lead magnet took you more than 20 minutes to create.
Here's one. Give away a valuable video clip. You've created videos, probably. If so, giving away your best of video content as a lead magnet is a great idea for you to consider. Maybe it's a 15-minute clip from your past webinar that you did, or a video clip from a conference presentation that you did, or even a video of your blog content. And a bonus hack on this one. Let's just say that you end up with eight or nine video clips, don't put them all into a single folder and let them go get them, deliver them one at a time. Maybe if you have eight, deliver them one every day for the next eight days. Not only have you provided value, not only have you delivered what you said that you would, but you're getting a piece of real estate in their brain. Even if it's just for a second, even if they don't open the email for the next eight days, you're showing up. They're catching your personality, your tone of voice, your body language. It just gives you an opportunity to over an extended period of time deliver that value, drip that value to them.
So that makes twelve, so the last one that I'm going to share with you, number thirteen, think about sharing your top resources or your tools. Consider making a resource guide. This type of a guide is simply a list of your favorite tools. It could be the apps that you use, it's resources that you'd like to recommend to your audience. Maybe this is a list of your top websites. Maybe it's the tools that you use or the apps that you run your business on. By the way, if you do this, include links to all of those websites. And it probably can go without being said, but I'm going to say it anyway, your list of resources should probably entice your audience to want your products or services. On that list, your final recommendation should always include your business website or your business's app or your business's software for that matter.
So there you have it, thirteen of my favorite lead magnets, the four guiding principles for what a lead magnet basically is, how they work. Every client I work with, everyone, we all need a sales funnel, we all need a stack of sales funnels. And the way that you do that is growing your email list, growing your SMS phone number list, so that you can nurture your audience over time. Deliver value first, get value later. You're just going to win whenever you are generous and whenever you give value, and when you demonstrate your competence and your thought leadership. That's the underlying foundation for success. If you want to effectively and consistently use marketing, marketing done right, to grow your business.
That's it for today, guys. I hope this was valuable. And don't forget, if you need help creating lead magnets, creating sales funnels, creating systems that help you to effectively grow your business, just go to WhatBoxDigital.com, raise your hand, and let us know. We are here to help. That's it for today. I'll see you on the next episode.
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode, and if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @BrianWebb, and the show sponsor What Box Digital can be found at, as you might guess, @WhatBoxDigital.
You can also find me and What Box Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities, and you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
Erin Pheil is a business leader and a coach who built a nationally-ranked digital agency for 16 years. She is an entrepreneur and she knows your struggles well. It was her own pain and stress that led her to research and discover her approach, which drives her 95% success rate and consistent results. Today, Erin will show us how to identify and remove the negative mindsets that prevent you from growing your business and achieving your goals.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guests: Erin Pheil
Episode 43: How To Identify & Remove The Negative Mindsets That Prevent You From Growing Your Business & Achieving Your Goals
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
The MidFix Group
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Hey, Erin, welcome to the show. You're a busy business leader, a coach, an entrepreneur. You've taken time out of your busy schedule to be here today. So welcome to the show.
Erin Pheil:
Thank you for having me. It's great to be here.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, it's a pleasure to have you here. So I want you to let the audience know what it is that you and your company do to have a positive impact in people's lives. Share that with the audience today, if you don't mind.
Erin Pheil:
Sure. So I am the founder of The MindFix Group and we specialize in providing rapid root problem removal for your mind. So leaders and entrepreneurs and high performers hire us when they want to get out of their own way. And we help them by rapidly and permanently first identifying and then eliminating their biggest mental roadblocks and barriers and the things that are holding them back. So that could look like anything ranging from perfectionism to procrastination, fear of success, fear of failure, fear of being seen, anger issues, difficulty saying no, imposter syndrome, things like that. Because most leaders get stuck or find themselves in their own way at some points along their journey. Bottom line is our work allows leaders and high performers to eliminate their stickiest blind spots and their fears, and their insecurities, self-doubt, and anxieties that are holding them back. Usually in just a couple of hours a week for a short period of time.
Brian Webb:
Wow. That's interesting. One of the things that you taught me is that the quote-unquote, personal development space is a 14 billion dollar a year revenue industry. I had no idea it was that much. And I know that people, I've seen people and I've even done it, they can spend thousands or tens of thousands of dollars on programs to help them improve their lives. And yet these programs don't seem to always create lasting change for most people. Why do you think that is?
Erin Pheil:
Yeah. From my experience, what I have seen is that a lot of the programs that are out there focus on addition. And when I say addiction, I mean that they focus on trying to help people cope with their challenges. So people have these issues say, avoidance or procrastination and they'll try to go to coaching or they'll do personal development, or they'll go to a seminar. And what they learn are tools of how to deal with their challenges. You need to meditate longer, you need to write more in your journal, you need to cope with this challenge. We're going to give you some balm and we're going to give you more bandaids to try and make you feel better and cope with the issue. When at the end of the day that doesn't solve the root problem of why the issue is there in the first place.
Erin Pheil:
So our approach and the way that we have seen so many people truly be able to heal from their challenges is when you can dive in and identify why someone is stuck and why they're experiencing challenges and problems. And then you subtract. So instead of adding more and adding more responsibilities, and adding tools, and adding tactics, and adding techniques to cope with your challenges, if we can subtract the root cause of why you're experiencing it, then the challenge can go away and it can go away rapidly. And you're not left with the frustrating challenge of trying to continue maintaining or coping with it for the long term.
Brian Webb:
And when you say subtract, I'm curious, do you mean helping them to overcome head trash? Or is it a matter of removing a relationship out of their life or getting rid of a habit? What do you mean when you say subtract?
Erin Pheil:
That's a really good question. So when I say subtract, I mean, we want to go in and identify the root cause of why someone is experiencing what they're experiencing.
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Erin Pheil:
And then pull that out. So instead of addition, instead of more tools, and tactics, and strategies that help people cope with their challenges, we want to subtract. It's almost like instead of putting more bandaids and balm over the splinter, let's go in, find the splinter that's causing the pain and pull it out. So when it comes to mental challenges or mind challenges, sometimes people call this head trash. We might call it belief systems or belief structures, competing commitments, internal conflicts. There are a lot of things that can be the root causes of people's mind challenges.
Brian Webb:
When you talk about conflicting conclusions, is that akin to conflicting wishes? I was once taught that I read Jean Chatzky's book called The Difference. She's a financial analyst on TV. And she talks about why do people not achieve their financial goals or their health goals? And she brought up the fact that it's because all of us, we have conflicting wishes. So yes, someone thinks of themselves. Yes. I want to save for my future, but I also want to enjoy my life today and go buy myself something nice. Does that play a part in the therapy that you're providing to people?
Erin Pheil:
Yeah. Sometimes when we can uncover what we call competing commitments, we'll find that different parts of our mind want different things and we're often not aware of it. So as an example, there was an entrepreneur I worked with just this week and he was feeling very stuck and he was finding that he wasn't doing what he needed to do to move his business forward. And he could not for the life of him, figure out why. He kept going to kind of, seminars and business-building workshops and working with a mentor. But he just could not bring himself to move forward and take action. And he didn't know why. And so what he found was that we found quite a few kind of competing commitments. And what was really interesting is we found that he kept beating himself up. And at the end of the day, his true goals, he wanted to accept himself and love himself and he wasn't.
Brian Webb:
Wow.
Erin Pheil:
And as we got into a conversation, what we uncovered is that part of him had a fear that if he loved himself, if he accepted himself, if he said he was okay with himself, that would completely prevent him from moving forward. Part of him was absolutely convinced that if he was okay with himself, he would have no more desire to change or improve or grow. So here he is wanting to accept himself and another part going, you can never accept yourself because then you won't move forward. And it was keeping him in a double bind because he wasn't moving forward because he was beating himself up.
Brian Webb:
That's fascinating. Oh my goodness.
Erin Pheil:
Right.
Brian Webb:
Wow.
Erin Pheil:
And he had no idea of this conflict until we were able to kind of go in and gently explore this. Well, of course, he couldn't move forward. Of course, he was absolutely frozen because this part of him, this hidden part underneath absolutely was terrified that if he was okay with himself, he would lose everything and he would just never move forward. And so when you can uncover these double binds, these mental knots, these competing desires and commitments that we have, suddenly bringing that awareness to your mind allows us to get unstuck versus here's another tool or let's map out your schedule for the week when these really deeper elements are kind of sitting below the surface powering you and keeping you stuck.
Brian Webb:
Do you find that, let's just take this particular client or these philosophies, these conflicting kind of philosophies. Were they self-imposed or was it a learned philosophy from his upbringing?
Erin Pheil:
Oh, I mean, everything is learned, right?
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Okay.
Erin Pheil:
We pick these things up from somewhere in our life, whether we see things modeled by people that we respect. We learn things in business classes, and courses, and books, or school that we feel are true. Or we subconsciously absorb them when we're little kids.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Erin Pheil:
We pick these things up from somewhere. Oftentimes they do come from childhood, but then those things can clash with what we learn later on in our adult lives.
Brian Webb:
I would imagine that there's different ways that people can find themselves feeling stuck, whether it be their career, or their income, their relationships. What are a couple of those? And what advice do you typically find in yourself giving to your clients? I'm curious.
Erin Pheil:
Okay. Let's break this down into two different questions to make sure I can give you solid answers here. So the first question is where are different areas in life that people find themselves feeling stuck? Is that correct?
Brian Webb:
Well more so. I think what I'm asking is not where do they find themselves in life feeling stuck, but what are some of the common reasons that people get stuck?
Erin Pheil:
Oh, why do people get stuck? Gotcha. Gotcha. So what we find so often, assuming that again, assuming there's not something going on in the body or the nervous system and people are feeling like they can't move forward, we often find that people are experiencing counterproductive thoughts, counterproductive emotions, and counterproductive actions or lack of actions because of what they believe to be true. So often our beliefs are running the show. They're like these lines of code and programming that are determining how we show up every day. I always laugh and give an example of like, if you believe that cats are dangerous and you go out for a walk and you see a cat, that's going to impact the thoughts that you have when you see the cat, that's going to impact how you feel when you see the cat, that's going to impact the actions you take when you see the cat. All of those things, your entire experience around a cat can be influenced by a belief.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Erin Pheil:
And we have so many beliefs, conflicting beliefs, and beliefs that we picked up when we were younger and they truly do... We walk around going, no, I have full control over everything. And our conscious mind does, but our subconscious mind where these beliefs and the programming exist really are running 90% of our decisions and our choice and our actions as we go throughout our day. So you can imagine what say a leader or an entrepreneur might experience if they have a simple belief like asking for help makes me look weak and they're committed to looking like a strong leader for their team.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Erin Pheil:
How that's going to impact what the they do and don't do over the course of a month, regardless of the advice they get or how great their team is. So these unique lines of code that we each have that are all slightly different, are running the show. So to circle back to your question, what are some of the reasons people get stuck? So often times we find that their beliefs, which are sometimes hidden from their awareness, are running the show in that they have problematic or limiting beliefs that are keeping them stuck in loops and ways of being that aren't serving them.
Brian Webb:
I've had the good fortune to have many mentors in my life, many of which, by the way, never have known that I'm alive. They're people I've not even met. One of those in a huge way, his name was Jim Ron, and many people in the audience may have heard of him. He's actually passed away, broke my heart when it happened. But he said, more than once he says the duck has to fly south every winter because it's in the genetic code and the duck cannot disobey his genetic code. Right. He said, but we as human beings, we can change our minds today and move in a completely different direction tomorrow. And I feel like it's a little bit what you're saying to us today. How realistic is it for someone to experience a permanent lasting change in behavior in just a few months, especially if they've been with a therapist for a decade and they have been to all of Tony Robbins's events? Speak into that, if you don't mind.
Erin Pheil:
Sure. We see it. We see it a lot. Before I got into this work, I never would've believed it myself. I started therapy when I was a little kid.
Brian Webb:
Wow.
Erin Pheil:
I used to come home crying from school as a seven-year-old and just be inconsolable. And my parents started sending me to therapy just as a young kid. So I have done that route, therapy, and coaching off and on for so many years. It always felt frustrating because I would talk with someone, but nothing ever felt like it really changed or really shifted. It just felt like I was going to vent to someone. And that was my experience. I know there's a lot of really great therapists and coaches and experts out there, but I know that for many of us change feels like it's out of our reach. And yet when I started getting into this type of work, into the work of transformation and rapid transformation, which even three months compared to 20 years is quite quick.
Brian Webb:
Sure.
Erin Pheil:
We see people change. We see people in a matter of months come in with challenges, and fears, and ways of being, and harsh inner critics, and inability to move forward and perform. And after, within a few months time, three months, sometimes four or five, but it was in a matter of a couple of hours a week, we watch people shift. And we've gone back to our original clients from years ago, and asked them, Hey, how is the problem, the challenges that originally worked on, are they still gone? And the answers are, it's an overwhelming yes.
Erin Pheil:
When you pull out the challenges that you're dealing with and you pull out the root causes, right, you pull the seed of the weed instead of chopping down the flower every time, you really can have something go away and stop holding you back for the long term. Now, this doesn't mean you won't have a bad day, or you'll never have a negative thought, but these challenges no longer hold you back. And we see it day in and day out, and you can look at our results page and see just the hundreds of people who have had that very experience. It is absolutely possible.
Brian Webb:
Wow. Let me ask you this. Would you mind, would you be comfortable sharing an example of someone who you've worked with, who they thought nothing would work for them. Right. But they've experienced the transformation you've been talking about today. Do you mind sharing an anonymous example of course?
Erin Pheil:
Sure. Absolutely. We worked with an entrepreneur who was building a number of different online communities, and each of her communities had thousands and thousands of members. She was working with a mentor who was giving her guidance on how she was to scale her business. She was told that she needed to begin promoting herself, being on podcasts, being on interviews, and doing more PR work. And she was also told, Hey, it's time you start letting go of some of your work because you're doing work that you really should have more of an assistant and a team doing for you. You're too busy for what you're doing. So this woman needed to delegate more. And then also start being seen as the leader of her company.
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Erin Pheil:
And I think about four or five, six months passed, and she realized that she hadn't done any of it. She kept procrastinating. She kept avoiding. She was getting opportunities to speak and somehow kept turning them down. Something would always come up.
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Erin Pheil:
And she wasn't building her team. So what ended up happening is we worked with her for a couple of months and she picked up the phone one day and called me and she's like, Erin, you'll never guess what. I said, what? She's like, I am a delegating machine now. I've brought a couple of people onto my team. I'm no longer terrified. I can let go of some of this control,
Brian Webb:
Wow.
Erin Pheil:
And it feels amazing. And also I've started saying yes to all of these PR and media opportunities. I've been in the Washington Post. I've been in the, she was in Entrepreneur Magazine. She was in the Huffington Post. She was in a number of different, really big media outlets for the work that she was doing with Facebook. And it was absolutely beautiful. She said it's been easy. It's been fun. I'm going live on Facebook and social media multiple times a day.
Brian Webb:
Wow.
Erin Pheil:
The fear of being seen is just gone. And it was like I was talking to a different person and she was just so vibrant. So someone who had been putting this off and weeks, and weeks, and weeks, and weeks, and weeks with no movement suddenly came around and was like, this is enjoyable and I'm loving it and the fear's gone and I'm just taking off. And thank you so much. So that was a fun example.
Brian Webb:
One, thanks for being here. I feel like this has been a therapy session for me today too. I feel like I should be lying on a sofa somewhere. And I always feel like I get to learn and glean from every guest I have on. And you have been no exception. So one, thank you for the impact that you're having in the world. Because clearly, you're just helping so many people. And tell the audience that wants to learn how to find you, where's the best place to connect with you, learn more about your services that you provide. Where is the best place for them to do that?
Erin Pheil:
Sure. Best place is definitely our website, mindfixgroup.com. We have a free training. We have a long results page where you can see what's possible. We have case studies and if anyone wants to reach out, they're welcome to either apply or learn more just about what we do. I'm also available on Facebook, on social media. I post regularly about work with our clients what's possible, latest findings, and thoughts. And I'm the only, I believe Erin Pheil on Facebook at this time.
Brian Webb:
Ah, okay. Good to know. Oprah made Dr. Phil famous. I think that you should be the Dr. Pheil and we should start having a segment of the podcast so we can give the world therapy through the podcast. Right. See there. Well, thank you so much for being here, Erin. You've made a big difference today. I'm just so grateful that I got to spend time with you today.
Erin Pheil:
Awesome. Thank you for having me.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH ERIN PHEIL
Facebook | Website | Email
__________________________________
Jennifer Hudye is a marketer, copywriter, entrepreneur, and the Founder and CEO of Conscious Copy & Co., one of the top copywriting companies in the digital marketing world where they help entrepreneurs communicate their vision and message in a way that inspires people to take action. Today, she is going to share with us 5 secrets to writing copy that gets the right people to click, open, and buy.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guests: Jennifer Hudye
Episode 42: 5 Secrets To Writing Copy That Gets The Right People To Click, Open, & Buy
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Conscious Copy & Co.
Jennifer Hudye Website
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Well, Jennifer, it's a pleasure to have you on the podcast. I've been thinking about this for quite some time, because we've been planning this for quite some time, as you know, but welcome to the show today.
Jennifer Hudye:
Thank you for having me.
Brian Webb:
So, I've already told the audience who you are and what you do and what you're about, but I'd love to hear you share your story a little bit. How did you go about becoming a copywriter and where did that all start for you?
Jennifer Hudye:
Yeah, I really stumbled into copywriting, to be honest. I was not a writer growing up. Didn't really enjoy writing.
Brian Webb:
Yeah?
Jennifer Hudye:
And I was partially dyslexic, so I can't spell, or anything like that, worth anything.
Brian Webb:
Really? Okay.
Jennifer Hudye:
Yeah. So it's funny, but when I was in college, I was determined to really come up with a business idea that I could turn into a business so that I could be full-time building a business at the end of college and tdhen full-time after college. And so I think it was a couple years in, I went to my first ever online marketing event. It was actually a Brendon Burchard event, so it was like personal development meets online marketing, and my world was blasted wide open with this world that I knew nothing about. And I saw so much possibility because I saw that I could really bootstrap a business with just an idea alone.
And so after attending the event, I was a group fitness instructor and personal trainer at the time, in college. And so I first decided to create an online program for millennial women, which were the women that were coming to my fitness classes every day, and started to take some of the processes that I was learning about the online marketing world and built my first ever online product, which I called the Strong Mind, Sexy Body Blueprint.
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Jennifer Hudye:
And when I launched it, I spent months and months on creating the best videos and logos and perfecting the course. And my marketing was a total afterthought. And I just figured, well, that's saying build it and they will come.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Jennifer Hudye:
So I created this course and then launched it and it was like crickets.
Brian Webb:
Wow.
Jennifer Hudye:
Nobody... Well, there was a couple sales that trickled in throughout the week, but my goal was to have 30 people in my first launch.
Brian Webb:
Sure. Yeah.
Jennifer Hudye:
And so after that happened, I was super bummed and I was at the point of thinking, well maybe I got to scrap the course, maybe it's the course, or maybe it's the logo.
Brian Webb:
Sure.
Jennifer Hudye:
And I actually, before doing that, I went on a walk and I found this podcast similar to this one, and the two hosts were talking, and they talked about this concept called direct response copywriting.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Jennifer Hudye:
Which I knew nothing about.
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Jennifer Hudye:
And one of the hosts said, if you want to build a business online, you need to master the art and science of copywriting, which is written words that sell, or persuasion in print.
Brian Webb:
Sure.
Jennifer Hudye:
And it was like this light bulb moment went off for me where I was like, oh my gosh, this is the missing piece. I didn't even consider. Although I had a sales page for my site, it was, when I looked at it through the lens of some of what I had learned about direct response copyrighting, I realized that I was doing so much of it wrong, where I was making all of the copy and everything about me and the product, versus what is the problem that I'm solving for the client. So I dove right in, and fast forward, started to get my hands on any sort of copywriting book training I could, launch my course again, a couple months later, sold out within 48 hours.
Brian Webb:
Fascinating. Awesome.
Jennifer Hudye:
And that was just like the piece that I needed to really double down on the skill.
And then fast forward a couple of years after that, and I had really started to dial in a few of my funnels and I had business owners reaching out to me in my space saying, hey, can you help me with my copy? Can you help me with the strategy for some of my funnels, similar to what you're doing? So I just started doing it on the side here and there, because I thought it was really fun and I loved helping them. And then back in 2015, it got to the point where I was partially running these two businesses. And I was like, I got to choose one and double down. And I loved the helping business owners and entrepreneurs so much with really their message and their copy. So I doubled down on that.
From there, honestly, in 2015 it just took off. And since then we've worked with a lot of pretty well known people, everyone from Brendon Burchard, Joe Polish, Eben Pegan, Bulletproof Coffee, JJ Virgin, pretty much the the who's who-
Brian Webb:
The who's who-
Jennifer Hudye:
... In the industry. Yeah. And it has been helped thousands of entrepreneurs through our conscious copy method, built a team, et cetera. And it's been just continuing to expand from there.
Brian Webb:
So I know that you draw a distinction between what copy is, as opposed to what content is. Explain that for the audience today, if you would.
Jennifer Hudye:
Yeah. So I believe that the goal of content is for people to understand you. If you think about education, information, you're trying to get someone to understand your world. Where the goal of copy, is for people to feel understood. And the spotlight is shining on your target audience, who is it that you want to help? And it's a completely different... It's a not completely, but it's a very different hat that you're wearing for either one. I remember speaking at an event once and this New York time bestselling author, like multiple New York Time best selling author, came up to the mic and he said, I'm great at writing, my track record shows it, he actually has a book company, and he's like, but I suck at copy and I don't know why, I don't know what I'm missing. And I shared that distinction and was like this huge light bulb moment went off where he's like, that's it, I'm not really entering the conversation that's going on in the prospect's mind.
Brian Webb:
Interesting. So I know that today you're going to share five secrets to writing copy that gets the right people to click and open and buy. What is the first secret that you would share to achieve that?
Jennifer Hudye:
Yeah. So I look at copy, like there's tools that you want in your marketing toolbox. And just like if you were to build a house, you need the five core tools, right? The hammer, the nails saw the screwdriver, et cetera, to be able to build whether it's a house, or a chair, or whatever, it may be.
Brian Webb:
Sure.
Jennifer Hudye:
Same thing goes in marketing. So the five tools when it comes to running copy, the very first one is knowing how to capture attention. If you don't have attention, nothing else matters. And I believe the human attention span now is like less than six seconds or [crosstalk 00:07:28] feel like that.
Brian Webb:
Like a goldfish. Right?
Jennifer Hudye:
Yeah. And so it's so important to... Before trying to sell your product or service or get someone to click it, it's first getting their attention. So that's the first step.
Brian Webb:
So when you say getting their attention, that's what we need to do, but what would be an example, or a small example or two, that you'd use or leverage, that you've seen work time and time again?
Jennifer Hudye:
Yeah. So in the viewpoint of copy, it's really asking what's the headline? So what is the headline that's going to capture someone's attention. A couple of my favorite ways to craft attention-grabbing headlines. One is by starting with a question. So it may be as simple as like, hey, do you want to learn how to write copy that converts? Or say, are you ready to finally lose that 10lbs? Really calling out the direct question of the specific person that you want to help.
Brian Webb:
So would you say addressing pain in that question.
Jennifer Hudye:
Addressing pain is a great way to do it. I believe that there is a stat that shows that as humans, we were 50% more to driven to avoid pain, than gain pleasure.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Jennifer Hudye:
So both work, but if you look at it from the viewpoint of pain, it can definitely be a driver.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Okay. So getting their attention, knowing how to effectively achieve that. What's the secret or tool number two?
Jennifer Hudye:
Number two is creating interest. Yeah. So once you've captured their attention, the next question that they're going to be asking consciously or unconsciously is, should I keep my attention here? And whether you are writing an email, whether it's a social media post, a sales page, a YouTube video. A lot of people say, really the first six seconds, but then the first 30 seconds, it's the make or break it of whether people are going to continue on.
So in copy terms, that's really discovering, okay, what's the hook? How are you going to hook them in to keep reading? And there's a few different ways that you can do that. One of my favorite ways is through stories.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Jennifer Hudye:
Because as we know, as humans, we are story making machines, and so hooking in with a very intriguing story that sells, is a great way to do that. But you can also use fascinating statistics that may be relevant to the person. Did you know that 57% of people do X, or whatever it may be. So those are stories, statistics, researcher, a couple different ways that you can hook someone in to keep reading.
Brian Webb:
Fascinating. Okay. So attention, obviously getting their interest, and I love what you shared by the way. So what's tool or secret number three?
Jennifer Hudye:
Number three is to clarify benefits. So this is one of the biggest mistakes that I see entrepreneurs and business owners make when communicating in their marketing, is they're much more feature-focused, than benefit focused. So what that really means is how are you... My friend, Lisa Sasevich has an amazing quote, which is, "Sell the airplane, not the destination, or excuse me, "Sell the destination, not the airplane." Opposite. "Sell the destination, not the airplane."
Brian Webb:
Or sell the hole, not the drill. Right? But hers is better. Lisa's is better, yeah.
Jennifer Hudye:
Yeah. And what's the other one, "Sell the sizzle, not the stake."
Brian Webb:
There you go.
Jennifer Hudye:
Yeah. But the idea, it's really asking, okay, with whatever it is you're selling, like whether it's a product, a service, or software, how is your customer or your client's life going to be better as a result of that? And the more that you can paint the picture using the five senses, really evoking emotion in that, the more that people are going to truly believe that you can help them.
So an example I give sometimes is, say, you're in the health space and you help people with gut health. There is a very small percentage of people who know that they need help with gut health. And so if you just say, learn how to heal your gut, they may be like, cool, I don't know if I need to heal my gut. But if you say, do you struggle with low energy, feeling bloated, your skin's breaking out, your mood fluctuates, if, so you may have leaky gut, discover how you can gain back your energy, lose that final five pounds and have glowing skin with this simple process. It completely changes because then the person's going to filter through their experience, which is what we do already.
Brian Webb:
Fascinating. Okay. So one, obviously capturing their attention. So that could be the subject line of your email, it could be the title that you use for an ad online. Obviously we talked about keeping their interest. You talked about leveraging the power of story, which I certainly believe in, and clarifying the benefits. What's secret or tool number four?
Jennifer Hudye:
Number four is credibility and trust. Obviously the internet is a noisy, loud place. And when people are looking to follow a person or a brand, they're asking, can I trust this person or brand? And so it's really important when it comes to your copy, whether, again, it's a sales page or maybe you're sending people to an initial lead magnet page from a Facebook ad, or it's a Facebook ad. Your copy literally covers every everything, whatever platform you're on, whatever it is you're trying to sell, copy is what fills that up.
And so that next one is okay, how are you creating some credibility and trust in an authentic way? So that may include weaving in social proof throughout your copy, sharing client success stories, or case studies, testimonials of people that you've been able to help, before and afters are a great way. Sometimes people will share the credibility when it comes to do they have what stages that they've spoken on, or people that they've worked with, or certifications or degrees or whatever it maybe that they have. But it's really important to remember in marketing that the most important and powerful social proof is results.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely.
Jennifer Hudye:
So leaning into that one and making sure that you are highlighting that throughout your marketing is one of the best things that you can do to create that trust.
Brian Webb:
Social proof. For sure. So the last one, what's the fifth secret that you want to share with the audience today?
Jennifer Hudye:
The fifth one is strong call to action. One of the biggest questions that I'll hear from people is, how do I get people to take action? Whether it is opening up your emails, clicking in your emails, signing up to buy, whatever, engaging. One of the most important things to remember is you want to train people to be taking action each step of the way. So it's not just training someone to take action when you want them to buy something. It's training them to take action when it comes to clicking on a link in your emails or your landing page. So you always want the call to action to be clear, direct, benefit-driven, simple and short. Not saying a big button on your website, click here if you want to change your life. It's not super clear of what you want them to do.
Brian Webb:
Right. Right.
Jennifer Hudye:
You want them to click here to go learn more about the program, click here to buy now. But there's a couple other things to consider too. When it comes to call to actions, is, if you can, creating time and quantity urgency. So this is something that oftentimes people will miss. And they'll wonder why aren't people taking action on my sales page? Is there a reason for them to take action now versus wait and do it later? And so the more that you can create that the time is now the higher, the motivation for them to decide.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Jeff Walker talks about that in his book Launch, which he just basically launched a new addition of his book Launch. But he talks about different ways to create scarcity, being the price goes up, or the course closes. So that definitely makes a lot of sense. This is really a masterclass in copywriting. So thank you for being here today, Jennifer.
So let me ask you this. I know that when some people think about... When they're writing copy, when they're giving their elevator pitch, making that video, they're worried about coming across as overly pushy, or aggressive, or salesy, especially right now, what are some ways that they can avoid that?
Jennifer Hudye:
One of the best and simplest ways is to deliver value up front. And I know it seems so simple, but what I will sometimes see, and I've actually run into this myself too, is like, it feels awkward to make a request of someone when you haven't delivered value upfront. And so the more that you can be doing that and educating in your marketing, the better, and so that when you make that invite to whatever it is you want them to do next, there's that reciprocity there. So that is one of the biggest ways to not feel like you're coming across as pushy or salesy. Another belief that I have, especially in the distinction of just copy in general, versus conscious copy, is that with conscious copy, your commitment should be helping someone come to a decision, and the decision being the best decision for them.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Jennifer Hudye:
Not necessarily just a yes. Because when we come into anything, if we're writing a sales page and it's like, I just want to get as many yeses as possible, that energy and frequency can come from a place of scarcity, and can also sometimes feel a little manipulative. So it's important to shift to no, as I'm creating this, my commitment is for everyone who this is going to change their life. This is going to be beneficial. We're helping them come to that decision. And of course, we want to make sales and as many as possible, but also not at the expense of others, and not at the expense of bringing on wrong clients within our organizations as well.
Brian Webb:
That's fantastic and super powerful. The last data point that I saw, Jennifer said that it takes someone who's unfamiliar with your business, your brand, it takes them 21 to 24, so we'll call it a couple of dozen interactions, with your brand before they, one, even become aware of it for that matter, two you build trust through enlightenment, like what you're talking about, so giving value before you ask for it. Before they finally make that decision, whether that be to hop on the phone, sign the contract, buy the product, or what have you, so that definitely, what you just said, aligns with that day at a point. Wouldn't you say?
Jennifer Hudye:
Absolutely. Yeah. Building their relationship is one of the most powerful ways to create that trust in showing people in advance that we can help them.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Yeah, absolutely. Well, again, this is absolutely a masterclass in writing good copy, great copy that actually brings people to make decision. So thank you so much for being here today. I understand you have a special gift for our audience. Tell us about it.
Jennifer Hudye:
Yes. Those of you who you're listening to this and you're like, okay, this is really helpful I know what to do, but now how do I do it? One of the first steps is knowing how to capture attention. And so we do have free gift for you, and it is what I call the "high level client headlines." So it's 15 different templates of how to grab your reader's attention without coming across as clickbait or pushy. And so it shares exactly what the template is, an example, and then how you can pour who your ideal client is, your offer your message into it. And you can use this for subject lines, headlines on your sales pages, social media, et cetera. And so if you want to grab a copy of that for free, just go to H-L-C headlines.com, which stands for high level client headlines. So H-L-C headlines.com, and you can grab your free copy of that cheat sheet.
Brian Webb:
Awesome. I'm going to go get that myself, as a matter of fact. So again, thank you for being here. I know there's so much more you could have said, but it would be fun to have you on again in the future. But thanks so much for being here today, Jennifer.
Jennifer Hudye:
Thanks for having me, Brian.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH JENNIFER HUDYE
Facebook | Instagram | Website | Email
__________________________________
Jesse Eker is on a mission is to help over 1,000 online coaches, course creators, authors, and experts create 7-figure brands online using his unique breakthrough method. His specialties include Informational Marketing, Marketing, Conversion, Lead Generation, Content Creation, & Trend Spotting. Today he is going to teach us how to scale your sales in 2021 using highly profitable virtual events.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guests: Jesse Eker
Episode 41: Scale Your Sales In 2021 Using Highly Profitable Virtual Events
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Harv Eker Online
Build Your Brand Online
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Jesse Eker, welcome to the podcast, man.
Jesse Eker:
Thanks for having me. I am so excited to be here and share as much value with your audience as possible. I appreciate you.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, I have no doubt that you're going to drop tons of value bombs today. I've already told the audience about a book of your father's that I read, The Millionaire Mind, moons and moons and moons ago, and I would have to imagine, growing up in that household, that that's shaped you into who you are today. I'd love to hear you share about how that's happened and how it's affected your growth as an entrepreneur and as a leader.
Jesse Eker:
Yeah. So when it comes down to it, not many people, I would say, are in the position I was, with a, let's just put like a guru type of dad, right?
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Jesse Eker:
And that's what most people think as far as, oh, you grew up with this guru dad, but most people don't know the full story as far as when my dad started to actually do extremely well, I was already 14 years old. So the first 14 years, it was very, very normal, very middle class. We had things, but nothing was extraordinary, nothing was out of the box, and we did okay, but nothing extreme.
Then when we ended up moving to Vancouver, that's when he wrote his book, that's when he came out with his new brand, that's when he launched Peak Potentials. And that's when our life really started to change. And it wasn't as much of growing up with T. Harv Eker. It was more of the witness of objectively looking at through the lens of before and after and seeing wow, what a difference life can be when you start to excel in your business and excel with money.
And we come from this family of immigrants, so nothing's ever given, everything's always earned. But when it came down to it, it was like vacations started getting better. The house was nicer. We were just able to have more choices. And so when I was able to see that and witness him working through that and building this, it started to ingrain new programming in me of what I really wanted my life to look like, as well. And so that's where I think I learned the most from. It was more of the modeling and viewing versus the actual teaching.
Now, when it comes back to growing up with him, and obviously everything in my life was a life lesson because he's very personal development, very personal growth, [crosstalk 00:02:54]. Everything is a life lesson.
Brian Webb:
Of course.
Jesse Eker:
And everything had those meanings to it. And I definitely felt like I was definitely a more conscious and enlightened kid than my peers. At the same time, though, it was more of what I saw, what I heard, and what I experienced than anything that he actually personally taught me. And I think that was his gift to me, was not like, hey, this is my way of how we do things. It was more of like, let me show you and be the model for you so that you know what you would like to do and not want to do growing up and starting your family and starting your business eventually when you get going.
Brian Webb:
Let me ask you this. How did you get started online, and what inspired you to start a new brand and Build Your Own Brand Online? What started that?
Jesse Eker:
Yeah, so it's a big gap between the two. So when I was first getting started, I was in the real estate space and I was actually finishing school through the crash. And I was actually living in Arizona at the time, and that's one of the places that got hit the hardest in the United States. Everything was down 60%, and there was a huge opportunity. And so I was interning in college and that was my first career, was fixing and flipping homes. And it just wasn't in alignment with what I really wanted to do for my full career.
And so when I talked to my dad about it, because he's always been my mentor, I told him about the things that I liked and things that I didn't like. And he was launching at this time the Ultimate Internet Bootcamp. And it was about blogging and affiliate marketing, with Alex Mandossian. And what ended up happening is like, why don't you just check it out because I've heard so many of these amazing things, and also the lifestyle that you could potentially create is work from anywhere, which is the opposite of what he was able to do. He had to be in places to work.
Brian Webb:
That's interesting.
Jesse Eker:
And so he thought that would be really cool. That would be really cool for you. So I checked it out, and I love the laptop lifestyle. And so I went and pursued it. I learned it. And after a couple failed attempts of trying to make some business opportunities work and affiliate marketing work, I started to understand how the whole system of online marketing and direct response marketing really works online. And that's when I understood the infopreneur lifestyle and business of selling information online.
The problem was I was this college kid that had no skills, no experience, no nothing, and I didn't know what the heck to sell online. And the people that I was trying to promote, like the affiliates, I didn't really like. But I did know this one person, and his name was Dad to me, but for most people, it was Harv. And he had no online presence. He only had live events. But at this time, it was a crossroads for him because he'd just finished selling his company, but not his IP, his intellectual property.
And so what I did is I presented the opportunity to repurpose his live in-person events online so that we can reach a broader demographic in more locations, to people who would never go on. And so for a decade, I ran Harv Eker Online and grew that into a multiple seven figure brand by really repurposing his information in the live setting for the online products. And that really gave me the experience of really helping experts and coaches understand what the online space is all about. And that's where my new brand came in, where I was like, man, I'm really good at taking brands, I'm really good at taking experts, I'm really good at taking people who are pros at what they do and teaching them how to productize and how to put a package together online so that they can grow an online presence and they can do what they do best and let me help them with their marketing and sales.
So that's where this new brand came in, called Build Your Brand Online, which really is helping really experts and online entrepreneurs build brands online. And we use a very specific methodology, but the whole way that we position this is helping you do more of what you're good at and using a mechanism that you're going to succeed in to really have success online.
Brian Webb:
So I'm going to skip a couple of other questions that I had because I really, we're always on a limited amount of time, and I want to jump into the meat of what you're here to talk about today. So I know that you help people use virtual event to grow their revenue, grow their business. Why do virtual events in your mind, or in your eyes, work so well, and why are you so passionate about them?
Jesse Eker:
Yeah. And when it comes down to it, it's not only virtual events, it's the event model. And so this event model has been in my blood for my whole life. My dad, T. Harv Eker, came from the event model. When I say the event model, these are in-person seminars. And so most people, and I'm sure most of your audience, has been to a seminar before in person. And this model's been around forever. And the reason why it works so well is because you go to this seminar, you fly there or whatever, you have the intent of spending your time there. You go and you sign up for this topic that you're super interested in learning, and you sit there and you learn from this one person.
And there's this speaker there, or this trainer there, and they teach you. And if they do it right, they build this automatic authority with you. They build this know, like, and trust with you. They build this credibility with you as far as I can help you. And they give you some sort of result where you have kind of this identity shift or transformation of wow, before this event, I was this person, after this event, I feel very different than I was before.
And then usually they make an offer of how we can continue working together. And the natural ascension for a lot of people is, hey, the event was great. I'm going to go by myself, which is fine. Or there's going to be a big group of people that say, I want to keep working with this person because they're taking care of me. And so that's the event model. And so what we have done is we really have just taken the event model and put it online because of the circumstances that in-person events aren't really working right now. And a lot of people are kind of nervous to go to them, and they'd actually prefer to do it from their house.
And so we kind of molded the two together because in my life, one of the things that I noticed with my dad was he was traveling 250 days of the year. And I have two kids now. One is 26 months and the other is eight months. So two youngins.
Brian Webb:
Congratulations.
Jesse Eker:
Thank you. And so for me, it was like, I don't want to miss those steps. My daughter is like getting close to rolling, I mean, to crawling, and doing all that fun stuff. I don't want to miss it. And so the best part about what we do is I do it from my office. I literally can walk out my door and be with my family and kids and I don't have to travel. So it's like the best of both worlds.
So I get this amazing model in my hands. I can do it from home. I can kind of have it all. And it's really effective as far as a lead generator, an audience builder, a sales mechanism, and also a mechanism that you can use to actually grow your business without changing much at all. So the process works the same with five people to 10,000 people. There's really no difference at all. So yeah, that's why we're so passionate about it, is because when we come to people like yourself or come to your other experts in your audience like we were just talking about before, they're really good at what they do. They're not the marketers, they're not the salespeople. They're great at solving problems, fulfilling on their promise, being the instructor, but also coaching and stuff like that.
And so the event model, especially online, puts them into position to succeed because they just need to do what they do best. And they don't have to worry about the marketing. They don't have to worry about the sales. They just worry about doing what they do best, which is what does all of the persuasion and influence and authority building within the event itself.
Brian Webb:
And that makes sense. What if the people are like, when I say people, people in the audience, and they're like, this sounds great, but they're thinking, okay, they might know what they're doing. They might be great at coaching and consulting. But they might be thinking, what would I say for all this time? How do I come up with all of these words? What do you say to that?
Jesse Eker:
That's such a good question. And probably the most common, this is the most common thing, and I think when people think of an event, they get scared in two different ways. One is what the heck am I going to say? And two is like, oh my God, I have to talk in front of people. So I'll go to the latter first because it's a shorter answer. When we think about events, we think about in-person events and talking in front of people, it's kind of scary, right? You've got these lights on you or you're potentially in front of a bunch of people, you can see their reactions and stuff like that, which we can still do online, which is great.
But the thing is like, when you're online, you're doing it from the comfort of your house. So there's this comfortable essence to it, of like your home, you're literally talking to a computer.
Brian Webb:
Sure, like you and I are right now.
Jesse Eker:
Yeah. It's like, you might get nervous for a second, but it goes away really quickly once you get into the zone. The second part of that is when you know what you're talking about, the confidence is always much higher than when you don't know what you're talking about.
Brian Webb:
For sure.
Jesse Eker:
When we are designing events with people, the main thing that we talk about is, you know, you help someone get some sort of outcome, some sort of result, some sort of transformation. That is the promise you give someone. So in exchange for what they're paying you, you're delivering them some sort of result or outcome. And so what we teach people is instead of trying to give them the whole outcome right away, what we're trying to do is just give them some sort of result in advance, meaning like a head start towards getting that outcome, meaning that, let's just say, for example, you help clients make $10,000 per month, and that's the outcome you do.
And so the starting point for them would be like, well, let me help you see how to get your first client. And so that's kind of like point A to point B, is getting your first client. Now that you know how to get your first client, let me help you get to $10,000 a month, because there's going to be different processes and systems that you're going to need in place to get to $10,000 a month versus just one client. And so our goal is really in the event to come up with one tangible mini outcome for them to do. And that's what you're going to say and teach, because that's what you know what to do, right? You're literally just coming up with the path of how someone would get that outcome, and getting them from point A to point B. And that's what you would talk about.
And it can be 90 minutes, it can be three hours, it could be eight hours, whatever you decide it takes for you to get them that outcome. It really gives them this, again, sample of whoa, this is what it's like to get momentum. This is what it's like to get a result with you, which they never got results with other people, and you're doing it for free. So that's kind of how we design it and how people really get to understand what they are going to say, because they know it, right? It's not like they're doing anything that they don't know.
Brian Webb:
So Jesse, let's shoot the elephant in the room and let's be the listener for a half a second. And they're thinking, man, this sounds fantastic. I can get the vision of what you're talking about, but they're thinking, I'm not T. Harv Eker or Tony Robbins. I don't have an audience. How can they get people to get to that event?
Jesse Eker:
That's a great question. And I know that a lot of our clients have a similar thought process around this. Now, most people, when they look at these great people like Tony Robbins, my dad, T. Harv Eker, or maybe Brian Tracy, they look at the lag effect, the lag result of them doing this for 30 years. But that doesn't mean that they started that way.
Brian Webb:
Precisely.
Jesse Eker:
Everyone one started at point A. And so I was actually on a clubhouse with Brian Tracy, and we were talking about his event, and his first event only had 17 people there, and he kept doing it and he kept doing it. By the end of the year, he had a hundred people there. 55 years later, he is one of the most well known people in the world, but that's after times and times and times of doing that. So instead of thinking, oh, I need a bunch of people there, it's, oh, let me dial in a process that will build over time.
And so that's what we've indoctrinated our students in. And we get, you know, some students just get nine people there, but they still collect 25, $30,000 in cash because they know the process of how to do it. So it's not about having a big group of people. It's about having the right group of people. And there's a stat, and I can't remember where exactly I heard the stat, but there is a stat out there that you are already connected to enough people to be making $100,000 a year in whatever you want to do.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely.
Jesse Eker:
What that means is you are already connected, whether that's social media, or your phone book, or your Rolodex, or whatever, your contact book, whatever you want to do, they are either your ideal client or they know your ideal client. And that's usually how we start. If we're like, hey, the goal is for you to get 10 people, that's it. Then you go through your contacts, your network, and you find those 10 people, or try to pass a message on for 10 people. And that's where you start.
Like, I don't want my mom to come to my event, but at the same time, my mom knows a lot of different people. And I could say, "Hey, Ma, you could be my advocate. So talk to five or 10 of your friends who you think would be good at this, spread the message, and see if they want to come." And guess what? We'll probably get a couple people from that way. Endorsed traffic. So that's how we start to structure this in a really simplified way before we think about big audience, before we think about any advertising, before we think about anything that's big time. We don't need that. We need to dial the process first, get a couple people there, which you're already connected to, and then work it. And then you build over time.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. So many people think that you have to have a huge audience. I think it was Seth Godin. I've read tons of his books, too. But he once said that you only need a thousand. Was it him or Malcolm Gladwell? One of the two of them. But they said that you only need a thousand true fans to have all the success. And of course they don't mean Facebook followers. They mean truly devoted fans. Just a thousand is all it takes to be enormously successful in life.
So let me ask you this. So people are listening and they're thinking, I want to do this. You've been doing this. You've got the experience. What are two or three key elements that they want to make sure that they have before they go to run their first event?
Jesse Eker:
Yeah. So the biggest one when it comes down to is they need to have an offer. And the offer is what are you going to offer someone to ascend with you, to go to the next level with you? And the reason why this is the most important thing before you put on an event is because when it comes down to it, we need to have congruency from start to finish. One of the biggest mistakes that you'll see newbie people making, whether it's in business or with the events, is incongruency within their marketing and sales. And you know this very well, right?
Brian Webb:
Yep.
Jesse Eker:
And so when you're incongruent with your marketing and sales, you lose a lot of the potential prospects because what they're seeing is different from what they're getting. And so we need to make sure it's congruent. So we always start from, we reverse engineer it, start from the back front. So if you know what you're offering, whether that is a program, whether that is a product, whether that is a service, whatever you're offering them, that's what we start with. And we look at that offer and we say, "Hey, what's the outcome, the result, or the transformation of that?" And then we say, "Okay, great. That's what it is. What are the steps people are going to need to do to get there?" And then we start from the very beginning.
So we need the offer because that dictates the whole event. So number one is we definitely need an offer, and it can't just be any offer. It's got to be a really no brainer offer for people to say yes to. We want them to, basically the stress test we say is I've got to feel in my bones silly saying no to this offer, if you're the right person, right?
Brian Webb:
Absolutely. Yeah.
Jesse Eker:
So we definitely, like number one, make or break, is your offer. This does 80% of your heavy lifting for the whole event. And then number two make or break is not the amount of people, but the right people there. And the way that you get the right people, and I'll use this analogy because I really like it and I think it really hits home for most people, is we all know these topic based conferences that people go to in different cities. There'll be stuff in Vegas, there's all these different conferences that people have. And maybe it's like a health conference.
And in the hallways of these conferences, there's always these sponsorship booths that people have. And it's really interesting to watch, that there's always going to be this one booth with so many people lined up, everyone's around it. And there's this other booth that is absolutely ignored. Someone's like, their feet are kicked up. No one's going by it. Everyone's walking by, ignoring this thing. Right?
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Jesse Eker:
You can picture it and you know it, because it's so common. And so we look at this and we say, okay, if you're in the right place, which is the health conference, you're like a health practitioner, you know you're in the right place with your booth, but why is one getting all the traffic and why is the other one getting no traffic? And the answer is because one has the right message and one has the wrong message.
And so that is the difference between getting the right people and the wrong people, is you can be in the right place, but if you don't have the right message, your messaging, then you're either going to get ignored or you're going to have the wrong people for your event. So the next make or break is making sure you're in front of the right people. But also, this is more important, is having the right message to go in front of the right people. And that's how you're going to get the right people to attend your event. And that's why you don't need tons of people to make this happen and make it work.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. You know, Jesse, I've been looking forward to this interview for quite some time and you really have shown up like a rock star. My last question is for those people that may be hearing this soon or a year from now, and they're like, I want to connect with what you're doing, learn more about it, where's the best place for our audience to learn more about your services, connect with you online? Where's the best place for them to reach you and get in touch with you guys?
Jesse Eker:
Yeah. One of the things is we created this guide that kind of goes over the four pillars for our events, and that's design it, fill it, monetize it, and run it. And it's a really extensive guide. I'd love to offer that, because that's going to be like a great whitepaper introduction for people. It's buildyourbrandonline.com/guide.
Brian Webb:
Guide.
Jesse Eker:
So it's buildyourbrandonline.com/guide. That's going to give you free access to the guide. Of course, you've got to put your name and email because we've got to send it somewhere. So just want to be forefront on that. The other thing is if you're on social media, I'm on Instagram, I'm on Facebook. You're free to connect with me. I answer and reply to messages all the time. I really treat people like people, not just like numbers. So feel free to connect with me on any of the social media platforms.
And you'll see that every about four to six weeks we start promoting our events, and I'll be going live in there and giving [inaudible 00:24:07] value and doing all that fun stuff. So those are the two hotspots I would say to come check us out, and you'll get invited to our events that we do on a monthly basis. And you'll love them, and you'll see if it resonates with you.
Brian Webb:
Well, man, thanks for being here. Thanks for inspiring our audience and dropping some value bombs. It was a pleasure having you, and I hope we get to have you back again someday.
Jesse Eker:
Thank you so much for having me. I'm excited to hear the replay of this, and I'm excited for your audience to listen, as well.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH JESSE EKER
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram | Build Your Brand Online
__________________________________
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon is a functional medicine physician specializing in the concept of muscle-centric medicine, which focuses on the skeletal muscle, as the key to health and longevity. Dr. Lyon works closely with the Special Operations Military & has a private practice in NYC. In addition, her practice services the leaders, innovators, & executives in their prospective field. On the show, Dr. Lyon is going to discuss three healthy steps every entrepreneur should take to function at their highest capacity.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guests: Dr. Gabrielle Lyon
Episode 40: Three Healthy Steps Every Entrepreneur Should Take To Function To Their Highest Capacity
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Website - Dr. Gabrielle Lyon
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon. It's awesome to have you on the show today. How are you doing?
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
I'm doing great. Thanks for having me.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, it's going to be a fun conversation. I know that you're here to talk about three things that an entrepreneur or a business leader can do to function in their highest capacity. Before we jump into that, why don't you talk real quickly about some of the impediments that you see with all the business leaders that you work with that does impede or prevent us from functioning in the highest possible capacity?
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Absolutely. And I have to say that entrepreneurs are near and dear to my heart and make up a large portion of my practice. And one of the things that I see over and over again is business, family, everything else comes first before their health,
Brian Webb:
Yeah, boy, that's true.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
And that doesn't necessarily mean working out. It means staying on top of testing, supplementation, lifestyle behaviors are really, a really secondary.
Brian Webb:
I've seen that in my own life. So I can relate to everything that you just said. So, okay, we're going to talk about the three things that we can do to function better, maybe even at optimal capacity. What's the first thing that we can do?
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
First thing is understanding that you are predictable. Human nature is incredibly predictable. What does that mean? What does that mean specifically for an entrepreneur? Entrepreneurship has battle rhythms and whether it's a launch, whether it's a new business that you're starting, whether it's an incredible collaboration, there is a predictability in the way that you're going to push and a predictability in your vices.
Brian Webb:
Break that down a little bit. Yeah, go ahead, I want to hear more about that.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Yeah. That means that some people stress eat or they go to alcohol. Maybe drugs, maybe more stimulants to keep up with the ever present schedule of really long hours. What is so fascinating about this and I've been in, I've been seeing patients for 15 years. And what I will tell you is that it's very predictable that we repeat patterns. For example, you probably have a very specific pattern that may be more subconscious in terms of what you are going to do and how you are going to manage stress, that is not just internal. A lot of the women that I have, they might walk by, they might be eating late at night or having an extra meal or another glass of wine and this predictable nature of the habits that happen. We all know exactly what they are and then we're all shocked that we do it again.
Brian Webb:
It's true, yeah it's true.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Brian, it's we're surprised. Oh my gosh, I can't believe that I had five glasses of wine or I decided to smoke marijuana or I decided to do whatever because I'm stressed. You know you've got a big event coming up. You know following that event, you may go for something that is going to have a derailing effect of your health. And you tell yourself that you're not going to do it this next time or that you're just going to stop after this one launch or you're going to stop after this next project and you don't because human nature becomes very good at what it repeatedly does. The first thing an individual has to understand is you have to identify your predictable nature.
Brian Webb:
So once we've identified that, what do we do with that information once we have identified it? In other words, how do we take that and use that to optimize basically?
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Well, let me ask you this. Do you have one that comes to mind?
Brian Webb:
Yes, I love to have a drink in the evening to wind down. That would be a vulnerable confession here on the podcast today. Yeah.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
And the question is, is it one drink?
Brian Webb:
Two, I would say on average.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
And when you have a launch or a stressful event or something that is very stimulatory, whether it's a talk or a summit or whatever it is, do you find that you do more?
Brian Webb:
No, no. When you said that, when you talked about being predictable, I resonated with that right away because I'm extraordinarily pattern oriented. Maybe even more than the typical person.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Okay. Is that something you'd like to stop or reduce or cut back?
Brian Webb:
Yeah, I think I would actually. Yeah.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Okay, then and I agree with you. I think that alcohol over a period of time, even if it's not a tremendous amount actually affects brain function. My fellowship was in nutritional sciences and cognition, part of memory and aging. And I will tell you that when an individual reduces alcohol, it does help brain function over the long-term. So let's think about something action oriented. Now we can predict this is going to happen. And even if you tell yourself you're not going to do it, you probably will follow through on that.
Brian Webb:
That's probably true.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
However, I think the better strategy would be practicing what you could do instead in your mind, prior to the moment where you would reach for a drink or a cookie or something else, what would that be?
Brian Webb:
That's a good question.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Because you're going to want to wind down. So it's going to be something, we can't just take it out and assume that there's nothing to replace it. We have to implement something else for a wind down that arguably should be something that would augment your health rather than take away.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. So what would be a good example of that in your mind, in your experience? I should say,
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
A great example is going out for a walk, reading, meditating, red light, doing, I know this might sound crazy doing some kind, I mean, it's in the evening but doing some kind of activity or just knowing that it's going to happen and then perhaps writing or doing something or having a game plan of maybe some literature you're going to review or a task that you're going to complete that's fun. But you have to plan for it. And this is one of the major things that takes entrepreneurs down because at the end of the day, the health of an individual determines everything about the trajectory of the business. And from what I've seen-
Brian Webb:
And their output.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Yeah. Well, it's interesting because entrepreneurs are really a hard charging group. Their level, their capacity for suffering is incredibly high. When an individual's capacity for suffering is incredibly high, then there's not necessarily an awareness of the fact that they could feel better or that they're limited. But what I've found is I've seen individuals that are really putting in a ton of hours and pushing really hard, which I would say that happens either early on in entrepreneurship or it becomes an addiction. That's stimulatory pushes becomes an addiction. The inevitable burnout that happens again is also predictable. You know that if you're going to go, there's that battle rhythm, you know that you're going to push and there is going to be a, just an exhaustion. So many entrepreneurs are just exhausted.
A better way to approach this is to understand that the battle rhythms happen and then really being disciplined about that predictable nature and putting in very specific boundaries and those individuals, those individuals are the ones that truly Excel because the business is ultimately limited, the vision of the business, the capacity of the business is limited by the entrepreneur. For example, even if the entrepreneur has a CEO or a COO, when that entrepreneur, when that visionary feels their absolute best, they are so much more creative. Even if they have a six, seven figure business, eight figure business.
Brian Webb:
John Maxwell calls that the law of the lid, basically no organization can rise any higher than that of its leader or its leadership. So, that makes sense. So number one, optimization. Number one is to identify patterns that are either not healthy or could be healthier then look for opportunities to replace those behavior patterns with something that, as you said, augments the quality of your life, what would be number two?
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Number two is nutrition.
Brian Webb:
Nutrition.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Number two is really nailing your nutritional strategy. And you know what I really should say? Is I should say lifestyle interventions, meaning nutrition and exercise that has to happen and and really taking good care of an individual. Typically the long hours lead to elevated cortisol or gut dysfunction, going for carbohydrates, going for sugar. I just need the energy, I just need it for my brain. And then they're on the hamster wheel of ebbs and flows of blood sugar, where they feel great in the morning. They're up, they're feeling great after lunch, they're totally tanked. They need to take a nap under their desk or they're going for another cup of caffeine or some kind of stimulant to get the job done. And when you nail your nutrition and what does it mean to nail your nutrition?
It means to really think about being protein forward. And obviously this is more of an entrepreneurial podcast. We don't need to go into the science of it, unless of course you want me to but high quality protein as your first thing that you put into your mouth, will help balance blood sugar and also help maintain skeletal muscle and improve body composition. One thing that entrepreneurs always want, is they want to have good brain function.
Brian Webb:
Of course. Yeah.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
And we know the data is clear that the more over fat an individual is, the wider their waistline, the lower the brain volume. Keeping body composition in check allows... Alzheimer's is type three diabetes of the brain, cognitive impairment, feeling brain fog, brain fatigue in part is metabolic in nature. And you can address that by really focusing on tight nutrition. And this does not mean smoothies. This does not mean some of the hype that you see. It means, have a burger or have a steak or some fish, something with protein in it.
Brian Webb:
I'm saying Dr Gabrielle Lyon says no more pasta, right?
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
I mean, sure have pasta, if you want to be... If you want to provide subpar performance, then having pasta would be a great choice for lunch.
Brian Webb:
Yes absolutely. Okay. So one, identify patterns, figure out ways to improve those patterns, nutrition, protein forward. Exercise of course I know is always great. What's the third thing that we can do to optimize our performance?
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Well before I move on to the exercise. I just want to mention the protein, the way in which you plan your meals, if you are too busy, hire a chef. If you do not plan ahead, you'll fail yourself. This goes back to this intertwines with the predictable nature of, if you don't have your meals planned, you're going to, you'll fail. You'll eat off the cuff. You'll never reach that really high state of health to bring that vision forward and then exercise. People, the one thing I hear from entrepreneurs is they don't have time. "Oh, Gabrielle, I just don't have time to exercise." If you are effective and efficient at doing a pretty intense, if you can get your mind into it, you can do a very intense training session. No problem.
And you will actually get incredible benefits. That's high intensity interval training. If you do heavy lifting or at least lifting to failure but making that resistance training and or a high intensity interval training, non-negotiable, you will feel so much better. And this is kind of obvious to people but instead they will choose to do what they've always done, whether it's on the treadmill or aerobics or whatever it is that is not going to suffice for the long haul.
Brian Webb:
I went to a seminar once and ironically, it was a Franklin day planner seminar. It was about 25 years ago. And interestingly enough, it was an eight hour seminar. One of the best I've been to in my life, by the way, which again, sounds crazy. But the lecturer, the guy that was talking that day said, "Brian, if I ask you tomorrow." He's speaking to me in front of a room of let's just call it a hundred people or so he says, "If I ask you to start waking up every single day at 2:30 in the morning, would you do it?" And I said, "No, I wouldn't." He says, "What if I told you, I would give you $50 if you did it?" I said, "Nope, I still wouldn't do it."
He said, "What if I told you I was going to be standing over your bed with a .357 Magnum revolver and if you don't wake up, I'm going to shoot you right in the head?" And the point that he was making is if our why is powerful enough, we will find the time, we'll do what we're supposed to do. And that's what you're talking about. You're and when we understand that when we do the right things, that the why being able to perform better, being able to serve better, to extend our lives, to improve the quality of our lives, we'll find the time.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Absolutely. Yeah. You just make it a non-negotiable.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Okay. Number three. What's the third thing that we can do?
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Yeah, number three is interesting. And I actually think that people don't... I think people are actually becoming more aware of this now and this ultimately becomes the environment. What do I mean by environment?
Brian Webb:
Environment, okay.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Our space is very tech oriented now. People are in front of their computer, people are sitting next to their modems, people are inside. An entrepreneur's life, depending on what they're doing. It is very, like I said, tech heavy, this definitely impacts the wellness of an individual. We are not designed to do that.
Brian Webb:
How so? Just talking about just consumption of information or just always being distracted, is that what you're referring to?
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Actually the screen lighting, the fluorescent lighting, the EMF, the high electronic load. I think that the science is still new to all this but I will tell you individuals that work outside, get outside early on, use a light box at their desk and that's a blue light box. It really helps their energy and their focus also taking screen breaks. Making sure that you're blinking appropriately, making sure that if you can even sit outside and work, like I'd mentioned earlier, is better because we take away that nature aspect and quite frankly, humans aren't designed to sit and work at a desk. Yes a standing desk is great but think about it. Think about you're in a studio right now. You have a studio that has a ton of electronics.
Brian Webb:
Oh my goodness, yeah, huge.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
That you might feel more fatigued after being there and it might be subtle and you might feel better when you're not recording and you're not with multiple computers and multiple screens. I do believe that there's an effect on the human body. And while the science is still early, it should be brought to the forefront as it relates to something that you're thinking about. So if it's possible to add in those bright lights, there's blue light, there's red light. You can use a red light in the evening. You can move the modem outside of the room. You can, if you're sitting there working and you don't need to be on the computer, you should have a kill switch. I think really understanding that the environment plays a role in the way in which you function. Let me give you an example, one of the causes.
So I did a fellowship at Wash U in Saint Louis. And that was like I said, memory aging was one part of the fellowship. One of the risk factors for dementia was individuals sleeping with their phone next to their head or living near the power sources. And that's just, it's just interesting. And this, you have to understand Wash U isn't necessarily progressive. They just look at the science and by understanding that these things do have an effect on our brain and our health really figuring out ways to mitigate the exposure or at least, the Apple watch all these wearables on our body should definitely take a break. Should definitely take a break from the wearables and the electronic.
Brian Webb:
Let me ask you this question and I know you're not expecting this one. There are so many things. Now I'm a marketer. So that's what I do. I serve as a fractional chief marketing officer, basically as a consultant for all kinds of businesses, different brands. And there are times where I'm giving them advice about marketing, not their health, that's the last thing you want me to be doing.
And, but I'll tell them, "Listen, you should be doing this." And I'll tell them but I admit it's hard and I'm not always consistent at doing the things that I know my business should be doing. You as a doctor, I would imagine, I don't really know hardly, most of the physicians that I know are both clients and friends, colleagues, they generally tend to be pretty disciplined but how good is Dr Gabrielle at executing all of the things and this is a vulnerable question but I think it's a fun one to ask, how good are you at doing the things that you know, you should be doing? Be it avoiding alcohol or planning your meals or getting away from electronics. Is it a struggle for you or do you feel like you've conquered those things?
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
No not at all. Not at all.
Brian Webb:
Really? Okay.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
And I think that the best physicians are those that live in alignment with what they tell. I am not the kind of person that makes recommendations that I don't do. I don't actually drink, I'm up and outside the house before seven in the morning, we have a kill switch. The modem is in a fair day cage. I'd love to move it out to the other room but I have two very little children and my meals are planned. If we can't plan it, we have a chef come in and cook it. No, I'm incredibly, it's not even disciplined, it's a secondary way of life for me.
Brian Webb:
It's habit at this point.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
I've also been doing this for 17 years, so the whole education process and everything has been an entire lifetime.
Brian Webb:
So identifying patterns, making them better, making better choices, obviously making better nutrition choices, exercise, we all know that one's almost a staple. And you really said some things interesting about our environment. So when you say red and blue light, do you literally mean go to Home Depot and get a bulb that is red or blue or are these a specialty product that have a specific color temperature when you say red and blue and things like that?
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Great question, you can do either or.
Brian Webb:
Really, okay.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
You can go to Home Depot, Home Depot has some of it. Our lights are again, I use a blue light in the house and then we have amber lights in the evening. Red light is a component of photo. Biomodulation, that's really good for recovery and mitochondria. Sometimes I use that at my desk. If I'm not recording or I'm not on video, these, you can get them, they have different wavelengths, you can get them online. There's a, I think it's called, yeah there's a couple companies but the smaller companies seem to be better. I think it's called EMK is one. I can send you another one that I've been looking into.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, if you do send that link, I'll put it in the show notes, okay.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
And then VeraLux is a great one. Yeah, they're great.
Brian Webb:
Now when you say these colored bulbs, are we talking like GE smart bulbs? Are you talking about do you put it into a lamp or do you just have it in a fixture that is only for health purposes?
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
You can do either. So you could actually buy a certain type of bulb and it fits everywhere.
Brian Webb:
Okay, wow.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Yeah. They're spectrum lights. Yeah. There are all different kinds. Very easy, these are very easy things to do and understanding in the evening you shouldn't have full lights on. Understanding that if you want to get good, deep sleep, really being aware of your environment, we don't... Well, the one thing is Aires, my daughter is really into turning on the lights these days but typically we don't have big overhead lights on when the sun goes down.
Brian Webb:
Interesting.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
We really try to keep the environment non stimulatory in the evening and we try to go with the rhythms of what's happening outside.
Brian Webb:
Wow. Well thank you for sharing and dropping so many value bombs today. For those in our audience, who just want to be more connected with you, learn more about you and what you do. Where's the best place for them to find you?
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
The best place. If you want to work with me, I have an application process or if there is certainly referrals, we don't advertise. They can find the application on my website, drgabriellelyon.com. And you can fill that out. Also you can message Peter at drgabriellelyon.com. I'm pretty active on Instagram. And I have a YouTube channel where I do a lot of education and a newsletter that has curated material.
Brian Webb:
Okay. Fantastic. And audience, just to be clear, when you say Dr Gabrielle Lyon, that's D-R gabriellelyon.com. Yeah.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Yep, that's right.
Brian Webb:
Well, thanks for being here today. Promise me you'll come back and be on the podcast again sometime in the future.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
I promise.
Brian Webb:
It was great to have you.
Dr. Gabrielle Lyon:
Thanks for having me.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH DR. GABRIELLE LYON
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram | Website
Email: info@drgabriellelyon.com
__________________________________
Our guests, Dr. Gregory Howard & Daniel Orrego have spent years researching health & wellness. Dr. Howard is a pharmacist with a degree from the University of Texas & is an Associate Professor at McGovern Medical School. Daniel Orrego spent 10 years researching the intersection of metabolism & disease, with an emphasis on how functional nutrition can be used to mediate disease progression. Today, they will be discussing the health of your employees & how it could be costing your business too much money.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guests: Dr. Gregory Howard & Daniel Orrego
Episode 39: Is The Health Of Your Employee Team Costing Your Business Too Much Money?
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Hippocrates Research Foundation
September Book Promo
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Dr. Greg and Daniel, it's so great to have you guys on the show today. How are you guys doing today?
Daniel Orrego:
Good morning. Doing well.
Dr. Gregory Howard:
Indeed. Great to be here, man.
Brian Webb:
Today I know we're going to talk about health. So I told the audience earlier, Daniel, that we all know that our health is our number one asset, but I know that you agree with that. But tell our audience or expound upon just how big of a deal that is, that our health is our number one asset.
Daniel Orrego:
Sure. In fact, this is a great way, a great question for reflecting on just what is business about, right? And at the end of the day, business is about people. It doesn't matter if you're in the computer chips business. It doesn't matter if you're in the brownie and cookie business. At the end of the day, what you do, how you do it is ultimately about people, the people that you work with, and the customers that you interact with. Health is such an intrinsic and essential component for ensuring that the work that you do is not only sustainable but it can be done at optimal levels of performance. And the degree to which our mental, emotional and physical health suffers is reflected in the health of our enterprise. That's a point of departure for exploring this question, which is frankly is pretty deep once you get into it.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, yeah, yeah. That totally makes sense. Dr. Howard or Daniel, either one of you, what would you say is the most innovative way to improve the health for the employees of an organization of the people that might be hearing this? Entrepreneurs, business leaders, what's the most innovative way for people to improve their health?
Dr. Gregory Howard:
In the last year, we started using continuous glucose monitors. We've known about continuous glucose monitors. A continuous glucose monitor is a wearable device that we've maybe seen on TV that diabetics wear. In the past, they've been very expensive and weren't available to a lot of people. They are a prescription product, but now that's down to about $75 a month to use one of these devices. You put it on the back of the arm. It's a wearable device. You put it on the back of the arm and it will give instant feedback to the person, the employee, whoever it is, they can see the effect of what they eat and we've even simplified it. We just give them a goal to keep their blood glucose under about a hundred, 110 continuously, even after they eat. Most people, when they eat, will spike a blood sugar to about 150 or even greater if they're eating sweets and dessert.
Dr. Gregory Howard:
But we found that with a little bit of coaching, they can eat whatever they want or like to eat, but the goal is to eat a quantity of that. Obviously, if it's something with carbohydrates in it, they're not going to be able to eat much of it. But when they eat good, they can eat really as much as they want to satiate themselves and have a lot of energy. And then their blood glucose remains very flat and stable. And over a period of time, they become fat-burners as opposed to carb burners. What that means is some people that they rely on their energy stores for carbohydrates, as soon as their blood sugar falls a little bit low, they're hungry and they want to eat again. People that are fat burners, they rely on their own body fat as an energy supply, which is very constant. And so they're never hungry and they feel energetic throughout the day and don't have any crashes in their energy.
Brian Webb:
That's really good to know. I would imagine there's going to be a lot of people in the audience that's going to find that really insightful. I know that the more awareness that we have, the more we can modify our behaviors. Let me ask you this. Entrepreneurs, business leaders have employees. They're dealing with burnout. They're dealing with fatigue. How much of that is being impacted specifically by their health?
Daniel Orrego:
That's a good question. It's 100% on their health and it's something that a good doctor, they can actually measure what burnout and fatigue is with laboratory tests. Typically, if you want to know if someone is really fatigued, you can measure something called VO2 max testing. You may have seen that on TV, where athletes are wearing a mask and they're walking on a treadmill. That will measure two things, how much in shape they are or not in shape, and will also tell if they're burning fat or carbohydrates. And burning fat is much more efficient than burning carbohydrates. So if there's fatigue, they can go to a health and wellness doctor and they could have that test done. And so they can see if they're a fat burner or a carb burner. Then the other things, there's laboratory tests that go along with burnout and fatigue.
Daniel Orrego:
Usually burnout, the person's been under stress too long. And so when you're under stress, you release a lot of cortisol and cortisol can be measured in the blood or more specifically and accurately with a saliva test. Your cortisol should be high in the morning and then slowly decrease throughout the day. And people that are under too much stress, their cortisol builds up and it's really, really high in the evening and that's why a lot of people they want to eat excessively in the evening. The cortisol makes people want to eat.
Daniel Orrego:
Then when you're really, really burnt out, your cortisol, your body just quits producing cortisol, and then you can measure with a saliva test and your cortisol levels are flat throughout the day. And so naturally they should be high in the morning and decrease throughout the day to a low in the evening. As you progress into burnout, you'll flip that and it's low in the morning and increases throughout the day. And at the end, when you're really at the end of burnout and when you're looking to go to the doctor and you know there's really something wrong, then you're just not producing cortisol in an adequate amount throughout the day. And a doctor should be able to evaluate all that and help you fix that. That can be with prescription and non-prescription medications and supplements.
Brian Webb:
Some companies, there are companies out there who will partially insure the health care expenditures for their employees. What are your thoughts on that?
Dr. Gregory Howard:
I think it's a good idea if everyone has skin in the game and everyone's goals are aligned. So the employer, he needs healthy, energetic employees, and he should be willing to put his own money into that. Conversely, the employee, they want to lower the cost of their healthcare and so they want it to be as healthy as possible. So I think that's a real healthy relationship to when the employers and employees both have skin in the game and they all want to work in the same direction.
Brian Webb:
That makes sense. That absolutely makes sense. Talk about why a business owner or leader might hire their own doctor, their own physician as a medical advocate for them in their team. Talk about that for a minute.
Daniel Orrego:
Most companies, especially if they self-insure, they don't even audit their claims. And so they need someone that would be able to look at claims and see if the claims are appropriate and sell for a nominal fee, which would be small in relation to how much they're spending on healthcare. A physician could quickly look at the claims and see number one, are the expenses too high for a certain test or certain procedure or facility fee? And then they could also see if the patients were getting the appropriate care and if they were getting recurring care. And so a physician could do that inexpensively.
Daniel Orrego:
The self-insured company, they could be spending millions and millions of dollars on their employees' healthcare, and then that money has gone. It's just poof. Every year there's... and you start again next year. It's billions of more dollars. For a hundred thousand dollars or less, you could have a medical doctor look over these expenditures and see what's really driving the cost for your healthcare for your employees. And also probably have pretty good idea of how to set up programs that no one else has thought of. Usually, the businesses are using third-party administrators, which are businessmen, selling insurance and products, which is all good, but the employees probably don't know how to use those services adequately and a physician could help direct the employees on how to use those services.
Brian Webb:
Interesting. Do you see more and more businesses moving in that direction? It seems like a wise path to go down, but do you see this happening more and more often?
Dr. Gregory Howard:
The bigger companies have been doing this for some time. They do hire their own doctors and they have them on full-time staff. They put clinics in there. If it's a big corporation and they have a central location for many employees, they do put doctors right there as like an urgent care. And if the employees are traveling abroad, they help them with the vaccination process. It's being done in bigger businesses, but I think that in the future, it would be wise if companies would hire medical advocates, which would probably be a doctor or a nurse. Even smaller companies, the expenditure could be $50,000, $100,000, and you have a physician to ask for a year or whatever period of time to ask your questions and get answers to your questions. So I think it'd be money well spent.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, it seems clear to me. Thank you for everything you've shared today. Here's my last question for today. I know the two of you obviously we get to be working on the launch of the Hippocrates Research Foundation. And I know that a lot of what you've spoken about today is what that foundation is about. Share with the world your vision of what's being launched right now and why they should care about it.
Daniel Orrego:
So a couple of things to know about the Hippocrates Research Foundation. Firstly, our aims philanthropically are really about playing a role in helping institutions manage the intersection of employee wellness and enterprise performance. Of course, the net payoff is at a very human level in so far that when somebody is healthy, whether they're the owner of the business, whether they're a stakeholder or a shareholder in the business, whether an employee in the business, their life is improved. That improvement has a very direct correlation to the bottom line of the business. So that's where we want to help educate, advocate and facilitate business owners being able to make that connection, obviously gain an economic efficiency when it comes to health expenditure, and ultimately improve the lives of their employees.
Brian Webb:
Talk about that for a second. Educate, advocate, facilitate. Share with our audience. What does that look like for them for the world? What does that mean?
Dr. Gregory Howard:
Maybe a great anecdote for this and for those in the audience who are fans of football, specifically American football-
Brian Webb:
I'm sure we have a few.
Dr. Gregory Howard:
One of the ways I like to frame this is to look at how football teams treat their players. And I'm talking about the entire staff of players, even those on the practice squad that might not see action on a Sunday. The level of investment in their health, it can't be too high. Why? Because if a player can't play, which is the worst-case scenario, or if a player can't play to their potential, that directly affects the economic wellbeing of that football team. And so you see the investment from the owner, from the head coach, from the special team's coach, from the team doctors, they are maximally attentive of every facet of that player's health.
Dr. Gregory Howard:
Now, one might say, "Well, hold on a second. I own a company that manufactures shoelaces. Why would I treat my employees like that?" Well, the answer is you would, because it doesn't really matter what level of performance you need from your employees. If you have employees on a manufacturing line, whether it's in a hard goods processing, consumables, food processing, or you're in a high-tech business. The degree to which a person who is working can perform maximally means that that business is gaining the most important efficiencies that they can, which is the highest performance available to them.
Dr. Gregory Howard:
That can't happen. That cannot happen unless that person has a high degree of mental, emotional, and physical equilibrium and health. So that's really the point of departure for what we're doing and we want to make that... we want to broaden that conversation obviously and make it more inclusive and ultimately demonstrate how these economics really shake out in favor of all stakeholders and shareholders.
Brian Webb:
That's phenomenal. But let's still break that down a little bit more. Let's just talk about the education component. Tell me what Hippocrates, the research foundation, is going to be doing in the way of education.
Daniel Orrego:
Yeah. Dr. Howard touched on some of these things and we touched on some of the others. A good example that he brought up is the use of continuous glucose monitors. That is a phenomenal education. Why? Because that continuous glucose monitor is informing that individual literally at 10-minute intervals because that's the interval at which it samples blood sugar to assess what the glucose profile is looking at exactly how they respond to any given food or a grouping of food.
Daniel Orrego:
You're literally seeing what's happening inside your body on a moment to moment basis and gaining an understanding of what happens when you eat pizza and beer, or when you eat a lean cut of steak and some salad, or when you have a little bit of fish and some broccoli, or whether you have a piece of cheesecake. All of a sudden now, you have this understanding about how your body responds to those things, which totally changes your relationship with food and totally changes your relationship with self-accountability when it comes to having a long-term health and wellness program.
Daniel Orrego:
Just that, just that right there, that tiny slice of this whole very broad conversation is massive when it comes to education. That's not something you learn in school. It's typically not something that you learn when you go to your general practitioner and they do their once a year or twice a year physical. They're not really having that conversation with you. And the beauty of that is that you have that conversation with yourself every day. And then in partnership with your physician, now you're bringing intelligence and insight that is very informative for them. If you can pull up on your phone, "Hey, man. Here's my blood glucose data for the last 120 days." Man, the conversation there is rich, it's powerful and it's instructive.
Dr. Gregory Howard:
I'll just add. Just a simple education, so a lot of employers, they encourage and sometimes even reward their employees to go get a history and physical and lab work every year. And just with a little bit of knowledge, the patient, when they're talking to their doctor, they can ask for a few extra laboratory tests that the doctor may not have thought over. It might not be in their normal routine, but they should be there. And that would be the test, first one would be something called a hemoglobin A1C, and that checks for diabetes.
Dr. Gregory Howard:
A lot of times in a blood panel on your yearly physical, they'll just do a spot check of your glucose and that's just one point in time what your glucose was. The hemoglobin A1C that looks at an average of your blood glucose over about a four to six-week period. That's very, very indicative of health or the probability of pre-diabetes or diabetes. A lot of people were aware that diabetes is on the rise. Some people are now saying that a third of the population is pre-diabetic Type II diabetic or diabetic. That would be just a simple blood test that costs about $10 and that would tell if the person is prone to diabetes.
Dr. Gregory Howard:
The other figure that we've heard is if someone is diagnosed with diabetes, that they cost... their healthcare expenditures go up, not only for the medications to treat diabetes but the other things that go along with diabetes because diabetes can lead to other diseases like heart disease and all kinds of problems. And so the cost of a person, once they're diagnosed with diabetes, is several thousand dollars a month on the average, which is a huge number, but that's the statistic that people are giving.
Dr. Gregory Howard:
Hemoglobin A1C would be a simple blood test that may not be done. The other one would be an inflammation test. It's a non-specific inflammation test called high sensitivity CRP. Most cardiologists run that blood test. Again, it's about a $10 test and it's associated with heart disease. Pretty much I use it as a biomarker for health or there's a problem. It doesn't tell me what the problem is, but if normal people don't have much inflammation in their body and people that have any kind of disease are unhealthy, that inflammation goes up in their body.
Dr. Gregory Howard:
That's just a very simple test to see is "Am I healthy or not healthy?" It doesn't tell me what's wrong with me, but that's another simple blood test. So just a little bit of education like that when you go into your doctor. Two simple blood tests that could really mean the difference between getting the person, the employee, the healthcare they need in a timely manner or letting something go undiagnosed and then turn into a big healthcare problem and expenditure for both the employee and the employer down the road. So just that little bit of knowledge on two simple blood tests would really help a lot.
Brian Webb:
Well, thank you for sharing all of that. You dropped numerous value bombs today. I continue to learn from both of you every time I'm around you. The Hippocrates Research Foundation, tell the world, tell the audience, those that want to find you, learn more about you, or possibly get in touch, what's the best way to do that?
Daniel Orrego:
Anyone who's interested in learning more can reach Dr. Howard or myself at drhoward@hippocratesresearchfoundation.org or Daniel@hippocratesresearchfoundation.org.
Brian Webb:
And when you say Dr. Howard, is that D-R Howard or doctor spelled out Howard?
Daniel Orrego:
You got it. D-R Howard.
Brian Webb:
Perfect. Well, I'm so glad to be a small part of what you guys are doing. Thanks for being on the show today. I know that our audience is going to learn something and I just want to say thank you for the impact that you're having in the world.
Dr. Gregory Howard:
Thank you.
Daniel Orrego:
Outstanding. Thanks so much.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH DR. GREGORY HOWARD
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH DANIEL ORREGO
Linkedin | Email
__________________________________
Our guest, Tyler Lajoie is an expert when it comes to launches. His launches did over a million dollars in revenue before he was even 23 years old. He has helped dozens of startup coaching businesses generate their first five figures with launches and he runs all of the affiliate launches for an eight-figure company. Today, Tyler is going to share how to launch like an expert, even if it’s just you or a small team.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guest: Tyler Lajoie
Episode 38: How To Launch Like An Expert, Even If It's Just You Or A Small Team
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
PEOPLE MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE
Russell Brunson
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
September Book Promo
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Hey, this is Brian Webb. You're listening to the Learn More Earn More business growth podcast brought to you by Wet Box digital. Hey there everyone. Welcome to the show. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business smarter and faster, whether you're an aspiring entrepreneur or a thriving business owner, this podcast is designed just for you. So you can learn from the best industry experts in the world. I'll bring you exclusive interviews with authors, thought leaders, and successful business titans who share their stories and business journeys. So we can draw insights and learn from their successes and struggles together. As you're working on growing your business and pursuing your dreams, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid the costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. And I promise we'll have some fun in the process. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Hey everyone, welcome to the show. So let me ask you this. Are you considering launching a new business? Maybe you're thinking about writing a book or are you considering launching a brand new course or maybe a mastermind or a coaching program? If you are, you are in the right place today. Let me tell you about my guest Tyler Lajoie. Tyler is an expert when it comes to launches, he had done over a million dollars in revenue before he was even 23 years old. He's helped dozens of startup coaching businesses generate their first five figures with launches and he runs all of the affiliate launches for an eight-figure company.
And today, if you're thinking about launching that business, that course, that book, that mastermind today, Tyler is going to drop some value bombs for you so that if you do want to launch that new enterprise, that new business, that new book, whatever he could make it a five-figure, a six-figure, even a seven-figure launch. Can you imagine generating a million dollars in revenue in your first week alone? Amazing. Let's jump into my interview with Tyler Lajoie. So I'm here today with Tyler Lajoie and we're going to talk about launches and we're going to break that down, but first Tyler, welcome to the show today.
Tyler Lajoie:
How's it going, Brian? Thanks for having me on.
Brian Webb:
It's great to have you on, it's going great. It's going to be a fun conversation. So the word launch, obviously you and I know what the context that we're talking about for the sake of jumping in. When we talk about a launch, what specifically is a launch to someone who might be hearing this for the first time?
Tyler Lajoie:
Yeah, absolutely. So for my business partners, when we think about a launch, what we really think about in a great way of modeling that, is to look at the PLF, the product launch formula. It's really any time you are trying to choreograph a way to bring a new or existing product to your market. So if you are actually the one you set something up that has a closed-down period, creates real urgency, creates real scarcity, and you want to do it with an intentional energy behind it. Launching is an amazing tool to use to bring that to your audience, instead of just promoting or having some random blast from an email that they haven't seen in a while, you're actually making an event out of it. Whether you do a webinar, whether you do a five-day challenge, whether you do an email quick launch campaign, a launch makes it feel like this is a real event that engages your audience, and it gives them a timeframe where they actually have to act, otherwise, they might miss out and it's not creating some false illusion of scarcity or exclusivity.
The launch actually allows you to do it in a very genuine and authentic way. And I believe that is so, so huge in today's market when we kind of move from away from that fear-based marketing, which a lot of people are reading through now more towards that love-based marketing, but you still have to put that person in that problem they're experiencing and then give them some reason to act, to do a service to them. So I believe a launch is one of the best ways to motivate your audience to actually act in the way they're saying they want to, like being a part of your email list or your community. And it's a great way to guarantee just consistent revenue for your business. So that's kind of what a launch is, any choreographed way of bringing a newer, existing product to your audience in a very intentional way.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely. Talk to the audience about why it's a must for any business to launch the right way. Why is that important?
Tyler Lajoie:
Yeah, absolutely. So for us, we always like to go back to the kind of cliche that everybody talks about, but it's so true of leaving money on the table. If you are doing something at 70% efficiency, well, you're probably leaving whatever that thing is on the table. And in this case in a business, as an entrepreneur, you're likely leaving money and impact for your audience on the table. So when I say like 70% efficiency if you don't know how to launch, and that's literally one of the documents have for all of our clients, it's called how to launch. If you don't know how to properly do it, it'd be the same thing of coming in and trying to be an expert copywriter without ever having understood that. So you are not going to communicate your message as well. You're not going to hit the proper pain points.
You're not going to have the right sequence in place. You're not going to have the right order of call to actions. You're not going to be doing it entirely the right way while you might make sales. And you might have that bias come up, of that confirmation bias. It becomes really, really challenging when you have those blinders on and you think you're doing it the right way. But if you are not an actual export or expert, or really have dove in or done a lot of launches, it's very likely something around the copywriting, the emails, the sequence, the close-down, the offer, whatever it is just isn't being optimized, right? Maybe it's the funnel. It could be anything. So if you know that it's not your zone of genius, it's likely you're probably not maximizing the capacity of that. So that's why I believe it's super important to always work with someone, who is either a really, really, really expert copywriter, or just really deep into the launch phase, whether that be affiliate, internal, joint venture, whatever it is. Working with someone to maximize that I think is going to be everything.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. And the one thing I know too, and I'm guessing that you're going to reinforce this is when you talk about why is it important or a must to launch the right way. And one of those reasons is you only get to launch once, you only get to be new one time, right. Beyond that, you've lost what could have been some potential energy that you could have gained in the beginning.
Tyler Lajoie:
Yeah. I always always emphasize that in the very beginning of a partnership, especially when it is a new product. Because we talk about right, you can, what I call the reverse discount. You can literally use a launch to raise your prices of an existing product. You can use a launch to just bring another, a product you've had for years back to the marketplace in an exciting, new, energized way. So you can definitely do that, but you're spot on. If you have a brand new product, you're bringing to your audience and you don't launch it in the proper way, you definitely giving up some of that momentum that would carry you that much further. If you had done it the right way, the first time around. So for sure, launching for the first time is a huge momentum game.
Brian Webb:
And to those that are listening, that they're not really thinking in the world of quote-unquote, launching. It's really good. You kind of just covered this, but it's important to talk about, we're not just talking about launching a new business. You could be launching a book, you could be launching a course or a mastermind, right?
Tyler Lajoie:
Absolutely.
Brian Webb:
So let's talk about this. What happens if someone launches the wrong way? What are the consequences of that?
Tyler Lajoie:
Yeah. So two things happen, right? One, this person may be an entrepreneur, nothing's going to really phase down. They're going to be like, "Hey, I'm A-okay. I'll figure it out. We'll get back out the next time." And they're going to be just on the next one. Right? That's the best-case scenario. The worst-case scenario is a couple of things. One thing is the mentality, the energy of that entrepreneur and or the team kind of drops a little bit because you usually didn't hit the expectation you were setting for yourself. And while expectations are never great, in business, we got to have some sort of metrics, goals, KPIs, objectives that we're reaching for. So whenever we come short of those, it always kind of hurts the team a little bit, even though maybe it shouldn't, right. So that's one thing is the internal team, the mindset of the entrepreneur, especially if they're a very new entrepreneur, which a lot of the people that I started out working with are very new.
So when they had a discouraging first launch, it really affected them for weeks and months after that. The second thing is you're just not going to build the traction that you thought you were going to. So if you, like you said, if you're launching a book is a very big difference between being able to launch it to 15 or 20 people, as opposed to launching it to 100 or 500 or 1000 people. And a lot of times it's not that big of a difference, an effort it's a difference in actual principles of what you're doing on the launch, and then the tactics and strategies that goes on top of those to bring in those 100 or 200 or whatever, extra book sales, as opposed to the 15 or 20 you did from a very imperfect launch.
So, you're going to lose traction and you're going to lose the momentum. You're going to lose the morale of the team, maybe the mentality, the mindset of the owner, whatever it is. There's a lot of things that can happen, but that's why it's always just best to nip that on the boat and just launch the right way the first time.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. I once heard the word momentum is defined as forward progress fueled by previous winds. And obviously when you're doing that launch, the more epic it can be in the beginning, the more fuel and momentum it can give you for the rest of that launch or that campaign or the sales or that product. Right.
Tyler Lajoie:
A 100 percent. I mean, think about how exciting it is to do a million-dollar launch or do one of the biggest launches you've done like you just add so much more energy in there. It gives you a new floor for your business. And it's like, "Okay, next time we do it. That's the bare minimum. We're only up from here." And it kind of gives people new highs, expands their mind a little bit to possibilities they hadn't achieved yet or hadn't even thought of. So it's really cool when I get to see someone break through a barrier, they hadn't yet achieved and then come on the other side and just be like, "Wow, I didn't even realize I could make that much money a month or whatever it is." So, it's a really exciting thing when they break through that barrier, for sure.
Brian Webb:
It is. So I want to talk about this. I'm thinking about the people in the audience who are thinking, I've got an idea, I've got a product, I've got a course, I've got a book. I want to launch a mastermind or a coaching program, but they're thinking, but I don't know anyone. I don't have a big email list. I don't have a huge database, talk about why one affiliate strategy is a must for scaling, but tie that into specifically break down what a JV or a joint venture launch is because I know that can be a really powerful method for those who don't yet have a big audience to potentially leverage the power of other people's audiences. We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor, What Box Digital, if you're like most business owners and leaders, you likely have several marketing problems.
Your marketing is just a lot of guesswork. You don't know what is working and what isn't. You have no strategic plan to effectively and consistently deliver new customers. You hate deal dealing with lumpy cash flow and up and down sales cycles. You don't have a system for consistently generating new leads month after month. You have no idea how to convert website visitors into paying clients. And you don't even know where to start. Well, great news. I can help with all of that. You need a seasoned and highly experienced chief marketing officer, but that comes at such a high price. And that's why our fractional CMO program is just right for you, for a fraction of the price of a truly experienced full-time chief marketing officer. I can partner with you and your team to make better marketing decisions while avoiding the expensive mistakes and costly pitfalls that stem from bad marketing.
It truly breaks my heart to see businesses, large and small, waste budget dollars and squander growth opportunities, because of bad marketing decisions. This is precisely why you need a trusted advisor and proven marketing strategies to help you grow your business and give you the peace of mind you've worked so hard for, in that you certainly deserve. Let's get started today, but before we do, this is how the program works. Once we've engaged in a fractional CMO agreement, first we'll audit where you are currently in all of your marketing efforts. I'll run some diagnostics and assessments on where you are currently and where you need and want to go.
I'll walk you through our proven discovery process, do some necessary research so I can present some data-driven strategies for establishing and launching your new marketing plan. My hope is that you would stop feeling uncertain and frustrated about how marketing can and should be helping you to grow your business. I think you've worked too hard, for too long to not be enjoying the peace of mind that comes from knowing you're doing marketing right, right. To get started today, just visit our website, www.whatboxdigital.com, or just text the letters. CMO to 8-3-2-3-2-4-2-4-3-2. And we'll get the discussion moving forward again. Visit whatboxdigital.com or just text CMO to 8-3-2-3-4-2-4-3-2. Don't waste another dollar on failed marketing systems that are doing nothing to grow your business. Let's get started today.
Talk about why, one affiliate strategy is a must for scaling, but tie that into specifically break down what a JV or a joint venture launch is, because I know that can be a really powerful method for those, who don't yet have a big audience to potentially leverage the power of other people's audiences.
Tyler Lajoie:
Absolutely. This is a massive, massive game-changer. And if anybody can take anything away from this call, especially if you are one of the entry-level entrepreneurs or coaches, or maybe you've been doing entrepreneurship for a while, and this is your new business or whatever it might be in the online space. I think this is going to be a big thing to dive into right here. So for me, lucky enough, I actually, my expertise started out in the people who did not have big audiences. So they did not have big email lists. They did not have big podcast listener audiences, they did not have big Facebook communities, anything. So joint venture and affiliate was a massive, massive opportunity for all of them to be able to launch without having to have or pay for their own assets. So let's start off with the definition of the JV and affiliate.
So JV, joint venture, usually that implies there's going to be a joint collaboration here, right? So you are going to give reciprocal traffic or reciprocal value to them as they give to you. So if you say, can I email your list, or can I give you these two swipe files to swipe email files to send to your email list, to recruit from my event or my offer, they'll say, "Yes." And then they'll say, "Okay, well, when can you send an email to your list for me?" That would be much more JV-related. And those are amazing. Those are great, that's great reciprocal traffic. You're going to make money from their offer. They're going to make money from your offer. But that usually is how it consists of them coming to you as well for your list.
The affiliate side is a one-way street and that's the only difference, in reality, is the fact that you are going to them saying, "Hey, you're going to get 20% on the revenue, I'm going to keep 80% revenue. You're going to send two emails to your list. And then we're going to be off on our merry way." That's how affiliate works. So when you are able to have an affiliate deal, it's really, really good, because you have no further responsibility or obligation to sending your email to your list.
Because your list is valuable. Your audience is valuable. You don't want to numb them or wear them out with as many offers. So every offer you bring them, you want to make sure it's very aligned, very powerful it's for them. So when you have JDV partners, you want to make sure they're very, very good ones. So affiliate ones are great because you don't have to send your list. So what happens is say if you have the brand new offer, brand new mastermind program, you're getting ready to launch, you got the messaging down, you know the avatar, you know the pains, you know the desires, you are ready to write the emails and you're ready to send them to whoever's going to listen to you, right?
Well, you don't have an email list. You don't have a joint, you don't have anything. You don't have a Facebook community. You don't have a YouTube channel. You don't have anything. What you can do is what Russell Brunson talks about in the Dream 100, and this has been a strategy used for just decades and decades, even before Russell Brunson talks about it. You go out there and you find a hundred people or you even just make a list of a hundred people, that would be awesome if they were able to share this stuff with their audiences. From there, you find a way to contact them, that could be probably email, phone number, whatever, having a VA reach out Facebook Messenger, Instagram.
Brian Webb:
Social.
Tyler Lajoie:
From your way, reaching out to them and then deriving a list of your first.
It could be between 5, 10, 20, 30, depending on that list of a hundred. How many get back to you? Some of them are going to say yes to you, especially if you really do have your message honed in, you really do have a quality offer. And you really do know why you're doing what you're doing. You're going to be able to transfer that energy to those people that do get back to you from this reach. And they are going to be willing to share that with you. So I'll give a quick example of this is I had a brand new client. She had been in the construction industry forever. She had actually had a quarter-billion-dollar company in her twenties. She crushed it. She's now in her late thirties and that construction company actually, some things had happened where her business partner kind of took it away from her.
All these just crazy things happened. And she was forced to move out of it. She then entered more into the subconscious mind field, working with energy, just the universe, all these different things. And I love, love, love all of those things, those spiritual teaching. So she was diving into that and creating a mastermind to really help people recode their subconscious minds, right? To come in alignment with their highest self, she really had no audience at all. She had an email list about a hundred people, but what she did by using this Dream 100 strategy was she reached out to all these people and Mind Valley actually got back to her. They got her onto a podcast. And next thing you know, she had, I believe over 200 to 300 registrants for her first-ever webinar, her first-ever five-day challenge, we ran with her.
And then from there, she did a $50,000 launch and she had never done any revenue at all from this brand new offer. So that is the power of JV or affiliate is that she went out there, they offered to get her on the podcast and then basically emailed their list and post it on their website. She then brought in 300 registrants and then created a $50,000 in income from an audience she never had. So that is the power of the affiliate and the JV. And that's kind of how you do it. It really doesn't have its perfect system, but it's definitely a tool people should definitely be tapping into as they move through their first launches.
Brian Webb:
Let me ask you this. When it comes to looking for someone to be a JV partner, other than obviously the Dream 100 approach, which is go and curate and find, do you have any top tips that you give to someone, when they're thinking about launching some type of an affiliate program, what do you share? What's the one or two things that you share that you wish you would've known when you began, that it took some experience for you to learn?
Tyler Lajoie:
Totally. And this is right at my alley as well. I have an offer I do on the side of, for myself. It doesn't take me too much time. It's super simple for me, but it's a 90-day sprint basically to build someone's affiliate program from the ground up and do their first affiliate launch with them. So I have three clients I'm working with that right now. And what we do is we come in and step one is, I identify any and all current affiliates who have either promoted in the past, are promoting right now, or who have just been maybe underperforming. So number one is going at the extreme, low-hanging fruit, the ones who already exist, basically. The second one is new affiliates, but the ones who are closest by, right, the second tier up. So this is going to be where you have like champions of the brand.
You have people who maybe have been clients, who have audiences, people who just love your brand, love you. People who are willing to promote you just based off of liking you or knowing you or having some third party connection with you or whatever that might be, could be old podcast interviews, YouTube lives you did, Facebook lives, anything like that. I go to those, I really craft a list and I reach out to them. So that's number two is going after second-tier connections. Number three is then cold outreach. So obviously people want to work with people like Tony Robbins or they want to work with people like Justin Goff or Stefan Georgi, people with these big email lists who are doing big things in the internet marketing world or whether the computer world or the financial industry, whatever industry you're in, you want to go to those big players, right?
So if you want to go to those big players that becomes the cold outreach bucket. So that could be small people. They usually talk about there's like tad pools, fish, dolphins, and whales in the affiliate as far as size. So you can have a list of all those people, but the third bucket is really that. And that's what I tell people to go out there and do is craft a list, their Dream 100 from that sort of list using internal, secondary connections and then completely cold outreach. And once you are able to do that, the hardest part is almost making the list. The easiest part is just reaching out and getting told yes or no. So once you have that, it's just really off to the races.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Well, Tyler, thanks for being here today. You've dropped some really cool value bombs. For those people in our audience, who again, are thinking about launching something, that book, that product, that business ever, what's the best place for our audience to find you online and to learn more about who you are and what you do.
Tyler Lajoie:
Absolutely. So the best place to reach me right now is going to be simple to send me an email to tyler@theimpactlaunch.com. Tyler@theimpactlaunch.com. And I'm sure we'll put that in the email or wherever that may be, but just send me an email, say you saw the episode and you want to talk about launching and we can definitely, either communicate via email or hop on a quick call to really see, yeah. How you can move your launch forward the most efficient way. And if I can help in any way, shape, or form, I'll definitely let you know, but that'd be the way to get your hold of me and I've, yeah, really appreciate being on, Brian. Thanks for having me so much. It's been awesome.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely. Thanks for being here today. Tyler.
Tyler Lajoie:
Wonderful. Thanks so much, Brian, have a great day.
Brian Webb:
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More business growth podcast, we can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored, if you subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review, I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at, @Brian Webb and the show sponsor, What Box Digital can be found at, as you might guess @whatboxdigital. You can also find me and What Box Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More business growth podcast.
And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you. I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH TYLER LAJOIE
Linkedin | Facebook | Email
__________________________________
Our guest today, Tony Grebmeier is a serial entrepreneur, whose current ventures include co-founding ShipOffers, which has been on the Inc. 5,000 list 7 times! He has also created the Be Fulfilled Brand. On the show today, Tony will be talking about how to find true fulfillment and understand real success.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guest: Tony Grebmeier
Episode 37: How To Find True Fulfillment & Understand Real Success
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
PEOPLE MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE
John Maxwell
John Acuff
Jim Rohn
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Be Fulfilled Journal
Tony Grebmeier Website
Shipoffers
September Book Promo
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Well, Tony, it's great to have you on the show today. You and I got to talk a week or two or three ago about talking about being fulfilled and what that looks like. And so, it's just great to have you on the show today.
Tony Grebmeier:
Thanks for the opportunity to be here. This is a great topic. A lot of people don't dive into finding fulfillment in their life. And so, I'm glad you asked me to come along for the journey.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, it's going to be fun. Before we jump into that, though, I'd love to hear you give the CliffsNotes version of your story about how you started ShipOffers and what obstacles you've overcome to get from where you were when you began to where you are today. I'd just love the audience to hear a little bit of your story if you're willing to share that today.
Tony Grebmeier:
Yeah, I appreciate it. Funny thing on my way to the radio station when I used to be a DJ one day. A buddy asked me, "Would you be interested in going to Vegas and talking about maybe a new business opportunity?" And I'm like, "Yeah. I'm going to starving like 20 some year old and I would love to make more money, sure." And one thing led to another that I started figuring out how to build and design websites. And 24 years ago, I really got into the internet and started figuring out how to control and drive traffic, build websites, sell some stuff. And we just kept working and working. And I've been a part of a couple of dot coms, some successful, some not. And I just learned a lot that I wanted to be my own boss. I didn't want to show up and report to anybody.
Tony Grebmeier:
So, I guess on October 20th, 2000, I said, "Screw the old job." and I decided to go out and venture on my own. One buddy came along for the ride and we started what was the beginning of EyeFive. And EyeFive later turned into ShipOffers. And so, started selling products out of my garage, shipped out of my garage for a short period of time, got to the point where we realized we needed an office. And then, in March, of 2001, we got our formal office and that was in Van Nuys, California. We've been going strong for 20 plus years, offering products in the health and wellness space for online marketers, direct response, and primarily help people do the stuff that isn't so sexy, which fulfills those products. And we now have just a boatload of clients all around the world. We also provide a lot of just, I'd say, off-label consulting services to help you scale your business and find the things that aren't working and help you to tweak them, introduce you to great people, and really just help you to grow your business
Brian Webb:
And along the way the Inc. 5,000 list, seven times, not too bad.
Tony Grebmeier:
No, not too bad. And one of those things, when you look back at the Inc. 5,000, I remember when we initially threw our name into the hat, we were like, "Are we really going to show up? There's a, there's a lot of people who supply their name to that." And it's been neat to see year after year growth. And along our journey, we didn't make it one year. And I call that when you figure out what you need to make adjustments in your business, certain things need to take a back seat. So, I was a little disappointed when we didn't make it seven years in a row, but I had a good friend who spoke to me. He's like, "Hey, look, man, you focused on growing your business. You made some adjustments and some powerful changes. Now, look what you've been able to do." And then, it came as a gift this year to making it for a seventh time out of basically the last eight years. So, I was excited.
Brian Webb:
Amazing. You've probably seen it. It's all over the web, but this graphic shows two different journeys. One is just this perfectly straight line from a lower point to a higher point, illustrating what we want success to look like. And then, it shows another graphic where the line goes up, and then it plummets down and comes back up again, then it plummets down. But the overall trajectory is up, but that's really more realistically what life and success are typically really like.
Tony Grebmeier:
Yeah. Entrepreneurship, that's what I fall into is not a straight line, it's a squiggly. It goes all over the place. And I've learned that if you look at a really tall mountain, it never goes straight. It's got to bend, has some switchbacks, and takes you on the side of it and then up some. And that's the journey that I've been on. I've never said, "I'm going to start on the top." I said, "I want to start down below because I want to learn how to get my way to that cliff." but nobody stays on the pinnacle of success for long. Somebody is always trying to pull you. So, I've learned to become a Sherpa on my journey up and down success mountain, help others.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. I've heard that, I forget who said it but said that what success is a leased space. It is not a place we purchase. It's a space that we lease temporarily and try to hold on to it, basically.
Tony Grebmeier:
Yeah. No, I love it. And one of the interesting parts about being my own boss is that along the journey, I have built a wealth of friends. People often say, "Tony, do you have a lot of friends?" "No." I say, "I have a lot of good friends." and these are people who will help me see my blind spots. And so, a couple of weeks ago I was sitting down with a colleague. We were just chatting about life and business. And some of the things that I face now in my journey are a lot different than when I began my journey, and we were just talking about our blind spots and how you and I can't see them, but others can.
Brian Webb:
Wow. So true
Tony Grebmeier:
And that when you make a mistake, it's a mistake one time. After that, it's a choice. So, the things that I was constantly making mistakes on became choices. And then, when I realized that I had power and control over my choices, I could begin to change. Tony Robbins talks about it. Jim Rowan talks about it. For things to change, for things to get better, you've got to get better. So, that journey up and down success mountain is a lot sexier and a lot more fun today than it ever has been in the past.
Brian Webb:
I was once talking to a buddy of mine, and by the way, another friend of mine that I would say helps me to see my blind spots. And he asked me this question one time. He said, "Brian, what is your definition of success?" And now, in this particular context, it was financial. Now, you and I both know that success expands way beyond money. You and I probably both know a lot of people who have lots of money, but I wouldn't say that they're really succeeding in life. But anyway, he says, "What's your definition of success financially?" And I just didn't have an answer right off the cuff. And then he said, "Because if your only definition is more," he said, "then success is basically always going to elude you because no matter where you arrive to financially, there's always more to go get." What are your thoughts on that?
Tony Grebmeier:
Oh, it's a preface of what my podcast has been for almost four years. What's your definition of success? It's the question I've asked probably over 500 different entrepreneurs and people who've come on the show. Success is simple. The most common answer I've received is freedom, time freedom to be able to do what you want with whoever you want when you want. You've probably heard that in many different variables, but the thing that's best for me is the ability for me to spend time with my family. That's success because there was a time, some of the people who are listening may know my story and some don't, that I wanted to take my own life. I sat and contemplated that whole thought for many, many hours and attempted to commit suicide. And I received a phone call from a friend who says, "Hey, I'm coming over."
Tony Grebmeier:
And I'm like, "All right. Let me go put all my stuff away." and he came in and he gave me a big hug and his name's John [Montazeri 00:07:16]. And he said, "You know, Tony, your life has meaning and purpose, but what you're doing right now doesn't." And we sat down for about 45 minutes and had a really in-depth conversation. He proceeded to leave and I said, "Oh, my gosh. Now, what am I going to do?"
Tony Grebmeier:
And a few hours later, a different buddy called and came over, who happened to be a pastor of the church that I attended. And he helped me to see some stuff that I couldn't see for myself. He painted a vision, "Tony, you have an ability and a gift. I see you on stages speaking, sharing your story, your message with lots of people, but impacting lives all around you." And that really became the vision that I hold for success is being able to have a really passionate and open, honest conversation with another human being, helping them today to make a decision to do something about what they've been given as an opportunity in life. So, relationships is success for me.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Because of my previous life, a lot of people might not even know this, certainly not the podcast audience, but before I was in business, 18 years ago, I was actually in full-time ministry. And so, as a result of that, part of what you do is, I've been to many, many, many more than I'd like to have been, to many funerals. And without a doubt, inevitably, every single time someone's on their death bed, there's never the regret of, "I wish I would have worked harder." There's never the regret of, "I wish I would have made more money." It's always, "I wish I would have spent more time with those that I loved."
Tony Grebmeier:
The interesting part. There's a former basketball player on his bed right now fighting COVID in the hospital. And he put a message out to the world, basically saying, "If I've done you wrong, I apologize." And I don't want to go through life with resentment or regret. I want to go through life knowing that I gave 100%, I did the best I could and along the way, I cleaned up my messes so that I could live free. Because part of success is freedom, and so, how do you get to do that? Part of the gift that I've been given and the ability to do is I meet with men five days a week to talk about where they're at in their journey. And I give it 100% because it's easy to give away because I receive so much in return.
Tony Grebmeier:
And so, relationships, my buddy, Nick always talks about relationships are the rocket ships that take you places. I'm like, "No. Relationships are the currency that helps you to really create anything that you want." And the way you show up in a relationship, the increase of the value of your currency goes up. So, you can be cheap in a relationship, be a taker and you're being, in my book, a cheap coin that won't buy you anything and. And my buddy Nick's calling me, by the way, that's called life and fate right there. How also, your currency grows is by what you bring to the table.
Tony Grebmeier:
My buddy, Jim Gnome, always talks about, "What are you bringing to the table of life today?" because most of us are just takers. We show up at a buffet, and you're like, "Man, there's no more pancakes." I'm like, I'm raising my hand, stomping my feet. "I paid good money to be in this buffet line. Why are there any pancakes?" And Jim really helped me to see, "Why don't you be of service today and go cook in the kitchen? Why don't you go show up and serve instead of take?" And so, a good question that I posted a couple of weeks back on my community is like, "What are you bringing to the table today?"
Brian Webb:
I want to share this with you because I want to get your perspective on this. And this isn't just some placard on the wall, it really is my personal mission statement. And here's what it is, is my mission, personally, Brian Webb is to have an indelible and profoundly positive impact on as many people's lives as possible and to always give more than I ever take. I'm just curious. That, for me, is where I tend to pursue fulfillment. Being a servant, having a servant's heart, servant leadership.
Brian Webb:
You were talking about blind spots. I've even told employees on more than one occasion that I said, "If you ever see me handle a situation in a way that I could have done it better," I said, "not only is it okay for you to come and tell me," I said, "I welcome you to come and tell me." No, I said, "Please do it in private and do it with love," but I said, "I don't want to be the person who has all my blind spots that go unnoticed for my whole life. I want to always be on that improvement journey." How do you think most people that may not have that mission statement, they may not even have awareness around this thing that we're talking about today, how do you think most people find their fulfillment?
Tony Grebmeier:
Oh my gosh. That's a really interesting question. And I could go in either direction. I'll tell you this. You've probably heard this somewhere in your journey too, Brian. You either are living your dream or you're living somebody else's. And so, if you're not living 100% your dream, it's all right, don't worry about it. Once you take the right pill, the new trailer for the Matrix 4 is coming out, the red pill or the blue pill. But once you realize that you have a choice, that's a blind spot. People often don't think that they have a choice. I'm like, "You get to create the life that you are living." And I want to break it down an extra level because I want to get to the core of the human, not just the gut. I think the gut's great, but I want to get a little lower than the gut today, just a little lower than that.
Tony Grebmeier:
What I think that most people are on their journey, and I was sitting talking to a gentleman this morning about it, where we get let down by the people in our lives. And so, we exert more energy and we try harder. And then, we feel that people stepped on the toes and they've hurt us and they brought frustration to our lives and we began to get resentments. And then, we're not living to the truest and the form of who we are. I learned probably about 10 years ago or so after finally getting sober, I've been sober coming up on 13 years. I was pretty addicted to a lot of things and I didn't understand how to find joy and happiness in my life.
Tony Grebmeier:
I didn't know what I didn't know. And then, someone broke it down for me really, really easy. When I wake up in the morning, I've got options. I can think good or bad, the moment I wake up. The moment I wake up, I can think, "Oh, my gosh, I have all this bad stuff going on in my life today." And I'm instantly over there. But if I'm super grateful and in the presence, for me, it's God. God gave me an opportunity to wake up, open my eyes and get out of bed and is guiding, I believe, 100% of my life in all directions that I go and helps me to see that it's my responsibility to show up today as a good human being. I've been given a gift. I've been given an opportunity because I didn't kill myself.
Tony Grebmeier:
So now, I experience life at a high level. I feel like in the movie with Bradley Cooper, Limitless. I believe I've been able to swallow the opportunity pill of a lifetime and start living out my dreams. In the last three weeks, I've taken my entire calendar, did it about three years ago and I believe all of us need to become good at archeology. We all need to dig up our past to look at it because we can learn from it. We can see what's maybe holding us back because if we don't, I promise you, your past will show up in the future. It'll knock on your door and say, "Hey, Brian. Hi. I missed you. I'm back. Did you miss me?" And it's like, "What the heck are you talking about?" Your past will always show up in your future unless you understand your past and learn from it and make adjustments.
Brian Webb:
Just to add to that, I think you'll probably want to steal this and it's not mine. Andy Stanley, who pastors, I think it's the second-largest church in America at north point up in the north Atlanta area. And he once was quoted as saying, "Your present will at some point affect your past, which will then affect the present and your future."
Tony Grebmeier:
Yeah. Most of us are all trying to figure out what to do today. Very few have it figured out. You live and die by whatever your Smartwatch or your phone or your calendar or the hidden agenda that somebody else has for you is basically putting in your way. And I think COVID, for myself, and I know a lot of people have been affected good and bad by it. I'm just saying, COVID helped me to learn about me in a completely unique way because I have always needed to be around a lot of people, not to feel good, but to feel like I was adding value to the world.
Tony Grebmeier:
And so, during COVID and lockdown and our business went to, basically remote other than our warehouse for shipping products and services out for people, I launched this thing called networking remote, and I interviewed three individuals at the time in a Zoom and we had a panel and we asked a lot of questions and what are you doing? How are you doing it? And it was a really interesting thing to recently go back and look at those 10 plus episodes and really start seeing, once people regained confidence, how things began to change in their life.
Tony Grebmeier:
At first, there was a bunch of uncertainty. Then, "Well, I don't know, this thing's going to be over next month. This can't go on forever." And then, another individual I talked to said, "Any pandemic that we've ever experienced in the last 100 or so years, actually has a two to a four-year cycle." This is a pandemic, and we're seeing the legs of it play out. And so, I'm not here to say, do this or do that, I'm just saying, I learned so much as an individual about myself, that ultimately helped me to prepare what now is my new goal, which is to get everything off my table, everything off my plate, everything off my calendar, everything off so I can be 100% free to make choices again without feeling like I'm letting somebody down when they ask me.
Brian Webb:
That's amazing. And yet, for so many people, I would imagine listening, it's so counterintuitive. But I can absolutely see the wisdom in what you're talking about. Not too long ago, I think I even referred to this in a previous episode, I saw where Johnny Acuff was interviewing John Maxwell. John Acuff has written several New York Times bestselling books. Of course, we all know who John Maxwell is. And he says, "What is it that gets you up in the morning?" He's talking to John Maxwell. And he said, "Is it discipline?" And Maxwell's response, he says, "No, it really isn't discipline." He said, "It's anticipation." He said, "I just anticipate, what will I get to do that will have an amazing impact in somebody's life today?" When it comes to finding fulfillment and even defining success and then pursuing that definition of success, what are two or three things that you think holds people back, Tony?
Tony Grebmeier:
Number one, for me, it's always been the same, fear. And there's a couple of fun definitions you can find online, if you just say what's the definition of fear? F everything and run, for a lot of people, or false evidence appearing real. But fear, I would put at the very top. I think the second thing is, is they don't believe that it's possible. And you could counter, you could categorize that as fear, but they just don't see themselves as that possibility.
Brian Webb:
They're not convinced.
Tony Grebmeier:
Nope. No. I was sitting with an individual this morning and we were going through some processes and he was sharing, he feels like people have wronged him. And I said, "Do you believe you're a good person?" He says, 100%," I said, What are nine other values that you see for yourself? Write them down." I said, "You have a choice in this moment to operate from that or what you believe, which is false evidence appearing real in your mind as to why these things are happening."
Tony Grebmeier:
We're doing some step work now around making amends. And making amends is something that holds all of us back. We don't believe that they should hear us apologize or say we're sorry, or that we made a mistake. They hurt me, so I would put resentment also holds us back because we're just afraid. And it's okay to be afraid. I just watched the Halloween Kills trailer right before this. I wanted to see the new John Carpenter preview. And I don't want to watch a scary movie at nine o'clock at night, but I can watch it at 8:30 in the morning. I know better when to watch a scary movie. I can watch a trailer at 8:30 and be okay. So, knowing that, I've trained my brain to do things completely different.
Brian Webb:
A couple of things came to mind while you were talking. One, I'm going to ask this question, even though I really know your answer, but I just want to give you a chance to speak into it. I feel like gratitude is the antidote or the penicillin to depression, to a bad attitude, to having a bad day. I've been taught that by so many of my mentors. And whenever I am coaching someone, I try to pass that along. And I tell people that depression of feelings, I heard it said that feelings are just visitors, so even if you are having a bad day, just realize that that doesn't mean that you have to have a bad day all day. That feeling is just a visitor in your life. I'm guessing you agree with all that though, am I right, or am I wrong?
Tony Grebmeier:
An attitude of gratitude will take you places that you've never gone before. And most humans that I have done work with, and I've been really grateful to have the opportunity to sit with well over 1,000 men and sit and really uncover gratitude. Gratitude is the only way to really live your life. And the interesting part is that what's going wrong in your life, and then gratitude can't live on the same page in the same space.
Brian Webb:
That's very, very true. I've also heard it said that fear and faith have one thing in common, they both believe in a future that does not yet exist.
Tony Grebmeier:
What is faith, if you really want to talk about it? If you were going to go down that road for a moment is, for me, I have a quote and I can put it and share it in the notes for you, but it's taking a step that you can see exists already, but just being willing to take a step no matter what. Most humans and I use most a lot when I describe people that I'm talking about in a general practical way. Most of us want to do better. Jim Rowan has a great quote, paraphrase a little bit, there's only seven or eight miserable people in this world, they just seem to move around a lot.
Brian Webb:
I have heard him say that many times.
Tony Grebmeier:
So, if we know that to be true, then when you're having a conversation with your partner or life partner or a child today, and they're having a bad day, that doesn't mean that they're a bad person. We all have bad days. You were just talking about it. A lot of it means that something else is going on and are you the friend that'll get below and get into the gut and really show up today and hold space for that person, just to maybe talk about what's going on in their life? Everything in my life comes back to the same part of this conversation, finding fulfillment. Gratitude is about finding fulfillment. Living your most authentic and true life is finding fulfillment. Showing up in such a way that you allow others to, I don't know, talk about what's going on.
Tony Grebmeier:
I just don't have time to be around people who don't want to do something about what's going on. I make that clear when I sit down with an individual, I'm like, "Look if we're going to work on life and transformation, doing stuff that's meaningful and purposeful in my life and yours, then are you willing to take certain steps? Are you willing?" I once told I've told several individuals because I did it myself. "I put on a pink tutu and stood on a street corner before. Are you willing to put on a pink tutu and push a peanut across the street today? And if your answer is no, than I'm most likely can't work with you, because if you don't have the willingness to go all out, then you're going to hold back from going all in."
Brian Webb:
We've talked a lot about Jim Rowan today, which apparently has been a mentor in both of our lives. And I remember one time I heard him talking about, he said, "Imagine if someone were to hop on your back," he says, "how far do you think you could carry that person?" And he said, "Maybe a little while, maybe a few feet, maybe even a quarter of a mile if you're really strong," he says, "but what if we put two people on your back?" He says, "You're probably not going to move forward at all." But, obviously, the point that he was making was, you can only help someone by walking beside them. You can't carry them because it's just not sustainable. You can't really help them if they're not willing to truly help themselves.
Tony Grebmeier:
Yeah. I'm not better or less than, than anybody. And anybody listening right now, you should think about that too. You're not better or less than anybody. You're doing the best you can with what you've been given. And I have a little weird way of saying it, but I says, "You're doing exactly what you've said you wanted to be doing until you decide you don't want to do anymore. And then, you'll make a decision to change." Jim has been masterful at helping to unpack a lot of stuff. But yeah, I stopped carrying people up success mountain and became their Sherpa and walk beside them. I may be a couple of steps ahead of you because I'm six foot six. However, my goal is to be there with you, help you because I'm going to need help along my journey as well.
Tony Grebmeier:
I'm willing to ask for help today. That's something I wasn't able to do 13 years ago. I wasn't able to ask for help. Today, I raise my hand and say, "Hey, look, I'm stuck. This is what I'm dealing with." I recently bought a ranch and live on 35 acres. I didn't know how to drive a tractor. I didn't know how to put a cistern. I didn't know how to put casons. I didn't know how to do any of this, culverts in the ground. And then, I'm Googling how to do this, how to do that. And I'm learning every single day. And every single day I make mistakes, but I'm willing to keep making mistakes. And that's why that Japanese proverb, Brian, is so powerful, fall seven, get up.
Tony Grebmeier:
Are you willing to get up today, even though you had a bad day yesterday? Yeah, get up. This is the time of your life, now. This is the best time. I've heard this too, now stands for no opportunity wasted. Now is the best time of your life. So, no matter if you're listening to this on a Friday afternoon, on a Tuesday morning, wherever your life is, know that if you want it to get better, it will. But if you want it to stay the same, it'll stay the same. That's why we have choices and we have to be really open-minded to what choices are we making in our life.
Tony Grebmeier:
Everything we do is impacting it in some way and impacting the reality around us, and also causing energy to shift in relationships and also the attraction of all the stuff that's coming in and out of your life. If you think about, "I'm going to get pulled over." Well, guess what? Eventually, you're going to get pulled over. It's just the law of life. If you think about like, "I want my life to get better." and you focus on things getting better, it'll get better. So, you do have a choice, and gratitude plays a huge role in all of that.
Brian Webb:
There's a verse in the Bible that says that it rains on the just and the unjust. Something I've tried to impart to my kids and my kids are all grown, but I always told them that life is a series of setbacks. And I said, "So when you just understand that setbacks are normal. When you understand that they're going to come to you and everyone else around you. It doesn't mean that you're going to love the setback when you have to deal with it, it just means you're not shocked by it. You're not going to behave as though somehow you're cursed or here we go again, woe is me. You just recognize we all go through it. It rains on all of us." So, I got to tell you, I love every guest I've ever had on the podcast before. This is my favorite interview, so far, Tony. So, kudos to you. Let me ask you this. For the people in our audience who might want to know more about you or find you online, where's the best place for them to find you?
Tony Grebmeier:
Yeah. Thanks for the compliment. I appreciate that. Let me back for one second, I heard it. A setback is just a setup for a comeback. You can check me out. Tonygrebmeier.com. It's a long German name, but you try to put it in the Google, it'll correct it and get you to the right page. You can learn about ShipOffers from there. The stuff that I've put out into the world, the free courses that I have.
Tony Grebmeier:
My heart is about giving and if I can serve in any way, if there's something I said today you want clarity on or you want to talk a little bit more, send me a message. I'd love to have a conversation. God presented it today as an opportunity and if I live that out 100%, then a complete stranger could become my best friend, like Brian, you and I got connected from a mutual friend, amber Spears. Conversations led to an interview, interview leads to opportunities. You don't need anything from me. I don't need anything from you, but an opportunity for us to become friends can begin. And that's the gift that all of us have to offer the world to make it a better place.
Brian Webb:
So true. Well, thanks for being here, Tony. You have been an amazing guest. I know the audience is going to love what you had to say today.
Tony Grebmeier:
Thank you so much for the opportunity to be here.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH TONY GREBMEIER
Linkedin | Twitter | Facebook | Instagram | Tony Grebmeier Website | Email
__________________________________
In this Do Marketing Better segment, Brian Webb discusses the best three ways to get your account banned on LinkedIn.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Do Marketing Better Segment
Host: Brian Webb
Ep. 36 - The Best 3 Ways To Get Your Account Banned on LinkedIn
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartradio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
September Book Promo
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey, everyone. Welcome back to the show today. Today, I'm going to tell you three ways, the three best ways to get your account banned on LinkedIn, which of course is something you don't want to do, right? So I'm going to teach you how to behave in a way so that your account will not get banned by LinkedIn.
But before I do jump in, I want to remind you of a special promotion that I have going on. If you'll take three to four minutes of your time to do three things, one, go and follow me on Instagram @Brian Webb. Two, go and give this podcast a review or a rating, or both. Three, send me a screenshot between now and the end of September. And if you do, I'm going to pick two of you and I'm going to give you 10 books that have changed both my life and my business.
So just as a reminder, Building a StoryBrand by Donald Miller, The 10X Rule by Grant Cardone, Dare To Lead by Brene Brown, The Common Path To Uncommon Success by John Lee Dumas, Never Lose A Customer Again, Atomic Habits by James Clear, Never Split The Difference Again by Chris Voss, Leadershift, John Maxwell, Expert Secrets by Russell Brunson, and Beyond a Million by Jim Dew.
These books have made a huge indelible impact in my life. They've truly changed my trajectory forever, and you can be one of two people that I'm going to give all 10 of those books to just because you, one, went and followed me on Instagram at @Brian Webb, two, went and gave this podcast a review and a rating. And three send me a screenshot on Instagram via Direct Messenger. At the end of the month, I'm going to pick two winners and I'm going to give all 10 of these books.
So hopefully that's going to be you. I will tell you when we do ask for reviews or ratings, I promise you, this is not a vanity play. It's just the more that people review and rate the podcast, the more the various platforms will actually give more organic reach inside of the podcast platforms, which allows us to help even more people. So that's it.
Today, I'm going to give you the three best ways to get your account banned on LinkedIn, so you want to avoid these behaviors. First, be careful that you do not have too much activity for the level of account that you have. In the past, it used to be that the normal accounts on LinkedIn could send out 50 invitations per day to connect. And if you have Sales Navigator, you could send up to 100 invitations a day.
Now, in my opinion, LinkedIn is just not very effective without Sales Navigator, so I still recommend that you have it. But here recently, LinkedIn has been limiting the amount of invitations that you can send down to about 100 a week. That's 100 connection requests weekly. And somewhat of a bonus tip, be careful, do not use Chrome extensions to browse other people's profiles automatically, or run endorsements or auto engage for more than 50 profiles in a day, and not more than a few hours at a time. And while I'm a huge advocate for marketing automation, just be careful, LinkedIn is not a fan of these robotic softwares that engages on your behalf on LinkedIn. So just be really careful of that.
And if you have sent previously, multiple requests out to people to connect and they're still out there as a pending request, you want to go in and sanitize that on a regular basis. LinkedIn does not look at your account favorably if you have hundreds or thousands of old pending connection requests.
Now, basic accounts can only have up to 1,500 pending requests, and if you have a Sales Navigator upgrade, that account can have up to 2,500 requests before you have to go in and withdraw. However, I want to recommend that you don't get anywhere near 1,500 or 2,500. In fact, I would actually suggest, if you have requests that are older than 14 days, that you go back into your account and withdraw those connection requests.
So to recap, one, be careful of having too much activity for the level of account that you have. Two, go back and monitor and withdraw your old pending connection requests. If they're more than two weeks old, go back in and undo them, withdraw them basically. And last, be careful about including too much information when you send a connection request. Remember that when you're sending a connection request on LinkedIn, your only goal is to connect. Your goal should not be to connect and pitch all at the same time.
In fact, that's probably, without a doubt, the biggest mistake that I see on LinkedIn, everyone wants to connect and then pitch right away. And those are the people that won't understand why their LinkedIn marketing efforts aren't really paying off. They try to connect, they try to pitch, it's too fast. That's not the way people form relationships.
So be a little patient, be willing to take some time to form that relationship over time. And remember, anytime you send somebody a connection request on LinkedIn, they have one of three options. They can accept, ignore, or they can indicate that they don't know this person. So if too many people select option three, "I don't know this person," your account will get restricted. So the goal is not to give them any reason to hit that option.
So to recap, be careful about having too much activity, which usually, by the way, happens with automation, but be careful of having too much activity for the level of account that you have. Second, if you have a bunch of old pending connection requests that have not been accepted, go back in, sanitize, clean that up, withdraw those requests. And then last, be careful to include too many messages when you want to connect. Just say something that's relevant to that person, that's kind of what is in it for them. Be short, be brief, and then you can use engagement in the future and messages in the future to actually continue to nurture that relationship into a potential customer or client.
So there you go, that's three behaviors to avoid if you want to really protect your LinkedIn account. Don't forget, if you love what we're doing here, go and follow me on Instagram @ Brian Webb, go and give this podcast a rating and a review, and then go and send me a direct message with a screenshot of your rating and review.
I'm going to pick two lucky winners at the end of the month to give 10 books that will change your life, they'll change your business. Thanks for being here today. I will see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
Our guest today, Lisa Costello graduated from MIT with an undergrad in mechanical engineering and then went on to get her MBA from the Rice Executive Program. She's the President and Owner of M&H Consulting Ltd and today is going to help define ESG and how getting it right can help you to better grow and scale your business.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guest: Lisa Costello
Episode 35: Understanding ESG & How Getting It Right Can Help You To Better Grow & Scale Your Business
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
M&H Consulting
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Hey, everyone. Welcome to the show today, it's always fun to be with you here and I want to introduce our guest today. Let me tell you some fun facts about her. One, she's the mother of four daughters, one of them a doctor, the other an attorney, the other, a physical therapist, and the other one is an architect. She is a multi-engine and instrument-rated pilot, but that's just the fun stuff. Let me tell you about the stuff that's relevant to this interview today. She graduated from MIT, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology with an undergrad in mechanical engineering. And if that's not enough, she goes on to get her MBA from the Rice Executive Program.
She's the president and owner of M N H Consulting Ltd. I consider her a friend and she's also a member of the WBNC and the SASB Alliance. So you're probably picking up, Lisa is rarely not going to be the smartest person in the room. She's a very successful business leader and what she's going to talk about today is ESG. What is ESG? I know what it is. You might think you know what it is, but Lisa is going to bring some really, really good insights as to what it is, why it's important, why you should report about it, who benefits and who the stakeholders are. Let's jump into our interview with Lisa Costello, you're going to love her. You know, Lisa, you and I have had the opportunity, in fact, that's how I got to know you is through a mutual client that we're working with. And so, first of all, I just want to say welcome to the podcast today.
Lisa Costello:
Thank you. I appreciate the opportunity.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. So I've told the audience who you are. I know we're going to talk about ESG and I have a feeling, it's just a feeling I have, this is not data-driven, but I would imagine a percentage probably knows that E stands for environmental S stands for social and G stands for governance. But I know it wasn't until recently on this mutual initiative that we're working on and learning from you where I started to really understand or begin an understanding of what that is. So I would love for you to share with the audience, what is ESG? What does that mean?
Lisa Costello:
It does stand for environmental, social, and governance. It also can be interchangeably used with the term sustainability, which is protecting the resources we are... Using what we have in a way that we protect them for the generations that follow us, reduce, reuse, repurpose, that kind of stuff. But so going back to ESG, and one of the things that came up in our meeting when we first met was a lot of people think ESG is environmental, and it's all about climate change. And it's not, the social and the governance aspects are things that people don't typically think about, may not be well-defined, but have an impact on how a company is managed and the ESG framework allows investors, stakeholders in a company to see how a company is managed. It's the intangible stuff that doesn't show up on traditional financial statements. How you manage the resources, how you reuse them, a lot of that impacts your cost structure, your operating structure, the governance, are you using your employees well? Are you treating them well? Are they healthy? Are they happy? Are they productive?
It's hard to define but once you start thinking about the things that may not have been mentioned before, but they are kind of lying underneath the surface, it does make a lot of sense.
Brian Webb:
Let me ask you this. I think I could come up with a reason or two, why I think this is important, but what would you say is the most significant reason or why ESG is important in business today?
Lisa Costello:
It's that part of the company, but again that's not reported on the traditional financial statements. So there are companies... So there's the enterprise value of a company and what some of the standard-setting agencies are seeing is that there's a decline in the ratio of the enterprise value to the assets of the company, which means that there's some assets that the company has that isn't being reported, whether it's goodwill or again, how you're benchmarked with your peers, is there an opportunity? A lot of it revolves around risk, but they also don't... A lot of people don't think about opportunities. Maybe you have the secret sauce in how you deal with your employees or how they interact with each other or how you manage your company and that's an opportunity for you to create a competitive advantage with your competitors.
Brian Webb:
So talk about reporting sustainability, why report sustainability?
Lisa Costello:
A lot of investors and a lot of this revolves around the investing community right now. It's been around for about 10 years. So it's not new, but the standards are being developed, there's some alignment between some of the agencies. Some of them are more environmental, human capital, and then the other stuff you report it because you want your investors to know that you're thinking about these things. There may be room for improvement, but you're at least thinking about the things that matter to your company, that aren't warehouses and inventory and leases and that kind of stuff.
Brian Webb:
Who would you say benefits when a company becomes more sustainable-minded, focusing more on ESG and reporting on it? Who would you say benefits from this?
Lisa Costello:
I would say all of the stakeholders of a company and starting with the employees. If you're reporting on sustainability, you're already thinking about it and you've got a plan. So the employees benefit, it's a more stable company. Typically, they have... The management is better, management benefits, the investors benefit because there's transparency now. A lot of the stuff that's reported in a sustainability report are things that people would have kept secret before because they thought everyone in the public didn't need to know about it. But now with being transparent, it makes it easier for the investors to determine how risky the investment is. There are a number of different stakeholders that will look at a sustainability report and one of the challenges of writing a report is do you write a report that's targeted to one audience, or do you write a report that's targeted to everybody? Because you only want to do it once a year.
And a lot of the criticisms of sustainability reports are that they're too long, there's too much information. And that's because companies don't want to put out four different reports, one for the investors, one for the employees. So there's a lot of information in them, but they're important because specifically with investors, it's about cost of capital, de-risking the company, and being transparent. They know where the risks and opportunities are, they can benchmark them against your competitors or against an industry standard. And they can also see how you're improving or maybe not improving year after year, what you said you were going to do. And there are different rating agencies and they have different metrics and so some of them surprisingly are very quantitative and you can see how you're improving year over year.
Brian Webb:
I saw in the news that Tesla in May actually became a constituent of the S&P 500 ESG Index. So that's what I was going to ask kind of next was who determines what your ESG score is and what is a good ESG score? What does that metric look like?
Lisa Costello:
The real answer is right now, there isn't anybody that... Well, I take that back. There are rating agencies that will give you an ESG score. Their metrics are proprietary and they don't... So they'll take a sustainability report that a company will produce and they will score it. If you're a member of that company or if you're a member of that ESG committee or something the rating agencies will discuss with you how they got to your score, but generally, their formula is proprietary.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Kind of like the credit bureau bureaus what you're telling me basically.
Lisa Costello:
Exactly. There's an ESG [inaudible 00:08:01] and there about four of them that now have enough traction that they're like the four best well-known. So the short answer is I don't know how they come up with their scores-
Brian Webb:
Because it's proprietary. Yeah.
Lisa Costello:
... because it's proprietary, but you can also look... I mean, they have industry benchmarks going with some of the SASB standards, they have industry benchmarks that you can use their metrics and see where you stand with regards to the industry that you're in.
Brian Webb:
That makes sense.
Lisa Costello:
Or also your competitors sometimes publish those metrics and you can see how you compare or benchmark with your competitors.
Brian Webb:
One of the things that you taught me in collaboration with this client that we both get to work with is that prior to knowing you and not being an ESG professional, I would have thought that E would have been the capital letter of social and governance. But one of the things that you taught and again to our mutual client is that really the governance is the bottom of the pyramid or the foundation. Talk about that for a second because again, prior to knowing you, I think ESG, I think environment, I think sustainability. And so I would have thought that the E the environment would have been the foundation, but one of the things that you taught me was that really it's the governance that is the foundation. Talk about that for a minute.
Lisa Costello:
So governance is, how is the company run? How are the people that run the company? What is their oversight? Who oversees them? Who monitors them? And what are the rules? And I don't want to say regulations because that's too strong of a word. But what are their processes and procedures that allow them to run a good company or run an honest company with integrity and transparency? So when you're talking about governance, you're talking about the management team, you're talking about the board, you're talking about outside auditors who might vet and rubber stamp the financial statements, you're talking about executive compensation. And so that's the governance and so when you're talking about governance, you're talking about the base of the pyramid, the foundation of a company, and from the board and the management team and the auditors, you drive your culture, your company culture, so to speak.
And that flows up into your social, which is how do you treat your employees? How do you treat the community that you live in? How do you treat the people that you work with outside of your employees? Your vendors, your customers. And then on top is the E. So if you do your governance correctly, your social sits on top of that and a good government makes good social easy. When you're doing a good social program that kind of almost by default rolls up into the environment because you're taking care of the people that you work with and treating your community with the respect that it deserves so that it's there for the seventh generation follower.
Brian Webb:
You said something earlier about the cost of capital. I think this is going to be the lynchpin question here today because I would imagine our audience is thinking ESG, this is a business growth podcast, what does one have to do with the other, which it really does have a lot to do with it. But more and more VC and investors are using ESG ratings as a metric for whether they do give capital or not, right?
Lisa Costello:
Correct. And one thing that came out of 2020 and the COVID is that companies with good ESG scores tended to do better during the pandemic in the stock market.
Brian Webb:
Interesting.
Lisa Costello:
They had good ESG scores and it all goes back into that governance issue. They had good ASG scores, they had good governance, their management team were sharp and focused, forward-looking and they have stable companies going into that. In a way that companies that weren't... Okay, I wasn't reporting ESG. So you still could have a good company, but it makes it easier. You're already thinking about it, you're proving that you're thinking about it and there's a structure for the governance in the ESG world that it's already there, it's very easy to do and when you report on it to investors, they're more comfortable because they know they can take out the risk that they've written in for what if there's a hurricane.
You're reporting on your environmental, your climate disasters, your water usage. Is there a risk there? Are you using too much or are you going to have a issue with storms? Where's your real estate? Are you in the Southern part of the United States where you potentially could... We're looking at in the next couple of days you could be dealing with a tropical storm. So investors, the more information they have, the easier it is for them to be comfortable with giving you money and that translates into a lower cost of capital.
Brian Webb:
That makes sense, Lisa. So thanks for breaking this down a little bit. I think you brought some insight and some clarity as to what ESG is, why it's important. And again, it really can impact your ability to fund or to raise capital for your business to fund growth. If our audience wants to learn more about you and the services that your company provides in terms of consulting, where's the best place for them to find you.
Lisa Costello:
They can find me on LinkedIn and they can also find my company on our website at M N H Consulting, www.mhcfirm.com.
Brian Webb:
Mhcfirm.com and we'll put that in the show notes too. Well. Good. Well, thank you, Lisa, for being on the show today. Thanks for bringing us your insight and your experience and your wisdom. Been a tremendous guest, we appreciate you being here today.
Lisa Costello:
Thank you. Bye.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH LISA COSTELLO
Linkedin | M&H Consulting
__________________________________
In this Do Marketing Better segment, Brian Webb shares a framework, or funnel, for using auto webinars to generate leads and grow your business.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Do Marketing Better Segment
Host: Brian Webb
Ep. 34 - How To Create An Auto-Webinar Sales Funnel That Consistently Generates Leads For Your Business
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartradio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
September Book Promo
Whatbox Digital
Webinar Fuel
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey, everyone. Welcome to the show today. It's good to have you here. Before we jump into today's episode where we're going to talk about an auto webinar funnel, we love sales funnels here at Whatbox Digital, and we know, we believe, it's proven sales funnels are how you grow your business systematically as far as when it comes to marketing. But before we jump into the episode, I'm doing a giveaway in the month of September. Here's what you've got to do to win, three steps. Step number one, go and follow me on Instagram. I'm @brian, B-R-I-A-N, Webb, W-E-B-B, @brianwebb on Instagram. Step one. Step two, go and leave me a rating and a review for the podcast. And the last step, DM me on Instagram @brianwebb and send me a screenshot of your rating and review.
Here's what I'm going to give away at the end of September, 10 books that I've read that I love, that have been game-changers both in my own personal growth and development, but even more so for growing my business. Here's what they are.
Building a Storybrand by Donald Miller. The 10X Rule by Grant Cardone, a book about sales. Brené Brown's Dare to Lead, a phenomenal book. The Common Path to Uncommon Success by John Lee Dumas. Never Lose a Customer Again by Joey Coleman. It is literally a framework that you can install on your business to make sure that you never lose a customer again. It's all about customer service. Atomic Habits by James Clear, a phenomenal book. Never Split the Difference Again, a book written by former FBI hostage negotiator, Chris Voss. It's all about negotiation. Leadershift by John Maxwell loved that one. Expert Secrets by Russell Brunson. And Beyond a Million by Jim Dew.
These 10 books can absolutely change your life and they can definitely help you to grow your business smarter and faster. And that's all you've got to do, three to five minutes of your time. Follow me on Instagram @brianwebb, go give the podcast a review and a rating, DM me a screenshot of your review and a rating. And I will pick two winners at the end of the month, end of September. And I'm going to choose two lucky winners who will get all 10 of these books, books that have changed my life. They will change your life. It would cost you over $160 to go buy those books. But if you read and implement those books, they will add hundreds of thousands of dollars a year to your income, maybe even millions of dollars. So hopefully you'll find that this is the best three, four, five minutes of your time that you've spent in years.
So let's get into the episode today. So if you use webinars for your business, to grow your business, and there's all kinds of webinars and they have all different kinds of reasons to exist. So for example, you might be doing webinars as a tool to actually sell something, a product, or a digital product. You might be using webinars to generate leads for your business, for your consulting business, your financial services business, your coaching business, whatever. In today's Do Marketing Better segment of the podcast, I'm going to give you a framework, a funnel for using auto webinars to generate leads and grow your business. Here are a few takeaways you're going to get today.
This webinar funnel is fantastic for using webinars to actually book calls, especially for consultants and businesses that are looking to generate, let's just say $1,000 to 5,000, maybe $8,000 a month for what you do. I'm going to share a simple step that you can add to your registration page that will probably give you in the ballpark of about 12% more leads. I'm going to talk about a strategy for splitting up your thank you pages that turns them into additional revenue streams. And I'm going to give you some tips that you can use to get the highest conversions you've ever seen in your webinars. So if you're using webinars and you want to use automatic webinars, and this sounds good to you, let's jump on in.
So if you've ever done an automatic webinar, you might already know that this can be challenging because of the technology issues. It might be too obvious that the webinar isn't actually live. That's not good. So to get started, let's talk about the tool, webinarfuel.com. I'll put a link in the show notes, go check out that tool, webinarfuel.com. This tool makes your webinar an in-software, as opposed to in a web browser. It's an in-software webinar tool, which is really part of what makes it feel like it's live, as opposed to prerecorded. If you want to broadcast the replays, you can do that inside of a typical web browser.
So of course the first step in any funnel is creating or generating traffic. We're not going to talk about traffic today, but back in episode four on March 2nd, 2021, I actually gave a masterclass episode. It was called Masterclass: The Four Secret Advanced Website Marketing and Traffic Strategies to Dominate Your Competition and Generate More Leads. So go back and check out episode four, if you want to learn more about how to master traffic. So knowing that traffic is really the first step, let's talk about the first step of the funnel.
For your registration page, one powerful tip, only ask for the email address in step one of two. And here's why. Of course, you want their first name, their last name, maybe even their business name, maybe their cell phone number. I know that you want all that information, but the more that you ask for upfront, the lower your conversion rates are going to be. So if you have a registration page, on that first page, only ask for the email address, which will then take them over to a second page. On this page is where you can ask for whatever other information you want to collect. You're going to discover that because people have already given their email address and they have vested themselves in a process, they're much more likely to give you all of the other information that you want. So step one of the funnel is the registration page, which you're going to divide into two pages, page one, the page that promote the webinar, where you're going to ask for nothing more than their email address. Page two, you're going to collect the rest of their information.
Let's talk about the second step of the funnel. You're going to have two separate thank you pages for those that register. One thank you page if it's more than an hour before the webinar is supposed to start. If this is the case, you might want to think about making an upsell or a one-time offer to sell before the webinar, like a book or a lead magnet or anything where you can monetize the sales funnel, whether or not they show up to the webinar. This is a great way of creating what's called a self-liquidating funnel. Meaning whether or not you monetize them on the back end by selling your services or whatever it is that you're pitching in the webinar, you can at least make the cost for your paid traffic breakeven by offering them something that they can buy as a one-time offer or an upsell that again, helps you to monetize the funnel, whether or not you monetize them on the other side of the webinar.
You're then going to have a separate thank you page if it's less than an hour before your webinar starts because at this point you don't want to distract them with upsells or one-time offers. This thank you page is just about guiding them to the event. Don't distract them with other offers. Basically don't do anything. If it's less than an hour before the webinar is supposed to begin, leave it at that, just get them to the webinar.
Step three of this automatic webinar funnel is to get them to the webinar. I'm not suggesting ever that you lie. Don't tell your audience that this is a live webinar if it's not. However, you can make it feel like a live webinar. And just by using the tool WebinarFuel, that's going to make it feel like it really is a live webinar because it's an in-software webinar tool, as opposed to just some video that you've embedded onto a webpage or a landing page.
So now that we've gotten your traffic, those that have signed up or registered to your webinar, if you're really good at putting on a webinar, a percentage of your audience is going to buy from you during the webinar, right? You're going to take them to a form where they can get a one-time offer. But for those that don't buy, what you're going to want to do is to direct them to an email follow-up sequence, which then pushes people to what will feel like an automatic webinar, even though the first webinar was also an automatic webinar, but at this point, you can use an email sequence to get them to an automatic webinar. And it's going to feel that way because you're just going to take them to it in a web browser.
So, that's it. Other than driving traffic, it's a four-step funnel. It's a lead-generating funnel, a sales funnel that you can set it up once and done. You can continue to send traffic to it. And then you've basically added a jet engine onto your business that gives you more thrust. It's going to drive leads for you systematically.
So not only are there tons of other sales funnels that we'll be talking about in the future. And we've talked about some in the past, there are actually multiple webinar funnels that you can use. This is just one of them that we coach our clients through. I tell people all the time, clients and non-clients alike, if you do not have and use and leverage the power of sales funnels, I can guarantee you that you have a lead gen problem. You don't have a system that automatically generates leads for you month after month.
So, that's it. That is the auto webinar funnel that you can use to grow your business. I hope you found this helpful. And don't forget, go rate and review the podcast. I'd love for you to do that. When you do that, you help us to reach more people and help more people. And if you do go rate and review the podcast, don't forget, follow me on Instagram @brianwebb. Direct message me on Instagram with the screenshot of your review and rating. I'm going to pick two lucky winners at the end of September to give away these 10 books that can absolutely revolutionize your life and revolutionize your business. That's it. I'll see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
Tiffany Phillips is a CPA in the greater Houston metroplex, but she is not your average CPA. On average, Tiffany saves her clients over $97,000 in their first year alone in tax savings. Tiffany is going to share five advanced tax strategies that could give you $100,000 plus to invest back into your business without touching your profits.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guest: Tiffany Phillips
Episode 33: Five Advanced Tax Strategies That Could Give You $100k+ To Invest Back Into Your Business Without Touching Your Profits
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Tiffany Phillips Website
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
Hey, everyone. Welcome to the show today. It's fun week after week to bring you content that helps you to make more money, save more money, grow your business smarter, grow your business faster. Today's going to be no exception. My guest today is Tiffany Phillips. Tiffany is a CPA that serves here in the greater Houston metroplex, but she is not your average CPA, certainly not in my experience. On average, Tiffany saves her clients, on average, over $97,000 in their first year alone in tax savings. And she's my guest, your guest today on the podcast to share five advanced tax strategies that most people don't know and in my personal experience, most CPAs do not bring to their clients. So, imagine if you could save nearly $100,000 and you could have that capital to reinvest back into your business, into growth without dipping into your own profit.
Wouldn't that be amazing? So, let's jump into my interview today with Tiffany Phillips. She's going to save you a lot of money this year and in the years to come. I'm excited to have you on the podcast today. I know that you are going to share five advanced tax strategies that can really save people a lot of money. And I had shared even in the introduction today that imagine if the typical business owner, the typical small business owner was handed a check for a $100,000 or $150,000, or for that matter 20, 30, 50, $70,000 that they could reinvest back into their business for growth without dipping into their profits, that would be an amazing thing, right?
Tiffany Phillips:
Yeah. It's pretty amazing not having to send that money off to the IRS and having more control over what you're able to do with that for sure.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. And to do that ethically and legally, of course.
Tiffany Phillips:
Of course.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, absolutely. And so, you're going to share five advanced tax strategies today. The first one I'm excited for you to talk about because most people don't know this. Well, actually I think all five of these most people don't know. But let's start by talking about hiring the children, El Ninos. Talk about that tax savings strategy, I'm curious.
Tiffany Phillips:
Yeah. Oftentimes as business owners, we're looking for ways to kind of shift money, get them out of our higher tax brackets into either lower tax brackets or just eliminate the tax altogether. When it comes to paying the kids it's pretty cool because you're able to actually pay them for work that they may already be doing, or maybe they're not. Maybe you have a social media campaign that you need help and your 16-year old just happens to be killer at IG-
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Tiffany Phillips:
... Instagram or YouTube videos, just something, right? Or maybe you need your dentist and you're looking for some new photography for your website or your pamphlets and your kids are your models. And so, there's all sorts of ways that that back can happen, and what ends up happening from a technical or tax perspective is those kids have to be paid in a separate entity to avoid paying payroll taxes.
That's really payroll taxes. And then a lower tax bracket are really the ways that you're getting reduced tax expense. Through a family management LLC, you're actually able to pay a management fee from your regular business, your escort, your partnership, whatever that looks like over to this family management LLC. And when you pay that management fee over, you're able to pay W-2 wages to your children. Now, if you pay them less than the standard deduction, which has 12,550 for 2021, if you pay them that amount or less, they don't have any income tax on those wages.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Tiffany Phillips:
So, essentially what you have saved is 15.3% in payroll taxes, and then whatever your tax bracket is. So, if you're at the highest tax bracket, 37%. So, 37% plus 15.3%, that's huge savings-
Brian Webb:
It is.
Tiffany Phillips:
... on that $12,500. You can take it a step further in also they can take an IRA contribution and go ahead and start saving for their own retirement in the future and you would get that tax-free as well, which is another $6,000 back. The thing that you have to be really careful of when you're using really any of these strategies, but I'm going to say, especially this one is it really needs to be for work that they are performing. Don't just cut your kid's check and then not doing anything. Then it needs to be something that is documented. So, you do you want to, it doesn't have to be perfect, but some notes on what they did, the hours that they worked, whatever, and then make sure that it is fair wages. So, you can't pay your 12-year-old, $100 an hour if you wouldn't pay someone else $100 an hour for that same work.
But if you can do all of those things, then you could save those taxes on $18,500 of your income every year, and then use that money, put it in a separate bank account that is in their name. You would be custodian of it, but it's in their name, and use that for other funds. Then it turns things like private school tuition into tax-free dollars. It turns things like their tournament, baseball team that they're on, the other uniforms, and all the expenses that go into that, those are now tax-free dollars. Their dance lessons are now tax-free dollars. So, it really creates significant savings and can make a huge difference.
Brian Webb:
I have two grown sons and a beautiful, beautiful daughter who's getting married in November. And when I think of the amount of money that I could have saved over those years, my only question is where have you been all my life, Miss Lisa?
Tiffany Phillips:
Right? Yeah. Well, and one thing to mention too that I didn't is the age like the age category to be able to save the payroll taxes. And for this strategy, starts at age seven. So, anything below age seven, they're not going to view that is wages that they earned. I mean, I don't know very many four-year-olds that could really do quality work. And then at age 18. So yeah, for those 11 years, it's huge. And then even beyond that, as long as it's below that standard deduction threshold, that's huge savings.
Brian Webb:
Awesome. So, let's go to advanced tax strategy number two, home administrative office, talk to us about that.
Tiffany Phillips:
Yeah. So, this one is a little bit more straightforward, but I meet very few people who know they can do this. So, essentially what it is, is if you have a business location outside of your home, maybe you have a retail storefront or a restaurant, or just another office that your employees meet at a manufacturing facility, whatever that looks like, if you have another location but you also have a home office, if you establish the business address with like the IRS as your home versus that other location outside of your home, what they do is they call that a home administrative office. And then your community miles between your two offices are now deductible. So, before you couldn't draw it off that mileage while driving from your home to, let's just say your restaurant that you own, but now if your home is your administrative office, all of a sudden that mileage is totally deductible because you're driving between two offices and that's it, it's simple. Especially in Houston, like we are, that could be considerable mileage that rack set and every little bit helps.
Brian Webb:
Oh, absolutely. Okay. So, and that by the way is different than for someone who offices in their home, the solar-preneur, for example, and claiming the space of their office. This is an addition to that, right?
Tiffany Phillips:
Yes. This is an addition to that. So, this is not the home office, as far as taking a percentage of your utilities, your internet, things like that, which that 100% is a viable deduction as well. This is on top of that.
Brian Webb:
Okay. So, advanced tax strategy number three, late S election. Talk to us about that.
Tiffany Phillips:
Yeah. So, when it comes to the way that let's say LLCs are, we'll use LLCs as an example, the way that they are taxed, you have a couple of options. You can be taxed as a partnership. You can be taxed as an S-corp or it can be taxed on your personal return, what they call a single-member LLC on your Schedule C of your personal tax return. Now, the issue with the partnership and being taxed on your personal tax return is that you have a considerable amount of self-employment tax that gets paid on that. So, 15.3% of the profits. With an S-corp, one of the reasons why most people like S-corps is they're typically not every time, but typically there is a considerable amount of tax savings by using S-corps because you get a reduction of self-employment taxes that are paid.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Tiffany Phillips:
Now, sometimes people, life happens and people get behind on doing tax returns. It just doesn't get done the way that it should and by the deadline. And so, I'll have people come in, our new clients will come in and they haven't filed a tax return in a couple of years. And maybe to have an LLC that's been really profitable. Maybe that LLC has been making, let's just say a $100,000 of profit in those each of those two years.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Tiffany Phillips:
Well, the way that they currently just as a regular LLC are structured, they're going to end up paying 15.3% tax on top of their federal tax or income tax. And so, that's 15,300 for both of those years in self-employment tax. If we go back and there's a particular way you do it, there's a form that you have to fill out and you have to cite some particular IRS revenue procedures, and basically beg for forgiveness and say, "Hey, we're sorry.
We believe that we fall in line and should have gotten an S election in this time. The only reason we didn't do it is because we didn't do the paperwork." That's kind of what the IRS says, "Well, if you meet all these requirements and the only thing that you didn't do was paperwork and you've checked off all these other boxes, then we'll forgive you. We'll pardon your sin and you'll save that $15,500 for each year." So, you end up saving over 30 grand, just literally by filling out some forms, getting it to the IRS, and then accepting it.
And so, it can really be a big deal, especially for someone who is a little behind. Typically for someone who is behind, they are faced with a bigger tax bill, which typically is part of the reason why they have another taxes. They don't want the bill. And so, to be able to find nuances in their life late S election can be huge for reducing that for them. And basically what the IRS says is that as long as it's within three years, a little over three years, actually from when the S election was due, then they'll accept it.
Brian Webb:
Let's talk about captive insurance. Talk about how that can be used to also mitigate tax liability.
Tiffany Phillips:
So I would say of our strategies today, this is probably the most advanced. Captive insurance is exactly what it sounds, it's insurance. The difference with captive insurance is you have more control over it. So, rather than going to a third party and getting like a general liability policy or some other policy through an insurance provider, you're actually working with this captive insurance company to figure out what insurance you need. And then you are utilizing another entity to get tax savings. So, what does that look like?
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Tiffany Phillips:
Let's just, I need brand protection, or I need, maybe I don't want to have a third-party health insurance provider. I want to be self-insured and have health insurance for my employees, that is a self-insurance policy.
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Tiffany Phillips:
Or you can go in, I mean, really any number of ways. One of the big ones is the business interaction that was faced last year and really over much of the past year and a half related to COVID, a lot of policies, in fact, I would dare say very few, if any policies paid for the interruption because of some verbiage that they have in those policies that had, you had a captive insurance policy that was tied back to business interruption, you were golden and they would payout for that.
Brian Webb:
Wow.
Tiffany Phillips:
Hurricanes, it's another one. We had a hurricane here in Houston a few years ago that was pretty bad. And the other one for business interruption, where if you went to your insurance company and said, "Hey, my business has been interrupted. I should get paid on my policy." They said, no, unless you were directly impacted. If you had water in your business and you were shut down because of that water, then they might pay but otherwise, if you were just, you were dry, but you couldn't get anywhere because you were landlocked or whatever your business was shut down, they didn't care.
And so, there's a lot of different applications for this. And basically what happens is your main business, whatever that is Joe Smith LLC, that business would pay that entrance fee over to a C-Corp. And in that C corporation and a third party is one that helps manage it. It's set up for insurance. So, it is a special type of entity. You can't just start a C-corp and do this. It's very specific in a way that it has to be done. And then they manage those funds. And then if you have a claim, then they handle it and whatnot. And the biggest thing I would say is you have to have a couple of intentions behind it. You have to have the desire for insurance. So, it really has to be that you want an insurance policy for this, and you have to want to reduce your taxes.
So, if you're only going in this to reduce your taxes and you don't care about insurance, not the plan for you. Vice versa, if you're only looking for the insurance and not really looking for a tax reduction, not for you because the IRS is pretty particular on this one on how it must be done to meet their qualifications and meet the rules. And eventually what happens is for any of the money that is not paid out, you're able to pull the money from that entity [inaudible 00:14:24] pay that point you pay capital gains tax instead of your normal income tax rates. So, again if you are in the top tax bracket, 37%, and pull out the funds from the C-corp at capital gains rates, 20%, you end up saving 17% on the money.
Brian Webb:
Wow. So, we've talked about captive insurance, late S election, home administrative office, hiring our kiddos, right? One more for the sake of time, talk about employee retention credit and how we can save money on taxes with that.
Tiffany Phillips:
Yeah. So, the employee retention credit is a little piece of goals that they put into the CARES Act, which was one of the bills passed related to COVID. I believe it was one of the first two that they did. And they basically said, "Hey, if you are a company that's had economic hardship due to COVID, whether it's a full or partial shutdown or reduction and revenue, then we will give you a refundable tax credit."
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Tiffany Phillips:
So, you have to be a business that has a 100 employees or less. So, that's one of the rules and you can't double-dip. So, if you got PPP funds, you can't use the same because it's tied to qualified wages. You can't use the same wages that were used for PPP. Now, you can use the employee retention credit. If you've got PPP, you just have to be really careful about making sure that you're divvying it up properly.
But essentially what happens is for they're looking to see what kind of a reduction in wages that you have. So, for 2020, if your wages for any quarter or 50% or more, less than 2019, then you qualify. For 2021, if that reduction of revenue was 20% less than the same quarter for 2019, so it's more favorable in 2021, you qualify. For example, I'll just do a really quick example here. If you have $10,000 of qualified wages for an employee, that's the max per employee per quarter. And they basically go, they take half of that. So, it's 50% of the qualified wages which gives you 5,000. It's basically that amount times the tax rate of 6.2%, which is the social security part of payroll taxes and you would end up saving that money. That would be a refund to you.
You have to send in the right form, you would amend basically your payroll tax forms to get that money back, and then once the IRS processes, then you get a refund. I've seen some clients get a few $1,000. I've seen other clients get $30,000 refunded to them. So, it can be a sizeable refund. They're getting ready to end this particular credit. But if you haven't taken advantage of it, you can go back and amend previous payroll tax quarters to get that money for you. So, that timeframe doesn't lap anytime soon, but they're about to close the window of the available quarters that can be used.
Brian Webb:
Wow. So, while you've shared five really good advanced tax strategies today, we had to limit the time obviously, because this is a podcast. It's not like a docuseries of course, but I would imagine you have dozens of others that you help your clients with too, right?
Tiffany Phillips:
Absolutely. I mean, really what we do is when a client comes in, we do what we call a strategy session and go through and get a feel for that client, their business, the details of their life. What do they have going on? I mean, there's a lot of stuff that goes into everyone's specific situation. And then we determined, can we help you? If I'm honest, very few people can't be helped with tax planning. I mean, if you own a business and you're making money and you're paying tax, then there are savings to be had. And so, we go through and we look and look at a myriad of different savings strategies and then create a tax plan that's specific for them. But there's dozens, hundreds, I mean, there really are quite a few different strategies that can be helped, and then we just put that plan together and chip away those taxes.
Brian Webb:
One of my mentors, Jim Rowan once said, "What we do not know will hurt us." And when I think about some of what you've shared today, even just in the context of a single year, the huge amount of value and savings that you could bring to your clients. But when you think about the people who have gone years and decades, imagine what that number would add up to over 20 years if someone went 20 years without knowing what you've, a piece of what you've shared today, let alone everything else that you share with your clients. So, for those in our audience who want to know more about you, engage with you, find you online, what's the best place for them to do that?
Tiffany Phillips:
Yeah, the best place to go is our website. So, www.tiffanyphillipscpa.com. You can actually click on the very main page there. There's a button and you can schedule on our calendar right away to get the availability and then we can actually go through that strategy session with you and see if it's a fit to work with you. And to your point, yeah, it's shocking and sickening oftentimes when people come in and realize how much they've overpaid over the years.
Brian Webb:
Tiffany, when I think of all that you've shared today, I can't even imagine how many people are going to benefit from this and potentially the thousands or tens of thousands or hundreds of thousands, or maybe even millions of dollars that you could be saving the audience in the years to come. So, thanks for being a great guest today. It was great to have you on the show today.
Tiffany Phillips:
Yeah. Thanks for having me.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH TIFFANY PHILLIPS
Linkedin | Facebook | Tiffany Phillips Website | Email
__________________________________
In this marketing segment, Brian shares how to leverage birthdays as a really low-cost Facebook and Instagram ad strategy to bring in new customers to your local business.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Do Marketing Better Segment
Host: Brian Webb
Ep. 32 - How To Leverage Birthdays As A Low-Cost Facebook Ad Strategy To Grow Your Business
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartradio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Facebook Ads Manager
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
So if you are a local business owner, I really think you're going to love today's episode. What I'm going to share with you today is how to leverage birthdays as a really low-cost Facebook and Instagram ad strategy to bring in new customers to your local business. And I'm going to tell you how to do it. A lot of people don't realize that inside of Facebook Ads Manager, which if you don't know, inside of Facebook Ads Manager, you can actually manage both ads on Facebook and Instagram since Facebook owns Instagram. And the Facebook Ads Manager allows you to filter your target audience down to life events, including upcoming birthdays. This means that you can narrow down your audience, and then select a targeting option that will allow you to reach people within your audience who have a birthday coming up in the next week or two.
So imagine running an ad, and I'll get to that in just a moment as far as how would you do it, what would you say, imagine running an ad one or two weeks before someone's birthday. Let me give you some examples. If you're a restaurant owner, "Come in for a free dessert." If you're a retail store, "Come in for a 20% discount." A theater, "Come in for two free tickets." A dentist, free teeth whitening. If you're a local gym, give them a day pass. If you're a massage store, give a free massage. If you're an automobile sales, give them a free oil change or a free tire rotation. Or if you're an e-commerce store, give a discount on some product. So here's how it plays out. You go into Facebook Ads Manager, and by the way, you're probably going to set this as an evergreen campaign, meaning it's just always running because Facebook knows when your birthday is.
So imagine having a campaign one to two weeks before somebody's birthday that has an ad that says something like this, "Hey, you have a birthday coming up soon and I have the perfect gift. Click here to get a birthday discount on fill in the blank." Or, "Are you ready to celebrate your birthday? Click here and use the code 'birthday' to get 20% off your order." Another example might be, "Hey, your birthday is coming up. Are you really going to let one more go without chasing your dream of fill in the blank? Click here to schedule a consultation with me today." This type of advertising tactic or strategy really gives you an evergreen ad campaign with just a one-time setup. Once it's up and running, you just move forward with your regular updates and tweaks as far as may be occasionally optimizing it from time to time.
So let's think about what this ad might look like. If you have a unique product or a unique service that needs to be explained in a little more detail, consider using a video in your ad. Video gives you a really good opportunity to not only sell the item but to sell yourself. And when it comes to creating effective video ads, remember that proximity matters. So by leaning into the camera, you can create an engaging and emotional connection to viewers within the first couple of seconds. You can also create mystery and peak their interest by using a prop in your video, like a wrapped present for birthday ads, for example. One thing to remember, this is a bonus power tip, that typically on Facebook, the sound is usually muted. So use text or motion to tell viewers to turn the sound on.
So here's a creative take. This is an idea for an ad. Imagine the ad comes up, it's a video of you or someone on your team, and you're holding a wrapped gift. Maybe you've got balloons in one hand, helium-filled balloons, right? And you say, "Hey, I've got a gift for you." Then maybe you throw that box away, for example, and you say, "Hey, the gift isn't actually in this box," and then tell them the gift that you have for them. And I gave you some great examples earlier. So for example, the restaurant. If you're a restaurant owner and you're not doing this, in my mind, you're really leaving money on the table. But if you're a restaurant owner, "Come in for that free dessert," anything that gets them through the doors for the first time.
Again, a couple of free movie tickets to a movie theater, hoping that they'll come in and buy the popcorn and the candy. Or a massage store, maybe it's a free massage. Let them come in and experience what it's like to get that massage and have that stress relieved. And when you're creating that video ad that's going to show up before someone's birthday, it doesn't have to be an epic film. If you can just boil your story down to a couple of minutes or less, your video ad can perform effectively, and you may even see your view count increase. Videos anywhere from about, say, 30 seconds to two minutes in length tend to perform really well. And by the way, you can do the same thing for wedding anniversaries. Because again, a lot of people have their wedding date or their anniversary date recorded in their information inside of Facebook.
So Facebook can see that. So you could also target a husband and wife based on their anniversary. So again, if you're looking for a set it and forget it, a one-time evergreen ad campaign that's running, again, for local businesses, this is going to be great. And again, I would also say for e-commerce stores, this could be really effective as well. So that's it for today. I hope you got some insights from this today. And by the way, need help running your ad campaigns? Just reach out to us at What Box Digital. You can go to whatboxdigital.com. We're here to help. Thanks for being here today. I will see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
Pia Silva is a partner & strategist at Worstofall Design, where they build entire brands in 1-3 day intensives. Now Pia is focused on helping small branding, consulting, or marketing companies build more profitable lifestyle businesses using her own no BS intensive model. She's a TEDx speaker, a Forbes contributor, author of Badass Your Brand, and the host of her own podcast, Show Your Business Who's Boss. Today, Pia shares how to grow your agency, be more profitable & increase your overall quality of life.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guest: Pia Silva
Episode 31: How To Grow Your Agency, Be More Profitable, & Increase Your Overall Quality Of Life
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Pia Silva Website
Bad Ass Your Business Blueprint
Worstofall Design
Facebook Group for Agency Owners
Book: BadAss Your Brand by Pia Silva
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
If you run any type of a business where you are a consultant or you run a creative or a marketing agency, you're going to love my guest today. Her name is Pia Silva. She's a partner and brand strategist at Worstofall Design, where they build entire brands in one to three-day intensives. But these days, she's actually more focused on helping other small branding or consulting, or marketing companies, build more profitable lifestyle businesses using her own no BS intensives model. She's a TEDx speaker, she's a Forbes contributor, author of Badass Your Brand, and the host of her own podcast, Show Your Business Who's Boss.
You're really going to want to check out this interview today because she's going to share some insights that are going to make you more profitable and give you a much, much higher quality of life. I would encourage you to get out a notepad and a pen, take notes. Let's jump into my interview today with Pia Silva.
Hey Pia. It is so great to have you here on the podcast today. I've been wanting to talk to you for quite some time, so it's fun that we get to have you here on our show today.
Pia Silva:
Well, thanks for having me, Brian. It's great to be here. I'm looking forward to this conversation.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. I know that you have launched a new model inside of your business. I want to talk about that with you today. I know that one of the things that you do, that you teach agencies how to take what used to take lots, and lots, and lots of time, and how to compress that into a day or two to accomplish the same objective. I'm really curious for you to share, how did you come about doing this, and what brought you down this path?
Pia Silva:
Sure. Yeah, it was a complete transformation of how we did business and how I showed up in my business, and ultimately, how I live my life. It's very core to who I am today. It really happened like many things, almost like a happy accident. My business is my husband, Steve, and I, and we were trying to build this little agency. We were doing it in the model that I had seen around me. I was networking a lot at the time and saw so many small agencies, and I didn't know anything about this, I had no background in this. The only reason I was in this industry is because Steve was a graphic designer. They all did it this certain way. You meet people, you write proposals, you pitch, you base your proposal pricing on your estimated hours. Then when you get the project, you do these phases of the project. You have dates for deliverables and feedback. That's the agency model.
I had been trying to do that for three years. It was just really unwieldily. It was really hard to manage. It was really hard to keep the projects in scope. No matter how much I charged, we always worked more. So, even though I was raising the prices, anytime I raised the price, the project got even bigger than the amount that I had raised. So, all of this is to say that I was hustling, doing my best, showing up, trying to be my best self for my clients, doing my best work, making them happy. In 2014, about three years after we started the business, I found myself in debt. I was like, why am I working all the time and trying so, so hard? My clients actually really like our work, so it's not even that our work isn't good, and yet, here we are in debt, overworked and underpaid.
That was the moment. We weren't just in debt. We were at capacity. We had no more credit, we had no more cash. You have to do something at that point. I call it the kitchen table moment, Every entrepreneur's got it. You're sobbing at your kitchen table saying, what am I going to do? The low point. Luckily, turns out to be also the turning point. Because we couldn't afford to keep doing what we were doing, we had to get creative.
The year before, we had created this little one-off offering just to generate some cash. A business coach of mine had actually suggested it. I said, "Everyone I'm talking to, they don't have the money to pay us." He said, "Well, how much do they have?" I said, "Well, I don't know, like $3,000." He said, "Well, what could you do for $3,000?" I said, "Well, maybe we could do like a one-day thing." Maybe they could hire us for the day. Steve and I are very fast. We could do a lot of stuff in a day. So, I had done that secretly on the side, just mentioning when it made sense.
At that pivotal moment, we looked at that offer and we said, you know what? That's actually kind of cool. Maybe we could just do those. I analyzed what we had been doing and what that offer allowed us to do and realize that it had so many of the things I loved, doing the work for clients, working intensively, getting paid a great rate, and it lacked all of the things I disliked, all of the ongoing projects that never end, the design by committee, the time that goes by where clients come back and say, oh, my wife, doesn't like this color. You're like, who cares what your wife says about this? We decided to just go down that path and that's really where it started.
Then over years, every time we did it, I made it better, looked at how to make it more valuable, and then simultaneously was increasing the price, such that today we charge $25,000 for that one day and $30,000 for the two days. That's the main offering, the only offering that our little agency has now.
Brian Webb:
That is impressive. Before we started recording, Pia, I was telling you about our previous agency days. My previous agency was called Loud Creative. I was telling you that I used to get a new client, a new project, whatever, and my first thought was, thank God, new revenue, new opportunities. Then it was like, oh wow, now we're going to get buried in the hustle and bustle of what's got to go get done.
Something that you and I actually talked about on a previous call, is that so many times clients, unfortunately, get in their own way. I think that they do it a couple of ways. One you've kind of covered, which is they want to give input that isn't necessarily in their best interest. It's just what they feel about it. Sometimes too, clients mean to be accessible, they want to be accessible, but they're not. A lot of times things just get slowed down, they take longer because you can't get them into a meeting. Two, again, you end up doing what's best for their desire, not what's best for their business. I'm curious to know, what are your thoughts on that? I bet that would be your experience as well.
Pia Silva:
Yes, yes. 100% yes. I think anybody who's worked on projects with clients has the same experience. My conclusion after doing this other model for many years and now teaching it is that a lot of that originates from the relationship and the dynamic of the relationship from the very beginning. In hindsight, what I was doing in those long projects is, I was so eager to make the client happy and do what they wanted, and if they said, this isn't the right color, then they're right, right? Because the client is always right. In retrospect, that is a very low-value way of delivering work. The transformation that had to take place in order for me to charge more than I used to charge, but only for two days instead of eight months, is that it's the complete opposite dynamic from the very beginning.
You're hiring me because I'm going to tell you how this works. I'm going to tell you what this should look like. I'm going to tell you why this is the right color for you. You're going to, not be bullied into it, but because of the way that I lead you through this, because of the very well choreographed, very gentle, but firm way that I take your hand and show you the whole process, and show you why this is what it needs to be, and why this is why we're going to get from where you are to your goals, and why this is the perfect thing, clients are so happy to sit back and just let you drive. They want to say yes, and they don't want to give feedback, and they don't want to have revisions. They definitely don't want to ask their wife or their brother-in-law what they think.
They only do that because they lack a certain amount of trust. They're scared that it's going to not turn out the way it should. When you, as the leader of the project and the owner of the business, let them know from the very beginning, no, I got this, I'm going to make sure that this project is exactly what it needs to be at the end, they relax into it and they actually follow your lead and are not difficult at all. So, in retrospect, they were, "All clients are so difficult." They were all difficult because of how I was acting, not because people are inherently bad clients. Each person, I believe, is going to be a good or bad client, an easy or difficult client, based on how we, the people running the business and leading the project, act.
Brian Webb:
That completely makes sense. Let me ask you this. Say we have an agency listener who's hearing this today, tomorrow, next week, whatever, and they want to move towards this model that you're talking about, what are two or three or more pivots or modifications that they to make before they're able to facilitate or execute this type of business model? First step obviously is to work with you. But beyond that, what are the first two or three pivots that they've got to understand if they want to move in this type of a direction?
Pia Silva:
Sure. I'll preface this by saying, while I focus on helping agency owners, these principles are things that I originally started teaching to anybody selling a surface. These principles relate even if your business is selling other kinds of consulting services. The only prerequisite I would say to being able to use this is that you are a strategic thinker, you're bringing strategy.
What are the things you would need to think about? First, it would be the idea that you are leading with strategy and that strategy is where the value truly comes in. We won't go into it, but you and I both know, there's a difference between selling based on time and selling based on value. This is the kind of project that, and this is the kind of way that you work, where you are definitely selling based on value because you are not selling based on two days of work, you're selling based on the outcome.
The only way I believe you can sell based on value is that you have to have a strategic component to it. You have to be leading the client, not just in, for example, design, it's not just the execution of the project, it's that you are showing them why the execution needs to go in a certain direction. So, really owning that and honing your abilities to do that and being able to execute that well.
I say that first, because the first thing that I teach people when I'm training them on this model, is that you need to eliminate the free proposal stage completely. To me, the free proposal stage is a way to start off a project in a very unequal and bad-for-you dynamic. You're in a defensive position and the client has all the power and you have none. You're doing all this work for them for free, and you're throwing crumbs at their feet and saying, will you please hire me? I'm trying to dazzle you. All of this is putting you in a terrible position. Even if they hire you, you are not starting in a strong position.
I do the opposite. I teach people how to sell, for lack of a better word, sell the proposal, but it's not a proposal. It's a totally different thing, it's a discovery strategic document and experience. But the magic of doing it, is that, especially when you're selling to small businesses, and again, this is true, even if you're selling executive coaching or something outside of the agency model, the key is that you are not selling strategy and discovery. Most people think, okay, so now I'm selling strategy, and then nobody wants to buy it. You know what? Clients don't know what strategy and discovery is, so those are like four-letter words. Do not use them. There's a totally other way to do it. That's a big part of the first step of building this model, is really knowing how to sell strategy without having to convince and educate people that strategy is important. I would say that's a foundational piece of this. There's so much more, but I could just talk all day, Brian. I don't want to just jabber on.
Brian Webb:
When people call me or let's rewind and go back to Loud Creative. What I've told people is, first of all, if we're going to do a proposal, and again, this is the old days, but I said a proposal for us is the last step in the process, not the first step of the process. Because in my experience, a proposal is nothing more than a weapon to use against you. A proposal is something that someone gets so that they can go get two or three more proposals and then basically use the information that you gave against you. I'm sure you agree with that, right?
Pia Silva:
Mm-hmm (affirmative). Absolutely.
Brian Webb:
It seems like something else that you've done is, there's no need for a proposal in this model, as I'm perceiving it anyway, because now if you have like, here's what we do, here's what our fee is, have you productized what you're doing that removes the need for a proposal? Would you say that?
Pia Silva:
Yes, absolutely. Again, this is something I recommend and this is what I do. I really only have one offer and it's my brand up. We do the entire brand, the strategy, the design of the brand and the logo, the design, and build of the website, all of the copy, all of the materials. That's the only thing we do, and we do it in three different levels of packages. All of those prices and a high-level description of them are on our website. So, when I have a call with someone, it's 15 minutes or less, because they already know our prices, they already know what we do, they already know our brand. They've probably read a lot of stuff that I've already written, so they kind of know our philosophy.
Then it's just a matter of, are you a good fit for me? Because I know very clearly who this is and isn't for... If you are, the first step is our brand shrink. So, that's my first step in lieu of a proposal, it's the brand shrink. At this point, it's $5,000. When I started, it was $650. So, obviously, I've increased that quite a bit, but that is the next step. There's no need for a proposal. Every once in a while, not really anymore, but in between, when some people hadn't really read any of my writing before we spoke, they would say, oh, well, why don't we have coffee or can we have another meeting to discuss? I'd be like, there's nothing to discuss, that's the next step. We will discuss everything you want to discuss in the brand shrink, so there's really nothing else to discuss. Then people just pull the trigger.
Then all of a sudden, I get to do all of that really rich, deep diving with them to get to know their business. I'm getting paid for it, which is important for the relationship, but it's also important for them because when they pay for that advice, they listen to it a hell of a lot more. It becomes a lot more valuable to them. If you can't tell, I love to give people advice. I love to share what I think. I freely give people advice all the time, and when they don't pay for it, they rarely take it. It's really important that people pay for your advice.
Brian Webb:
It's true. Pia, having been in the agency world for almost two decades, there are so many people out there who need what you do. Literally, faces and names are coming to mind of people just from my past. Again, I'm glad to be kind of out of that space. What I do I think is aligning a good bit with what you're doing. Here's my question. When someone hears this podcast, and either they are a consultant or a creative agency, but like you said, any type of a consultancy type business model, and they're hearing this and they're agreeing with me, which they should, by the way, which is Pia's doing this right. So, they're thinking, yes, this is awesome. What's the first and best place for them to get started?
Pia Silva:
I think the best thing you could do if you're interested in learning more about this model, because if you've never heard this before or anything like it, then it can be very radical. I forget that, because some people come into my world, and they're like, whoa, you're blowing my mind. But I'm obviously very steeped in it, so I forget that some people are like, you can't do that. I think the best thing would be, I would recommend, obviously, that you read my book. It's not that long, it's very rich with story and details about the transition that we made, and what it looked like, and what it's looked like in a lot of different client businesses. Because we basically started implementing some version of this model in all of our businesses that we branded, and yeah, I would love to share that with your listeners.
Brian Webb:
Hey, so here's a question you weren't ready for me to ask. I've seen this beautiful studio that's in your office. Is Pia going to make an audiobook version of her book?
Pia Silva:
Brian, Pia already did make an audio version, of course, can't not have an audible.
Brian Webb:
Good. Good, good, good. That's good.
Pia Silva:
50% of people don't read books, they only listen. So, yes, absolutely. I had it professionally edited. It was a whole thing. It was a big production.
Brian Webb:
That's awesome. That's great to know. I'd have to imagine that you were talking about how sometimes an agency owner, or again, a consultant, I keep using the word agency as a generic term for this type of business model. But when you were talking about how it can be overwhelming, and they're probably thinking like, whoa, what, wait, what? They're overwhelmed, right? I imagine-
Pia Silva:
That's our Keanu in our family. We do the, wait, what?
Brian Webb:
What? Whoa. Exactly. I would have to imagine that there are going to be, in addition to some strategic changes, some tactical changes, there's probably also going to have to be some mental shifts that have to take place to be successful in this type of a business model? Do you agree with that? I would imagine.
Pia Silva:
Huge mental shifts, yes. Yes, I can explain the tactics till I'm blue in the face, but if somebody isn't ready to transform into, I guess the shorthand would be, really being the leader of their business of the projects, and I think in a different way than a lot of people are used to. Because like I said, let's just use the customer is always right default thinking, this is a different way of approaching it. It requires a really high level of confidence in your ability to deliver. That means that you have to really believe in what you're doing. Most entrepreneurs I run into are like this, they're very precious about the work that they do, so they want to be doing the best. But there is an inherent element that I see a lot, and I was like this too, and I still have bouts of this, it's not like it's completely gone, the client needs to validate it for your work to be good, as opposed to being clear yourself that the work is good. I like to think of, do you know Chris D'Elia? He's a comedian.
Brian Webb:
Maybe.
Pia Silva:
He's got a pretty funny Netflix special. Anyway, he does a great little bit where he talks about doing comedy on stage. He's like, sometimes people don't laugh. It doesn't mean it's not funny. He's like, I know it's funny. They just don't get it, or it's just not their thing or whatever. But it doesn't mean it's not funny. I just loved that, because especially in spaces like branding, strategy, all of that, not to say that somebody can't be better than somebody else, but there's a huge part of it that's very subjective.
We've all had clients ruin projects by saying it should look a different way, when you're like, it should not look that way. That is not good. So, transforming into somebody who really has that unwavering confidence, not blind confidence, not like I don't listen to feedback, but a strength about knowing, and always getting better too, and always being willing to get better and learn. I just think that that is a big part of the transformation.
I have worked with people who are seemingly very confident, even arrogant, about their work, but then I see that they actually still require that validation. That can really throw them off in these kinds of situations because they end up going back to that customer is always right feeling. That can ruin this approach. Not to say we don't want the customer to be happy. My customers are always floored by it, and that is the result I'm going for every time. But it's a different pathway to it, it's a different vehicle. It's a completely different approach to getting to that end result. I find the clients are actually more excited and ecstatic about the work taking this road instead.
Brian Webb:
Someone once said to me, it was probably a friend, I don't even remember who it was, but they said it's important to always remember who is signing the front of the check and who is signing the back of the check. Before that, I was probably paralyzed with that mindset, which by the way, that's probably a mindset shift that you probably advocate for, because something I tell my clients is, I can be consultative and I can be compliant. If you want, let me lead, or if you want, we'll do it the way that you want. But I tell them, we're going to give you way, way, way, way, way, times 1000 ways more value if you allow us to take our experience, our education, our background, and give you that value by consulting and leading you.
I've seen agency leaders, again, you're talking I'm your choir here today, and so I've known so many people who, again, consultants, agencies, what have you, that they're paralyzed with that mindset. The old one that I used to have, which is, I know who signs the front of the check and who signs the back, and really trying to convince a client to show them, I can give you a lot more value by consulting for you and with you, on behalf of you, and advocating for you, but if you want me to be a compliant, I can do it, you're just shooting yourself in the foot. It sounds like that's one of your mindset shifts that you're teaching inside of your program.
Pia Silva:
Yes, absolutely. Because of the nature of the kind of agencies that I'm helping and the kind of agency than I am, so for the last eight years, it's just been Steve and I, we actually got rid of our employees to do this so that we don't have as much overhead. Because there's only two of us, because we can only take on so many projects, it allows us to be so selective.
I think if we were growing bigger and bigger in terms of our team, we wouldn't be able to be as selective. But because it's just the two of us and we like to keep it that way, we get to then say, and if you want us to be compliant, then we're not for you because I'm only going to take a couple of clients. So, that's also something that, again, just because of the size of the kinds of small agencies, but we're really talking less than five people, that's how picky you get to be. Once you can be that picky, once you can say, I'm only taking 10 clients a year, then you really start to settle into the fact that they need you more than you need them. So, you can pick and choose your clients. That's what we all want, I think.
Brian Webb:
Pia, we've come out of this COVID pandemic, but as much as we've come through this COVID pandemic, there is a pandemic of leaders and agencies out there who need your help. I see you as having a cure to cancer, to be honest with you, because what your program is doing, is you're giving freedom. You are giving a sense of confidence. You're giving a model that's a far more profitable, that has way less frustration. So, I've got to ask one, thanks for being on the show today. You've been a delightful guest. What's the best place for our audience to find you, reach out to you, learn more about how you can help them? Other than your book, of course, which I'm going to go get as soon as we end this interview, by the way.
Pia Silva:
Well, thank you so much, Brian. It's really been a stimulating conversation. I appreciate you having me on and for your kind words. Yeah, I think the best place is just to go to my website, piasilva.com, and you'll see all sorts of goodies there. If you're on Facebook, there's a link to go join my Facebook group, where it's just small agency owners. So, it's a really great tight-knit community of people who are all the same kind of business, dealing with the same kind of BS, and looking to implement a lot of these profitable strategies. I've got all kinds of trainings in there for free and stuff, so that would be a great place to start.
Brian Webb:
Well, if you are an agency and you are dealing with this cancer, which I can almost guarantee you that the vast majority of them are, we will absolutely put those links in the show notes. It's been a real, real treat having you on the show today, Pia.
Pia Silva:
Thank you so much, Brian.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH PIA SILVA
Linkedin | Instagram | Facebook | Pia Silva Website | Email
__________________________________
In this marketing segment, Brian gives you an amazing hack, a marketing automation, that you can use to know, in real-time, when a hot lead is on your website.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Do Marketing Better Segment
Host: Brian Webb
Ep. 30: How To Know In Real-Time When Known Hot Leads Visit Your Website
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartradio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Autopilot HQ
Want to see this automation? Text Brian at (832) 324-2432.
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Welcome, welcome, welcome to the show today. Today we are going to talk about marketing automation, which, by the way, automation is really business automation. Marketing automation is just one spoke of the wheel. Today, I am going to share with you a hack, a marketing automation, that you can use to know, in real-time, when a hot lead is on your website. You might have Google Analytics set up on your website, and if you do, that's a good thing. But that is what we call a lag measure. That means at the end of the month you might go download or be sent a PDF report showing this many people from this city and that state came to you from this web browser. 43% of them were using mobile. 57% of them were using desktop, or whatever those ratios are.
And when it comes to optimizing your site, that's a good thing to know. It's a good thing to know where your traffic is coming from and how they're getting there. However, probably not going to do a whole lot to help you grow your business unless you're an eCommerce store. But what if you could know, in real-time, when a known prospect, or a known lead, or a known customer is on your website, literally, real-time. Today, I'm going to share with you how to do it. And I want to say this now, and I'll say it again at the end. If you want a diagram of what this looks like so that you can deploy this for your business, just text me at (832) 324-2432 and let me know that you want to see this automation diagrammed out.
The automation tool that we prefer here at Whatbox Digital is a tool called AutopilotHQ. We'll put a link to that in the show notes. And while I don't want to go deep into the weeds, all automation typically have, at least, two if not all three of the following elements: a trigger, a condition, and an action. If you want to know, in real-time, when a known visitor is on your website, now, again, that can be a customer, a client, that could be a prospect. When you want to know, in real-time, when someone is on your website to heighten the awareness of your sales team, here's the first step you're going to take.
First, you're going to need an Autopilot account. And, again, we'll put the link to that in the show notes, if you want to go and check that out on your own. The next step that you're going to want to do, and this is the most complicated, but it's not a big deal, speak to a developer. Anyone who understands just a little bit about how to install a tracking code on your website. And you're going to want to install the Autopilot tracking code onto your website. Once that's done, the rest is easy peasy, big time.
The second step that you're going to take is to create a new journey in your Autopilot account. Once the tracking code is set up, you're going to go and create a new journey in your Autopilot account. The next step that you're going to take is to create the trigger. The trigger that you're going to use in Autopilot is a trigger called page visited. And if you're in the software, that's going to be in the trigger section, and it's going to be a little blue circle page visited. Once you've set that up, you're going to create a condition. In this particular case, the condition that you're going to use is a condition called is on list or segment. And, by the way, it's a green, olive green, octagon shape. That's the condition that you're going to use.
The next step that you're going to take is to create an action. Now, here's where you have choices. The action is going to be how you want to get notified. For example, here at Whatbox Digital, our action is to send a Slack message, but you could just as easily have it send an SMS message. Meaning you could have it text somebody. You could also make it send an email notification. The downside about email notification is if you're not in front of your inbox all day, that's not very real-time. That might be two or three hours later. But if you want real-time notification, you can make it where someone visits the page, that's the trigger. Meets the condition, they're on a list in your CRM in Autopilot. And then, three, get a notification via Slack or text.
And if you really want to be sophisticated, you could make it where depending on which page someone is on, you could determine to whom that message is sent. Who gets notified, basically. Now once you've done this, you're going to want to do this for each and every page that is of a specific value to you. For example, if you have eight different services that you offer, you might want to have eight of that exact same automation replicated out, or duplicated out so that you're aware that, not only, has someone visited your website, but which page it was. So you can literally set it up to where you get a text message saying that "Brian Webb from Whatbox Digital has visited this page, this page, and that page." You don't have to be that granular. You could just make of it if a known visitor visits your website, you could create an automation so that you just have a general awareness that someone that you know was on your website.
Now, here's the only caveat. There are only two ways that your website or, specifically, the tracking code from Autopilot knows when someone is a known visitor. Method number one is if they submit or fill out any forms on your website that are being tracked. Method number two is if you send an email out to your audience from Autopilot and it has a link back to your website. If they click on that link from now on, Autopilot knows who that person, let's just say me, Brian Webb is when I visit your website.
So imagine you're responsible for business development or bringing in new prospects, new customers, new clients into your business. And imagine having the ability to, in real-time, right there on your smartwatch, your smartphone, your computer to, in real-time, know when that hot prospect is on your website. And while I'm not suggesting that because they're on your website that you immediately reach out to that person and say, "Hey, I see you're on our website." That might not be the best approach, but it does arm you to know whether or not they're engaging with you. Are they demonstrating curiosity? If they stopped by your website, they took a micro-step in your direction.
I can't tell you how many times I've had a known prospect on the Whatbox Digital website. Maybe the next day we reached out to them just to say hello, maybe it was a call, email, text. And I wouldn't have known to have done that if I did not have that awareness by knowing, in real-time, when they're on our website. So, that's it. In summary, you start with a trigger, page visited. You then go to the condition, is on a specific list or segment in Autopilot. And then that goes to the action, which is to send a Slack message, a text message, or an email.
Imagine how much more effective your sales team can be when they just know, in real-time, that someone is on your website, showing that interest, demonstrating curiosity. And while I won't go into this today, there are many, many, many other automations that we can do once we know who your visitors are, as well. For example, you could show a heads-up display message that specifically recognizes that person when they're on your website giving them some type of a special offer. But we'll stop here for today. I hope this was helpful. We are here to help you grow your business smarter and faster. And let me remind you if you want to see what a diagram of this looks like, simply send an email to hello@whatboxdigital.com asking for that information, or just send me a text (832) 324-2432 and we'll send you that diagram.
I hope this is helpful. Let's keep growing your business smarter and faster. Have a great day, everyone.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
Austin Ford is known as the Challenge Funnel King. Austin and his team use challenge funnels to consistently generate 30K-$100k a month in recurring revenue for SAAS companies. Austin helped a company scale to $15 million/year in annual recurring revenue in one year. He is one of the most sought-after marketing strategists when it comes to online challenges. Today he is going to talk about how to use digital challenges to help SAAS companies drastically reduce your churn and get those forever customers.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guest: Austin Ford
Episode 29: How To Scale Your SaaS Business With Online Challenges
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
PEOPLE MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE
Russel Brunson
Stephen Larson
Max Muscle Nutrition
IIFYM Nutrition
Credit Repair Cloud
Credit Hero Challenge
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Funnel Build Website
Challenge Creation Bootcamp
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
One of the things we talk about a lot here at Whatbox Digital are sales funnels. Every business needs a sales funnel. In fact, every business needs multiple sales funnels. Sales funnels are how you convert someone from someone who does not know who you are to having a curiosity about you, to developing trust through enlightenment, and ultimately to some type of a commitment or a conversion. My guest today, Austin Ford is known as the challenge funnel king, which is a very specific type of sales funnel. Austin and his team use challenge funnels to consistently generate 30,000 to $100,000 a month in recurring revenue for SAAS companies. In fact, Austin has actually helped a SAAS company, a software as a service company, scale to $15 million a year in ARR or annual recurring revenue in one year. He's definitely one of the most sought-after marketing strategists when it comes to online digital challenges.
And today he's going to talk about how to use digital challenges to help SAAS companies drastically reduce your churn and get those forever customers. He's going to talk about how to get users to pay for your free software trials and he's going to talk about how to outspend your competitors to acquire new customers without dipping back into your own revenue. So, let's not delay any longer. Let's jump into my interview today with the challenge funnel king himself, Austin Ford. Austin, it's good to have you on the show. You and I have been talking for a while about having you on. And so, it's exciting to finally have you here on the show today.
Austin Ford:
Yeah. Excited to be here, Brian. Thanks for inviting me.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Absolutely. So, I've got to know the audience is going to want to know how did you become known as the challenge final king? I'm dying to hear it.
Austin Ford:
Yeah. So, that's actually a pretty interesting story. So, basically, four years ago I started my agency and when I say my agency, I was doing everything inside my agency. I was building Facebook ads doing a bunch of different funnels for people. So, anything from VSLs to webinar funnels, to high ticket funnels, we were even running like Pinterest ads, things like that. So I was doing all kinds of crazy stuff when I started this agency and I was actually getting pretty good results with clients. One guy was, he had this RX discount card company, and basically, he asked me to build out a VSL for him. So, I sold him a VSL because I was desperate for some money.
Brian Webb:
And for the audience [inaudible 00:02:24] just to jump in, that's a Video Sales Letter audience, but keep going Austin.
Austin Ford:
Yeah. So, I sold it to him for 500 bucks and he actually ended up writing to the two comma club or seven figures with that in less than eight months.
Brian Webb:
Amazing.
Austin Ford:
So, he had a really good ROI with that.
Brian Webb:
And again, audience, when he says two comma club, that means it did at least a million dollars in total revenue. Well, that's a very big deal. You should be super proud of that.
Austin Ford:
Yeah. I got a case study with that guy. Another company that we worked for was like a supplement store. So, it was called Max Fit Supplements or Max Muscle, excuse me, Supplements. If you're on the West Coast, you've probably been in this a few years and stuff, but anyway, we did like $30,000 in sales with them in less than a week. And we just did some Facebook ads and reactivations with like chatbots and stuff. And then also worked with a company called IIFYM Nutrition and this guy was having problems. So, he had like 500,000 people visiting his website every single month, but they were having a hard time optimizing it and selling their coaching programs. So, they offered nutrition coaching. We ended up scaling that company up to like $3,000 per day. So, I was having great success, but my problem was I was running this boutique fast agency.
So, what fast stands for, it stands for funnels as a [crosstalk 00:03:42] service. And here was my problem. I had customers of all different types of flavors, right? I was doing a bunch of custom work. So, every time I got a new customer in my business, I had to reinvent the wheel, go see what worked out in the market, and then go build that for them, right? And I obviously was not charging enough. Charging $500 for a VSL is not enough. In fact, one lady got on the phone with me and she wanted me to run Pinterest ads where I sold it to her for $5,000 and I actually went and learned how to do Pinterest ads on YouTube. So, I was just bootstrapping this whole business.
Brian Webb:
A 100%, yeah.
Austin Ford:
And obviously, that's not super sustainable. Just always looking for money, getting clients on the phone, being desperate and then selling them whatever they wanted and then going out, reinventing the wheel and building it, right?
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Austin Ford:
So, at the time I was in a coaching program called the Two Comma Club X Coaching program. This is a program with Russell Brunson, the owner of ClickFunnels high ticket. So, it's a $25,000 a year coaching program BN. And I remember actually posting this post inside of their Facebook group. And basically, I don't really remember exactly what the post said, but it was something like, "I've been having zero momentum over the past week. I can't escape, I'm bogged down. I pulled in 1,000 different directions or ideas and I'm always trying to serve all these different clients. I don't know what the focus on." And at the time I was almost completely maxed out my credit card and I had no idea how I was going to pay for my team for the coaching program for next month, right?
So, I ended up getting, so what I learned from that was when I made that post, I was super vulnerable. I had like 100 people comment on that post. And they were like, "Hey," here was the question that they all asked. They were like, "What do you do? How do you help people?" Right? And I thought that was interesting when I saw those, all the comments were about the same thing. But then do you know who Steve Larson is?
Brian Webb:
I do not. I do not know Steve, no.
Austin Ford:
Okay. So, Steve Larson, he was another coach in the Two Comma Club X Coaching program. All you need to know about Steve Larson is, he usually yells at you, right? So, he was like, "Hey, let's jump on a Zoom call, and let's handle this right now, right?" So, I ended up jumping on a Zoom call with Steve Larson and he was like, "Hey dude, did you see all the comments inside the Facebook group after you made that post?" I was like, "Yeah. I noticed that everybody has no idea what I do." And he literally started screaming at me over the Zoom call. And he said, "You're right. Nobody knows who you are or what you do. You are a nobody." [crosstalk 00:06:11].
Brian Webb:
Wow. Okay. All right.
Austin Ford:
So, anyway, Steve Larson basically told me, he was like, if you want to have success and you want to have major success, this is what you need to do. You need to niche down, pick one customer to focus on, solve one big problem for that customer and charge a lot of money for it. That makes sense, Brian?
Brian Webb:
It does. Absolutely.
Austin Ford:
So, I wish I could have said I figured it out then. I did not figure out then it wasn't until like three months later, I ended up jumping on a cruise ship and I'm going to tell you guys how I actually became the challenge funnel king right now.
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Austin Ford:
I actually ended up jumping on a cruise ship. It was called the Two Comma Club X cruise ships. So, it was a marketing cruise ship. There are about 300 markers on this cruise ship. And I was sitting at a mojito bar and I was telling this wonderful person, her name is Latasha, I was telling her about my problems and the agency and what I was going through, right?
Brian Webb:
Right.
Austin Ford:
And I basically told her, I was like, every time I get a new customer in my business, I get them on the phone. They tell me what they want out of desperate need for money, I sell them what they want for not enough and then I go and have to rebuild the whole thing and reinvent the wheel, right?
And he told me the same thing Steve Larson told me. She was like, "Dude, this is simple. You need to focus on one customer, solve a big problem, and charge a lot of money for it." And I was like, "All right, I'm going to solve this right now. So, like four mojitos in at the mojitos bar, we're sitting there going back and forth.
Brian Webb:
You're my new best friend, by the way.
Austin Ford:
Yes. So, we're going back and forth about all the different successes that I had and what I could niche down into and stuff. And long story longer, she ended up bringing up, "What about challenges? Nobody's teaching challenges or helping clients build challenges? What if you would..." And she actually said, "What if you were the challenge funnel team?" And at the time notice I have an agency called Funnel Build, right? I've never built this thing called a challenge funnel.
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Austin Ford:
And I was like, and I had asked her, I was like, "What the heck is a challenge funnel?" And basically, she told me this. She basically said, "A challenge is a process that takes your customers through a series of simple daily tasks, anywhere from five to 30 days to achieve a specific result." And here's the best part. The best part about challenges is, is that people will actually pay you to take the challenge.
So, an example would be like 28-day fat loss challenge. So, in 28 days, people are going to lose, like, let's say the goal is 10 pounds and you could charge $47 for that, right?
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Austin Ford:
[inaudible 00:08:43] In the door.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Austin Ford:
So, I was like, holy cow, this sounds awesome. And without knowing anything about challenges, I ended up saying right there, just declaring my destiny. I took my little toothpick umbrella thing out of the mojito drink and then I found some old gum under the bar stool table and I ended up slamming it on the bar and then putting my little toothpick in there and just saying, "I'm going to be the challenge funnel king."
Brian Webb:
You made a declaration, right?
Austin Ford:
Yeah.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. You made a declaration. Yeah. Well, That's a great story.
Austin Ford:
Yeah. So anyway, I ended up purchasing every single challenge, an online digital challenge that I could find, right? And I ended up mapping out the entire thing. So, I put everything out like on a canvas and I basically had dissected and looked at what made these things work. Ended up transforming my entire agency funnel build to now only building challenge funnels for clients. And I even created my own challenge called the Challenge Creation Bootcamp. And we had some pretty amazing case studies come out of that. Our clients were making anywhere from 45 to 60,000 to $100,000 their first month launching their challenge.
Brian Webb:
Fascinating, yeah. So, now we know you became the challenge funnel king, thanks for sharing that. And you kind of even told the audience what a challenge funnel is and even how long it should be. What do you think it is that makes challenge funnels work so well?
Austin Ford:
Yeah. I think the biggest thing that the biggest reason challenge funnels work so well is because of the hyper-focus result, well I call the hyper-focus result. And what this is, is basically what the challenge is, is you're giving somebody a transformation or you're promising them that you're going to get them a result, right? With the hyper-focus result, it focuses on three things. Number one is who is it? Who is that person that you're going to get a result for? Number two, what is the results specifically that they're going to achieve? And number three, what is the timeframe that they're going to actually achieve that? If you can combine all three of those things, that's what makes these challenge funnels, quote-unquote funnels, convert.
Brian Webb:
Now you work a lot with SAAS companies and how do these funnels also help to drastically reduce customer churn and get more lifelong customers or forever customers?
Austin Ford:
So, when I ended up switching my entire funnel building agency, I was actually approached by a company called Credit Repair Cloud. So, basically, I'm going to tell you a little bit about Credit Repair Cloud, because it will give you an idea about the question you just asked, how we're basically solving the big problem for them. Credit Repair Cloud is basically a CRM slash credit repair management tool, right?
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Austin Ford:
And Daniel, the owner of the company came to me and he's like, "Hey dude, we've been seeing what you've been doing with the challenges. Do you think a challenge would work for our company?" And I was like, "Yeah, I think it absolutely would." And here was the biggest problem that they said that they had it. This is the problem most SAAS companies deal with. The problem is they're very feature-heavy and they're selling a lot more of the product instead of the outcome or the result that the customer will receive-
Brian Webb:
[crosstalk 00:11:54] For transformation.
Austin Ford:
Yeah. The transformation that they will receive from using their software, right? And typically it looks like this. They spend a bunch of money on traffic to start free trials. And then they're going to hope that those free trials stick around long enough to recoup their ad costs, right? So, basically, SAAS companies are paying people to try their software. So, they spend a lot of money on ads to attract what I call trial freeloaders, who don't take initiative, who don't understand the value for the price. And they end up canceling faster than they signed up. And this also causes most SAAS owners to daydream, right? They're just like, holy cow, either I have to get the funding and put all this money and the capital into growing this thing or I just have to take a risk and hopefully, people stick around long enough. The solution we came up with is, is like, what if we could get their customers to actually pay for trial?
Brian Webb:
Fascinating. Keep talking. I'm curious. Yeah.
Austin Ford:
Well, so basically the model flips. So, instead of running traffic to a free trial, now we run traffic to a challenge that promises the results, and during the challenge, we get them to activate that trial, right? So, we completely flip the model and most challenges that we build for SAAS companies, we don't mention anything about the actual software.
Brian Webb:
The transformation, yeah.
Austin Ford:
It's not about the transformation, it's all about the result. So anyway, we ended up launching this challenge for Credit Repair Cloud. The first time we launched it, we ended up getting 450 people to join the challenge. And they made about, I think, $30,000 on the front end, but that's just front end money. So, usually what you do with that front-end money. So, that's people paying to join, right? So $31,000 people paid to join this challenge.
Brian Webb:
The challenge itself, right?
Austin Ford:
You guys could go check it out if you want, it's called the creditherochallenge.com.
Brian Webb:
Okay, creditherochallenge.com.
Austin Ford:
They made 30,000 on the front end, but that's money that you just put back in the ads, right? Here's where it got really interesting. On the backend, they had 50% of those 450 people start a new trial. Then during the challenge, they learn how the user software and then we ended up retaining 60% of those new trials. So, we ended-
Brian Webb:
Fascinating.
Austin Ford:
...We ended up having 130, like 130 something trials actually stick. Their software is $179 a month. We increased their total monthly reoccurring revenue by about $25,000. That was one campaign, one 14 day challenge. Now imagine we run this thing for them every two weeks.
Brian Webb:
That was going to be my next question is why not do it on a recurring basis because that totally makes sense?
Austin Ford:
Yeah. So, we run the challenge for them every two weeks and it does the exact same thing like clockwork. We get anywhere from 300 to 600 people in at a time, 50% activate a trial during the challenge, around 60% end up sticking and we keep increasing their monthly recurring by 20 to $25,000 every time we run this campaign. And in within the last year, we've increased their revenue in less than a year, we've increased our revenue to 15 million annual recurring revenue, just running this one challenge is the same thing. It's completely automated.
Brian Webb:
Kudos to you, you are the king. So, basically then what you're doing is while people aren't paying for the trial of the software, in essence, they are paying for the trial by putting their money into getting into the challenge, right?
Austin Ford:
Yeah, 100%.
Brian Webb:
So, one of the big, this is something that every business owner in the world wishes that they knew how to do, how to outspend the competition to acquire new customers without dipping into your own backend revenue. Talk to us a little bit about that.
Austin Ford:
Yeah. So, with this challenge that we ended up creating. So, when we first launched the challenge, we did it to their internal list. So, with all my clients and what I like to do is I like to promise them, "Hey, what you spend on me to build this thing, we're going to try to get you back on the first launch." And we typically do that with their internal lists. So, whatever list they have internally. But when you switch the cold traffic, it becomes a different story, right? And honestly, just to tell you the truth, when we launched this challenge, it was actually during the pandemic, right? When COVID was hitting and it was spreading across the US, Credit Repair Cloud ended up shutting down their virtual, not virtual, but they're live events. And Daniel said to me, he was like, "Hey, we're relying on this challenge to work and push us through this."
So, a lot of pressure on me because it's one thing to launch to a list of people that know who you are. They've heard of your brand. Perversions are much better on that. But when you go to cold traffic, conversions can be scary sometimes, right?
Brian Webb:
Oh, yeah.
Austin Ford:
So, we ended up actually running cold traffic to this challenge. After we launched the first one, we got the second one up and running and we were hitting the ads right then and there. When we started running the ads, they were spending around 20 to $30 to acquire a customer on the front end of a $47 challenge. They were actually making money.
Brian Webb:
They were profitable right from the beginning, yeah. To cold traffic, yeah.
Austin Ford:
Now fast forward today this year, the costs have gone up obviously due to a number of different factors, but they're currently spending $88 to acquire a customer for this challenge. The average cart value I believe is hovering around the $75 mark. So, they're spending $10 to acquire a customer into their challenge now. They're activating those customers on the back end, right? So, if you're eight, so basically the challenge it's a self-liquidating offer, right?
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Austin Ford:
So, if you're able to actually spend money or spend less money if you can make it break even, great. If you can make money off the front end, great. Even if you're spending a little bit less than, it's costing them $88 to acquire customers. They're recouping $75 of that, right? So, they're willing to spend now to do that, but they're spending 10, knowing that 50% will sign up for a trial and 60% of those will actually stick, which goes around. I think it was like 25, 30% will actually adopt the software at the end. It's a no-brainer that a company has been scaling extremely fast over the past year.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. One of the things I tell clients all the time is marketing done right is really very extremely formulaic, right? And so, what you've done with the challenge funnel is you've given them a system, a marketing system that's proven and by the way, recyclable. Like you said, they're running the same challenge funnel over and over and over again. I'm sure at some point it'll make sense to refresh it somehow a little bit, but you've literally given them a propeller or another jet engine to put onto the airplane or their business to move them, to get them the thrust, to move forward and grow their business. You've given them a system basically.
Austin Ford:
Yeah.
Brian Webb:
So, let me ask you this, what's one or two pro tips you wish you would have known in the beginning. This can get down into the weeds, whatever what's one or two tips that you would tell the audience that you need to do it this way to optimize or avoid this mistake? What's something you can tell the audience that they wouldn't know without having your years of experience?
Austin Ford:
All right. I got a bunch of great things but I got two that are coming to my head right now. So, number one is, if you're thinking about building a challenge and you want it, the biggest thing is you want the front end to convert, right? And this goes back to delivering a result that your customer actually wants, right? People don't buy stuff. They don't buy products. They buy results. Think of aspirin, right? I don't go to the store and buy aspirin because it is in a pretty bottle or that it has a special chemical, whatever aspirin is made up of, right? I buy it because it relieves pain. And people will buy based on these two emotional needs. One, the avoidance of pain. Two, the pursuit of pleasure, right? Think about anything in your life like for me, if it's Valentine's day, I'm going to go buy my wife flowers.
Why? Because I want to avoid the pain of her being upset and I want to pursue the pleasure of her loving me more, right?
Brian Webb:
Sure. Absolutely.
Austin Ford:
So, anything that you've done in your life is based on those two emotional needs, right? And it's not different for a challenge, but here's the thing, Brian. And a lot of people don't know this. There's actually something that's more powerful than the result. Well, it's called outcomes, right?
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Austin Ford:
Think about this, products produce outputs that produce results, right? So, if somebody uses your product, it's going to have outputs that produces a result. The result is great. But a result also produces outputs that gives that person outcomes. Now let me explain this really simple to you.
Brian Webb:
Sure.
Austin Ford:
Think of heart surgery, right? What is the product of heart surgery?
Brian Webb:
The surgery itself.
Austin Ford:
Exactly.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Austin Ford:
Six hours of heart surgery, 10 new medications, a donated healthy heart, your family crying, right? That's the product of heart surgery. What's the result of heart surgery?
Brian Webb:
You get to live.
Austin Ford:
Well, it's actually, you get a new heart, right?
Brian Webb:
That's true. The result that you get a new heart, yeah.
Austin Ford:
The outcome is exactly what you said.
Brian Webb:
More time with your family and the people that you love, right?
Austin Ford:
Exactly. The ability to be active, avoiding death, funeral costs. Those are the outcomes people want. Now let's put this in perspective to what your audience would probably end up using.
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Austin Ford:
Think of a coach who teaches online trainers, right?
Brian Webb:
Right.
Austin Ford:
The product of that coach. So, let's say he teaches online PT, like personal trainers online, his result for the program is a $10,000 a month online PT business. The product of that program is eight weeks online PT program, I don't know, a high ticket sales training, lead attraction system, whatever. It's all the stuff, right? That's the stuff that people don't want to deal with, but that's the product. That's the pain people have to go through to get the result of 10,000 a month. What's the outcome? Be their own boss. Quit their 9:00 to 5:00. Create financial freedom. So, what I'm trying to tell people is like, number one, all my challenges are based on outcomes that clients want.
[crosstalk 00:22:21] not sell products on those sales pages. It's all based on the outcomes and the results that they will receive going through the challenge, right? Because people are signing up for a challenge to get something done in their life that's caused them pain and is not moving them closer to pleasure, right? The next tip that I would give is I wish I would've known this, but it's super critical at the beginning of your challenge, whether it's a five-day challenge or a 14 or 21 day or 30 days, like however long, the challenge is, it's super critical that you implement these things at the very beginning of the challenge to have success and to drive people all the way through to the end.
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Austin Ford:
Again, you have to tell people and repeat what is the transformation that they're going to get going through the thing that you're pushing them through?
Brian Webb:
Sure.
Austin Ford:
You got to remind them why they're doing it.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Austin Ford:
Number two, you got to showcase studies of people actually doing the thing that they want to achieve. People that were just like them and got to where they want to be, not yourself. So, case studies. Another thing you want to do at the very beginning of these challenges is you need to give them data and numbers to cast the future vision, right? And you need to get your audience to imagine what life would be like to achieve that. There also needs to be internal transformation, right? This is where like Russell's if anybody has ever read Expert Secrets, this is where Russell's manifesto that he calls kind of comes into play, right? With the Credit Hero Challenge that we built for Credit Repair Cloud, the transformation was them becoming a Credit Hero, what does it mean to be a Credit Hero?
It's deeper than them. It's about impact. Helping other people. We did the same thing with, we're making another challenge called the Massage Hero Challenge, same exact thing. And we tell them, what does it mean to be a Massage Hero at the very beginning? So, if you do all that stuff, I like to call that NLP stuff. But if you do all that stuff, you're setting yourself up for success during the rest of the challenge, because you've framed what exactly they're going to get out of it, who they're going to become. And if they put in the work, the result will be there for them at the end.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. People never move into a fog. So, the more that you can paint that clear vision of where they are, what the steps are to get to where they want to go. And then obviously you've really highlighted the importance, the necessity I would say of showing them a better future that they can have. I can see where that would make a challenge funnel go even better. Well, I was hoping that you would drop some value bombs today and Austin, you definitely delivered. So, for those in our audience who want just want to connect with you more or know more about what you do with challenge funnels, where's the best place for them to find you?
Austin Ford:
The best place to reach me is funnelbuild.com. So just F-U-N-N-E-L-B-U-I-L-D.com. They can contact us from there, fill out a form or just explore and see what we're up to.
Brian Webb:
Awesome. And I'll make sure we get all of that into the show notes, along with your LinkedIn profile, your bio, and phone, all that stuff too. So again, for anyone who this kind of a model is relevant too, I think that there's going to be a lot of people that open their eyes to this for the very first time.
Austin Ford:
Yeah. I'm super excited about it. It's definitely been impactful for my business, it's been impactful for other people's businesses. And if you're thinking about doing a challenge, I highly, highly recommend it.
Brian Webb:
Thanks for being here today, Austin.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH AUSTIN FORD
Linkedin | Facebook | Funnel Build Website
__________________________________
In this marketing segment, Brian Webb discusses how learning to use LinkedIn targeting can feel overwhelming at first. Listen as Brian gives you five tips for hitting the mark with your LinkedIn ad targeting strategies.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Do Marketing Better Segment
Host: Brian Webb
Ep. 28 - 5 Tips For Targeting Your Ads On LinkedIn
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartradio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Whatbox Digital Ideal Customer Avatar Tool
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey, everyone. Welcome to the show. Imagine this. You've created the perfect ad campaign ever, ever in the history of all ad campaigns. You've got it well thought out, it's interesting, you know people want to engage with it. It's direct, it's clear, and you know that the content will be valuable and have a really good and positive impact when the audience connects with it. But there's only one problem. You've got to get it in front of the right person, the right people, the right audience because if you don't, it'll be like the tree falling in the forest. It'll go unheard.
So, what do you do, right? Like any platform, learning how to use LinkedIn targeting can feel intimidating or overwhelming at first, but I've got you covered. Today, I'm going to give you five tips for hitting the mark with your LinkedIn ad targeting strategies. And if you are specifically a B2B business, you absolutely should be running ads on LinkedIn. It's one of the most powerful platforms and places to target other B2B potential prospects and customers for your business. And let me give you two reasons why. First of all, the quality of the audience. When you're running ads on LinkedIn, you can literally reach millions of people, and with the right targeting techniques, you can really zero in on specific decision-makers and centers of influence that can really help you move the needle in growing your business. And second, think about the professional context. Unlike most other social media platforms, LinkedIn literally caters to professionals who come to LinkedIn to further their career goals. So, this is an audience that's going to be more receptive to a relevant business-related message.
And here's the five tips that I'm going to give to you to help you up your game in targeting ads on LinkedIn. Here we go. Number one: Start broad, then go narrow. And you might say, "What does that mean, Brian?" What I mean by that is the risk of starting too narrow when you're targeting ads on LinkedIn is that you will not gain enough audience data to inform and optimize your campaign going forward. So, think about starting with a scope of at least, say, 50,000 members, and then gradually starting to filter that down with a more specific exclusion list based on which segments are responding to your content. So, in other words, by targeting a broader audience, while you might confirm your assumptions, you might just uncover some surprises that you weren't expecting.
Power tip, number two: Test small variances in your targeting. Running multiple campaigns at the same time with small variations can really unlock key insight. So, for example, you might run a campaign targeting industries plus a job function, and another targeting industries plus a seniority level inside of that industry. So, imagine running those two campaigns side by side. Compare the results and see which one is performing better, and then apply this learning in the future.
Number three: Target the full buying committee. You're not just targeting decision-makers, you're targeting influencers who have an impact on the decisions that the decision-makers make. This is an essential nuance of successful targeting in today's B2B marketing. So, buying committees have grown larger and more diverse over the years, with influence coming from various corners of the organization, so it's important to engage all the stakeholders within a given account, or at least the right ones. So, for example, even if your end-user, your decision-maker is an IT professional, you may still want to target job roles in finance, the legal department, procurement, so that you're reaching everyone who has a say in the decision.
Power tip number four: Tailor your content based on your audience. I'm always teaching clients that there's two reasons, if not more than two, but two primary reasons that you really want to identify who your ICA, your ideal customer avatars, are. First, when we know who your ICA, your ideal customer avatar, is, we know how to target them. But equally as important, when we know who your ICA is, we also know how to talk to that specific ideal customer avatar. Even a well-executed targeting strategy can really fall short if you're delivering the exact same content to everyone. That wouldn't even make sense. So, for example, is what's important to the IT professional the same thing that's important to the legal professional or those in the finance department? Probably not. The information technology professional might be concerned with specific software features and functions, but those in the legal department might only care about being in compliance with cybersecurity protocols. When you create and deliver content that speaks very directly and specifically to the audience that you're targeting, you take the next step in sophistication.
Power tip number five, last one for today: Save and reuse winning audiences. Identifying your ideal audiences is a process, and it involves trial and error, and it takes time. But when you start to hit your sweet spot, you can save and reuse those audiences to replicate and build upon that success. This saves a lot of time in the future because you don't need to start from scratch when launching new campaigns; you can just go back and cue up and tweak what has worked in the past. And if you happen to be new to advertising on LinkedIn, you can even take advantage of their LinkedIn audience templates, which are pre-built sets of attributes for personas like event planners, doctors, recent college graduates, millennials, et cetera, et cetera.
So, to summarize, power tip number one: Start broad, then go narrow. Power tip number two: Test small variances in your targeting. Power tip number three: Target the full buying committee, anyone that either makes a decision, and all of those that influence the decision-maker. Power tip number four: Speak specifically to each of those people in that audience; tailor your content. And power tip number five: Save and reuse winning audiences. I hope this is helpful. If you're considering running ads on LinkedIn to grow your business, it's a great place to do it. Thanks for being here today. Let's keep working on growing your business smarter and faster. I'll see you on the next show.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
In this episode, Amber Spears discusses how to save money & make money with affiliate marketing. Amber is recognized as an industry thought leader in affiliate marketing and is a prolific connector and networker. She is the co-founder of East 5th Avenue, a world-class affiliate management education and marketing company. In the last few years, the agency has generated $80 million in front-end launch sales, generating over 8 million leads, and over 8 figures a year for her clients.
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 27: How To Save Money & Make Money With Affiliate Marketing
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
PEOPLE MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE
Roland Frasier
Robby Blanchard
Anik Singal Podcast: The Fighting Entrepreneur
JJ Virgin
Chris Guerrero
Tony Grebmeier
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
TrafficTribe.com
Know Your Numbers Guide - East 5th Avenue
Agora Financial
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb:
I've been waiting for quite some time to have my relatively new friend Amber Spears on the podcast. So officially welcome to the show today Amber.
Amber Spears:
Brian, we're besties now.
Brian Webb:
We are BFFs indeed, best friends forever, I hope.
Amber Spears:
Yeah, that's right. Yeah. It's been awesome meeting you. I know we've only known each other for a short time and I feel we have a really great relationship already and I'm looking forward to continuing that.
Brian Webb:
Me too, for sure. So I know we're here to talk about all things, affiliate marketing, partnership marketing. I know that you have even more names to call it, which they each have their own unique nuances to what they are and what makes them unique. But for those in the audience, and I'm really excited to share this. I want to say this, one of the reasons I'm excited to have you on to talk about this, Amber one is because you know what you're talking about, but second, because this kind of marketing is something that can be relevant to either the mature experienced entrepreneur, but it can also be relevant and insightful and helpful to even a person who might have that job somewhere but they're trying to figure out their next move. But for those in the audience that don't know what affiliate marketing is, share that with the audience today.
Amber Spears:
Yeah. So let me tell you a little secret about affiliate marketing that really only insiders know. In fact, the last time I keynoted in person was at Affiliate Summit West last year, right before they did a shutdown. And there was an entire panel devoted to this, which I just thought was so funny, which is that affiliate marketing is the same thing as partnership marketing, which is the same thing as relationship marketing, which is the same thing as influencer marketing, also known as joint venture marketing and Jay Abraham also coined it host/parasite marketing. So all the same thing with varying degrees of nuance and at ASW they had a whole panel devoted to what they wanted to call it as an industry for the future. And so this is just the same thing, there's just small nuances in between all that.
So if you aren't hearing these words thrown around, I just want you to know, even the inner circle are confused by what to call it because it's had so many names. It's also referral marketing, which I think is the oldest form of marketing, it's I got a guy marketing. So from the time that there is business, I was giving you this example before Brian, but it's like, let's say that you're a captain of a ship, and when you arrive at a port, you've got a guy that helps you unload everything. And then that guy has a guy that helps you transport those goods into the village, so everyone has a guy or a girl, and that's very similar to this. It's basically, there're lot of different names, I don't want you to be stressed out about it, just know it's the same thing.
But essentially, affiliate marketing is when another business or expert or influencer that serves or speaks to your target audience and customer base lends their credibility to you. So they send you customers, they send you leads, they send their audience to you, and they essentially endorse you and your business and say, "Hey, I got a guy, go talk to Brian if you want X, Y, or Z, go talk to Amber if you want X, Y, or Z, she's helped me, or I love her products," or what have you. And then for doing that, for sending customers and leads your way, they get paid for that, they get paid on things like making a sale or sending you a lead or introducing you to other businesses that will help you grow. So it's essentially other businesses thought leaders and experts taking on the risk of helping you grow your business and your brand by making referrals to you at a very simple, basic level.
Brian Webb:
You and I were talking earlier about Apple becoming the privacy brand, changing how the iOS works. We know that algorithms are constantly changing in search and in social, tell me one, what you think the impact of that is on marketing, but specifically, why do you like affiliate marketing, especially in light of all these hindrances that we're going to be facing moving forward?
Amber Spears:
Yeah. Well, I think for me, I've been saying this for a really long time and it's cool because now we're starting to see even more pickup around affiliate marketing. And I like partnership marketing a lot. I tend to go between the two things because I look at all of my affiliates as my partners, they're helping me grow my business so they're partners in my business in a certain way. And what we're seeing is not unique, when I first started doing online marketing, I was selling search engine optimization door to door, to businesses. And they were all doing stuff with decks and yellow pages. They're like, I don't need this, what is Google Maps? I don't need this. And then they started coming around and then we went through all these updates, went through Penguin, we went through Panda and every time an update happens on these algorithms, you're left scrambling and trying to figure out how to play by these new rules.
And that happens and will always continue to happen on these channels because they're just going to continue to update, they're going to continue to make changes that you're at the whim of. So what I always like to say, and I've been saying for many years, and now it's really catching on is, algorithms change and relationships don't and it's, as long as you have good relationships and you have a good community, you don't need to deal with or battle against these compliance regulations, waiting around twiddling your thumbs for ads to be approved. All these different things that you have to do on these ad networks and paid media sources, you can have a revenue stream that's instant, that's based on working with your peers, with businesses that you admire, with influencers and thought leaders that are all helping you build your brand, acquire more customers and are sharing in the risk of growing your business with you. So you're no longer alone, you're in community.
And this is the recession-proof revenue stream, I mean, Jay Abraham said it, not me. When this whole thing started coming out with COVID so many people were interviewing him and he said on many different interviews that if he could do, they said, "What would you be doing right now?" He said, "I would be going to the recession-proof revenue stream, which is affiliate marketing." Because right now, at the time, no one knew it was going on. People started scaling back their teams, they started scaling back their ad spend because they didn't know what was happening. And so you don't have to do that with affiliate marketing because you're usually not, there are some exceptions, but you're usually not prepaying for placements. So you're not in a bidding war. You're not telling Google how much you're willing to spend, you are acquiring customers and then you pay your affiliate partners out of that sale.
So you get to keep your money in your pocket and at the same time, they're helping you build your brand by transferring trust over. So it's just my favorite form of marketing for that reason. And it's not the only thing you should be doing, you're never going to hear me say that. I think you need to diversify your traffic process. But if you don't have it, I think it's crazy because it's the one thing that's not regulated and that's not at the whims of some other big platforms.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. So I know you're known as the Lady Gaga of affiliate marketing, I would love for you to share maybe what one of your most epic successes were if you're comfortable sharing that and maybe something that didn't go as well. But obviously, all of us, as we're, regardless of where we are on our success journey, some things work, some things work great, some things don't work as well. Would you be willing to share maybe an example of something that you've done, where it was just epically successful and maybe something that maybe was a little more challenging for you?
Amber Spears:
Yeah. So I'll tell you a couple of things. So the first one that I'm really well known for is working with the team over at Truth about Cancer. And I certainly didn't do this alone, but we really had the blessing of being a part of the first-ever docu-series. And since then it's become this, obviously this huge movement of docu-series. And so I was part of the team and the driving force that did the 8.8 and $9.8 million launches in one year, which was in 2016, and acquired billions of leads. It was just so awesome. That was really the start of me starting to speak around the world. That's when people saw what we could do and started inviting me to speak from stage. So I always think of my career as that was one stepping point.
And the other thing that's really recent for me is during COVID I could just sense that there's so much fear. And I ended up flying home early from a training in Baltimore. I was with Agora my favorite clients, take amazing care of me, shout out to Agora Financial at the time. And they called me and they're like, "Hey, Trump's going to declare a State of Emergency and you're in Baltimore, I don't want you to get stuck here." And I was like, "Me either." I'd much rather be in San Diego.
Brian Webb:
Of course, I don't blame you.
Amber Spears:
Baltimore, I love you guys. And so on the plane, I ended up coming home early, on the plane I started just really feeling into my community and I was like, we need to do something to help support while we may not know what's going to happen, we do know that we have a community we can lean on. So I started doing these free calls and the first call, I had no idea it was going to happen. I had just said, "Hey, I know we're scared and we don't know what's going to happen. But what we do know is that these relationships that we have built in this community are real and let's all get on a phone call and give everyone a chance to talk and say what they need help with and what's coming up for them and let's support it." And we had over 400 people come on that call. I was shocked. We were on there for four and a half hours.
Brian Webb:
Wow. That's amazing.
Amber Spears:
Yeah. Just kept doing it and then eventually turned it into the Traffic Tribe, which was something I wanted to build anyways. And I ended up getting an award last year from some of my 600 of my peers now an amazing group that I'm a part of as the biggest breakthrough award for that, which I'm really proud of because it was built-
Brian Webb:
You should be, yeah.
Amber Spears:
Thank you. Yeah, it was built out of a need and it really pushed me to build a larger community like that, before we were only doing high ticket, one-on-one with businesses and this enabled me to work with large groups at a time, which I really wanted to do. And for those of you who don't know what Traffic Tribe is, Traffic Tribe is what I wish I had when I was an affiliate manager, which essentially is a community of companies. There's 250 companies in there now that are all dedicated to growing their business by adding affiliate marketing in. And so we meet once a month to pitch our offers, to ask for help, to ask for traffic, to set up deals, to network. And then once a month to learn from industry experts like Roland, or Stephen Georgia, Chris Guerrero, or guys like that, in addition to us doing the teaching. So it's awesome and it's growing and it's amazing, but that was something that I'm most proud of that. I built it out of the instinct of service and pushed me out of my comfort zone certainly because I'd never done anything like that.
And then I think the biggest failure or one of the failures that I'm happy to talk about. And it makes me sad, which is right before we shut her down, our agency last year. And we shut our agency down to focus on the educational component. So on Traffic Tribe, on our consulting and our own products, instead of being the launch team or the sales team for other companies and doing it ourselves, we're happy to train you how to do that and that's our focus or our own products. But the last launch that we worked on was with the Agora and we worked so hard on it. It was for a docu-series called wealth breakthroughs and it was just really bad timing to launch it. It was during, COVID a bunch of White guys in it, we got a lot of flack for that, but we had filmed everything a year before. So I get it that there was the Black lives movement and all that stuff, I get it, but we had already filmed everything and the content was amazing and could really help people.
And we launched this thing in the middle of COVID and in hindsight you look at it, but it's still your baby and you want to get it out in the world. And normally every time we do a launch, I mean, we do at least a minimum of 2 million, if not 3 million, usually on these things. And it did horribly, which really made me sad. I mean, it didn't even do half a million dollars and we spent a ton of money and time and effort on it. It was just, it still burns me. I'm still really sad about that launch.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. I can sense that. Let me ask you this. What are, if you could rewind the wheel of life and talk to the previous, your former self and you're talking to the audience and they're curious about this, what are the top 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 mistakes that you see people make, that you think, oh my goodness, if you only knew. What are some mistakes that people can avoid if they're wanting to learn more about this, or think about leveraging affiliate or relationship or partnership marketing to grow their own revenue streams?
Amber Spears:
That's such a good question. There's so much there. I mean, I think first and foremost, one of the biggest mistakes that I see companies making is they want to do affiliate marketing and they don't treat it with the focus that it needs to grow. For example, if I told you, Brian Hem, I think that you should learn to do YouTube marketing. You would buy courses on it, you would learn about the algorithm, you'd be learning about things like thumbnails. You'd be really studying it because you're spending all this money on it, on living and you want it to work. But for some reason, with affiliate marketing, because you're partnering with other companies and there's no money typically being prepaid upfront, you don't treat it like a channel that you need to really understand. And it's just like any other channel.
We have our own metrics, we have our own language, we have our own vocabulary, it is a media channel in order to scale it, it needs to hit certain metrics. It needs to be trackable. You need to have good assets, high converting copy, high converting sales pages, compelling things for the audience. You need to treat it like any other channel. And they just, for some reason, they don't take it as seriously, probably because they're not prepaying for a lot of this. And every mistake they made cost them money. But I think that's a big challenge that I see most businesses doing and they're like, affiliate marketing doesn't work for us, we tried it. And it's like, yeah, well, you dipped your toe half in the water just like any other thing that you do in your life, when you're half in you get half in results and inconsistent results. And so you need to treat it like that.
And the other thing is the training of their team. So a lot of times what we see in people when they hire an affiliate manager to drive the affiliate program, they're just finding someone who's good with people. And I'm sorry, but whoever driving any portion of your program, and it doesn't matter what part of your business they're driving on. If they're interacting with other clients or customers, they need to be a salesperson, if they're asking for the business, they need to be a salesperson or they needed to be trained on negotiation, customer service-
Brian Webb:
Absolutely.
Amber Spears:
Assistant follow-up, tracking, these things. All these things are so important. And instead, they just put someone in there that's good with people, it's their sister, it's their buddy. And then they come back to me like, affiliate marketing again doesn't work for me. It's like, you didn't spend any time training your people to make sure they're the right people in the driver's seat, you wouldn't trust, the growth of your business to just anyone, I don't understand why you do this for this media channel. So I think that's another big mistake. Your affiliate manager needs to be trained, you need to be trained in the nuances of this. And I understand as a busy business owner, sometimes I'm just like, you know what, can I just pay for someone to do this for me? The answer is no because you're going to lose your shirt. You need to know just enough to be dangerous. And if you don't have the time to train your affiliate manager, you need to send them to a company like mine that will train them for you and make them rock stars.
But you still have to do a little bit of the work yourself. I'm sorry. You still have to tell me what their KPIs are, I can't make them for you, you still have to tell me, what's happening in the inside of your company culture and what we can train them on. I can't read your mind. So these are just basic things. And I would say the last thing that I see a lot of companies making a mistake on is trying to shortcut. And so I think what I mean by that, for example, is a lot of companies that I work with are trying to figure out how to pay their affiliate partners just enough so that they'll be happy. My thing is always, you should be paying them more as much as you can, as much as you can afford. I'm not saying go in the red and wreck your business unless you have a good backend to support that, I'm not saying that.
What I'm saying is instead of figuring out how to give them just enough, figure out how you can motivate them with money and with other things to keep them motivated and pay them enough money so that they're excited about continuing to promote you. Because you don't want them to just promote you one time, you want them promoting you month after month, year after year-
Brian Webb:
From now on, yeah.
Amber Spears:
Yeah. They're long-term high-tech relationships. And so instead of cutting shortcuts, figure out how to pay them more because they are taking the risk of building your business for you. And you've heard me say this a few times, but what I mean by that is they're choosing to promote you over their own products and services, number one-
Brian Webb:
And their name is on the line, and that's a risk proposition right there. Yeah.
Amber Spears:
And their name is on the line, it's a proposition. So figure out how to pay them more money and then figure out, just like you would have any immediate buyer, how to scale that up and down, depending on performance and volume. So I think that's another big mistake that I see people making.
Brian Webb:
Obviously, I'm sure you've got a list of reasons that you love affiliate marketing, but one of them that I think our audience can really potentially relate to is a lot of people out there in the world are like, I don't have a product. I don't have a course. I haven't written the book. And the one thing that's really powerful about affiliate marketing is you don't have to have a product. You can find all of these other people out in the world that have written the book, created the product, created the course, whatever it is. And then you just get to go leverage your relationships to promote their products. I'm guessing that's on a list of reasons why you love affiliate marketing, right?
Amber Spears:
Yeah. For sure. I mean, I certainly love that aspect of it is that there are some affiliates that don't have their own products like you said, and they're sending leads and customers to other companies and getting paid for that. And I think that's just one of the coolest things about this business. I tend to focus on working with companies that do have products that either sell directly to consumers or, and want to sell more of that through affiliate marketing or that are B2B and want to send clients and customers back and forth. That's in my specialty if people are looking for somebody like that, to teach you how to be just a pure affiliate without the overhead, without any employees or without creating their own products, a person I would recommend that you speak to you is Robbie Blanchard and look him up because he teaches you how basically how to do that. But that's the beauty and the nuance of this. If you're a business owner, then this is, I'm definitely going to be the specialist in that, for sure.
Brian Webb:
It makes sense. So by the way, I am an affiliate newbie, a matter of fact, I'm yet to make a single penny from this particular account of conversion.ai and which is this new AI of copywriting. And saw-
Amber Spears:
Like a Jarvis.
Brian Webb:
Well, Jarvis specifically, as a matter of fact. In fact, every time you see one of their ads, it's Jarvis, that's the AI bot if you will, but conversion.ai is how you find Jarvis.
Amber Spears:
Okay. Got it.
Brian Webb:
Well, so basically because I am an affiliate, I get their emails and I've been seeing Anik Singal talk about this mysterious copywriting. I've heard him talk about on the podcast.
Amber Spears:
I love Anik.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. And I know you know him, I don't know him, but I just know of him. We're connected on social. And I listen to his podcast, great podcast, by the way.
Amber Spears:
Amazing podcast.
Brian Webb:
But anyway, I just saw that he was the number two affiliate for that product, I guess, over the past 30 days. So he must have really killed it I'm guessing obviously.
Amber Spears:
Of course. Yeah, exactly. And that's the kind of affiliate marketing that I specialize in, is a business owner, like Anik, who has his own following, who took time out of his day to promote conversion AI's product over his own at learn, which he makes significantly usually more money on because he doesn't have to pay out any money to anyone, it's his stuff.
Brian Webb:
It's his stuff.
Amber Spears:
So he is taking the risk and building conversion AI's business and building their brand by doing these webinars and sending customers and leads their way. So this is exactly what I'm talking about, there's the power of what we're talking about here. And that's just my favorite thing because he didn't have to do that. And he gets paid for all these things, he was very public about how much money he made from promoting that. And it's not just about the money, it's about, he sees the future, this AI stuff is the future. And so he's doing his due diligence by finding a good AI company that's doing this copy because there are many different options. He went out, does due diligence, found a company that he liked, that he wanted to recommend to his brand, to his customers, to his audience, and then set up a deal with them. And then he's getting well compensated for it as he should be because he did his due diligence and found a wonderful partner that we should all be aware of.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Let me ask you this, Amber, for someone who's hearing all this today, and again, I teach people this thing about the curse of knowledge and we forget the things that we know are not rudimentary to the person who isn't yet familiar with what you're talking about. So to that person that is hearing this and like, man, that sounds interesting, it's compelling, I can see the value proposition you're bringing, I have no idea where to start. What would you say to that person? What would be the first step or two or three or four or five steps that you would urge them to take if they're wanting to learn more about this or to start leveraging this asset in their own business and revenue goals?
Amber Spears:
Yeah. So first of all, I think that it depends on who you are, and so for example, if you're a brick and mortar and you're local, this'll work for you. If you're a global brand or e-commerce, this will work for you, it just depends on what you're doing and where you are. So for example, if you are a brick and mortar and you're just getting started, then what I would be doing is figuring out first and foremost this is for anyone, first and foremost, who is serving your target audience? I think we get so narrowly focused. When I asked him, I'm like, what do you do? They're like, I help female entrepreneurs, leave their 9:00 to 5:00 and finally become the entrepreneurs that they're dreaming of. And it's like, okay, that's great. And they're just so focused on, I only want to be on other podcasts that are serving female entrepreneurs and that are doing this.
And it's like, okay, but the female entrepreneurs that you serve are also moms, some of them might be having challenges in their marriage or they want to make their marriage better. Some of them might be wanting to lose weight, some of them might be empty nesters soon, all of these things, you need to look at your customer as a multifaceted human being, instead of just what you provide. And then you find complimentary partners that either fill in the holes that you don't provide or have an ascension ladder or serve the same type of demographic and you partner with them. And I'll give you a quick couple of examples, so if you're, let's say a brick and mortar HVAC company, you might want to partner with a pest control company or a plumbing company, or an electrical company. Because you guys are all going into people's homes and they might have scorpions or bees that they need removed. Or they might have challenges with their wiring, that's the reason why they're having challenges with their HVAC in the first place.
So going out and vetting these different companies and setting up referral agreements between them or affiliate agreements or partnership agreements that you guys are all going to refer each other business, that's going to drive the cost of your advertising down. And by the way, one of the coolest things about affiliate marketing/referral marketing/partnership marketing, the reason why I'm saying it because I want you guys to get used to the terminology, is that the conversion rate is always significantly higher than if you're coming in cold because you're transferring trust.
Brian Webb:
You're transferring trust. Yeah.
Amber Spears:
Exactly. So if you're brick and mortar or you're anything else, the first thing I'd be figuring out is yes, who is my customer, but what else do they care about? Because then I can find complementary partners that could be in my ecosystem that I can set deals with. Because here's the thing, your business will have holes in it, but the world does not have those holes. So you can go out and find those people that are going to plug the holes for you and send you a good amount of business. That'll be the first thing I do, no matter what company size I am is really figuring out what other people are going to be complimentary. What other businesses are going to have complementary services and then go from there and start setting up these agreements.
And the other thing that I would be saying is making sure that when you're doing these things, that you're partnering with people that can actually send you a good stream of high-quality clients and referrals because it's not going to be great for you to partner with someone who has no audience or has no customer base. I know if you're just getting started, then you need to understand that if you're just getting started, you need to figure out how to plug in their holes number one, and you usually need to figure out how to pay them more than you would pay anybody else and pay them faster for that, while you're growing, that would be your hidden benefit in here. Because you just don't have that leverage, they do. So then as you grow, you start to get more leverage and you can change and renegotiate the deals, the deals that you make initially don't have to be the deals that you stay with forever. You should always have the ability to come back every year and renegotiate.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, that's a good tip right there, that's a bonus tip right there. Amber, I know that we both believe in the power and the importance of mentorship, share with our audience why you think having the right mentors is important in your growth journey?
Amber Spears:
Oh, I have been so fortunate to have some of the best mentors in the world, some of them have opened doors for me, that person for me is JJ Virgin. She has been absolutely incredible. I could not thank her enough for the support she's given me through the mind share community. So if you are in health and wellness, you absolutely need to know her. You need to know her mind share community. That's where I met Dr. Mark Hyman's teams, where I met Dave Asprey with Bulletproof, that's where I met Katie Spears, Wellness Mama. That's where I've met all of my top affiliates, so many of my clients, Michael and Izabella Wentz, I met them through mind share. And then she refers me constantly to people in need of growing their affiliate program. She has me on her stages. I was just with her yesterday. We were at a networking, a wealth-building, brunch with one of my friends. And we'd just become really close partners, I couldn't say enough of her. She's been my mentor that has pushed me far outside of my comfort zone and really expanded my network and opens so many doors.
Chris Guerrero, my business partner now and mentor for many years has given me so much confidence and has accelerated my learning so much as an entrepreneur because of his many decades of experience at such a high level and has really given me the structure that I need to grow the businesses that I am a part of. And now it's such an honor and privilege Tony Grebmeier, who owns ShipOffers has become a dear friend and mentor as well. And he's really been the one that has helped me the most with my mental health. I always say the biggest challenge of being an entrepreneur is what's between your ears. And it's true because I think it's true. Your personal problems show in your business and your professional life. They do.
Brian Webb:
So true. Yes.
Amber Spears:
And he's been the one that's been my rock-solid support when it comes to, "Hey, man, I'm really struggling right now, mentally. I'm feeling like no one really likes me, that if I don't do things for people, they're not going to want me around. I just feel like I'm failing right now. I need support." And not like the other ones wouldn't do that for me, but he's been that support for me. And that is incredibly important and he's very successful and he's on track to do nine figures this year. And just having the right mentors that can collapse time for you, that could give you confidence, that can introduce you and transfer trust, is really what they're doing is they're transferring trust. When people see me with Perry Belcher or with JJ, or they're seeing me at their homes or seeing me at events with them hanging out, they're saying to themselves, ah, this is Amber someone that I need to know, because if they know her and they trust her, then I can trust her too. And I need to know her also.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely.
Amber Spears:
So it's not just the tactical things that you've learned, like how to save money, your taxes, or getting onstage, or getting a new client from the relationship, it's also the transferring of trust and the association of my personal professional brand with them and that is just so incredibly valuable as well. And I highly recommend that you guys, everyone on here needs a mentor. No one's above it. If Kobe Bryant had a coach, Michael Jordan had a coach, you can have a coach and you can have a mentor. The best in the world have them. And that's really, what's accelerated my career in such a big way, is having the right mentors.
Brian Webb:
Well, Amber, you are, I've already told you this, you're wise beyond your years. And so I'm so grateful you're here today. Let me ask you this, for those in the audience who want to learn more about you, find you online, learn what you can do for them, what's the best place or places for them to do that, to find you?
Amber Spears:
Yeah. So first of all, say I'm horrible at social media because it gives me a lot of anxiety, but you can always add me Amber Spears or follow East 5th Avenue, which is my company. And just really follow us there. That would be great. But if you want to know more about affiliate marketing, we created a know your numbers guide, which is great for beginners because it has all the vocabulary, how to calculate things like commission and CPA. What things are important to affiliates and also has high-level tactics and strategies in there as well because I want the full spectrum. So if you go to East 5th Avenue five T-H avenue, fully spelled out.com/gift, you can download that. And then that's going to really help you. So I would definitely do that.
And then if you're looking for a community to join and you also want to grow your business with community, with affiliate marketing, then there's no better place than Traffic Tribe. And if you go to traffictribe.com and you put in what box, you can get a huge discount, a 50% off. So normally it's 997 a month, it'll drop you down a 497 a month or give you the $3,900 a month version of this. It's essentially an annual mastermind. So I always say that it's like, I don't understand why we spend thousands of dollars on event tickets, on flights, on planes to try to go to these events and network and mingle, to try to find one affiliate partner, to pay for that. Why not spend $3,900 and meet 250 of them without ever leaving your house? And they're all dedicated to doing affiliate marketing, you know what I mean, take the risk out of it.
And it's just a great investment for any business that wants to learn how to do affiliate marketing or wants to scale what they're doing. They're always welcome to do that. And you can always, and I say this on every podcast and every single interview that I do, you can reach me at amber@eastfifthavenue.com. That's my personal email address. And I learned that from Perry. Perry put the cell phone number on his slides, that's too much of a commitment to me, but he did tell me one time he is like, "I want people to be able to reach me. So I put my cell phone number on there." I've been with him after talks and his phone is, for thousands of messages. If I do that, I would get so much anxiety. But what I do instead is I give my email address because I want people to get ahold of me. And I want to have them ask me questions.
So if you have specific questions, definitely email me and I definitely get the gift that we put together, super high quality, and definitely find yourself Traffic Tribe if you want to grow your business with affiliate marketing.
Brian Webb:
Wow. Well, thanks for being on the show today, Amber, I've been looking forward to having you for quite some time, and I know that you that. So thank you for your competence, for your impact. Thank you for your generosity. This has been an amazing episode. I know our audience is going to glean a lot from it in the weeks, months, and years to come. So thank you. You're awesome.
Amber Spears:
Oh, I really appreciate you, Brian, it's been such a pleasure getting to know you. Really looking forward to hanging out with you in person sometime soon. Thanks for having me.
Brian Webb:
A hundred percent.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH AMBER SPEARS
Linkedin | Facebook | Website
Email: amber@eastfifthavenue.com
Linkedin: East 5th Avenue
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Do Marketing Better Segment
Host: Brian Webb
Ep. 26 - The Art Of Sales Followup That Will Level Up Your Close Ratios Without Pestering Your Prospects
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartradio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey everyone. So all of you business owners who have a sales team, I want to talk about what they are likely doing wrong. In my experience, well over 90% of salespeople fail to consistently follow up with their business prospects. And when they do a lot of times, they're doing it wrong. I've seen more than a few salespeople follow up once, maybe twice, maybe three times, maybe four or five times and then they give up. And I promise you, you are leaving money on the table if you do that. Let me give you a statistic that I share with all of my active clients. It typically takes a minimum of 21 to 24 interactions with your brand before your prospect goes through the three phases of a relationship. First, some level of awareness or curiosity. Second, they develop trust typically, as you enlighten them, add value to them, educate them, and inform them. And third, commitment.
So if you're calling someone three, four, or five times, you're almost automatically guaranteed to set yourself up for failure. You have to consistently show up time and time again, unless, or until they've told you no, we're absolutely uninterested. At that point, sure. It does make sense to stop pestering them about setting up a sales call. But even then you can remain omnipresent on all your social channels. You can retarget them with advertising. You can still reach out once a year and say happy birthday. But just know if you stop at three, four, or five times, you're not going to be as successful as you want, need, and should be in sales. And second, even if you are showing up three, four, or five times, or even if you do follow this principle of being more consistent and following up with them over an extended period of time, a lot of people don't do it right.
What I see time and time again is for those who do follow up, here's what they do. Hey, are you ready to buy, hey, are you ready to buy, hey, are you ready to buy? Hey, can we set up that meeting? That is not what you should be doing. Once your offer has been presented, wait a day, maybe 24 or even 48 hours. And maybe on that second call, you call and leave them a message because people don't typically answer their phones anymore, as much as they used to anyway. But when you call back up, you say, hey, looking forward to doing business with you. Let me know if you need more information. That's it.
Beyond that second call, so from calls three through infinity, any time that you reach out, you're not going to call them to set up a meeting. Hey, I'm checking in with you. Hey, I'm following up. No, no, no. What you do is you share an article that you thought might be helpful, send them some type of a swipe file or a checklist. Anything that's going to add value over time. And by the way, the more high ticket your products and services are, it may take even more than 24 interactions with your brand before they really begin to understand what your products and services can do for them.
So instead of selling to your prospects, serve your prospects, don't sell them. I'd urge you to consistently continue to show up and always, always, always add value. Serve your prospects if you really want them to ultimately become your customers. And by the way, while this episode is not specifically about sales funnels, this is a great example of how sales funnels help you to do everything I've been sharing with you today. It empowers you to start the conversation, nurture them over time, give value, and watch your prospects turn into customers over and over again. I hope you found this helpful today. Can't wait to see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 25: 29 Free Lead Generation Ideas To Increase Sales & Grow Your Business
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey everyone. Welcome to the podcast today. While I am flying solo today. No guest on the podcast today, but we do have some amazing guests coming up in the very, very near future. So stay tuned. I'm super excited for who's coming up next week and the weeks to come for that matter, more on that soon. Today, I am going to share about 29 lead generation ideas that you can leverage to grow your business. And guess what? For the most part, they're free. So 29 lead generation ideas you can use to grow your business and I think you're going to find this to be a valuable episode today. One thing you'll learn over time, if you haven't already when you build lead generation into your routine, your business outlook absolutely improves every time. And done right and done well, lead generation sets up a steady stream of prospects that form a pool of leads from which you and your new customers can develop a relationship over time.
And so if you understand this, if you realize this, if you agree with me, all you need are some good lead generation ideas to get your business growing faster and smarter. Now, as you can, and imagine not all lead generation ideas work for every kind of business. So not all of these are going to be relevant to you. But I bet you're going to walk away with a handful of ideas that you can be using to grow your business without spending a lot of money. Once you have found a couple or a few of your good ideas to start with, you'll want to build them into your overall marketing strategy. So that they can keep generating leads for you time and time again in the weeks, months, and years to come. So let's dig in.
I want to start today with some irresistible downloads. The lead magnet or the opt-in bribe, also known as the big juicy carrot that you dangle out in front of your audience. The basic idea is this, in exchange for someone's email address and, or their cell phone number, if you really want to uplevel your marketing, you offer them a piece of incredibly useful content. And I'm going to give you some options that makes opting in feel like a more than fair trade for your prospective customers. So let's dig in, here we go. Number one, the resource guide. Instead of giving your prospects just one useful resource, why not point them to a whole collection of good resources? So for example, create a simple PDF of your favorite tools for accomplishing a specific goal that's relevant to your product or services. Then use that as a lead magnet. Meaning, only give them that resource guide if and when they give you their email address and, or again that cell phone number. Here's one, the subscription plus model.
If you want someone to subscribe to maybe your newsletter, offer them some kind of instant gratification by including a giveaway such as an ebook or another free bonus when they sign up. And again, an ebook is basically another name for a PDF. Some kind of a resource that you've compiled a PDF format that can be easily emailed or texted to someone over the web or over their mobile devices. Here's another one. Let's call this the launch preview. If you're about to unveil something big and you hope you'll have an audience waiting for this, try offering a free first look to the people who join your launch notifications list or your email list. Maybe this is a video overview or it could be a course syllabus, whatever you want. But give them something that creates curiosity, something that piques their curiosity that makes them opt-in, and give you that email address or that cell phone number.
Let's talk about another one. I call this the sliced bread approach. This term actually stems from thinking about a very simple kind of marketing, grocery store samples. Shoppers are given a taste of something, it could be nice of bread, it could be a little cup of soup to inspire shoppers to buy the whole product. The first chapter of an ebook or a mini consultation, or if you're in software, maybe even a free limited functionality app account that could serve as your first slice of bread. Give them a little bit, maybe they'll want more. Let's go on. How about conference cliffs notes, perhaps you're attending an industry conference or another big event that your audience might be interested in, though they're not able to get there themselves. Take really good detailed notes, create a document sharing what you've learned. Then build a simple landing page to make it available for a download and post a link in an industry group or forum that you're a part of.
Another great way of not only capturing leads, but all you're doing is documenting what was said and done at an event. Here's another one, the how-to webinar. According to a survey from Google, searches for how-to content on YouTube have been growing by 70% year over year. That means huge numbers of people find a video to be an ideal teacher of practical skills. We know this already, you know that. So if you have any do-it-yourself skills to teach that compliment your business, capitalize on this by advertising a how-to webinar. And here's another webinar example, the Q and A webinar. If you have specialized knowledge that people want and you do, let them opt-in to ask you for it. And a Q and A webinar is one of the easiest types of webinars to prepare for as well as one of the most rewarding for your attendees.
One of the reasons is the most easy to prepare for is because there's no slide deck, it's Q and A session. It's you showing up saying, "Ask me anything." Demonstrating your thought leadership, being generous, helping people where they are with the challenge that they're facing in that moment. Moving on from webinars. Let's talk about YouTube. Post a how-to video on YouTube on a frequently searched topic. Then use YouTube's in video link options to direct viewers to a landing page or they can watch a longer tutorial or a more in-depth tutorial or the next installments of the how-to series if they opt-in to your email list. Or again, if they give you their cell phone number. Let's talk about a demo. Encourage your website guests to opt-in to get a video demo of how to use your product. If you have an especially complex product, you could even invite people to sign up for a demo webinar.
You can probably sense I've got a lot to share with you today so I'm moving along with these very, very quickly. But again, I'm trying to inspire you with some ideas that you can use to grow your business smarter and faster. That's the only reason Whatbox Digital exists. So let's keep going. We're going to kind of get into expanding your audience. What do you do when you feel you've fully tapped the sources of leads around you? Here's some more ideas. The guest post plus. Write a guest post on somebody else's blog and then include a link to a landing page and a lead magnet made just for the readers of that blog. Let's talk about LinkedIn. LinkedIn is often where people go when they want to advance their careers. Consider running an ad on LinkedIn or even using your own organic content that route people to a landing page that offers a course to help them improve a professional skill.
I'm hoping that some of these are giving you some inspiration or some insight on some great ideas that you can use to help grow your business. And again, for not a lot of money or even free sometimes. But let me acknowledge something real quickly too, not everyone your business has ever interacted with can really be counted as a true lead. Maybe you've connected on social media, but you don't have other contact details or maybe they're in your address book but you have no idea whether they're really interested in your services or your products. Here's a couple of strategies or more that are designed to pull more of the people in your business' orbit into your list of leads. And this first one might be the easiest, the email signature link. You shouldn't send marketing emails from your own email account, but you should make sure that everyone in your contact in the course of a given day has the chance to learn more about what you have to offer.
Include a link to a special landing page in your email signature and offer them a simple lead magnet with some type of broad appeal. Maybe you're looking for more event attendees. Do you ever hold live or online events? Even if registration does not require an opt-in, you can capture leads by inviting your registrations to opt-in to get event reminders via text or email. This works great for webinars and it works equally great for live streams. But if I haven't gotten your attention yet, let me keep on going. If your business depends on making one-on-one contact with clients, offering the same online lead magnet to everyone might have some limited results. These tactics play up some interpersonal strengths, and here we go. Custom work. Are there easy, scalable ways to customize your lead magnet to individual leads? Real estate firms that offer free home value estimates are one example of this strategy.
That many other kinds of businesses could do just as well by offering a lightly customized info product aimed at a certain group of customers. What about using a group effort. Use a landing page to promote a personal or professional challenge, or maybe you invite followers to join you in reaching a specific goal over the course of a couple of weeks or a couple of months. You can connect with the group via email or even through creating a private Facebook group. Very powerful. What about a quiz? Who doesn't love a good old-fashioned quiz or a survey? Offer some form of a quick assessment online, then ask your visitors to opt-in to get the results delivered to them by email. What if we can make old school new again. Some time-tested marketing techniques still have plenty of appeal, right?
They've just become a lot easier and a lot more trackable once you translate them into the digital age, which is where we are today. Try a few of these techniques to get more from your familiar promotions. Get more people who visit your site to follow through with an appointment and by offering to email them a coupon when they book their first visit, or how about a free sample? Everyone loves a freebie. Let visitors opt-in to receive a coupon or a discount code for a small free sample of your product. How about a contest? Ask visitors to enter your contest by opting into your email list. You can even share your landing page on social media and allow the leads to get additional entries if they share it. And again, people I know I'm moving along quickly. It's my goal that if I can kind of shotgun blast tons and tons of lead generation ideas, you're going to find two, three, four, eight, nine of them that are going to be specifically helpful for growing your business.
So here are some offline, but not analog lead generation ideas. By offline lead generation, I definitely don't mean spending hours cold calling or door knocking. No one likes to do that and no one likes to have it done to them. These strategies easily integrate with your online marketing, even when your prospects are nowhere near a computer. How about this one? A promo banner ad. Set up a text messaging opt-in number and place it on a highly visible sign at your business or a partner business. Offer some kind of a special perk to anyone who texts their email address to that number or how about an onstage lead-generation idea? If you're a speaker, if you're presenting or performing in front of an audience, give out a text message opt-in number onstage. You can even add it to your conference slide deck so attendees have plenty of time to opt-in.
Then give that audience a reason to text or email you in order to get some valuable asset in return for that information. Let's talk about your business card. Do you regularly give out business cards to your prospects? Why don't you think about help guiding them toward the ideal destination by creating a landing page and printing the link or a QR code into your business cards? And by the way, QR stands for quick response. QR codes have been around for a long time, long time, but they're back. They've been around for the longest time, no one knew how to use them but because of COVID here we are in 2021. Restaurants, people go into restaurants and the only way they can see what's on the menu is to a scan a QR code. Most mobile devices don't even require software anymore. You simply open up your camera, hold it up next to the QR code, and then it will automatically redirect them to a landing page.
Take advantage of that with your business cards or your print collateral, or even a billboard. Moving on. Here are some strategies to drive traffic to your blog posts or to your landing pages or your website or your sales funnels. Let's talk about the power of the press. If your business is featured in an online community publication, the piece is likely to include a link to your business website. Instead of directing them to your home page, make that link a focused landing page geared towards the publication's readership. This tactic can work really well if you have a regular column or if you are being consulted as an expert or are the subject of a piece. Let's talk about the every post approach. Got a blog? Make a habit of adding a call to action to sign up for your email list in every single blog post. Here's a bonus.
If you regularly publish a certain type of content, let the readers opt-in to get that content in a different format. Think about offering a slide deck from a video post or a transcript from a podcast episode or an audio version of your blog post. Want to get more traffic to your blogs? Think about using medium to get your blog posts in front of more eyes, republish them on medium.com, include a prominent link to a relevant landing page in the post. Let's talk about cornerstone content. What's the one big thing you have teacher audience? Turn it into an exceptionally valuable lead magnet and promote it in a prominent place across your entire website. Maybe in the header bar of your navigation menu. But if writing and graphics, aren't really your thing. How about creating a browser extension or an app or a worksheet or an Excel spreadsheet with calculation formulas built in. Let's pivot and talk about what I call the early adopter strategy.
If you have a coming soon landing page on your website or your website to be, get more people to sign up for notifications by offering an exclusive discount on the to be launched product or service. And here's the last thing I'm going to share with you today. In fact, I'm going to call this the last-ditch effort. Ideally, any page of your website will have a number of prominent opt-in points, but what if someone manages to miss every one of them? And I know that's possible because I've been doing this a while. In that case, you can capture their attention and their opt-in with what's called an exit pop-up. So this can be a plugin and WordPress or there are lots of tools out there that recognize when someone's about to leave or abandon your website and then a pop-up comes up. That's why it's called an exit pop.
So this only appears when someone's about to leave your page and it can be set to appear only once in a certain period of time. So as not to get in the way of your regular website visitors. Make your most irresistible offer here and you're likely to see a measurable boost in your website's conversion rate. So that's quite a mouthful. Let me leave you with some closing thoughts. Take the lead. The buying process has changed and you need to find new tactics and strategies to be heard through the white noise of the marketplace. Successful marketers are using the lead generation ideas you just heard me tell you about to get results. Every marketer has their own favorite lead generation tactics, of course. And you probably won't have the opportunity to try every single one of the ideas that I just shared with you today. But pick a couple that you think will work for you and your business and continue trying out new strategies until you begin developing a pool of prospects.
I teach my clients all the time, everything in your business should be a system. Accounting is a system, HR, system, finance, legal, all systems, operations, systems, sales and marketing, and growing your business should be a set of systems. And to state, the obvious, not all lead generation ideas work for every kind of business, but once you found a couple of effective ones, you'll want to build them into your overall operation strategy. So they keep generating leads for you time and time and time again.
So again, I hope I was able to give you something that gave you some insights or some inspiration or some creative ideas to leverage tactics and strategies to grow your business using lead generation. Being clever, being creative, being resourceful, and thanks for being here today. Again, some great, great guests coming up here in the weeks to come. And I can't wait to see you on the next episode. Let's keep growing your business together. And definitely feel free to reach out to me or my team at Whatbox Digital if you want us to help you grow your business smarter and faster. Have a good one. I will see you soon.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Do Marketing Better Segment
Host: Brian Webb
Ep. 24 - GROWTH HACK: How To Get Real Cell Phone #'s From Your Website Leads
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartradio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey, there and welcome to the Do Marketing Better Segment of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast, sponsored by Whatbox Digital. I'm your host, Brian Webb, and this is where I bring you short snackable episodes with tips and tricks to level up your marketing and help you grow your business smarter and faster. So, let's jump into today's show. Today, I'm going to share with you a marketing hack that is simple and free. So, not a big deal, it is just a tactical move if you sell a service or a product that is high ticket. My definition of high ticket, anything a $1,000 and above. And by the way, the more high ticket you are, meaning we're $5,000, $10,000, a 100, 250, half a million, the higher the price point is on the service that you offer, the more that I can nearly guarantee, you're never going to do business with someone until you have spoken with them.
Also, the more nuance there is in the services that you provide or your product, meaning the more enlightenment, the more education that someone has to learn about what you do before they give you their hard-earned money. Also, this is going to be really important. And basically anyone, any B2B business, most likely, and a lot of B2C businesses for that matter, before you can ever sell something to someone before they're ever going to recruit you or hire you for your products or services, you have to speak to them. And yet, think about it, on your website, on your landing pages, in your sales funnels, a lot of times you're asking for a name and an email address. And you might be asking for a phone number, but you're probably not getting many of them, but this hack that I'm going to give you is going to absolutely boost the amount of people that give you a real cell phone number.
And why is this important, by the way? One, again, if you have to talk to them eventually, getting that cell phone number, the actual device that vibrates or rings in their pocket is so much more valuable to you than an email address, especially when, oftentimes, the email address that people will provide you is an email address that is their junk drawer email address. Meaning, they're not giving you their email address that mom and dad emails them on, or that the CEO or C-suite of the company emails them, they're giving you some junk drawer email address, which by the way, you can grow a business with junk drawer email addresses. But if you really want to collect cell phone numbers, if you really want to have a discussion, if that is a prerequisite before them doing business with you and you bringing them into your business, here's one little hack that I'm going to give you today.
Whenever you're offering lead magnets or something in exchange for someone to give you their information, do this. We live in a microwave culture, meaning, once I've decided that I want something, I want it now. I don't want it later. If I've crossed that threshold of decision-making and I've decided that what you're offering me, again, that could be a white paper, that could be a video education series, that could be a coupon or a discount offer towards your product. That could be a trial membership to your SaaS software, or perhaps a mastermind group. If I've decided that I want it, I want it now. And oh, by the way, if you go back to episode number eight, it was called three sales funnels you should be using to grow your business, you'll get a really, really comprehensive list of potential lead magnets that you can and should be using for your business.
So, in the copy of the website, of the webpage, landing page, sales funnel, where you're asking me for a piece of information in exchange for something that I want, again, that lead magnet, say this, and by the way, this can all be done with marketing automation. Wherever it is that I'm signing up, say this, "Give us your email address and we'll send you X in the next 24 hours or so, or provide us your cell phone number and we'll text it to you right away." So, knowing that we live in a microwave culture and leveraging this person's sense of urgency, you're incentivizing them by simply delaying what you're willing to email them by a day and texting it to them right away. You're incentivizing them to give you their cell phone number. And once you have that cell phone number, you're rocking, you're good, you're solid.
You are able to reach out to them at whatever point you deem necessary or appropriate to actually try to convert them into becoming a client or a customer. It's that easy. Again, it's free, it's easy, it's fast, it's just a small change to your tactics. Offer to send them whatever that thing is, X, your lead magnet in the next 24 hours or so, but tell them that if they provide you their cell phone number, you'll actually go ahead and send it to them or text it to them right away. I literally have run campaigns before where I've gotten an excess of 74% of the people who wanted that asset, that lead magnet, that gave us their real cell phone number.
Imagine having that in your CRM, imagine the power of being able to connect with that person via automation, marketing automation, or by actually outbound sales with your team, because you have a real number to reach out to them. The same cell phone number that everyone else in the world calls when they want to reach your prospect. I hope you found this helpful. It's a great hack. By the way, need help with your marketing automation? Reach out to our team, give us a call, check out whatboxdigital.com. We're here to help. More insights and marketing hacks coming up very, very soon.
Thanks for listening to the Do Marketing Better Segment of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. This podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital and we're here to coach business owners and leaders, just like you to make better marketing decisions, have fewer regrets, and avoid the expensive, very expensive pitfalls and costly mistakes of bad marketing that just doesn't work. To learn more about how we can help you improve your marketing and grow your business smarter and faster, just check out whatboxdigital.com. Or better yet, just text the word help to (832) 324-2432, and we'll chat about your business growth needs. And if you haven't already done so, please subscribe to the podcast so you never miss another episode. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guest: Chris Guerriero
Episode 23: How Thinking Outside Of The Box Can Help Grow Your Business Faster
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Chris Guerriero Website
Built To Grow Business Review
BOOK: Jack Welch: Winning
BOOK: Patrick Lencioni: The Ideal Team Player
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Chris, I am so excited to have you on the show. I know that one of the things that you're wanting to talk about today really, a principle that you're going to want to bring to our audience is how to think outside of the box. And you and I were just talking about the name of my agency which is Whatbox Digital, but welcome to the show today.
Chris Guerriero:
Thank you so much, Brian. I'm excited to be here.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. So, share with our audience a little bit of what you mean when you help businesses, what you do over and over and over again, you're really a serial entrepreneur. How do you help companies go and think out of the box?
Chris Guerriero:
It's not the easiest thing to get another company creative. So, inside of the company that I have inside of my portfolio, my teams have been chosen during the interview process, as well as during the onboarding process, and during the culture-building process. Everybody's been kind of trained to live this lifestyle, where we're not afraid to throw some ideas out there, and that we're also not afraid to plus on everybody else's ideas in the hopes that they're going to be the next level of growth for the companies. So, if I go into a company because I do one day a week consult with other companies when I go into a company as an advisor, it becomes this may be a mental training program over the first couple of visits may be, to get them comfortable thinking outside the box and throwing ideas out there, so that they're not going to get laughed at. And then showing them how every idea could be plus upon, and plus upon, and plus upon, until it becomes something that really is potentially a good fit for the next stage of growth for a company.
Brian Webb:
What is fresh in your mind as an example, when you say plus upon and plus upon, so you keep kind of creating synergistic value. What is something in the last two, three, four, five, six months that might be an example of where, maybe historically, they might be uncomfortable to bring some idea for the fear that they might be ridiculed or judged, but someone brought that idea, you created that culture to make them feel comfortable to bring that idea, and then it got expanded upon amongst the team? Is there an example that comes to mind?
Chris Guerriero:
Yes, I'm itching to jump in because I've got so many examples. [Inaudible 00:02:12] if I go back further and I'll give you some older ones and I'll bring you up to date because I think that'll get their juices flowing and maybe form some really great ideas of their own.
Brian Webb:
Perfect.
Chris Guerriero:
I started as a personal fitness trainer and I'm going to make a very long story short. This is many, many years ago, and the goal was always held the greatest number of people possible. And with that goal, that goal was the impetus for thinking outside the box for me for the very first time, and that goal helped me to stop just training individually. And I was watching a commercial, part of thinking outside the box is getting yourself in the right frame of mind and then being open to ideas no matter where the heck they came from.
So, I was sitting and I know you and I are a similar age demographic, but I don't know if you stayed up very late watching infomercials like I did a long time ago in the hopes that there was going to be something that would help make me a success. I remember a guy named Don Lapre. You remember Don used to go online-
Brian Webb:
I do.
Chris Guerriero:
... or used to go on TV and he would tell you, "Hey, here's this course, you buy it and it'll teach you how to place classified ads in the back of newspapers, and you could sell real estate, or you could sell products" or whatever the heck the case was. And I thought, "Wow. I have this personal training company, and I was training one person at a time, but my goal was help the greatest number of people possible," and in order to do that, I had to be able to train more than the few that I could fit on my personal agenda, [inaudible 00:03:37] in these classified ads and getting more clients.
And I got so many clients that it was way too much for me, and I decided I was going to place more classified ads to try to get personal trainers. So, after about a year of doing that, we grew from a single entity, a single person to almost 150 trainers up and down New York, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania training people under my umbrella. And then I learned my very first really big business lesson, I guess, and most of the big business lessons probably in your life, as well as everybody else's life, they hurt the most, they cost the most there, but they hit you like a hammer in the face. And this particular one was when you're working with independent contractors at that scale, and you don't know what the hell you're doing, they would take your clients, so that's what happened, but the goal was still to help the greatest number of people possible.
So, I went from being able to help a few individuals to be able to help hundreds with my trainers. And then I got into the health club industry, which brought me to be able to help tens of thousands of people because the first club grew into several clubs and we had clubs in New York, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania, so we were able to help so many more people. And then in 2003, when I really wanted to get out of that industry because it was changing so much, I decided I was going to take everything I knew and write a book still based on what am I going to do to think outside the box to help the greatest number of people possible? So, we went from helping a few as a personal trainer to helping hundreds with a training company, tens of thousands with the health clubs, to being able to help millions of people with the book.
Brian Webb:
You and I were talking before the show, and I was telling you about a principle that I learned from Jack Welch and his book Winning, and he instilled this principle called... I don't think it's even a real word, which I think is why he did it called boundarylessness. So, it's really interesting how you come into businesses and really help them to think outside of the box. Here's a question for you, when you're looking to invest in a business, how important is it to you that either one, they already have a culture of being able to bring thought leadership, bring ideas, think outside of the box, bring ideas that are out of the box versus is that important or do you just know that when you come in, that you can bring that into the team or is it important that that's there before you get there?
Chris Guerriero:
So, we invest in people. I don't know that there is a way, at least not using our model to go into a company that does not have a culture and instill a culture. Here's the reason why, because any big shifts in a company, when you infuse it with money or when you go in as a partner or as an advisor, any big changes stops almost everything in its tracks. Small changes in the right direction, filling a couple of holes, picking up some areas where they're leaving money on the table makes a huge difference, not just to overline revenue, but also to bottom-line growth, and to the scalability of the company and to the organization into its sellability to everything.
So, we invest in people, so what I do when I'm going into a company and I'm looking to see if it's a potential investment is I'm looking at the people and how they work together, and I'm looking at the industry differentiator, their company. Now, that could be a product, it could be their delivery mechanism, or it could be a company. I'll give you an example. I was in a company not that long ago who probably has the best customer support of any company that I've ever found online.
Brian Webb:
Really?
Chris Guerriero:
Yeah. They're tremendous, they based their culture on Trustpilot, how many Trustpilot comments they get from their customers, and they have those pasted all over the walls inside of their office, and they recite their favorite one before every daily team meeting. And it is wonderful and it's part of their culture, and it ingrains in everybody inside of that organization that that's what they're there for. They're really there, the company is there to help people. It's not there to sell a product, it's there to help people, and because it's based on that, they're scaling so massively.
Brian Webb:
Let me ask you this. When you come into a business, what are the top one, two, maybe three obstacles that you find that are there, or problems or challenges that they're dealing with, that when you come in, you help them to overcome that and that removes that impediment to growth? What are the top one, two, or three things that you see on a regular basis?
Chris Guerriero:
It is three things, I would say. Ego is number one and that's everywhere, top line all the way down to anybody else inside the organization. Anybody who has an ego doesn't like to ask for help, everybody who doesn't like to ask for help at the right time tends to end up being the weak link in the chain or the slowest person on the team slowing everybody down. And we have ways around that inside of our organizations which I'm happy to share with you. So, ego would be number one. I think untapped relationships and another big deal. So, people who are running a company who do not want to tap into or leverage their existing relationships, or be humble enough to join an organization that might be able to open their Rolodex up to people who could really shave years off of their learning curve for certain things.
And the third area would be anybody who does not have a really strong focus on customer acquisition. I mean, there's really three. I tell companies all the time, you're one to three hires away from anywhere between three and 10 times growth. And those three areas would be, I would want a rockstar as a customer acquisition manager, as a delivery manager, meaning we're delivering on the promises. We just promised people when we were requiring them, and then somebody or a whole system around an org chart based for the organization of the company, so customer acquisition delivery and organization.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. That makes sense. When you talk about ego or in the context of people not being willing to ask the right questions at the right time, how much of the time do you think maybe is that... Maybe it's ego versus depending on the culture that was preexisting that might be fear for being called out.
Chris Guerriero:
Oh, great question. I think they're equal, so an ego causes fear. Normally, when the person at the top has an ego, most of the people underneath them have a lot of fear. The way we get around it, we have daily meetings, so I don't know how much you know about my week, but my week is basically business meetings. So Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday, I have meetings that start at... I'll give you my whole day. 9:00, I walk into the office. I do a lot of things before 9:00, but when I walk into the office, all the key metrics for each one of the companies inside of my personal portfolio are on my desk. They were put there by Emily who's been my assistant for over 18 years. She knows exactly how to deliver the three to five key metrics for each one of the organizations so that I can keep my finger on the pulse of everything.
And then from 9:30 to 12:30, I'm in meetings with each one of the leadership teams in each of my companies, and those meetings might last anywhere from 10 to 30 minutes, depending on how big that company is or how fast they're moving or whatever. Now, in those meetings, we go over three things and this is the key to making sure that ego and fear kind of get scratched out in the playing field. It's because every day, we meet with our leaders and we go over what they've accomplished so far number one. So, today is Friday, so today's meeting was what they've accomplished so far this week, and then what their top five most important uses of their time are today. So, because every single person in our company runs their day on top-five lists and that type five list is based on the company's main goals, so everybody is working together to move the company in the same direction every single day.
And then the third thing is the biggest and that's an obstacle that you have because what we found is that people, especially when they're new to an organization, they never have an obstacle ever. They don't even realize that most things are obstacles, but what an obstacle is to me, is something that is going to stop you from getting everything off of your top five lists today successfully, because if you're pulling things over from today's list to tomorrow's list on a regular basis, then you are the weakest link in our company. And the speed at which we can grow any entity, whether it's inside of my organization or something that I'm investing in or something that I'm advising, the speed at which we could grow is directly determined by the weakest link inside of an organization, so we're constantly looking to upgrade our rockstars, which doesn't always mean getting rid of people and bringing other people in, but often it means just teaching people how to not have any ego and not to be afraid to ask for help.
Brian Webb:
That sounds similar. I know that there's many different types of business management systems. Scrum is one of them out there. Is that specifically something that you drew from a specific management system? Is that based on Scrum or is that just kind of what you've just learned to do over the years?
Chris Guerriero:
So, we've been doing this... I've been in business now since the 1990s. Sorry. My kids laugh at me and they say, "You remember the '90s?" And I'm like, "Yeah, of course I do," and it seems like yesterday to me, but too many lifetimes ago.
Brian Webb:
To them, that's like a prehistoric. That's when cavemen were out, right?
Chris Guerriero:
Yeah. So, in another case, this is something that has been developed from years of cuts and bruises, and then learning a few things, and then failing many times, and then learning more things, and having really smart people come in and consult and teach me how to shave a few years off to speed things up a little bit and to think outside the box.
Brian Webb:
I have two or three more questions for you. One, how important is it to you to encourage a culture of failing fast, but failing forward. Not failing as in making the same mistake over and over again, but daring people to go out and try something to make it a learning experience, to see what works and what doesn't. How important is that to you?
Chris Guerriero:
It's very important. The one thing that I ask everybody, I mean, I ask every team member that I have, I ask my kids this, I ask my C-level people in each company this, I ask myself this on a regular basis, is what did you learn from that? And it's so super important because we're pushing our companies, right? We don't push people in a bad way. Literally, we have a culture that only people who like to grow quickly are inside of our organizations and they get excited by this, just like I do. So, when we sit down and we have meetings, people will leave more excited because we have clarity, and clarity is just such a wonderful thing in business that's so rarely attained, I think.
Brian Webb:
It absolutely is, yeah.
Chris Guerriero:
Yeah, but because we're growing, we're constantly trying new things, but being flexible enough to say, "Oh, that's not working," or maybe "How can we plus upon this? Let's have a meeting on what we're doing with our paid ads right now because they're falling on deaf ears. We're not getting the conversion we want it to, we're not getting the clicks we want it to," whatever the case is. And then we meet as a team and we have the stupidest ideas. I'll tell you, Brian, we had such stupid ideas. One time, I had a meeting with this one company that I was a majority owner in, and we sat there and we talked about what could we do to fill this membership site? Because we had an online membership site.
Partners in this company wanted 20,000 new members in this membership site, and we had hardly any marketing budget to do that. And after brainstorm, after brainstorm, after brainstorm, at the end of a very long day of this team brainstorm with all these stupid ideas hitting the table, which ended up turning into one that said, "Right before you came in as a partner in the company, we had invested in a NASCAR, and so we have the ability to put our company name on the NASCAR if that's valuable. Do you think that would be valuable to getting us to the end result here?" And I said, "Well, can we put a picture of me on there?" because I thought, "Wow if I've got to get something out of this, that will be fun."
And they said, "Yeah, we could screen anything onto the side of the NASCAR." And I said, "Well, could you put pictures of a few of my friends? Because I could go out there and I could get people to mail some of the biggest email lists around in our industry. I could get them to mail for us with a naked link," meaning there's no affiliate link, there's no tracking, they're just doing it out of goodness of their own heart. If I could give them something big enough, and if I could put their photo and logo on the side of a NASCAR during a race, then they could walk into any party for the rest of their lives and be the only person there that ever had their picture on the aspirin, so I did. I had a bunch of my friends mail and put their pictures along with mine on the back quarter panel of the NASCAR, big pictures, you could see them, it was wonderful. And so we grew that, but again, that's outside the box.
Brian Webb:
What a great idea. When you keep saying stupid, stupid, stupid, stupid idea, but obviously again, what you've done is you created a culture where it's okay to say something and then it get deem stupid.
Chris Guerriero:
Half the things I say are stupid. Yeah. When I say stupid, sometimes I mean, so stupid good, and it's okay. And we use that term because I want people to laugh at it, I don't care. if I'm going into a company, if I'm going into a meeting and somebody thinks their idea's stupid, but they're still open to saying it, that's where I need to be. That's fun.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Patrick Lencioni in one of his recent books, I think it's called The Ideal Team Member. He says the three things you want are hungry, humble, smart. Hungry is obvious, someone who wants to grow, learn, acquire, scale. Humble is obvious, and smart does not mean your IQ. He's talking about really emotional intelligence and relational intelligence. So, let me ask you this. A few weeks ago, I don't remember exactly how long, I had a colleague on, his name is Julio Serna Molina and he's a business advisor who works with another client, a friend of mine, who has a private equity fund here in the Houston area.
And one of the things I learned from him, and this is going to circle back to something you said earlier, is the one thing I learned that private equity funds are looking for when they invest capital is synergy. So, who is in the portfolio that could potentially benefit from someone else who's in the portfolio, the fund wins, both of those companies inside the portfolio can scale faster. When you were talking about untapped relationships, I'd love for you to expound upon that, and what does that look like?
Chris Guerriero:
So, as it relates to what you're just saying, each one of the companies inside of my portfolio is intimately linked to each other, so that they help each other grow. I'll give you a couple of examples, and then I'll go into a little bit more about specifics about what I think you're asking. The VC firm, we used to get, I don't know, 15 plus prospectuses that would get shredded on a regular basis every single week. And I spoke to the partners inside of that firm one time and I said, "Man, a lot of these prospectuses, they're great. It's just that they are not organized enough to be able to make use of the funds that we would be giving them." That's why we're saying no to many of these companies, and because the funds would literally crush the company, right?
They don't have the organization to be able to utilize them properly or the track record to be able to take care of that money properly. So, I said, "I don't want to breach anything that we have in our agreements, but I don't see anything here that would prevent this. Would it be okay if I approach some of them and offer to bring them into a consulting program?" That's how our advisory firm actually started [inaudible 00:19:24]. And so I sent a letter to several of them and I said, "Hey, I'm the one inside the venture capital firm, who once we go about funding the company, I go in and I look at their people and their systems and their processes, and I help to restructure them for growth because we want to be able to get our investment back in three to five years. And because we don't make our money by a little bit of interest, we make our money because we still own a percentage of that company once we get our money back, so it becomes a growing asset inside of our portfolio."
So, I said, "Hey, listen. So, that's my responsibility inside the venture capital firm, and I know that we did not fund you. Here's the reason why, because you don't have the structure to be able to handle that amount of money. What I'm going to be doing is taking on a small group of people." It's 28 brands, all club 28 because I could only handle 28 brands because I only do it once a week. And I said, "I'm going to take on a couple of brands. and what we're going to do is I am going to personally work with them, not as a VC, but as an advisor. Here's the fee and this is what it would cost, and my goal will be to make it so that you don't even need the money anymore, that you are now so much more profitable, bottom line and top line, that you don't need the money to keep growing, that we will literally get you to your goals without outside capital. And if you're okay with that, then let me know."
And we ended up filling up very, very quickly, and we had a waiting list for years when we first started doing that, so that's one kind of way that to build to synergies to companies. That advisory firm came out of an idea from another successful company, and we've done that multiple times instead of different companies of mine, where we have a legal class action firm in California, and that firm goes out there and helps companies who are hitting the class action suit.
However, we've got denied by a lot of companies. We lost some of those contracts because there's a lot of other class action noticing firms out there that are bidding for them. However, every single time a company goes through a class action, there's so much bad press surrounding them, that we started a company called iBranding, and we went out there and went to everybody, every company that we lost that contract with, then we said, "Hey, listen. We understand everything that these bad guys are going to be doing to tarnish your brand during this class action lawsuit. However, you're a good company with a great brand, and we're going to be able to go in there and kind of make a lot of this go away." And we started a branding company based on that. Now, that branding company handles not just clients from that direction, but also politicians, also helping movie theaters fill seats.
Brian Webb:
So, you said earlier, this is my last question, that every day at 9:00 AM, you look at some key metrics and KPIs. What are the top three, or four, or five KPIs that you want to see every single day?
Chris Guerriero:
That's a good question. I'm going to answer it, but I'm going to give you a warning because I believe that answering it is... First of all, there's some synergy, but most of them have differences for each one of the companies. By my answering it, I don't want any of the listeners to say, "These are the best KPIs for me because [crosstalk 00:22:30] KPIs for Chris's company," so everybody's KPIs are going to be different. If you sell supplements in a warehouse, maybe it's bottles in bottles out, maybe it's the amount of time from an order to the amounts of time that it goes out to be distributed, maybe it's having zero tickets at the end of the day for customer support, whatever the case is.
I believe that every company should have... When you're just starting out, your metrics may be more than five, but as you begin to gain momentum, it should be as [inaudible 00:23:03] possible. Three to five is the magic spot for me. Revenue is always on there, and I break revenue down to not just overall gross revenue, but I want to know revenue to date this year, I want to know last year revenue to date, I want to know last year revenue this month, I want to know gross versus net revenue, so there's a few things that I want to know based on revenue. And then the second metric will always be something that has to do with bringing that revenue in, so I like metrics around. Revenue and reach, those are two big ones for me, and the other ones will probably be specific to the company. Reach being how many people we are reaching with our message.
Brian Webb:
Well, that is amazing. Ladies and gentlemen, he is Chris Guerriero. Chris, tell our audience what you're excited about, what you're thinking about, or you're focusing on now. And where's the best place for them to find you online, to connect with you, and engage with your services?
Chris Guerriero:
What am I focusing on right now? Right now, we're focusing a lot on just giving a lot of content online. We're building up a little bit of social presence online, so that answers I think, both questions, right? We're trying to give because it gives me the ability to not just do what I do inside of my companies and do what I do inside of some of the companies that we advise, but then to also go out there and help people who maybe can't afford to get into the advisory program or who are not ready for investments. We're building up YouTube primarily, but also LinkedIn and IG, and pretty much everything else. To find me, they could Google my name, pretty tough to spell, but hopefully, you can put that into the notes.
Brian Webb:
We will.
Chris Guerriero:
Otherwise, just go to just go to my website, chrisguerriero.com and that will give you a tremendous amount of information. In fact, there's a spot on that website. There's a direct link to @builttogrowreview.com or you just click the link on top of my website, and that'll give you access to a form that you could fill out, which shows you, after you answer a bunch of questions, what the holes are inside of your organization, what is actually breaking right now as you're growing that you may not know about and then at the end, it gives you solutions. It's totally free and it gives you all the solutions right there on the website to how you should, how most companies that we work with as an advisor or as an investor or inside of my portfolio, to break through those challenges as quickly and efficiently as possible.
Brian Webb:
Fantastic. Well, thanks for your generosity. Thanks for being on the show today. You're obviously making a huge impact on the world. It was great to have you on today, Chris.
Chris Guerriero:
Thanks, Brian. I appreciate it.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH CHRIS GUERRIERO
Website | Linkedin | Blog | Instagram | YouTube | Podcast
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Do Marketing Better Segment
Host: Brian Webb
Ep. 22 - Six 'T's' To Level Up Your Social Media Marketing
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartradio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey there and welcome to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast, sponsored by Whatbox Digital. I'm your host, Brian Webb, and this is where I bring you short, snackable episodes with tips and tricks to level up your marketing and help you grow your business smarter and faster. So let's jump into today's show.
One thing I hear over and over and over again is, "I know I'm supposed to be posting to social media. I don't know what to post. What should I say? When should I say it? What should I talk about?" And today I'm going to tell you. Here at Whatbox Digital, we call this the six T's of posting to social media, successfully anyway, and here's what the six T's are: teach, transform, tickle, transparency, tease, and trends. Let me explain.
The first one, teach, might be the most obvious. Educate. The more that you can teach your audience, the more that you can educate them, you're doing several things all at once. This podcast, by the way, is a great example. When you're educating, you're posturing yourself, you're positioning yourself as a thought leader and as an expert in what you do, but also you're showing generosity, you're giving something for free, you're giving value to your audience before you ever asked them to engage with you. And over time, the only way that you're going to cultivate know, like, and trust is through enlightenment anyway. So the more that you can educate or teach your audience, the more successful your social media campaigns are going to be.
Let's go to the next one. Transform. Anytime you're there to help transform your audience you're also getting points with them in the relationship as well. So whether you're posting leadership quotes or memes or videos or images that show people what they can aspire to, you're inspiring them, or whenever you're giving them something that helps them so quickly that you actually help them to transform. So for example, if I helped to save you money today, I've transformed you, I've provided transformation. But I might have also provided transformation when I share my thoughts about leadership and maybe give you something to aspire to as a leader.
So teach, educate your audience, T, give them as many transformations as you can, and they don't have to be big transformations, they can be micro transformations. A micro transformation might be how to accomplish something very small in a very short period of time. That's a micro transformation. A big transformation might be teaching someone how to make changes to their marketing that can give them another half a million dollars in revenue this year. That's a big transformation. So whether it's small or large, teach your audience and give them transformations, inspire them to be better than who they are today, and give them something to work on that will help them to progress towards their goals and dreams.
Next, let's talk about tickle. Even as I'm saying, it's making me laugh. Be funny. It's okay if you stumble into something online and it's funny to you, there's a good chance that it's going to be funny to your audience as well. And it doesn't have to be something that you're teaching or giving them transformation, this is just something to be lighthearted, to be human, to make someone laugh or chuckle in a given day. You never know what your audience is dealing with so if you can make them smile, you know what? You're just one step closer to having a better relationship with that person.
Next, transparency. And what transparency means is letting people come in behind the scenes of your business and your life. Let people see some images from the Christmas party with you and your staff, let people see what's happening in the board room, or let people see what you're working on in a given day or a given moment. Transparency. So teach, transform, tickle, show transparency.
The next one, tease. Tease is really another word for "to promote" or "to peak curiosity". What service do you have coming up that's new that you can start teasing your audience with information and insights about what to expect? What new product do you have coming out? What new launch? What's the next book that you're writing? What's the next online asset that you're launching, the next sales funnel, the next offer that you're making? Tease the world, create curiosity, peak people's interest, and you're going to keep them engaged with your feed as well.
So again, teach, transform, tickle, be funny, be real, transparency. let us end behind the scenes, tease, promote what you're doing, and last: trends. One thing I share with people all the time that most people have never considered: every news story you have ever seen or heard in your life had one originator of that news, meaning the first one that was there at the scene, and then everyone is just rebroadcasting it. So in other words, there's a good chance that if you're seeing breaking news on Fox, CNN, ABC, NBC, CBS, they're probably just rebroadcasting what someone else has already discovered and reported, but everyone else is just the copycat. And yet most people get their news from national sources like Fox, CNN, ABC, CBS, NBC, and we just kind of assume that that's where the news originated from when, actually, it couldn't be anything further from the truth.
If you think about it, only one person, only one station can arrive at the scene initially, and then everyone else is just sharing what someone else has already learned. So if people are going to get their information from somewhere, why not make it from you? It doesn't matter if you first saw it on another news article, if you read about it on somebody else's blog if you have news and insights and trends that are relevant to your ideal customer avatar, then why don't you consider being the source of that for your audience?
Again, imposter syndrome wants to kick in. You tell yourself, "Why would I say this? Someone else has already said it." But let's go back to the news example, one person arrived at the scene, one person tells the story first, everyone else is a copycat. So I would urge you to consider that there's nothing wrong with sharing trends, news, insights. Anything that's going to help your customers solve their problems, you be the source, you be the go-to for where they get that information. It builds trust, it builds credibility, and it demonstrates generosity.
So again, teach, educate your audience, transform them, give them transformations as often as you can, be funny, be lighthearted, tickle them, be transparent, show us what's going on that's interesting in your life and in your business, and share the trends, share the news and the insights that helps us to grow, helps us not to miss something that we would have otherwise missed.
So that's the six T's of successfully posting on social media if you want to be effective. And by the way, need help with your social media? Reach out to me and my team, we're here to help. More marketing tips, tricks, hacks, and insights coming very, very soon. I hope you enjoyed it today.
Thanks for listening to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast. This podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital and we're here to coach business owners and leaders just like you to make better marketing decisions, have fewer regrets, and avoid the expensive, very expensive pitfalls and costly mistakes of bad marketing that just doesn't work. To learn more about how we can help you improve your marketing and grow your business smarter and faster, just check out whatboxdigital.com. Or better yet, just text the word help to 832-324-2432 and we'll chat about your business growth needs. And if you haven't already done so, please subscribe to the podcast so you never miss another episode. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guest: Dr. Mitchell Harlan
Episode 21: A Fireside Chat With Dr. Mitchell Harlan About Life, Success, Relationships, & Storytelling
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | iHeartRadio | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Truth Talks Podcast - Website | Twitter | Facebook | Instagram | YouTube
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey there everyone. Welcome to the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue faster. Whether you're an aspiring entrepreneur or a thriving business owner, this podcast is designed to produce just for you so you can learn from the best industry experts in the world.
I'll bring you exclusive interviews with authors, thought leaders, and successful business titans who share their stories and business journeys. So, we can draw insights and learn from their successes and struggles together. As you're working on growing your business and pursuing your dreams, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. And we'll have some fun in the process. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Hey, welcome to the podcast today. Let me tell you about my guest today. His name is Dr. Mitchell Harlan and I've actually only known Mitch for maybe a year, a little less than a year. He runs a very, very successful chiropractic clinic up in Colorado and he hosts the Truth Talks Podcast. And he's just a really interesting, interesting guy. In fact, he'll actually tell you, he wants to be the most interesting guy in the room. And something I allowed Mitch to talk me into. Normally, when I do a podcast interview, we talk about it ahead of time. We have pre-production meetings.
We create kind of a structured talking track to guide the discussion and in collaborating with Mitch ahead of time, he says, you know what? Let's just go freestyle, no structure. We knew we were going to talk about the story. We knew we were going to talk about relationships. But that's about it. So, today is the very first time I've ever done an unstructured freestyle interview. I love Mitch's heart. I love his passion and he's got the charisma of 10 normal men. So, let's jump into the episode. You're going to love it. Well, I'm thrilled to have my friend Dr. Mitchell Harlan on the podcast today. Mitch, welcome to the show, buddy.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
Thank you so much, Brian. Glad to be here.
Brian Webb:
Man. So, I want to tell the audience something that we know and they don't yet know, but they're about to know, which is typically when I do this podcast, it's a little bit more structured. You and I had a wonderful, really, really long conversation last weekend. And we said you know what? Let's just go with it, no structure. We've got a couple of things we want to talk about, but it's going to be fun to see how this conversation goes today.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
It's going to be amazing. When you end up meeting somebody or you end up talking to somebody and they're similar to you, have a similar structure, similar path, kind of think the same way, enjoy the same things. It just makes it super easy. That's again, a lot of the part of the program that I do and I know that you do. If you make life easy for somebody, only good things happen.
Brian Webb:
So, let me do this. I have the privilege of knowing you. And I know that you tend to downplay your background and your credentials. But because I want the audience to really tune in, for those people that are in the audience that don't know you, give us a couple of minutes of telling us who you are, what you do, where you've been. I want them to know who you are because I really want them to pay attention and listen to you today.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
Just some of my educational background, I guess you could say, as an undergrad. My undergrad was in the biochem fields and other chemistry fields. Then I had this epiphany during that time where I was like, well, wait a minute. You know what? I'm not really sure that my philosophy of putting a drug into somebody is necessarily the healthiest thing in the world to do. So, I thought I'm going to explore this thing called chiropractic. I did that. Jumped out really fast into a really big practice, starting to see a whole lot of people. And then all of a sudden there was another epiphany, about a year in, not even quite a year in. I had a young girl in my practice that her dad literally was, he was a handyman, the guy was a pilot, he did construction-type services during the summer times, and the winter times he sold bagels and burritos. To make a long story short.
This guy was a, he was just an amazing guy and held his family together and he passed away unexpectedly. And I had to watch his family just kind of really downward spiral. And it was all the stuff that we talk about in life. Like it just got overwhelming for one of the daughters and my God, she ended up having a couple of kids. They got taken away by the state and all these things. And I'm sitting there thinking, you know what, what are we doing here? If we're just helping somebody's physical pain, there's a whole lot of a person that we're not really doing much for. And it just hit me. It hit me hard. And I started thinking, man, what if really 50% of the problems that people are coming in for really don't have anything to do with physical pain, but more of the emotional structural pain. And so I took that philosophy. I started documenting some stories and then all of a sudden the ball got rolling. And man, look at this 27 years later here we are.
Brian Webb:
To give a little bit of context. And again, you leave this stuff out, probably in the spirit of humility and I know that you're doing many things now. You've got all kinds of initiatives of which I want to hear about it. I want to share that with the audience a little later. I know you've grown your practice to be really big actually, like north of a hundred staff members, right?
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
Well, that was everything combined when you're talking about all the urgent cares and all the other stuff that I was affiliated with ... My actual practice though, I'd average over a hundred patients a day and have done that for literally, probably ... I'm trying to think back, man, you're making me feel old. I think I've been in practice for about 28 years now. So, I was seeing about a hundred a day, probably about a year, year and a half into practice. And it was fun. And I got to go on stage around the country and talk about how to build a big practice and so on and so forth. And I know we're going to get onto this imposter syndrome that we've talked about before. We're going to bring that up. And I certainly didn't have that because I was making a difference in the lives of people and a lot of people.
But unlike imposter syndrome, I was literally so curious about people and their stories and their lives. And what people don't understand is a lot of times when you're seeing a patient they'll come in and they'll be like, my back hurts, I have a headache, but I'm under so much stress. I'm trying to sell my house. Or I'm just under so much stress. I'm getting ready to go through a divorce. And if you really listen to the story, there is so much that's manifesting in the pain that isn't really true physical pain, if that makes any sense.
Brian Webb:
It does. But circling back to this imposter syndrome thing, I want to put some context on it, as far as what I was mentioning to you prior to us hitting the record button today, which is obviously you're a medical professional. And so I would not imagine any doctor is going to feel imposter syndrome around that. I studied music early on in life, excelled very fast, very early. I never felt like an imposter when I took the stage or sat down to the piano or went into the recording studio.
But for the person out there who still is thinking about launching an enterprise, writing a book, starting a podcast, all my clients are extremely successful because that's kind of who I work with really, business owners, entrepreneurs. But it's amazing how, when I'm dealing with people who are wealth creators or physicians, and we talk about this idea of stepping outside of that, that wheelhouse, if you will, and doing something new. I still see imposter syndrome kick in, even with some of the most successful leaders I've worked with. Has that not been your experience?
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
No, it has. I think one of the things that we've talked about in the past, and I'm really, really passionate about is a word and we'll kind of play off each other on this. I used the term vulnerability used another term that I really liked. I think how you escape that ... I know for me when I said, okay, I'm actually pretty good. I studied pretty hard. I know the human body pretty well. I didn't know anything about writing books. And a matter of fact, when I wrote the first one, my ghostwriter, and yes, I said ghostwriter, because that's how you avoid imposter syndrome. I don't know how many people actually write their own books. If they do, they're a hell of a lot smarter than me. She's like, did you take any courses in literature or English?
Or you can actually stop a sentence. You can use punctuation. I'm like, listen, man. You know what? Here's the concept. Here's the words that I use in the best of my ability. You turn it into something beautiful. And so I think a lot of what you're talking about is how to avoid that completely is just be straight up. The moment you're straight up, you don't have to worry about any of that anymore. But I have seen it, I mean, thousands of times with people that I've talked to. They'll come and they'll tell me what they can do or how they can do it.
And then you start looking around and you're like, well, maybe you can't quite deliver that. And so that's stressful. And it's a lot of work to do it that way. And what I've actually found out is when you're just straight up with people and ask for help in every area that you can, they're willing to do it. And they actually like you for it. And then they want to help you grow. So, the imposter syndrome is the worst syndrome you can have because it's going to actually stunt any growth that you have because people are smart. They're going to figure you out in seconds.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely right. By the way, I want to tell the audience that you have your own podcast. It's actually, it's a video podcast and an audio podcast but talk about your Truth Talks Podcast for a minute.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
So, Truth Talks Podcast, one of the things that I always wanted to do is I ... We actually have an amazing story with Truth Talks. I have a buddy of mine. I call him producer Chad. And I've known him for a long time. And he probably would get all mad at me because he's sitting here and listening to it anyway. He's a freak, to be honest with you. This guy, like if you've seen his paintings, I have paintings of his in my house and it's freak level paintings.
Brian Webb:
Really?
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
It is it's.
Brian Webb:
I got to see those from Chad. Wow. I did not know that.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
Oh my God. Yeah, it's insane. And he has this ability to take everything ... I tell him he's, and I can say this without being offensive to anybody because I have a son who has Asperger's I'm always like, dude, you're an aspy man. You're like too good at too many things. And so I told him, I said, here's an idea I have and I want to start it with somebody who was equally as passionate as I was about doing something. And so I said, here's what we're going to do, man. I'm going to take all these stories that I've collected over the years, that are in the books and in everything else that is getting ready to be released. I have all these programs. I just shared my vision with him. And I say, can we do it? And he's like, "Yeah, we can do it." I mean, we think back, we sit there and laugh all the time.
If you've just seen how we started, it was with a green screen in my office where we used tacks to put up over a wall. And I'm like, "Can you make this thing look like we're in a bar somewhere." And he's like, "Hell yeah, we can do it." I said, "Oh, you know how to do it?" He goes, "No, I'll figure it out though." And then next thing I know, I look at this thing and I'm like, holy hell, I'm sitting in a bar right here. So, we run all these different types of stories. But even in our story of how Truth Talks became what it is today, we've run guests that, we've run famous guests. We love to run real life, real people's stories so that everybody can hear or experience the pathways of other people. And if you are going through something similar, we are going to give you a way out.
And that is an option we will say. And so that actually ended up becoming extremely, extremely successful for us, and the ability for us to be able to literally bring a story so that someone else can improve their life based on hearing it from someone else has been the most unbelievable thing that I can even tell you that I've done to date. It's heartwarming. It's inspiring to me. We had a guy come on the show and he was talking about, he rode the Tour de France and he rode this Tour de France because this guy, A, wanted to do it. He was an incredible cyclist. But he was running. He was trying to decide if he was going to get divorced. He was trying to decide where his life was going. He was having some issues that he had trouble kind of process some stuff with his father. And this guy comes on a podcast. And he was talking about, just start. You got to just start.
And he started that Tour de France and did the whole thing. And so we pass on the most motivational stories, but not necessarily stories from the greats, like a Tony Robbins type of guy. Although, we certainly want to get him on the show here. But it's real life, real people. And I think the stuff that you can sink your teeth into immediately and start making some incredible changes in your life.
Brian Webb:
One of the things that I think so many people fail to understand is I would argue everyone that God has given breath has a contribution to make this world. And I would even say, while not all of us see it this way. We have stewardship, meaning a responsibility to the contribution we make to this world. I've literally, I've seen people on social that one little boy, one young man, I should say, I'm going to guess he's probably, he's in his early 20s, down syndrome. And so many people might say, well, what can this person do? But literally, this young man just comes on and it centers around him interacting with his older brother. But I mean, I think literally hundreds and hundreds of thousands of followers. There's another man, and you might know. I'm forgetting his name, no arms, no legs.
And I'm going to confess, you want to talk about vulnerability? I think if I had no arms and no legs, I'd say, count me out. I've got a really good excuse just to sit here and sulk and feel sorry for myself. This guy is one of the leading motivational speakers in this country. So, obviously, as you're pulling stories and talking to people in the podcast, maybe share one or two excerpts from something that you drew tremendous inspiration transformation, rather, from one or two of your favorite interviews. And I'm sure it's hard to limit it down to one or two, but what might one or two of those stories be?
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
As I always say, everyone is my favorite. Every podcast you get, whoop, that's my favorite. But let me parlay off what you just said. Let's talk about down syndrome. I have a story in a book, a story about Bob. And basically, Bob had a brother, and Bob was born to his mother and father. His father actually was a huge-time, big sports guy. And he always wanted a son to follow in his footsteps. And he was a coach and just wanted that. And their firstborn, obviously he had down syndrome and probably wasn't going to end up being that son. And so I'll make this long or short so that we can get to some other topics.
But the dad ended up passing away. The brother ends up having to take on his brother because he wasn't going to put him in a home. So Bob moves into the house with his brother and his wife, and they were having a lot of marital troubles and it was on the rocks. And then adding Bob to the family mix was even causing more stress until they got him into this little school-type thing. And over time, what had happened is Bob with his down syndrome, his greatest gift in the world was love. He knew how to love. All he did was love people. He would kiss them all day, every day. Tell him he loved them every day, all day. And they had a daughter at the time was two. And he would play with her all day and just love on her all day.
And what ended up happening was he comes home, the brother comes home one day, stressful day at work, terrible day at work. His brother meets him at the door, he's got a party hat on that says happy Wednesday birthday. And so he kind of looks at him and he's like, Bob, what is going on? And he says, we're having a Wednesday birthday party. And he was a little annoyed because he's like, I don't feel like partying today. But he goes inside the house and his wife is in there and she'd baked a cake for happy Wednesday birthday because Bob was adamant about it. And they put all the candles in there and they were going to have Bob and their daughter blow them out. And the wife put her hand on the husband's lower back and he looked at her. They hadn't touched in a long time. Dude, I get all choked up over here, let us do audio because I'm starting to get all choked up.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
And so they're getting ready to blow out the candles and she puts her hand on his lower back and she looks at him and she says, Bob has taught me how to love. And she goes, I want to make this work. And they ended up having this most amazing relationship. It was because Bob, with down syndrome, showed them how to love, true love. So when you said, man, everybody has a contribution. Every person has a contribution. I'll go off on another little story. So, we got a guy who, the guy's addicted to everything under the sun. I saw him as a patient and I said, "Man, would you come on and tell your story?" And he said, "Why would you want to hear my story?" It's the worst story ever.
Brian Webb:
Oh my gosh. Yeah.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
And I go, "It's not about you, man. It's about you showing other people how bad your life is. So, maybe you can save one person. I promise you it'll change your life." And those types of stories. I got to be honest, man. You can bring in the most famous person in the world and set them down next to me, even if we were talking to Bezos and he's in space now or whatever he's doing. But if you give me this guy, I want nine times out of 10 I only want to talk to him because I think it takes so much incredible strength and courage to come and tell a story like that. And I think it impacts way more millions of people than flying into outer space on a rocket ship that you build.
I mean, that's just my opinion. A lot of people may not agree. And then we run also stories of guys that ... One of the ones I always kind of think of, I ran one with a Navy Seal, Chad Williams. He was one of my favorites. And one of the things that really hit me about him, here's a Navy Seal, pretty bad dudes. The guy had, he had some personal problems and he had this connection with his dad where his dad was like, man, you got to change your ways. And he ends up taking Chad to this Jesus thing kind of by accident. Here's this ultimate warrior sitting in this evangelistic program that he went to one night and this guy got saved that night. And he heard a story about Neiman and it hit him in the right place at the right time. And so I love telling all these stories and doing all these interviews. Because I know for one thing, for certain, we're going to hit one person at one time in one moment, that's going to change their life. And that makes me feel good. Maybe it's self-serving, I don't know. But I love it.
BRIAN WEBB:
We'll get back to the show in just a moment. But first, a quick word from our sponsor, What Box Digital. If you're like most business owners and leaders, you likely have several marketing problems. Your marketing is just a lot of guesswork. You don't know what is working and what isn't. You have no strategic plan to effectively and consistently deliver new customers. You hate dealing with lumpy cash flow and up and down sales cycles. You don't have a system for consistently generating new leads month after month. You have no idea how to convert website visitors into paying clients. And you don't even know where to start. Well, great news. I can help with all of that. You need a seasoned and highly experienced chief marketing officer.
But that comes at such a high price. And that's why our fractional CMO program is just right for you. For a fraction of the price of a truly experienced full-time chief marketing officer. I could partner with you and your team to make better marketing decisions while avoiding the expensive mistakes and costly pitfalls that stem from bad marketing. It truly breaks my heart to see businesses large and small waste budget dollars and squander growth opportunities because of bad marketing decisions. This is precisely why you need a trusted advisor and proven marketing strategies to help you grow your business and give you the peace of mind you've worked so hard for, and that you certainly deserve. Let's get started today. But before we do, this is how the program works. Once we've engaged in a fractional CMO agreement, first we'll audit where you are currently in all of your marketing efforts.
I'll run some diagnostics and assessments of where you are currently and where you need and want to go. I'll walk you through our proven discovery process, do some necessary research so I can present some data-driven strategies for establishing and launching your new marketing plan. My hope is that you would stop feeling uncertain and frustrated about how marketing can and should be helping you to grow your business. I think you've worked too hard for too long to not be enjoined the peace of mind that comes from knowing you're doing marketing right. To get started today, just visit our website, www.whatboxdigital.com, or just text the letters CMO to (832)-324-2432. And we'll get the discussion moving forward. Again, visit whatboxdigital.com or just text CMO to (832)-324-2432. Don't waste another dollar on failed marketing systems that are doing nothing to grow your business. Let's get started today.
Brian Webb:
So, changing cautious a little bit. Thanks for sharing all that by the way. But changing course just a little bit, we've all heard it and again, in meme form, it's your network is your net worth. And in a more authentic way, who we spend our time with, who we choose to incorporate into our lives has a huge impact on our lives. In fact, I actually read this data, that's been a long time ago at one of the few hundred books I've read that said that pedigree, money, intelligence, formal education, none of those are what has the biggest impact on your success in life. It's the people you spend the most time with. Talk to us about that for a second. What do you think about that?
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
Agree 100%, why is this man I know has an eighth-grade education it's called my father. I'm lucky enough to be able to call him a father. I've run into millions and millions and millions of memes and all these things. And memes are kind of funny because they're actually a little bit of reality put into one sentence. But I don't think that you can ever separate the human from the experience. And so when you're talking, how we parlay story into business, I do a lot of teaching and talking about how to be the most interesting person in the room. And how you do that. People think that you got to have a formal education. I mean, I rarely even use my education. I use compassion. I use understanding. Sometimes I actually become the bigger talker in the group because I see where a person may need to hear something I have to say, but equally, sometimes you need to be the listener.
You need to listen to what they have to say. So a lot of, I think there's so much emphasis put on things such as education, being able to know the celebrity. I mean, that's great for numbers if you're running a program like this or your program and so on and so forth. But you still can't separate the human. I mean, you and I had a four-hour conversation and we've talked about business for maybe like 10 minutes.
Brian Webb:
True.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
And you know what, that's made me what I wanted the next four-hour conversation. It wasn't business. I'm just like, yeah, I'll do business with this guy. What's he do? I don't know. I just really like him. And I think it's going to work really well.
Brian Webb:
I want to do life with this guy.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
I want to do life with this guy. And I think, you can't separate anything in the human experience. I see people all the time. They're like, I want to go and learn everything about my business. Well, let me just tell you something. If your wife hates you or your husband hates you, you can go to Tony Robbins set in his house and you're not going to improve your life.
Brian Webb:
Oh yeah.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
You're going to go and you're going to get pumped up. And then you're going to go back to this reality, hey, listen to this crappy situation. And here you are right back in the same place. If you don't work on that relationship first or simultaneously, you're wasting your money. You're wasting your time. You have got to get your life wheel balanced. And I don't believe in, I know there's a lot of people that are going to take this the wrong way, but I don't really believe is that terribly hard.
Brian Webb:
We'll talk about that. One of the things that you and I recently chatted about, and I think you actually cited the first person who said it, or at least that we know has documented it. But if you think of your life like a wheel and we have the spokes in the wheel, we've got a spiritual part of our life. We've got relationships, health, money, career. But if any one of those parts of the tire goes flat or has a hole, I should say, the entire wheel is flat.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
A 100%. A 100%. And it's tough. And you know what? It doesn't have to be completely flat. The ride's going to suck a little bit. If it is completely flat, you're not going anywhere, right? That's why I love that analogy. I think that's one of the greatest analogies around honestly. But we run stories. I have an entire mission behind what it is that I'm doing. For instance, I ran a company called Hitch Fit on the podcast. I researched these people for six months and not only are they big believers and they're just incredible human beings, they want to make a difference. And let me tell you what getting in shape does. When you get in shape, the whole rest of your life gets in shape. You feel better about yourself. You dress differently, you smile, you're happier and you're more energetic.
You spend more time with your kids. You spend more time in your business. You're not tired. You're not run down. That's just from freaking getting in shape. You know what that is? Just eating different food and moving your butt when you can, this is not rocket science. We don't need Elon Musk to tell us how to do this. You must do it though. That's just one cog in that wheel. If you go into your business and you've hired people that don't make you happy, you're not interested to be around. Well, let me tell you, here we go again. Now it's one more flatter tire, or let's say low air on that side. It's tough. And it just makes it harder. And when you surround yourself with people that you enjoy, people that you love, people that support you. And also people that'll tell you things that you don't necessarily want to hear, but they must come from a really loving place for that.
And if you do just all of that stuff, which really isn't that terribly difficult if you make your mind up to do it, I will promise you your business will grow. I will promise ... Without even knowing any more about business, it will still grow. The relationship will grow. Even if you've never been to a marriage and family therapist, it will still grow. It's how life is. And so my theory is, is I want to show you that stuff. I want to show you through stories of other people, how to start just making some of those changes.
Brian Webb:
Life is too short to dot, dot, dot. There are so many things. And I think, and we're both in our early 50s and I've come to the conclusion that life is too short to have people in my life that bring an excessive amount of dysfunction or toxicity. And by the way, some people define toxicity as someone who lovingly confronts you about something. That's not the definition of toxicity, right? That's love, that's tough love. And even when it comes to business, who I work with, who I work for, clients even. If I don't think I'm going to look forward to going to meetings with and helping and spending time with and collaborating with, I just kind of find that the older I get, the more guarded I become. Are you the same?
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
Yeah. I mean, without a doubt. I mean, it's the ultimate ideology of how you continue to grow over time. As we get older, we get wiser, right? We've usually been through the gauntlet. We're kind of like, hey, you know what? I've ridden that pony before. It wasn't a very good ride. I'm going to start changing something. But you do it much faster than you used to because you're always thinking in your early 20s and 30s and even 40s as you're doing business, you're thinking, okay, you know what? This person could come in handy, I'm going to just tolerate them. I'm going to deal with whatever it is I need to deal with so I can use their numbers or I can use their experience. I can use whatever. Then you realize as you get older, oh my God, I wasted so much time. I should have just went to the initial source of somebody that I really enjoyed and can collaborate with and go for ... I agree with that 100%.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Yeah. It's not hard to have a friendship with me. It's an extremely, an extremely low barrier to entry. And here's all someone has to do. And by the way, I strive to be this in everyone's lives. My children, my clients, my friends, anyone that I spend time with, it's just be a plus or better yet be a multiplier. Don't be a minus. It just showing up and how can I serve? How can I encourage? How can I inspire? How can I just help? Or as you said, so eloquently earlier, how can I listen? Just showing up with the hope of adding value and again, when possible, multiplying the value in someone else's life, that's all it takes.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
It's true. And again, I look at things now through different perspectives. I mean, a lot of the coaching, a lot of the stuff that I do is all about change in a person's perspective. I say this all the time in there and people sometimes were like, well, I guess that's right. But if a person comes in and they've just got something that they're really struggled within her life. I'm always like, well, listen, it's not terminal cancer. So, guess what? You get a chance to redo this thing. And I like to bring in the shock value to make people change. But the thing I really love about your podcast, the Learn More, Earn More. I think sometimes if you look at that from a business perspective, business people would say, man, if I learn more about my business, I'm going to earn more. And I think that is quite a logical conclusion, right?
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
But what if you learned everything about yourself. You learned what it is that you want to get out of life. I was having a meeting with a guy the other night and he's wanting to do some work with me in a certain way. And he was on a 30-minute dissertation and finally, I said, what do you want? Tell me what you want. And he said I want to work with you. And I said it's all I needed to hear.
Brian Webb:
There you go. Right.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
That's it.
Brian Webb:
We're almost out of time. One, tell the audience, where's the best place ... Obviously talk about your podcast, tell them where to find it. And so two things I'd like for you to close out with. One, what are you excited about? What's next in the Dr. Mitch journey? And then two, share with our audience, the best place to find you, find your content, connect with you online.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
So, truthtalks.com, that's our Truth Talks Podcast. And we love people to go in there and listen to them. Even if it's a podcast that you don't think you're going to be interested in, we want you to have a little bit of experiential knowledge, just listen to it anyway. And then you can get into the lives of other people. And here's what I promise you. You're going to be in a bar one day, you're going to be at a house party. You're going to be somewhere. And that topic is going to come up. And if you know a little bit about it, you're going to become interesting. And when you become interesting, you're going to increase your opportunity to do business, to have a relationship with someone you're going to increase your opportunities, because you have some experiential knowledge in the world.
And also from a perspective, it's not your opinion is just literally how someone went through something. So, truthtalks.com. You can get all of that stuff. What I'm super excited about Brian, and again, I'm going to self serve it to you here. I've been looking for people for a long time to make my dream, my vision, this big product of which you've gotten to see. It's a massive, massive undertaking.
Brian Webb:
It is. Yeah.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
You are going to help me bring to life all the programs and all of the book launches all of the lectures, all of this stuff that I am super, super duper excited for you to be a part of. And again, that came from a relationship. It came from obviously what you have been able to do in the past for a lot of people. And we really want to, I want to be ... Sometimes people use the word influencer. Influencers is not what I'm looking to do. [crosstalk 00:32:55]
Brian Webb:
Not for the sake of vanity, obviously, but for the sake of contribution you want to influence.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
I want to contribute some way the hours and years of dedication I've done to understand the human experience, to just enhance your life in one way or another. Like if a mom can hug her son that got off of drugs and I had something to do with that. That's a job well done in my eyes. And I want to end with this because I think it's something that a lot of people ask me all the time. And I think it's awesome when we talk about business and earning more and learning more and all of these things. People ask me all the time. What's my end game? Here is my end game. And I say it, and I believe with a hundred percent of heart, again, I can choke up when I talk about my dad and I can choke up when I talk about my kids and my end game.
Brian Webb:
Of course. Yeah.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
Here's my end game. My end game is I want to be sitting on the porch someday, an old man. I don't want to die early. I want to be an old man.
Brian Webb:
We're thinking like a 120, 130, right?
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
We're thinking like, yeah. Like 120, 130, somewhere in that vicinity. And I want to look at it and I want to see my kids and I want to see my grandkids. And what I want to do with that is I want to look out there and know that they get to do what they want to do, not what they have to do. And I have sacrificed my life. I have actually sacrificed some of my children's lives and some of my wife's life, but that's always been my end game. And God bless them. My wife and my children have seen dad go to work at 10 o'clock at night, come home at two in the morning. Not one night, not 10 nights, hundreds of times. And they support me. And they give me that ability to finish my end game. I started this 27, 28 years ago. My end game is that. And I don't care to have a rocket go to space. I don't need that.
Brian Webb:
I'm with you on that. Yeah.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
But I wanted to build generational wealth so that my family can look back and say, that was hard work. It was dedication. I want them to see that if you have a dream if you have a vision, you can absolutely do it. But let me tell you what, there's a lot of sacrifices in the middle. And I think that's the story of life. And I want to show that to my family. I want all of my friends that have trusted me and has come on this journey. I want them to have the same experience. I want them to be wealthy. I want them to be relaxed. That's my dream. And that's my mission. And I will keep doing it until the day I die. So, it's either going to happen or it isn't. But either way, the day I take my last breath, I will still be trying to accomplish that.
Brian Webb:
It's not going to be for lack of effort.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
A 100%. And that's why, again, when I think we talk about all this stuff, I appreciate you for coming into my life. I sought you out. I did my research on you. And it was just one of those things where personalities clicked, dreams and passions clicked. And I didn't spend much time thinking about it. I'm like, all right, let's go, let's move this thing. I think people overthink a whole lot of business and a whole lot of life. Sometimes you just got to keep moving forward.
Brian Webb:
I truly, truly believe that my contribution to this world, while I'm alive, is my calling. And then my, or our contribution to this world once we're gone becomes our legacy. And I'd know the audience loves you. I'm not going to even wonder if that's the case, but I am going to tell the audience it's a good thing that you do love Dr. Mitch because he's going to be bad from time to time. So, definitely expect to be hearing from him more and more in the future. Thanks for being here today, Dr. Mitch, it was a pleasure having you, man. I know we'll have you back here very soon.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
I love it. You know me, I'm good to talk anytime. I show my vulnerability because I believe that's where again, you get the answers and you get them quickly. Just do what it is you're going to do. Say what it is you need to say. But most of all, if you feel like you want to grow, you feel like you need something, just ask for help and people will give it to you. People generally want to see you succeed and do better. I think that's the biggest thing I can actually say in this podcast.
Brian Webb:
Man, thanks for being here today.
Dr. Mitchell Harlan:
I love you, man. I tell you what there's a million things we could have went down. I want to come back. Obviously, I'm going to have you on the show as well on my show. It's going to have nothing to do with business. I got to get into why you're crazy and while you're fun. And I know you have an incredibly personal story yourself, and I want to share that. This is what we do. We all just keep sharing, just keep sharing and motivating people and good things are going to happen.
Brian Webb:
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoy today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @brianwebb. And the show's sponsor What Box Digital can be found at, as you might guess at What Box Digital.
You can also find me and What Box Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn, with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you. I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH DR. MITCHELL HARLAN
Truth Talks Podcast - Website | Twitter | Facebook | Instagram | YouTube
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Do Marketing Better Segment
Host: Brian Webb
Ep. 20 - 4 Pro Tips To Radically Increase eCommerce Sales & Conversions
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Poptin
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey there and welcome to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth podcast, sponsored by Whatbox Digital. I'm your host, Brian Webb. And this is where I bring you short, snackable episodes with tips and tricks to level up your marketing and help you grow your business smarter and faster. So let's jump into today's show.
Hey everyone, if you own an e-commerce website or if you're an e-com business, today's your lucky day. Today, I'm going to share some personalizations that are absolutely radically going to help you to increase conversions and increase sales. It's not really a secret that personalization is the key to success if you're an e-commerce business. I actually recently saw some research that shows that about 71% of online shoppers express some level of frustration or angst when their shopping experience isn't personalized. And 33% of customers have actually stopped, canceled the relationship, walked away from a company altogether as a result of not personalizing the experience for them. Those are big numbers. That means literally if you're not doing this right, you could be frustrating two-thirds of your customers and losing a third of them. So if you're looking into the why is this episode important, now you know.
So first of all, let's talk about what is personalization. Personalization is basically when you're showing your customers offers and content that's tailored towards them, their needs, where they are in their buying journey specifically. So that could be, for example, product recommendations, blog posts. It could even extend off of your website and into your email campaigns, by the way. And the way that you personalize the user experience is by leveraging, extracting their data, and using it to understand everyone's desires. So for example, past purchases can be used to improve future product recommendations, things like that.
So here's pro-tip number one if you have an e-commerce business, target return customers. People who have already visited, be it customers or not customers, will already have a browsing history that you can leverage to create specific content for them. For example, recently viewed items. You might even think about showing them items that people with other similar interests also viewed inside of your store. And of course, another great idea is to show complementing category. So for example, if someone came in to buy golf clubs, then you might present other products like golf shoes, for example. And while you're at it, target new customers. You can do this by giving a pop-up offer, for example, that gives them a 10% discount off their first order.
Pro-tip number two, consider using personalized pop-ups. Now, if you don't know what a pop-up is, a pop-up is when you come to a website, and up on top of the website an offer or a promotion pops up. Now, studies have shown that pop-ups are the most hated advertising techniques on the web. But like anything else, like the reason people don't like salespeople a lot of times, it's not that they hate salespeople, they don't like people who do it poorly. Same thing with pop-ups. You don't necessarily hate the pop-ups. It's when it's done obtrusively or too frequently.
But here are just a few of the benefits of using pop-ups. One, you can make your offers more visible by just grabbing their attention. Two, you can be as personalized and customized as you want in order to reflect your brand. You can get control of a new user's first impression by using the right message and tone. And they have an average conversion rate of a little over 3%. That's a lot of good reasons to be using pop-ups and to personalize them. And again, to personalize these pop-ups, do it by leveraging the data that you have. So if they have been shopping in your store and they came to buy a motorcycle jacket, maybe your pop-up gives them a discount on a new motorcycle helmet. So be creative, be strategic, be tactical.
Pro-tip number three, and this one's a little more advanced, think about adjusting your URL accordingly to the interests of your visitors. So for example, if a specific user has already been to your website or your online store several times, and typically they head straight towards the men's section, you might assume that the shopper is either a man or shops for men most of the time. So what you can do is the next time they come back and they type in the URL to your homepage, think about redirecting them to the men section since that's where they seem to like to go most of the time anyway. And to pull this off, by the way, obviously, there are plugins out there depending on which platform you're using. One I've seen is called Poptin, spelled P-O-P-T-I-N. You can check that out.
And the fourth and last pro tip I'll give you to my e-commerce friends out there is thinking about adjusting your content to match your visitors' locations. So let's just say you have a national brand and you have customers that are in LA and you have customers that are in Alaska. It would probably, assuming you're selling clothing or apparel, to adjust the content that you display to your LA customers to be more summer-type clothing, as opposed to your customers who might be purchasing from you in Alaska. You might not want to be showing them flip-flops and cargo shorts. So adjust your content to match where your customers are actually browsing and buying your products.
That's it for today. That's four pro-tips that you can use to really hone in and personalize the experiences that your customers are having in your e-commerce brand, your store. Obviously, they win because you're giving them a better, more personalized experience, and you win because you're selling more stuff. And by the way, need help with your e-commerce store, your marketing? Give us a call at Whatbox Digital. We're always here to help.
Thanks for listening to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth podcast. This podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital and we're here to coach business owners and leaders, just like you, to make better marketing decisions, have fewer regrets and avoid the expensive, very expensive pitfalls and costly mistakes of bad marketing that just doesn't work. To learn more about how we can help you improve your marketing and grow your business smarter and faster, just check out whatboxdigital.com. Or better yet, just text the word help to 8323242432 and we'll chat about your business growth needs. And if you haven't already done so, please subscribe to the podcast so you never miss another episode. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guest: Marvin Epstein
Episode 19: Why Humility Is The Greatest Leadership Quality
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Marvin Epstein Website
TEDx Talk by Marvin Epstein
Book: Humility Branding by Marvin Epstein
Book: Building a Storybrand by Donald Miller
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey there, everyone. Welcome to The Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue faster. Whether you're an aspiring entrepreneur or a thriving business owner, this podcast is designed and produced just for you so you can learn from the best industry experts in the world. I'll bring you exclusive interviews with authors, thought leaders, and successful business titans who share their stories and business journeys so we can draw insights and learn from their successes and struggles together. As you're working on growing your business and pursuing your dreams, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way and we'll have some fun in the process. Let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Hey everyone, welcome to the show today. C.S. Lewis once said that "Humility is not about thinking less of yourself but about thinking of yourself less." Jesse Jackson once said, "Never, never look down on anybody else unless it's while you're helping them up." And it was just last week that I shared the words of Ernest Hemingway who said, "There is nothing noble in being superior to your fellow man. True nobility is being superior to your former self."
Before we jump into the show today, I want to introduce Marvin Epstein, my good friend, and guest today. I would definitely describe Marvin as a serial entrepreneur. He's the founder of Karma International, which is an organization that I actually had the privilege of being a part of and serving on one of the boards. He's actually done a Ted Talk on why humility is the best quality of leadership. He's done a keynote at Harvard University. He's the author of Humility Branding and he's the monthly cohost of Reinvent Your Life, hosted with Kathi Sharpe. You might recognize some of his clients, the Olympics, NASCAR, World Cup Soccer, just to name a few. And today Marvin shares some really, really interesting perspectives on humility and why it's so important. I think you're really going to enjoy it. Here's my talk with Marvin Epstein.
Hey Marvin, it's so great to have you on the show. We've been talking about this for quite some time so it's great to have you here today.
Marvin Epstein:
Thanks, Brian. I really appreciate the time with you and every time we have a conversation, I continue to learn from you. And so brilliant people inviting me onto their podcasts, their virtual events or even being able to speak on a real stage in front of real people, is just something I get great gratification for. Thank you so much for having me.
Brian Webb:
Well, I would imagine for every one thing that you say that you've learned from me, I would imagine I've learned from you at least a multiple of 10. Certainly, the feeling is mutual, to put it mildly. Let me start with this question, why do you believe in humility? And why do you believe it's the greatest quality? I already agree with you by the way, but why do you agree it's the greatest quality in leadership?
Marvin Epstein:
Well, first of all, I feel like somehow this is going to be a hybrid of a tribute to my mom, but it really comes down to where I started. My mom told me when I was a little kid, "You can reach for the stars, but you got to keep your feet on the ground." And that was just one of her many sayings and my family of what I'll call very principle-driven matriarchs were all about how you treat people. One of my best friends and I call it my one of my best friends, but I know it's going to sound funny when I give you the title is when I was in elementary school, one of my best friends was this janitor.
And the reason for that is because fortunately I was a very bright child and I finished my work early and I was not the most well-behaved child when I didn't have something to keep me busy. When I finished the work, I was constantly disturbing and annoying the other students. Mom met with the teacher and said, "Well, my son's very hyperactive and if he finishes his work early, let him go outside and go run around the track or play." And obviously, that was a time where you could actually do that without a security guard.
I went outside and there was the janitor there. His name was Mr. Rusely and we're kids, we see everybody, everybody's got a smile on their face. And so I see him with this bag over his shoulder and this pick in his hand. And so I came up to him and I just started talking to him and I just thought it was a really cool thing. I'm a 10, 11-year-old kid, so I'm watching him do this. And I'm thinking, wow, he gets to put something in the ground and stick this and then put it in the bag. I thought was a great activity.
I finally asked him, because I asked him questions about him. Where'd you come from? Oh, I grew up in Alabama. My family was this and I was so like mesmerized by what he was doing. I finally said, "Can I do that? And he looks at me and he goes, "Okay." Now I got the bag over my shoulder, I got the pick and basically, I'm doing what he did, but I'm enjoying it so much because I just enjoy the activity. But if anybody would have ever said, "Marvin, the guy's a janitor, the guy is this." I wasn't raised that way.
Why I think humility is the greatest quality and in leadership, which is really, what's so important now more than ever before is because I would have never taken that approach. I would have never learned the story of this gentleman. I would have never got a chance to enjoy the experience. I would have never got a chance to create a new activity that I didn't pay for, I didn't own, I didn't ask for an instruction manual, I didn't have to sit down and have somebody teach it to me and it gave me great joy and great happiness. And I say a lot of times, "Humility can provide you all the other attributes. It can provide you fame. It can provide you power. It can provide you money. Can provide you knowledge and protection and emotional gratification." Which is literally the last element of humility in this category with the janitor. Because literally I went home and told my mom the story. And her first question is, did you have fun? That was our first question. Did you have fun?
And I said, "Yeah, I had a blast." And she said, "Fantastic, she goes, "well maybe you'll finish your work even earlier so you'll spend more time with him." And to me, that's the value, humility drives you to be able to interact, to be able to connect with people. Status is unconditional. And by the way, at one point, because this was going on now for several days, the principal coincidentally walked out of his office one day and saw me doing this and he said, "Excuse me, excuse me." And I said, "Oh," I said, "Principal Joseph," I said, "hi there." I said, "So good to see you," I said, "Mr. Rusely and I are having a great time. By the way, I have a hall pass so I'm excused, just so you know because I finished the work for Mr. Jackson's test already." My biggest concern was making sure that he knew I was allowed to be out of the class not that I was doing the work.
Brian Webb:
You and I over the past few weeks have talked a lot about humility and I think you have a really unique perspective on it. Share your perspective. Share with the audience, how you would explain humility.
Marvin Epstein:
It's a really good question. And one of the things I say often is the best teacher is an unconditional student. And part of what I mean by that is many people have asked me, "How do you view humility?" And each time I answered the question, it made me think organically, they keep asking me the question, which means that I'm really not defining what it is. I took some time and I thought about it and I thought about it more as something tangible, as opposed to just a simple characteristic. When somebody says, they're in love with you or somebody says they're angry with you, those are characteristics. Those are emotions and they come and go. But I thought if I'm going to be the advocate and the champion of making humility something that's so much in the forefront, I have to really own it and find a way to transmit it and translate it and express it.
I love this question now because what I've kind of modeled is instead of humility just being characteristic, I've turned it into a muscle. And I even term it the H muscle. I actually give it a tangible muscle that you can feel and sense. And no different than going to the gym, when you work out and you gain muscle and you feel better and your body exudes the value of what you're doing to work out, humility I look at it as a muscle and just like the exercise in the gym, I have a way of exercising humility every day of my life. And the more I exercise it, the more I own it, the more strength I have, and like I said, the more happiness I have just doing everything else I do.
Brian Webb:
I realize it would be common, it would be kind of a normal thing for me to have a guest on the show and then to say kind things because you're on the show, but I say this with all sincerity, the length of time that I've known you, it's you absolutely exudes humility. You definitely lead by example on this virtue and on this value and this topic. And so I just, I want to applaud you for that. You're known as the branding thought leader. Share with our audience where that comes from.
Marvin Epstein:
I think it again, comes from what I was a kid and I looked at the things I wanted to do to have more enjoyment in my life. And to do that, you have to make something exciting to somebody else. And the good news about being the branding thought leader is you 100% have to have somebody you are working with it, no matter what it is, even if I was the one that created something, you still have to have somebody else to be a part of it. And here's why. The typical brands, Kleenex, Xerox, things like that that have become household names and brands, if you just take that and say, "You have a choice, you can either create a product and you're going to compete against every other Xerox machine or every other tissue brand or you can create a brand that becomes a lifestyle." And once you create a brand that becomes a lifestyle, other people become your champions and the advocates.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, absolutely.
Marvin Epstein:
You're never going to have somebody say, "I bought Marvin's Xerox machine," but you'll say, "I bought a Xerox machine." And if I was the one that created the brand, I would benefit from it. But if somebody says, "Oh, I have a copy of the machine." If their question becomes, oh, is it a Xerox? They've incorporated that into the lifestyle of what that machine should be. From the standpoint of being a branding thought leader, I want everybody to be a brand unto themselves. And what I mean by that is when I introduce myself, I usually introduce myself as an activity. And what I mean by that when somebody says, the typical question is, "What do you do?" My response is, "I will tell you what I'm passionate about and that is through the power of humility and integrity, inspiring greatness and fellow entrepreneurs to make this world a better place."
That's my brand message. Now the question, what I do, you're going to look at my universe now. You know I work with fellow entrepreneurs. You know I work with a certain quality of fellow entrepreneurs, character-driven that is going to have integrity and passion. I want them to be honorable. I want them to understand the importance of how they have to be authentic in the world and they need to be passionate about what they're doing. They need to care about it. It needs to be exciting. Need to wake up in the morning and scream and yell and love what they're doing. And I want them to make the world a better place. Now, if somebody says, "Well, that doesn't tell me anything." My response would be is, "Well then, tell me, what's your brand? How do you present yourself?"
Brian Webb:
I saw just a short piece of an interview where I think it was John Acuff, I've read a couple of his books and he was hanging out with John Maxwell and I've certainly read many of John's books. And he asked John, John Acuff asks John Maxwell, "What gets you up in the morning? Is it discipline?" And I have not forgotten Maxwell's response, he says, "No, it's not discipline," he said, "it's anticipation." He said, "I know that today I might have an opportunity to have a huge impact in someone's life and just the anticipation of that," he says, "what gets me up in the morning. It's not discipline." I'm guessing you'd resonate with that, right?
Marvin Epstein:
Oh, absolutely. And the other thing I would say about being a branding thought leader and you, Brian Webb, defining your brand, when you define your brand, other people edify you. Because when I know about Brian, if I'm going to talk about Brian's company, you're now going to have an energetic competition with whoever I'm translating that message to. If I tell him what your company does, is a digital marketing company, a media company and all the success you've had and the multimillion-dollar clients that you've now signed up and executed and all your success all this time, their brain is, who else do I know that does this? Do I need this? They're going to go into the mechanical.
But if I say it a different way and say, "It's interesting, you talk about media and digital marketing. I have to tell you as much as I care about the actual success of that element the one thing that I'm really passionate about and I've realized the value of is the person behind the company and if you really want digital marketing to be authentic for you, I have a friend of mine. His name is Brian Webb. The guy is integrity plus, you will always get the truth from him. My recommendation is, if you want the truth if you want authenticity and you want a very efficient way and an effective way to make a decision, whether or not it's him or anybody else, you're going to have a great time. And I would tell you to carve out 15 minutes, but obviously, the decision is yours."
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Wow. Well one, thank you for your kind words. I know that you attribute much of your success to being a code cracker. Talk to us about that. I want to hear more about that.
Marvin Epstein:
I love that. And I think part of that has to do with what I call being a little bit of a lazy thinker. And what I mean by that is, is if somebody tells me something and the story is either convoluted or the mechanics don't make sense or I truly don't understand the industry they're talking about, I have a tendency to tune out. And some people that may have more discipline or more determination or whatever the positive element characteristic is to stay in the fight, so to speak, to learn what they're saying, I give them a lot of credit. But knowing where my strengths are and knowing where the things are that I need to improve on, I looked at things and said, "Okay, how do I make something a little more simple? And also something that's easy for me to create as a trigger?"
And that's why I call it a code cracker. And one of the examples I use is, and during the COVID world, this was much more prominent in the sense that everybody was doing everything virtually. To a certain extent, you couldn't sit in a meeting. There was no energy contact. It could have been eye contact in Zoom calls and whatever but there was no energy contact. What was important to me and it's been important to me for a long time, but I had to understand what it is that triggered my relationship energetically to people like yourself and other people that I care about and have tremendous respect for. And I just, I made some notes and I looked at kind of the universe of the people that I spend time with. And I said, "What do they have in common?"
And one of the things I can tell your audience is, I was in the restaurant industry for many years and I know that's not the subject, but there's a reason why I think it's important. In the restaurant industry at the end of every month, you do a physical inventory of your food and your liquor. And I thought about this at one point. And I thought about, and I made a list of the people that I spend time with. And you've heard the expression, your success is associated with the five people that you spend the most time with. I made this list and I looked at what do they have in common? And I looked at the common characteristic and one of them is I really care about these people and I respect them highly. And several people of them, I love.
And I thought if I change the script and say, "Instead of meeting the people, what if I made this the filter of why I want to spend time with these people?" And so in this code-cracker mode, I created what I call the LCR method, which is love, care, and respect.
Brian Webb:
Love it. Yeah.
Marvin Epstein:
If I spend time with someone, it's got to have it, I've got to check at least two out of the three boxes. And for sure, care and respect are probably the ones that are going to be the most common, because obviously love is kind of a different element, but it doesn't mean to say you can't love someone as you get to know them because of where their heart is and how their heart and your heart fit. But for sure, care and respect.
In this point in time where everybody has realized how much value time has when you can't go anyplace, I want to spend time with the people that I love, care and respect. And like I said, at least two out of those three. If I'm on a call with somebody or I'm on a virtual experience and somebody is sharing information, if I get the heebie-jeebies and it doesn't feel right and I don't feel they're being authentic, I feel they're selling, I feel they're pushing, I feel they're promoting. But that's okay if they can own that space.
Somebody says I'm an expert in digital marketing. Fantastic. I would love to know what is your key ingredient to being such an expert? How do you define yourself? And I'm going to go through the mechanical. If I feel I'm not being authentic, then care and respect just went out the window. Thank you very much for your time, John Smith. I appreciate it. It sounds like you've created your own success and I hope you're successful in the future. And I think at this point in time, we don't really have a way to fit and work together, but I want to be respectful of your time as well as mine. I think unless you have any other questions for me, I think we're finished.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Something you've taught me or you've shared with me is that some people are plan people, some people are journey people. Explain to our audience what your philosophy is on the journey.
We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor, Whatbox Digital. If you're like most business owners and leaders, you likely have several marketing problems. Your marketing is just a lot of guesswork, you don't know what is working and what isn't, you have no strategic plan to effectively and consistently deliver new customers, you hate dealing with lumpy cashflow and up and down sales cycles, you don't have a system for consistently generating new leads month after month, you have no idea how to convert website visitors into paying clients and you don't even know where to start. Well, great news. I can help with all of that. You need a seasoned and highly experienced chief marketing officer, but that comes at such a high price and that's why our fractional CMO program is just right for you.
For a fraction of the price of a truly experienced full-time chief marketing officer, I can partner with you and your team to make better marketing decisions while avoiding the expensive mistakes and costly pitfalls that stem from bad marketing. It truly breaks my heart to see businesses, large and small, waste budget dollars and squander growth opportunities because of bad marketing decisions. This is precisely why you need a trusted advisor and proven marketing strategies to help you grow your business and give you the peace of mind you've worked so hard for and that you certainly deserve.
Let's get started today but before we do, this is how the program works. Once we've engaged in a fractional CMO agreement, first we'll audit where you are currently in all of your marketing efforts. I'll run some diagnostics and assessments of where you are currently and where you need and want to go. I'll walk you through our proven discovery process, do some necessary research so I can present some data-driven strategies for establishing and launching your new marketing plan. My hope is that you would stop feeling uncertain and frustrated about how marketing can and should be helping you to grow your business. I think you've worked too hard for too long to not be enjoying the peace of mind that comes from knowing you're doing marketing right. To get started today, just visit our website, www.whatboxdigital.com or just text the letters CMO to (832) 324-2432 and we'll get the discussion moving forward. Again, visit whatboxdigital.com or just text CMO to (832) 324-2432. Don't waste another dollar on failed marketing systems that are doing nothing to grow your business. Let's get started today.
Something you've taught me or you've shared with me is that some people are plan people, some people are journey people. Explain to our audience what your philosophy is on the journey.
Marvin Epstein:
The audience is sensing a theme here where when you're young and impressionable, and I'm sure your audience who's very sophisticated and successful in their own right if they haven't done the exercise, I'm sure many have, but if they haven't and you play the game of go back to when you were a child, what did you think about? What were you passionate about? What did you care about? But the question is when you answer that question, how creative were you of finding how to execute that? And that comes back to the journey because you can plan something and you can design it and you can put it on paper but you need something to spark you picking up the paper and the pen or the PowerPoint presentation or whatever it is to get started.
And to me, before the plan, there has to be a journey. Again, hearkening back to my childhood, there was a girl in my class and I was 11 years old and I had a paper route and so every day, in the afternoon, there was no way that I could spend any time with her. The journey became, how do I get to spend time with this person? That's my goal. There's no plan here. I just have to know that's what I want to do. And now energetically I'm going to figure it out. One of my friends comes to me and tells me how he wanted to buy something, but he couldn't afford it and already it triggered me. I'm like, wait a minute. This somebody that wants money, this is somebody that could be an access point. Hey, I got an idea, Danny, how'd you like to do my paper out a couple of days a week, and at the end of the month, I'll share the proceeds with you.
That was the journey at a young age and every journey that I've taken, that I've really created what I would say measurable success has always been a journey. When I was in the video production world and I created a closed-circuit television network for NASCAR if somebody would've said, "Hey, Marvin, can you go head to head and create a proposal?" For at that time the head of CBS Sports, Neal Pilson. And he had a company that did exactly what we did and the only way that I was going to be successful is energetically because I can't compete with his success. The guy was a president of a major sports organization and he had endless resources and endless access and he knew these guys for years. But it was a business relationship. I had to create an energy. I had to create an access point and without going into all the details, that was the journey because I was now passionate about it.
Brian, and when we talk about the journey, it's funny when I did a talk at Pepperdine and then a good friend of mine, Dan Fleischmann, who has done tremendous things in his career and continues to, he's somebody that actually referred me to the person at Harvard, where he actually spoke the year before. And this person who was running the organization interviewed me, decided that I would be a good speaker. And the next question I asked is, "Do you need any other speakers?" And Dolly is her name. Dolly said, "Oh, well yeah, that's great. Do you have any ideas?" And one of the people I recommended was one of my good friends, also another fellow Karma member, Shervin Roohparvar, who a lot of your audience may know. He's actually a celebrity, is one of the stars of Sunset but he's a good friend and when I told them about the opportunity, he then followed up, they approved him, he got to speak.
And then what happened was I told him, I said, "It's Mother's Day weekend. I'm going to bring my mom." And we ended up talking 10 minutes later, he calls me back and tells me he's bringing his mom too. It's the value of now the experience, like I said, it's about me sharing my experience for more than me to win. And everybody uses the expression they've been blessed, but I use the word very, very specifically when I say I've been blessed because these things have to come to me, I can't find them.
And another good example is, one of our other fellow Karma members is Kathi Sharpe. Kathi wrote a book called Reinvent Your Life. She rolled it out right before COVID. Now fortunately Kathy has a PR and marketing company and so for her, she had a lot more tools to do this, even in lockdown, but we've known each other for many years. She created a show called the Reinvention Exchange, that's weekly show. And all I wanted to do was support her so I came on the show as a guest and I listened and fortunately, I got to ask a few questions. One of her guests really liked my questions and Kathi blurted out, "Marvin, you'd be a great cohost." And as soon as she said that, I said, "I'm in, let's do this." All of a sudden, now I'm a monthly cohost on her show. And she's had some fabulous entrepreneurs and people that I care about also.
Another one of my good friends and fellow Karma member, I think you can see kind of the theme of where a Karma member comes from, is a gentleman named Rob Angel. And you may not know his name, but you definitely know the game he invented, it's called Pictionary.
Brian Webb:
Wow. Goodness, grace.
Marvin Epstein:
And here's a guy that obviously was tremendously successful. Oh and by the way, he also just now finished a book called Game Changer. I recommend that as a great read also. And the story with him is he was introduced through a mutual friend. We were talking about some of the things I was doing in the hospitality space and he became one of my investors. Now here's the best part of the story. Unfortunately, the investment did not get capitalized, but because I focused on building the relationship and it wasn't transactional, he and I have a relationship until this day, even to the point that we just saw each other a couple of weeks ago.
Brian Webb:
I've read Donald Miller's book, Building a StoryBrand, multiple times, and not only have I read it, I've studied it. I've journaled it. We've actually, we teach clients that framework, not for the sake of teaching it as that's the thing that we sell. But when you're writing copy, when you're doing marketing, there's a right way to connect with your audience. And one of the principles, the guiding principles if you will, that Don teaches. And this is based off of like old, old, old successful storytelling. But the one thing that he teaches is that your customer, your audience, your colleagues want to be the hero and so what he advocates is that it's our role to be the guide. Don't be the hero. Don't you be the hero? You be the guide, we are the guide, and let our audience be the hero. And that just seems like that really using different words, reinforces and amplifies what you've been sharing with us today. Talk to us about relationships not being transactional. I want you to share that with the audience today.
Marvin Epstein:
I think that's a lesson that I continue to learn every day. I would say the larger the transaction, the more important the relationship, but even what anybody qualifies as larger or smaller, I would say the relationship is important to me, even so much that if I go to Walgreens and get something and I see the person's name badge, I just say, "Thank you, Josephine. Thank you, Javier. Thank you, Stephanie."
Brian Webb:
I'm the same.
Marvin Epstein:
Because I see their name.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Yeah. I'm the same.
Marvin Epstein:
Because sure, I bought what I bought. It wasn't changing the price. It wasn't doing anything other than making another connection. And I have no idea where that connection will go. But I tell this story in my book about a story about a parking attendant and without going into that chapter, but it talks about the fact that when you use the word in air quotes, parking attendant, I don't know how many people in your audience are thinking, how important can a parking attendant be? Well, when you get to that chapter, you'll see what I'm saying. But you find out that two things happen when you're relationship-driven. One is you like yourself more.
Brian Webb:
Oh yeah.
Marvin Epstein:
Because you care about everything you're doing because you're building a relationship. And two, human nature allows you to find solutions creatively and rewards organically that would not happen. And so to use something that's not in my book because not everybody has read it, I'm sure, but I know in real life, if you go into a store and you thank the person at Walgreens for helping you, let's say you come in the store and you're rushed and you got to find something right away because either the Uber is waiting outside or you got to get to an amazing event and you forgot to get somebody a card and you need help really quick or you have a present that you need.
And look, Walgreens is a big store. There's a lot of aisles, but you know exactly what you need and it's something very specific. All of a sudden you see Stephanie or Javier or whoever it is, that you recognize. And it's like, "Oh Javier, can you do me a favor? I know you're right in the middle of this, it's really important to me if you can help me." The odds of them helping you now are going to be much greater than, "Excuse me, I see you work here. Can you help me with something?"
Brian Webb:
100%.
Marvin Epstein:
What have you done? You've literally owned a relationship that has given you a value that all you did was build value organically. You didn't have to do anything other than communicate. And by that communication, you've now received a reward that you never knew you needed. But the good news is you had that. That was in your little bag of arrows. It was one of the arrows that you could shoot because you literally built a relationship. And if somebody who says, "Well, I thought about the storekeeper, but what about the manager?" Do you really need to have the manager help you? Or do you just need somebody that cares enough to help you to get it done? Because if you want to stop and ask the storekeeper to get you the manager, your Uber may leave or you may miss your appointment. Because you've created that relationship.
Now the inverse is I go to the store all the time, I buy something all the time. It's all transactional. I don't need to talk to people. I can say, "Thank you," I could be cordial, but why would I want to call them by name? Why do I need to say anything more? I'm a busy person. I have a lot to do. It's all transactional. And the bigger the transaction, and here's what I want your audience to get as the takeaway, the bigger the transaction, the more human nature will do things organically. And what I mean by that is the bigger the transaction, the more you're going to focus on who you want to benefit from it. And the more you focus on who you want to benefit from it, it's usually going to be people you have a relationship with.
Even if you're about getting the guy at Goldman Sachs to buy you a stock or getting your real estate broker to buy you a house or going to the car dealership to buy you a car, if it's only transactional, if what you wanted to accomplish wasn't accomplished, you have to do two things. One, you have to find another person to service to you. And two, you have to either decide for yourself or they've decided on the other side whether or not you guys are going to communicate anymore. And the hardest thing in anybody's industry and I love the fact that your podcast is called Learn and Earn is what is the hardest thing in any industry? It's customer acquisition.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, absolutely.
Marvin Epstein:
Literally, why would you want to start at the starting line every single time? If you build the relationship, you're always going to start a little ahead of the transaction.
Brian Webb:
I've been told, it's been my experience actually that 10 years from now, 15 years from now, 20 years from now, from the time someone's had their last interaction with you, they'll forget a lot of what you did or didn't do. They'll forget what you said or didn't say, but they'll never, ever, ever forget how you made them feel. And so when you're talking about this virtue, this muscle of humility, just being authentic with people, treating everyone as though they're all on the same plane, whether they can put a million dollars in your pocket or do nothing for you at all, just showing up with authenticity, showing up and just giving people the respect that they so want and desire. And just, I think it's an amazing principle and I appreciate you sharing that with us today. Ladies and gentlemen, he is Marvin Epstein. Marvin one, we're going to absolutely put the link to your Ted Talk.
Marvin Epstein:
Oh, thanks.
Brian Webb:
Oh, absolutely we'll get that in the show notes because I want everyone to go see it. And if you haven't already people, go get his book, Humility Branding. I know you can at least get that on Amazon and is that also in bookstores, Marvin?
Marvin Epstein:
We're working on it. There's a guy named Brian Webb that I'm now in collaboration with.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, that's true.
Marvin Epstein:
Tune in soon.
Brian Webb:
Tune in, tune in. And by the way, audiobook, I've already been talking to you, we've got to get Marvin to do the audiobook. But for those that want to engage with you, follow you, connect with you, interact with your business, tell the world, tell our audience how they can best get in touch with you, follow with you and learn more about how you can help them.
Marvin Epstein:
Yeah, fantastic. And by the way, I love your quote, that's actually a quote from Maya Angelou, so it's beautiful because the absolute expression is they'll always remember how you made them feel. It's so perfect. It's the energy and a great way to summarize our podcast overall. Thank you for sharing that. That was beautiful.
The easiest way is they can go to marv360.com, M-A-R-V-3-6-0.com, which is my contact page. They'll see my bio, they'll see the other businesses that I'm involved in and business interest and some of the other things I'm doing socially, philanthropically, all of the above. And they can also go to my website, marvinepstein.com and that'll give them obviously a higher-level understanding, a little more information than just a thumbnail or a one-pager. And either way, I look forward to connecting to your audience. I truly enjoy being of service.
Brian Webb:
Oh, I know.
Marvin Epstein:
That is emotional gratification to me. If anybody in your audience is thinking, and I think I'm talking to contemporaries so I don't think any of them are too shy to reach out to anybody. But if for some reason, somebody is thinking in their head, I'm not sure what I want to stay or why I want to talk to this person. If any of your audience has anything that they want to share with me, any questions, just some thoughts of anything we've talked about, please, I highly, highly not only encourage them, but I look forward to it because obviously, I value the relationship that Brian, that you and I have created and that's the connection to your audience. And I know the wonderful connection that we've made so I can't wait to meet some of your audience.
Brian Webb:
And audience, I can absolutely vouch for the authenticity of what Marvin just said. Definitely connect with him, reach out to him. Marvin, thanks for being on the show today. I definitely want to have you back in the future so I'm going to stake that claim right now and thank you for the positive impact that you've already had on my life and for the positive impact that you're making in the world. Thanks.
Marvin Epstein:
Brian, thanks so much. And is it okay if I give your audience a free gift?
Brian Webb:
You absolutely can.
Marvin Epstein:
Okay. The one thing I would say is that when they go to marv360.com, they'll see you button there and it says, "Learn and Earn, Brian Webb podcast free gift." And the free gift is 10 Essential Tips to Maximize Your Investor Relationship.
Brian Webb:
Very good. Wow. Okay, thanks. Thanks. Thanks. Thanks. That's awesome. So again.
Marvin Epstein:
I always liked to come somewhat with something in my hand.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, no, no, no. Well, you're giving something away from your hand is what you're doing. Again, thanks for being here today, Marvin.
Marvin Epstein:
Thanks so much, Brian. I appreciate it. Enjoy, enjoy. And everybody remember, the most important thing is humility is the greatest quality and leadership. It gives you fame, power, knowledge, emotional gratification, and unconditional happiness.
Brian Webb:
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of The Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode and if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at, @brianwebb and the show sponsor, Whatbox Digital can be found at, as you might guess, @whatboxdigital. You can also find me and Whatbox digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities and you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of The Learn More Earn More Business Growth podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you.
Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH MARVIN EPSTEIN
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Marvin Epstein Website
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Do Marketing Better Segment
Host: Brian Webb
Ep. 18 - Hack: How To 3X Your Opt-In Conversions
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey there, and welcome to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast, sponsored by Whatbox Digital. I'm your host, Brian Webb, and this is where I bring you short snackable episodes with tips and tricks to level up your marketing and help you grow your business smarter and faster. So let's jump into today's show.
In today's show, I'm going to teach you how to 3X your opt-in conversions on your website and landing pages, and this might be one of the shortest most snackable episodes I've done. So here is the trick. Experienced marketers know that whenever you want someone to opt-in, so if you have a lead magnet, if you have an exit pop or an exit pop-up on your website that invites people to give you their information in exchange for something of value. So this is how you generate leads. So whether you have a landing page set up for your funnel, a sales funnel, or whether it's just your website and you've got a variety of lead magnets that invite people into your story, invite your users, your prospects into a customer journey where you can nurture them over time, an experienced marketer knows that the more fields of information that you request, the lower your conversion rate's going to be.
So while, of course, you want as much information as possible, you want the first name, we typically like the first name and last name in two separate fields so that we can use that in email marketing later. We want their cell phone number if we can get it. We want their email address. We might want the website address for their business, the name of their business. It's tempting to collect as much information as possible. However, if you want to 3X, 5X, 10X improve your opt-in rate, your conversion rate on your landing pages, and your website, here's what you need to do. Take it down to one field on the first phase of someone opting in.
So in other words, if you want to collect three, four, five pieces of data or information about your prospect on the landing page or on the given page where you're asking someone to opt-in, only include one field, the email address. And then if you want more information beyond that, allow them to submit it on a second page that they are redirected to once they've provided their email address. So now you've increased your opt-in rate, your conversion rate, and you're going to find that once someone has submitted their email address, one, worst-case scenario, you have an email address, so you can now nurture them over time with an email campaign, but a lot of your people, a large percentage of your audience, if they've taken the time to give you their email address and then they're redirected to another page where you might ask for two, or three, or four more pieces of information, a lot of your users are going to go ahead and take the time to fill it out because they feel vested in the process.
They've already given you their email address. Had you had asked all those questions on page one, I guarantee you that a large percentage of your audience would not have even filled out the form to begin with, which means you lost the lead, your conversion rates are suffering. But once someone has taken the time to give you their email address, again, worst-case scenario, you can still nurture them. Best case scenario, once you've then redirected them to another page where you ask for a few more data points, a large percentage of your audience is going to feel vested and committed, and they'll just go ahead and give it to you. So who you would have lost had you put all those questions on the first page you might now gain because you're only asking for what seems to be a very insignificant piece of information, their email address upfront. And then, as a follow-up, you redirect to another page where you can ask for a few more data points.
I promise you, if you start leveraging this simple tactic, it's a refinement to what you're already doing, I guarantee you that you're going to three, five, 10X your conversion rates, and you're going to get more and more leads over time. I hope you found this helpful. And, by the way, need help with this? Just reach out to us at Whatbox Digital. Visit our website, whatboxdigital.com, and let us know how we can help you.
Thanks for listening to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. This podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, and we're here to coach business owners and leaders just like you to make better marketing decisions, have fewer regrets, and avoid the expensive, very expensive, pitfalls and costly mistakes of bad marketing that just doesn't work. To learn more about how we can help you improve your marketing and grow your business smarter and faster, just check out whatboxdigital.com, or better yet, just text the word help to 832-324-2432 and we'll chat about your business growth needs. And if you haven't already done so, please subscribe to the podcast so you never miss another episode. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guest: David Graham
Episode 17: The Explosive Growth Journey of Karbach Brewing That Started With A Few Good Men
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Karbach Brewing
Houston Astros
Crawford Bock
Karbach Brewing - Facebook | Instagram | Twitter
William VanderBloemen - Culture Wins
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey there everyone, welcome to the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue faster. Whether you're an aspiring entrepreneur or a thriving business owner, this podcast is designed and produced just for you so you can learn from the best industry experts in the world. I'll bring you exclusive interviews with authors, thought leaders, and successful business titans who share their stories and business journeys so we can draw insights and learn from their successes and struggles together. As you're working on growing your business and pursuing your dreams, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way, and we'll have some fun in the process. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
I'm really excited to have my guest today, David Graham, who has been with a company called Karbach Brewing since they began, 2011. Karbach was actually a client of mine for many, many years. They've had explosive growth, to put it mildly. Literally, when I started working with them, it was a few good men. That's actually what we put that in the title today because it's relevant. I remember when I first met with them, it was literally a few guys around a cardboard table. And wow, has that changed. Talk about an American entrepreneurial success story. Wow.
When David began with Karbach, he started as a Marketing and Promotions Coordinator, he ultimately transitioned to the Director of Marketing. And David's role is he basically focuses on managing all the overall implementation of all marketing efforts for Karbach company-wide. So from monthly beer events at the brewery to beer collaborations, such as Crawford Bock with the Houston Astros Foundation, David has been really instrumental and overseeing the growth of Karbach's consumer base, both locally and nationally. And remember founded in 2011, 10 years later, over 150 employees, multiple markets around the nation, and acquired by Anheuser-Busch, Karbach has truly become an iconic brand, and I'm proud to share some of their story with you today. What an amazing, amazing story.
So let's jump into my interview today with David Graham. David, it's awesome to have you here on the podcast today. You know, I've known you for, I guess, 10 years when I went back and do the math, easy math. It's good to have you here today.
David Graham:
Hey Brian, thank you so much for having me. I'm looking forward to talking all things beer and Karbach.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. You know, I've already told the audience of what it was like. I still remember meeting you, I'm guessing one or two, two or three other people, your brewer was there, but I introduced you as the company that started with a card table and a few good men. But tell us how Karbach got started. Let's start by sharing that with the audience today.
David Graham:
Yeah, absolutely. Yes, you're indeed right. When you met with us, we were all sitting around a cardboard table in our office building, just me and our brewmaster, Eric, and then David Greenwood, one of our founders. But yeah, so we started selling beer September 1st, 2011.
Brian Webb:
It's crazy.
David Graham:
So coming up on 10 years right now. But the interesting thing about Karbach is as our history is really unlike most craft breweries out there. And what I mean by that is breweries that were getting started around that time generally were homebrewers, kind of taking it to the pro level and our history actually started way, way further back than 2011 with our founders, Chuck Robertson and Ken Goodman. Chuck and Ken started their beer journey and [crosstalk 00:03:37].
Brian Webb:
Wow, I didn't know that.
David Graham:
Yeah, they started in 1982 in College Station, Texas, when they opened up a beer distribution company out there. When they originally opened their doors, they had three brands, Mickey's, Old English, and Pearl. So not always the most robust craft beer portfolio, but again, 1982, College Station, very different time [inaudible 00:04:00] beer. However, kind of what brought them to the path of opening Karbach was as they expanded, they got really into bringing import beers and craft beers in the state of Texas when no one else was. And they fell in love with these full-flavored beers, unlike the kind of standard American light beer that had predominantly been available at the time.
And so through their journey, they started traveling to all these breweries who they were interested in bringing into Texas, and that's where they fell in love with the idea of starting a brewery of their own. They would travel to these breweries, they'd see the employees there and the passion that they had, and really the sense of comradery that was fostered is what attracted them the most. When the five o'clock whistle blew, people didn't just make a beeline for the [inaudible 00:04:45] They would hang out with one another, they would have beers and really form that kind of family dynamic.
So what's interesting about Chuck and Ken though, is even though they wanted to start this brewery, the Texas laws did not allow it, because they already had a distribution company. So they actually had to sell their distribution company in 2008 to be able to start this brewery today. And then at the same time, they sold that company and they invested that in Karbach. So Chuck and Ken knew a lot about the business side of the brewing but didn't really know much about the brewing itself. So they found [inaudible 00:05:21] by the name of Eric Warner, who joined us as our founding brewmaster, who had studied at the Technical University of Munich at Weihenstephan. Weihenstephan being the oldest, continuously operated brewery in the world.
And it's there that he learned how to brew beer. He got his diploma as a brewmeister. If I had known that degree path was a possibility, perhaps my life would have turned out different too.
Brian Webb:
No doubt.
David Graham:
But yeah, he learned all the training, hundreds of years of German brewing techniques, moved back to his hometown of Denver, Colorado in the nineties, started a brewery called Tabernash, and then later was brewmaster and CEO of Flying Dog. So Ken and Chuck, again, put together what I like to call a dream team when most people were going from garage brewing to trying to take it to the next level, they were already pretty seasoned industry vets at that point, coming together to start this brewery in Houston.
Brian Webb:
One of the things, just by knowing you and having the privilege of, one, working with you guys for several years, but two, just watching you from the outside as someone who has consumed your products, but I know that culture is really, really important. I know that you've really been instrumental in helping to shape that, but share with our audience about the culture, the ethos, that is Karbach.
David Graham:
Yeah, so it's been very important for us as a company that grew very quickly, you know, that can be a hard thing to hang on to. We went from, our original three-year plan was to do 3,000 barrels, 6,000 barrels, 9,000 barrels production year one, two, and three. Year one, we did 8,100, year two 19,000, then up to 33,000 year three. So, a steep climb, heavy growth, and bringing on a lot of employees. Back in the day when we started, it was seven of us, and then up to today, we're right about 200 employees.
Brian Webb:
Wow.
David Graham:
So hanging onto that culture is something that takes a lot of effort and hard work to make sure that you're keeping that. But again, Chuck and Ken really wanted to get into the brewing side because of the passion that they saw and the comradery and teamwork and family dynamic that they saw when they would travel to these breweries.
So for us, it's about working together. It's about working really, really hard, but it is about also having that relationship with each other, that's probably a little deeper than most jobs you might have. We want to hang out with each other after we get off work, we want to have lunch with each other, even on the weekends. So that's something that we're continuously trying to foster within our doors, but also kind of a message that we want to send outward too. You know, we think great craft beer should be for everyone, and we mean everyone.
When craft beer started to really take off, it got this sort of snobbery and this sort of clique-ish mentality where it's like you had to know the right buzzwords to be part of the cool club and be involved. I'll give you an example of what I'm talking about. It was right around the time that we were opening the doors at Karbach, I was sitting at a bar, a craft beer bar, and a guy walks in and he orders, he says, "I'll take six Bud Lights." And the bartender says, "We don't carry Bud Light here." He goes, "Okay, I'll take six Doseki's.". "Sorry, we don't carry that here." "Okay, I'll take six Guinness." "We don't have Guinness here, but we do have Avery Uncle Jacob Stout."
So let me recap this story. Bud Light and Doseki, both lighter lagers, about 4.2% alcohol, and then Guinness, even though it's dark in color, only 4% alcohol and actually really smooth, easy to drink. And he actually sells this guy six of these Uncle Jacob Stouts, which are 14.5% ABV, so about three to four times the strength of a Bud Light and barrel-aged in bourbon barrels, so super intense flavors. So this guy walks this tray out to his table who's outside, and the bartender starts laughing his ass off because that guy wanted something easy to drink and he just sold him something super, super complicated. And do you think that guy came back in for another round for him and his friends? No.
And, so instead of taking an opportunity to teach the guy about craft beer and how wonderful it can be, he kind of took that opportunity to embarrass that guy. Meanwhile, right behind him on the tap wall was a beer called Fireman's #4, still in production today, out of [inaudible 00:09:40] He could have said, "Hey, we don't have Bud Light, we don't have Doseki's, but if you're looking for that flavor profile, we've got this great local beer here, let me tell you about it.
And so instead of sharing his passion for craft beer with this guy, he turned him off, and that is everything we want to be the opposite of at Karbach. If you come into our facility or we meet you out at a bar, we definitely want to educate you about our products. But if you're looking for a light beer, we're going to recommend a light beer for you. If you want to advance on to Imperial IPA's, great, we're going to join you for that journey. But we think everyone should be welcomed into the club of craft beer.
Brian Webb:
We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor, Whatbox Digital.
If you're like most business owners and leaders, you likely have several marketing problems. Your marketing is just a lot of guesswork, you don't know what is working and what isn't, you have no strategic plan to effectively and consistently deliver new customers, you hate dealing with lumpy cashflow and up and down sales cycles, you don't have a system for consistently generating new leads month after month, you have no idea how to convert website visitors into paying clients, and you don't even know where to start. Well, great news. I can help with all of that. You need a seasoned and highly experienced chief marketing officer, but that comes at such a high price. And that's why our fractional CMO program is just right for you.
For a fraction of the price of a truly experienced full-time chief marketing officer, I can partner with you and your team to make better marketing decisions while avoiding the expensive mistakes and costly pitfalls that stem from bad marketing. It truly breaks my heart to see businesses large and small waste budget dollars and squander growth opportunities because of bad marketing decisions. This is precisely why you need a trusted advisor and proven marketing strategies to help you grow your business and give you the peace of mind you've worked so hard for and that you certainly deserve.
Let's get started today, but before we do, this is how the program works. Once we've engaged in a fractional CMO agreement, first we'll audit where you are currently in all of your marketing efforts. I'll run some diagnostics and assessments of where you are currently and where you need and want to go. I'll walk you through our proven discovery process, do some necessary research so I can present some data-driven strategies for establishing and launching your new marketing plan. You know, my hope is that you would stop feeling uncertain and frustrated about how marketing can and should be helping you to grow your business. I think you've worked too hard for too long to not be enjoying the peace of mind that comes from knowing you're doing marketing right.
To get started today, just visit our website, www.whatboxdigital.com, or just text the letters CMO to 8 3 2 3 2 4 2 4 3 2, and we'll get the discussion moving forward. Again, visit whatboxdigital.com, or just text CMO to 8 3 2 3 2 4 2 4 3 2. Don't waste another dollar on failed marketing systems that are doing nothing to grow your business. Let's get started today.
You know, a colleague, I wouldn't say a close friend, but a colleague of mine, William Vanderbloemen, actually wrote a book called Culture Wins, read it many years ago. Really good book, and another good friend of mine, Dr. Ike Reighard, was over the culture for a really large mortgage company up in Atlanta. And he oversaw literally their culture, and that brand won like, that mortgage company, won like top best place to work, three or four years in a row. So I know how important culture is and how difficult, especially as fast as you've grown, so tremendously quickly, to maintain. So it sounds like community and meeting people where they are, are two of your kind of like pillars of your culture.
What would be one more pillar of the value that's really important, that you really try to install to everyone that's on the team there at Karbach?
David Graham:
Well, I would say, you know, achievement. I mean, we are proud to be great craft brewers, and we want to excel and we want to be a big player in the market. So we want a community atmosphere, we want to be inviting for everyone, we want the sense of family, but we also really value hard work. And we want to applaud those people on our team who are busting their ass and getting things done and making sure to do so on a really high level of quality. I think one of the biggest detriments to the craft beer industry is potential quality issues. The entries to barrier this industry have lessened over the years, and I think that's a great thing. But the training and the lab processes and the brilliant processes, that education, I don't think has grown as quickly as some of the amount of breweries opening.
So I think achievement and recognition of strict quality standards is something that we really want to instill in our family. And of course, you know, with growing culture, with growing people, there's always going to be missteps, and there's times you stub your toe, but for us, just making sure that that commitment to culture is at the forefront of our brains every day when we wake up, that's how we drive it forward.
Brian Webb:
So, 10 years, you've been there since the very, very beginning. That's a lot of growth. You talked about even some missteps along the way, which of course, every company, every human being on the planet has, but what's something that you would say is something that you're the most proud of in terms of achievements or accomplishments since you've been there to launch Karbach brewing?
David Graham:
Absolutely. So, there's so many different things throughout the years that I'm very proud of. For me personally, one of my biggest proud moments is the development of our collaboration with the Houston Astros.
Brian Webb:
Yes, yes.
David Graham:
Yeah, so we've been partners with the Astros since 2015, back in the days when they were losing more games than they were winning, 2013, I think actually. And then in 2018, we started to talk to them about, "Hey, let's do something together that's really cool, that's not really being done out there." It was after their world series championship, so Fandom was at an all-time high and, you know, Astros fans wanted more ways to enjoy the Astros. And so we pitched them this idea of doing this collaboration beer, and for me, a lifelong Astros fan and Houston native, I mean the amount of geeking out that I did of being able to work with the organization to develop this beer was off the charts.
But the really cool thing, and you mentioned community, and it's a big pillar of ours is, you know, we didn't just want to make this beer for the Astros', which we knew would sell really well, but we wanted to give back too. So a really big feather in our cap is that at beer, to date, we've raised nearly $300,000 for the Astros Foundation.
Brian Webb:
Wow.
David Graham:
Their charitable arm that does everything from building youth baseball fields to now even vaccine distribution. So, it's been awesome to be able to create this beer, but also give back at the same time.
Brian Webb:
That's amazing, that's amazing. I love to hear that about your story and I appreciate you sharing that with me today and the audience of course.
Everyone has an answer to this next question, but I bet you might have a unique perspective being that this is the center of your wheelhouse. What is it about beer that brings people together?
David Graham:
Yeah, the thing that brings people together through beer that is unlike anything else, it's just that beer is for everyone, it is approachable. Even craft beer, which, you know, I mentioned, I think we sometimes tow the line or did for a while on getting too clique-ish, it's something that everybody can kind of understand. And unlike wine, which is intentionally kind of marketed more as high brow, and spirits can be sometimes a little bit intimidating, beer is something that's historically always been for everyone and bring people together. The pub is short for public house, and what that really was, was a place not just for people to go drink, but for families to come together, for everybody to have a meeting place, to make connections.
And so that's what I think is so cool about the history of beer and the opportunity that we have as a business to fuel that in people.
Brian Webb:
Wow, I did not know that. I did not know that pub was an abbreviation for public house. That's interesting.
David Graham:
Yeah, and if go through the history books, I mean, there's just so many instances where beer was just such a major factor in bringing people together. I mean, even the revolution in the United States was fueled through, that's how they got people to meetings to talk about it, was to offer free beer, for folks to come listen to what the plan was. So, it's a great beverage. It was the beverage of temperance at the time. So instead of spirits where people were drinking too much of, beer is relatively low alcohol comparatively. So it was something where people could kind of calm the nerves, but also keep their wits about them. And that brought them together.
Brian Webb:
So, probably the number one challenge, you know, obviously I'm a marketer and so the people that I work with, the businesses that I engage with, or that engage with me, growing is probably their biggest challenge. And yet for you, that has not been your biggest challenge as far as like, in other words, knowing how to do it. What would you say are some of the biggest challenges that Karbach has faced over the past 10 years?
David Graham:
Yeah, our challenge has been actually keeping up with capacity, especially in those first five years, coming on 10 years now. About a year ago is the first time that I can remember that we weren't actively doing a construction project here at the brewery to add capacity. So that was tough and making sure that we didn't over-commit ourselves. The last thing that we wanted to do was spread our distribution further than we could handle. And so we always wanted to grow in a methodical way to make sure that we were always taking care of those who have been with us since the beginning.
So that's been a major pinch point over the years. It is getting better, but it still continues to be something that, how do you grow effectively and how do you maintain that supply and demand factor. And then for us now, it's increasing our brand awareness. You know, we're in the fourth largest city or-
Brian Webb:
Yeah, Houston.
David Graham:
Third, or maybe we're third already in the United States, in Houston. And so even though Karbach is really well-established in Houston, there's still a ton of Houstonians that have never heard of Karbach before. So it's always -
Brian Webb:
I can't even imagine that. Everywhere I go, you guys are there. As much as I see the Astros, the Texans, Karbach seems to be everywhere. That's amazing that you share that with me.
David Graham:
It is, I know, I kind of take that for granted sometimes too, but that's also how much run room and opportunity there is too. So we look at it as actually, not a negative, it's just a positive. If we can increase this brand awareness of Karbach, continue to tell our story, God, there's ample opportunity just in the city of Houston alone to keep growing our business.
Brian Webb:
Wow, wow. Let me ask you this. So again, you've been there since the beginning, let's rewind tape. Let's just say, what would you go back and do differently? Looking back, what would you go back and do differently, knowing what you know today, in the beginning?
David Graham:
That's a great question, and I don't know that I would necessarily change anything or pinpoint a certain thing that would definitely change. I think for me, I wish I had just taken in every moment a little bit more, captured every moment a little bit more because it was such a rush in the early days that you were just flying by the seat of your pants, and didn't really take a chance to stop and look around about what you were creating.
So we're doing a lot of reflecting right now, looking back at old photos and stuff, since we are coming up on 10 years. And yeah, I guess I just wished that I would've stopped to smell the roses a little bit more.
Brian Webb:
Well said, well said. That's a lesson for all of us. So, one, thanks for being here. Thanks for sharing the Karbach story. I'm proud to know you and to have been a little piece of that story in the early days. For our audience who wants to learn more about your products and the brand, where's the best place for us to send them?
David Graham:
Yeah, so if you ever want to learn anything about Karbach, Karbachbrewing.com is the place to find that information. But if you really want to take the journey with us and be a part of Karbach, I definitely recommend following us on social channels, which is at Karbach Brewing. That's where we really connect to consumers and really share that experience.
Brian Webb:
And that's Instagram, Facebook, and LinkedIn, I think you said?
David Graham:
And Twitter as well, yep.
Brian Webb:
And Twitter. And by the way, for our listening audience, that's K-A-R-B-A-C-H Brewing. So, well, thanks for being here, David, thanks for sharing your story. I mean, it shocks me that someone hasn't heard of you, because everyone that I know, I would label you guys, I already have as a kind of a really iconic brand and how you guys have exploded. So, I have no doubt that your story can help to inspire others. And thanks for being here today.
David Graham:
Thanks so much for having me, Brian, it's always fun to reflect on that history and to talk about the brand. And next time you're in the area, let's raise a pint.
Brian Webb:
You know, this episode is airing today, July 5th, 2021, the day after we Americans celebrated the anniversary of our nation's independence. We, the people of the United States in order to form a more perfect union, establish justice, ensure domestic tranquility, provide for the common defense, promote the general welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our posterity, do ordain and establish this constitution for the United States of America. We all know this is the preamble to the constitution of the United States, but wow, what an idea. The blessings of Liberty, how easy it is for us as Americans to take these blessings, these blessings of Liberty for granted.
Millions of people around the world live under the tyranny of dictators and governments and countless people every single year risk their lives and the lives of their families to come to this place we call America. How blessed and fortunate we are to live in such an amazing country. And, you know, I'm truly, truly, truly proud to be an American, but not in the elitist we're better than anyone else around the world kind of way. Ernest Hemingway once said, "There is nothing noble in being superior to your fellow man, true nobility is being superior to your former self."
In my view, I'm better than nobody. I've met some of the most iconic, brilliant, talented, generous, and kindhearted people from so many places around the globe, France, Africa, China, Israel, Australia, India, countless people that I am proud to call my friends and that have made an indelible and positive impact on my life. So to me, this July 4th holiday is not about who we're better than, but we're arguably perhaps amongst the most fortunate to live in this country where we experience the blessings of Liberty of which, by the way, has cost countless men and women, their lives to protect these blessings of Liberty that you and I get to live with and experience every single day.
So I hope you had an amazing July 4th holiday and celebration with your family and friends. I just thought it was a timely opportunity to share some personal thoughts. To all you veterans who have served, and all those who are still serving this amazing country, and certainly to those who paid the ultimate sacrifice with your lives to protect these blessings of Liberty, I think I can speak for every American when I say that we salute you, honor you from the bottom of our hearts. We thank you. Happy Independence Day, everyone.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH DAVID GRAHAM AND KARBACH BREWING
Karbach Brewing - Facebook | Instagram | Twitter
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Do Marketing Better Segment
Host: Brian Webb
Ep. 16 - Connect Better With Your Prospects On LinkedIn - Introducing Cover Stories
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey, welcome to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast, sponsored by Whatbox Digital. I'm your host, Brian Webb and this is where I bring you short, snackable, bite-sized tips and tricks to level up your marketing and help you grow your business faster. So let's jump on into today's show.
Today's episode is about an update that came out Q1 of this year, March to be specific, on LinkedIn that most of you have probably missed, and they're called LinkedIn cover stories. But no worries, I've got your back, I'm going to tell you all about it today. On your LinkedIn profile where you have historically only been able to have a profile photo, you can now also have what LinkedIn calls a LinkedIn cover story, which said differently is like adding a 30-second video where your profile photo has meant in the past. Why do you care?
This is now where you can basically put a 30-second elevator speech that people on LinkedIn, your connections on LinkedIn, and/or those you are not connected to can now learn very quickly more about you, what you do and how you can solve the problems for your customers. This is undoubtedly one of my favorite updates that LinkedIn has done in quite a long time, to be honest with you. It's super powerful. I'm going to tell you how to do it. At the moment you cannot add a cover story, which is what LinkedIn calls this 30-second video cover story using your desktop computer, at the moment as of the time of this recording, you can only do it from your mobile device.
Here's how you do it. Go to your LinkedIn app on your mobile device, go to view your own profile page. Once you're there, right where your image or your current profile photo shows up, you're going to see a plus icon on the bottom right of your profile photo. And when you click on it, it's going to say click, well, basically you'll click to add cover story. Once you're there you'll have two options. Either you can record a 30-second video with the camera on your phone, or you can upload a prerecorded video from your photos library.
Once you've completed this process, this video will be visible in the area where historically you've only been able to see a photo of yourself, now the video will be visible, but when people arrive on your profile, the audio will be muted until they click on your photo or the video, which at that point, both the video and the audio of your LinkedIn cover story will play for them. Now, at this point, you can designate who can see your LinkedIn cover story on LinkedIn, either A, your first-degree connections, or B, all LinkedIn users. Personally, I don't know why you would ever set it to only your first degree connections, because if there are people out there who you are not yet connected to and your products or services solve their problems, and they're a future client or a customer of you and your business, of course, you want them to be able to see your video.
So what's this good for? This is perfect for a sales pitch or for it specifically calling out your ideal customer avatars, meaning who do you want to serve and giving your contact info. It's a great way of allowing people to hear and see the warmth of your personality and allow them to possibly connect with you a little deeper, certainly much more than they could from just seeing a photo of yourself. And remember, people don't read the web, we scan the web. Everyone's in a hurry and video and audio media will always trump paragraphs on a page when it comes to optimizing conversion rates on any website, including your social media profile. So that's it for today. LinkedIn cover stories, you get yours done, it's going to be a huge improvement for how you connect with your prospects on LinkedIn.
Hey, thanks for listening to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. This podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital and we're here to coach business owners and leaders just like you to make better marketing decisions, have fewer regrets and avoid the expensive, very expensive pitfalls and costly mistakes of bad marketing that just doesn't work. To learn more about how we can help you improve your marketing and grow your business smarter and faster, check out whatboxdigital.com and I'll see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guest: Theresa Roemer
Episode 15: From Milking Cows To Millionaire - A True Life Success Story
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Theresa Roemer Website
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey there everyone. Welcome to the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue faster. Whether you're an aspiring entrepreneur or a thriving business owner, this podcast is designed and produced just for you so you can learn from the best industry experts in the world. I'll bring you exclusive interviews with authors, thought leaders, and successful business titans who share their stories and business journeys so we can draw insights and learn from their successes and struggles together. As you're working on growing your business and pursuing your dreams, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way.
And we'll have some fun in the process. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode. Let me introduce my guest today and a good friend of mine Theresa Roemer. Theresa and I actually met through an organization called Karma International and we actually served on the board together for the Houston chapter, but her story is phenomenal. And I really think you're going to draw a lot from it today. Theresa actually grew up on a farm in Nebraska and when she was a kid when other friends of hers were actually just being kids, she was being a little entrepreneur, whether it was delivering newspapers or mowing lawns, she just had a work ethic early on in life. She opened her own chain of fitness centers, Body By Design in Wyoming in 1991 and ran about five facilities while also actually providing personal training services through her company, Phenomenal Physiques during the same time.
She took the US Open title in bodybuilding at the age of 40, and she climbed Mount Kilimanjaro to raise money for child legacy international. And if I still don't have your curiosity peaked, Theresa actually works frequently with major motion pictures, television studios, corporations, and high profile brands really to expand their own philanthropic reach, to raise millions of dollars through business charity events. And on top of all that, she's just a lot of fun to hang out with. So let's jump into the interview today, my interview with Theresa Roemer. Hey, Theresa. Welcome to the show. It's awesome to have you here today.
Theresa Roemer:
Well, thank you for having me here, Brian.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, yeah, yeah. I've already told the audience how we met, how we knew each other with Karma International. And I've shared a little bit of your story, but one of the things I wanted to have you share today is to talk about early on in life. I know that when you were younger, you were diagnosed with rheumatic fever multiple times, and I know that caused you to have even a heart murmur. How did you work through overcoming that level of adversity so early on in life?
Theresa Roemer:
I don't know if it was because I was born a fighter because I definitely was not taught to be a fighter. No one in my family was as aggressive as I am. And when I say aggressive, I don't mean that in a bad way, but like I said, I was diagnosed with rheumatic fever four different times. And I remember being in the children's hospital in Omaha, Nebraska, and them telling me basically I was never going to be a normal child. That I would always have to stay inside and watch out the window as other kids played and had fun because my heart wasn't going to be strong enough for me to be a normal child. And somehow, I just thought, "Oh no, you can't tell me that, no." And I just started running and playing and doing things totally against my parents' will.
And in junior high in high school got into every sport imaginable, lettered in every sport. And by the time I was 18, they were able to take me off my daily dose of penicillin and said, "You have strengthened your hearts so well, we can hardly call you a heart patient anymore because we can only hear your heart murmur when it's at 180 beats or more. So don't ever let someone give you a horrible view on what your future life is going to be like because you can definitely change it if you want to.
Brian Webb:
Theresa, you said you have accomplished so many things in life. You've achieved so much. Simon Sinek is probably best known for his book, Start With Why. And tell our audience, where do you think your drive comes from? What is your why?
Theresa Roemer:
I don't know if we ever figure out what our why is.
Brian Webb:
Yeah?
Theresa Roemer:
I think every day we learn more about what our why is on this earth. I think it's ever-evolving and ever-changing. Just when you think you've got it figured out, things change in life and you have to be able to change too, or you get left in the dust. So I do believe my why is to inspire and motivate others to be the best they can be through all of the hardships and all the ups and downs I've gone through in my life because I've probably been through more than most people will ever go through in their entire lifetime. And a lot of mine came in the first 40 years of my life. So I truly believe my why is God-driven and I want to make sure I fulfill that before I leave this earth.
Brian Webb:
You want to have an impact legacy. I love to hear that.
Theresa Roemer:
Yes, yes.
Brian Webb:
Let me ask you this, out of all the accomplishments, what do you feel like is your biggest achievement that you're the most proud of? I'm curious.
Theresa Roemer:
That's kind of a trick question because I was actually asked that question in 2015 in New York city sitting in Daymond John's office.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Theresa Roemer:
I was in a meeting with him and he looked at me and he said, "Can you tell me what your greatest life achievement is?" And I said, "Ooh, this is a trick question because if I tell you that being a mother is the greatest achievement of my life, you're going to be like, "Oh, she's not much of a businesswoman. All she can think about is her kids." But then if I tell you something that's related to business, then you're going to say, "Oh, my God, you don't even care about being a mother." So I said, "This is kind of a trick question, but I said, "This is going to be my answer. I believe that we are allowed to have many, many great life achievements and I have had many, and I plan on having many more, and I don't think anyone should ever be defined by just having one great life achievement. And he said, "Oh, my God, you answered that perfectly."
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Let me ask you this. So for those in the audience that don't necessarily know you the way that I do, what are maybe two or three of them. Obviously, your children. Andy Stanley once said, "Our greatest legacy in life isn't what we do, but in who we raise." So anyone who's a parent is just going to instinctively understand that, but outside of your family, your legacy, what are some other things that you're especially proud of, you're just glad to have that as part of your life history?
Theresa Roemer:
Well, as a single mother raising two children, I was able to put myself through college. I was able to start a health club and grow that into a health club chain. And then later sell it and become a multimillionaire. I was able to become a miss US open and bodybuilding at the age of 40 when most of my competitors were in their 20s.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Theresa Roemer:
I became Mrs. Houston and Mrs. Texas in the beauty world in 2010, when I was turning the age of 50. I was actually the oldest woman to ever get those titles as a beauty queen.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, uh-huh (affirmative).
Theresa Roemer:
I climbed Mount Kilimanjaro in 2011.
Brian Webb:
Okay. Let's stop right there for a second. Tell me about that experience. I'm dying to hear about that. I'm sure the audience would love to hear it. Take a minute or two, tell us about that experience, how you prepared for that, about climbing Mount Kilimanjaro. That's just incredible to me.
Theresa Roemer:
Yes. And I was studying on the board of directors for Child Legacy International and they decided they were going to climb Mount Kilimanjaro as a fundraiser for that charity. And so they asked me to do it and I said, "Oh, please, no, I'm not a mountain climber. I don't have any desire to do that." And they said, "Wow, you're such a fitness buff. We thought this would be right up your alley." [crosstalk 00:08:10]-
Brian Webb:
They were using reverse psychology on you a little bit there, right?
Theresa Roemer:
Oh, yeah. Because anytime somebody says they don't think I can do something, I'm going to be right there to prove them differently. So I jumped in headfirst and trained for six months. I knew cardiovascular-wise, I was going to be fine because I was just training my butt off for it. But the sad story is, is that before we went climbing Mount Kilimanjaro, I actually went over to Malawi and helped them drill fresh water Wells for the remote villages of Malawi.
Brian Webb:
Wow.
Theresa Roemer:
And I came down with a parasite and did not even know it. So when I, a week later, got ready to climb Mount Kilimanjaro, we were about 12,000 feet when that parasite kicked in. And I knew if I told them I was sick, they would make me go down. So I just kept fighting through it, fighting through it. And the night we summited, I got super sick, high fever, diarrhea like crazy. Sorry to say that.
Brian Webb:
That's okay.
Theresa Roemer:
But it was just horrible. And literally, we were about halfway up on our descent to the top when my girlfriend said, "Theresa, something's wrong. You have blood coming out of every orifice of your body. Your eyes, your ears, everything." And so they had the main guide come over and he said, "Oh, you're fine. You just got sick." And I'm like, "No, you don't understand. I've been sick for days."
Brian Webb:
Oh, you're kidding.
Theresa Roemer:
So he went ahead and made the rest of the group go with all the other guides. He stayed with me. Everyone else summited at basically 7:00 AM. I didn't summit until 9:35 in the morning, which then caused me to have height altitude sickness. Basically, I got to the top, but as we were coming down, he knew I was dying when I was getting colder as I got down when I should have been getting warmer. And so by the time I got to base camp, which now I'm completely out of it, pretty much, they slapped me on a wheelbarrow looking thing with, I guess, like six Kenyan runners, and they literally ran with me for eight straight hours to get me off that mountain.
Brian Webb:
Wow.
Theresa Roemer:
And by the time they got me to the gate, I had 104 fever.
Brian Webb:
Goodness.
Theresa Roemer:
I was severely dehydrated, I'd lost 13 pounds. High altitude sickness, parasite kicking my butt. The next day, the doctor said, "There's really no reason why you're alive." And I said, "Yes, there is. I prayed at the top that my son would help me with every single step because I knew I was doing something good in life, and I'd raised a lot of money and I needed to make it to the top." So I believe my son was the angel on my shoulder during that whole trip.
Brian Webb:
Wow. That's phenomenal. Thanks for sharing that today. In my experience, anyone who is my age or older, maybe even younger than me, I'll be 52 next month. I can't believe that's happening. But anyway, I've had to pivot several times in my life and something that you seem to be really good at is reinventing yourself over and over again. So tell us a little bit, how do you manage that? How did you get so good at that? We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor, Whatbox Digital.
"Do you want to grow and scale your business better and faster, make fewer mistakes and stop wasting money on marketing that does not work? I already know that you do. Like so many others, you are tired of relying on a failed hope marketing system. Hope marketing is when we spend valuable time and money on marketing and we hope that it works. You've worked so hard to get where you are. And like most business owners and leaders, you're frustrated with wasting money on marketing that doesn't work. You've thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures and you wish you could get all of that money back, but you can't. By failing to take ownership of your marketing problems and pivot to proven marketing systems that actually work, you're going to lose potentially hundreds or thousands of customers and millions of dollars to your competitors.
When you don't have a reliable system generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to suffer from industry downturns, lumpy cash flow and ultimately higher stress. It pains me to watch business owners and entrepreneurs suffer from relying on hope and bad advice that simply doesn't work. I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency here in the Greater Houston Metroplex for over 17 years. And having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth and collectively tens of millions of dollars in new revenue opportunities, time and time again. And that's exactly what I want to do for you. Our marketing strategy playbook consultation allows us to do just that. Typically, in just two weeks or less, we'll take you through our three-step process that will open your eyes to the readily available growth opportunities you need, want, and deserve. First, we'll schedule a discovery meeting where we will ask you a series of questions about the current state of your business and your revenue growth goals for the next 12 to 36 months.
Second, our team goes away and does the necessary research on where the best places are to hyper-target your ideal customers so that you don't unnecessarily waste money on marketing or advertising in the wrong places. And last, we scheduled a strategy meeting with you and your team. This is where we'll present you with a customized marketing strategy playbook to help you grow your business. We'll present the data from our research and guide you to make better marketing decisions moving forward. And here's the special offer, our digital marketing strategy playbook typically sells for $6,500, which is a great deal because it's worth every penny. But if you get started between now and the end of June 2021, we'll discount this fee by $1,600, bringing the price down to just $4,900. That's a huge saving, and I promise this consultation will help you to know you're making smarter marketing decisions that will actually work and help you grow your business.
Again, the $1,600 discount is only valid between now and the end of June 2021 to work with us simply go to whatboxplaybook.com and give us your information. A friendly rep from our office will reach out to you to answer your questions and help you get started. It's that easy. Again, just go to whatboxplaybook.com and give us your info, or you can text the word playbook to (832) 324-2432 and you'll be on the way to making better and smarter marketing decisions that will actually help you grow your business more effectively. Imagine a life where you'll never have to worry about generating leads and acquiring new customers ever again. Don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that don't work.
Go to whatboxplaybook.com or text the word playbook to (832) 324-2432 to take advantage of this promotional offer. It will save you $1,600 on the consultation, and it will save you a fortune on the money you're likely wasting right now on marketing that's doing nothing to grow your business. If you want to grow and scale your business better and faster, and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. Let's get started today, right now."
I've had to pivot several times in my life and something that you seem to be really good at is reinventing yourself over and over again. So tell us a little bit how do you manage that? How did you get so good at that?
Theresa Roemer:
I think it started back when I was in junior high in high school, where I was in every sport imaginable. I was the cheerleader. I had part-time jobs. I drove my parents crazy because I was involved in everything. I'm one of those multitaskers. I can handle multiple things at any given time. And so throughout my entire life, I've never relied on just having one job. I've always been someone that's worked two or three jobs at one time.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Theresa Roemer:
Even when I was in the fitness industry, I dabbled in other things. I became a real estate agent also. So to this day, even though I still dabble in fitness, I'm also a real estate agent, have been for 20 years. I flip houses. I'm a lifestyle entrepreneur. Of course, I had my own clothing lines. I've got my own candle line, pillow line, skincare line. I really believe that you have to constantly reinvent yourself because if you stay the same, life will pass you by because life in itself does not stay the same. Look at technology. It changes on a dime. Every time you turn around-
Brian Webb:
Absolutely.
Theresa Roemer:
... there's a new phone, a new computer, a new something, and you have to really stay up with things or you get left in the dust. And so one of my favorite books is, Who Moved My Cheese.
Brian Webb:
Yeah, great book.
Theresa Roemer:
And it's all about change. And I'm constantly telling people, you have to be able to adapt to change. If you get stuck in the mud, you're just going to be left behind.
Brian Webb:
You're going to be irrelevant, right?
Theresa Roemer:
Exactly. And you see that all the time with people as they get older, they're not so good with technology, they don't know how to do a Zoom. And the great thing about Corona Virus is thank God everybody learned something about technology because we have to rely on technology to be able to communicate.
Brian Webb:
Very true.
Theresa Roemer:
There's grandma and grandpas out there that actually learned how to do Zoom calls and FaceTime, and they didn't know how before then, but it put them in a corner where they had to learn it or they weren't going to stay in communication with their loved ones.
Brian Webb:
Let me ask you this. If you could go back and talk to your 25-year-old self, what advice, that could be business, health, relationships, whatever, what advice would you give your 25-year-old self today?
Theresa Roemer:
Don't be afraid to grow.
Brian Webb:
Mm-hmm (affirmative).
Theresa Roemer:
And I think a lot of times people are afraid to grow. And so a lot of times, they're just like, "Well, but if I do that, I don't know what's going to happen. I don't know the outcome." And so a lot of people, that fear gets instilled and that fear will keep them from actually getting out there and trying it. And I always try to tell people, "So what if you try something and you fail? At least failure shows that you're at least trying. And nobody in life has ever achieved something on the first go around. Most of the time, anybody that's been successful or a multi-millionaire billionaire, they've had multiple tries at trying to make something happen and make it happen and come true and be right. So failure at least shows me that you're trying." And like I said, most people I just try to tell them, "Get out of your own way. You're the person that's standing in the way of your success.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Theresa Roemer:
Just get out of your way, just jump in, don't do it stupidly, but take a calculated risk, figure everything out, but just get out of your own way, and don't be afraid of success.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely. A couple of thoughts on that. I'd love for you to chime in on this. We have a part of our brain, it's in our limbic system and it's referred to as the lizard brain or our reptilian brain. And it's the part of our brain that controls three parts of us, fear, anger, and sex or reproduction. And when that small part of your brain, the lizard brain kicks in, then it dominates the entire rest of your brain, the entire frontal cortex. So you can think of times, for example, where you were really afraid, scared of something, literally, maybe you thought someone was in the house and think of how people panic, or think of how people might behave whenever anger overcomes them. They would do something that completely violates their moral code and what they believe is right and wrong. And you're absolutely right. Failure or I should say fear of failure keeps people from moving forward. And so I think that's a great word of advice.
Theresa Roemer:
All the time. I can remember back in the early '90s, I was a personal trainer and I was wanting to buy my first gym. And I was trained [inaudible 00:19:52] very successful home builder. And every day that he would come to train with me, he'd say, "Okay, so have you put an offer in on it yet?" And I'd be like, "No, I'm kind of scared because what if I buy it and it doesn't... I'm not successful at it and I have to... I fail?" But he said, "So what? You at least tried. And if it doesn't work out, you file bankruptcy, you start over. It's not the end of the world.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Theresa Roemer:
But he said, "Here what's going to happen. You're going to stand here on this fence post and you're going to keep going, "No, maybe, maybe not, maybe, maybe." Uh-uh (negative). And he said, "What's going to happen to somebody else is going buy the gym and then you're going to be working for them."
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Theresa Roemer:
And I said, "Oh, God, no." And he said, "Okay." And here I applied for my small business administration loan, and a few months later I got it. And I was just like, "See? It was my own fear that was keeping me from progressing forward." It was like, "Okay. So what if you fail? You file bankruptcy. You start over." Nobody wants to file bankruptcy, but it's not the end of life. It's not the end of the world.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Theresa Roemer:
You can start over again. And many people, many successful people have had to do that.
Brian Webb:
I don't know if the story is actually true or if a storyteller just made it up because it sounds good. But I think it took Thomas Edison around 10,000 attempts before the [inaudible 00:21:07] worked.
Theresa Roemer:
Yes.
Brian Webb:
And people said to him, again unverified, but basically said, "Wow, so you failed 9,999 times?" And Edison said, "No, I learned 9,999 ways that the light bulb will not work."
Theresa Roemer:
Right. Exactly, exactly.
Brian Webb:
Jack Welch, who was arguably one of the best CEOs of our age GE for, I forget how many years, tons of years. I read his book, Winning. And he was once asked the question, which is an impossible question, right? But he was asked the question, "What is the single number one skill as a leader, a manager, a business operator that you think someone has to have?" And I thought his answer was really interesting because I think it caught most people off guard. He said, "Discrimination." And what he meant by that was, he said, "There are so many good things that need your attention," he said that, "You've got to be able to discriminate what is the best place to apply your attention and your efforts." Other than discrimination, what would you say, as a very successful entrepreneur and businesswoman, would be maybe another one top skill that you would say that if you possess this, you're probably going to go really far as a business owner and an entrepreneur?
Theresa Roemer:
Know your people.
Brian Webb:
Mm-hmm (affirmative).
Theresa Roemer:
Know your people around you because it takes something different to motivate each and every person in life.
Brian Webb:
True.
Theresa Roemer:
So what may motivate Johnny over there, it might be money, okay? But then you'll go and look at Susie, and Susie doesn't care about the money. She wants time off to be with her family.
Brian Webb:
Freedom, yeah.
Theresa Roemer:
So you have to really know the people around you and know what motivates them because once you figure out what motivates each and every person on your team because believe me, you can't do anything in life by yourself, you have to have people around you.
Brian Webb:
100%.
Theresa Roemer:
But once you figure out what motivates that person or those people, you're a winner because then that person will work their behind off for you because you have figured out what motivates that person to work so hard for you.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely. That's a great word. Well, one, thank you for being here today, Theresa. Let me ask you this, for those in our audience who just want to connect with you online, follow you, see what's going on in your life, what you have coming up that you're excited about, whatever's next, where's the best place for our audience to find you and connect with you online?
Theresa Roemer:
You can find me at theresaroemer.com. You'll find everything about me, my podcast conversations in the closet. You'll find all my goodies that I have brainwashed and thought up of and are currently selling. Anything that is happening in my world, it happens on my website. So you can definitely find me there. You can find me all over social media, on every social media platform, I'm there. Theresa Roemer.
Brian Webb:
Okay. And we'll put those links in the show notes too. And by the way, before we go, I kind of wish this was a video podcast because we've got to talk about your closet. The infamous Theresa Roemer closet. I could tell the audience about it, but I've got to see it. First of all, I'm going to have fun with you here for a second. I was there for the party. I was a Karma party, obviously. And we've hung out too. And I came over and I'm like, first of all, walking in is like walking into Macy's, audience. You've just got to understand this. Literally, there's a glass door. A commercial door like you're walking into a retail department store. And then I think, is it what? Three stories if I remember right.
Theresa Roemer:
Yes, yes.
Brian Webb:
I think I got vertigo on the third story when I looked down over the railing.
Theresa Roemer:
Yes, it's three stories, 3000 square feet.
Brian Webb:
Insane, insane. So many people could stick their home inside of your closet and you still have room to put your clothes. Well, some of them anyway, right?
Theresa Roemer:
Yes, but most people... The misconception is most people don't understand why that closet was built. They think, "Oh, it's just this rich lady showing off that she's got all this stuff." And it's really not. I actually wanted to build that closet as a venue for charity purposes.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Theresa Roemer:
And so I said, "All the women and men want to be in the pretty closet so why not build it big enough so that we can actually hold the charity events in the closet?"
Brian Webb:
Wow.
Theresa Roemer:
And so that's that was the whole meaning behind the closet. It was supposed to be the closet that continually gives back.
Brian Webb:
Wow. Well, I think you're a rock star. I'm so proud to call you my friend. Thanks for coming on the podcast today. It was just awesome talking to you today.
Theresa Roemer:
Thank you for having me, Brian. It was my pleasure.
Brian Webb:
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @brianwebb, and the show sponsor, Whatbox Digital can be found at, as you might guess @whatboxdigital.
You can also find me in Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn, with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities, and you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you in the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH THERSA ROEMER
Theresa Roemer Website
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Do Marketing Better Segment
Host: Brian Webb
Ep. 14 - Understand Maslow's Pyramid To Write Better Marketing Copy
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Hey, welcome to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast, sponsored by Whatbox Digital. I'm your host, Brian Webb, and this is where I bring you short, snackable, bite-sized tips and tricks to level up real marketing and help you grow your business faster. So let's jump on into today's show.
I want to talk to you today about the pyramid of needs or the hierarchy of needs, which was actually created by Dr. Abraham Maslow. Now, Dr. Maslow was an American psychologist definitely best known for creating this hierarchy of needs, which is a theory of psychological health predicated on fulfilling our own human needs in priority and creating, I guess, self-actualization.
Now, that's not the most important thing for you to take away from what I'm going to talk about today. Dr. Maslow created something called the hierarchy of needs or the pyramid of needs. And when I'm working with my clients, I actually want them to understand what this is. You might be thinking, okay, who is Dr. Maslow and why do I care? When you're creating products or services for your business, you want your products and services to fulfill as many of these needs, and by the way, there are about 30 of them. The more of these needs that your products or services fulfill inside of me, inside of your prospects, inside of your customers, the less challenging is going to be to execute your marketing, the easier it's going to be to sell your products and services, and the quicker your audience is going to embrace and adopt your products and services and gravitate towards them.
And here's what they are. We'll start from the bottom and work our way up. Now, by the way, there's four tiers on the pyramid, and mind you, this is kind of a modified version of the pyramid, kind of tweaked for marketers and business owners to think about our businesses when it comes to Maslow's hierarchy or pyramid of needs. Now, mind you, again, there's four tiers of the pyramid, at the very top social impact, at the second tier life change, third-tier beneath that emotional, and the bottom tier is functional.
Let's start from the bottom. Again, there are 30 in total. Here are the functional needs that you hope that your products and services fill in the minds and hearts of your audience. One, saves time. Two simplifies. Three makes them money. Remember, these are functional. Four reduces their risk. Five organizes. Six, integrate, meaning integrates with other parts of our lives, other things that we use. Seven connects. Eight reduces effort, makes it easier for me. Nine avoids hassles. 10, reduces my cost. 11, quality. 12, gives me variety. 13, sensory appeal. And 14, informs, it gives me information, keeps me in the loop. And again, these are the functional needs that we have.
Let's move up to the emotional. One reduces my anxiety. Two rewards me with something. Three, nostalgia. Four design aesthetics, meaning I love the way it looks or feels, say, for example, the sofa in my living room, or those sleek lines and bright red paint on your favorite European sports car. Five, prestige, it makes me feel like I'm a part of a tribe. Six, wellness, health. Seven, therapeutic value. Eight, fun and entertaining. Nine, attractive, it makes me feel attractive. Obviously, we could talk about makeup products for women or men's fashion apparel, women's fashion apparel. And last, provides access, meaning, for example, a country club would be a great example of providing access. You're giving me access to amenities, resources, communities.
Now let's talk about the five needs in the life change category or the tier of the pyramid. One, it provides me hope. Two, self-actualization, make me self-aware or makes me want to actually go and do the thing that otherwise I wouldn't go do on my own. Three, motivation. Four, heirloom. Any man who's ever bought a diamond ring or a charm bracelet for his bride hopes that someday that's an heirloom, something that will be cherished for years to come. Something I can pass down to generations. And five, affiliations. And at the very top, the social impact here of the pyramid, this is the very pinnacle of the pyramid, is self-transcendence.
So in a nutshell, that's the 30 needs that Maslow outlined in the shape of a pyramid if you can imagine. You can look this up, by the way, just Google it, Maslow's hierarchy of needs or Maslow's pyramid of needs. Now, you might be thinking to yourself, again, awesome information. How do I use it? And I would say that there's two functions in which you should know this. One, as you're creating products and services, you should really be making a checklist of how many of these needs does your product or does your service fulfill in the eyes, hearts, and minds of your audience? But if your business has been around and it is what it is, your product and services are what they are, then what I would say is the way that you brand yourself, the way that you do your marketing, your messaging, how you talk about your products or services, should spend a lot of time focusing on these needs.
Because again, the more that your products or services, or the more that your brand and message your products and services, to help me realize, help your audience realize, that you're going to meet as many of those needs as possible, I can promise you you'll spend less money on advertising, and your audience will gravitate to why more quickly and more easily. And by the way, to give you a point of reference, I've heard it argued that Apple, you know, that tiny little Fortune 10 company that makes computers and iPhones, meets 20 or more of these 30 primary needs that we all have. The more your products or services meet these needs in me, in your audience, in your customers, the stronger your business is going to be, the stronger your marketing and message is going to be, because you're talking about the things that are important to me, to them, the people who you want to give you their hard-earned dollars.
I hope this was helpful today. So much more coming up. I'm really excited about it. But I will see you soon on the next episode.
Hey, thanks for listening to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. This podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital. Whatbox Digital exists to coach business owners and leaders to make better marketing decisions, have fewer regrets, and avoid the expensive, very expensive, pitfalls and costly mistakes of bad marketing that just doesn't work. To learn more about how we can help you improve your marketing and grow your business faster, check out whatboxdigital.com, and I'll see you in the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guest: Lisa Moscarelli
Episode 13: Top Secrets For Selling Your Business For Big Bucks
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Moscarelli Media
Diamond Client Group/Good Bull Investments
Learn More, Earn More Podcast Episode #6: Luke Cheatham
________________________________
WHATBOX DIGITAL PLAYBOOK PROMO:
Whatbox Digital - Marketing Strategy Playbook Promotion
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey there, everyone. Welcome to the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue faster. Whether you're an aspiring entrepreneur or a thriving business owner, this podcast is designed and produced just for you, so you can learn from the best industry experts in the world. I'll bring you exclusive interviews with authors, thought leaders, and successful business titans who share their stories and business journeys so we can draw insights and learn from their successes and struggles together. As you're working on growing your business and pursuing your dreams, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way and we'll have some fun in the process. Let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Brian Webb:
Before I jump into today's interview with Lisa Moscarelli, my guest, I want to tell you a little bit about her. Lisa actually co-founded one of the top five largest ad agencies in Houston, according to the 2011 Houston Business Journal and she sold it to a top 500 company, Thomson Reuters, I have no doubt you're familiar, for a high seven-figure exit, so Lisa knows a thing or two about selling a business and about how to do it right. On top of that, she's got an amazing heart. She's just a great human being. Let's go ahead and jump into the interview. I think you're going to enjoy it.
Brian Webb:
I'm so happy to have you here today, Lisa, here on the podcast. It's awesome to have you. I know we're going to talk about how to sell your business for big bucks. A lot of business owners in my experience don't even have an exit plan. They don't even think about selling their business one day, they just kind of operate it until it just goes away because someone dies or retires. But obviously, if you're wanting to really be strategic, an exit plan is a great thing, and selling your business is usually the last step. Tell us today, how do you even know if you have a sellable business?
Lisa Moscarelli:
Brian, thanks for having me. We go back quite a way. Well, I want to back up for a minute. If you own your own business, having a long-term exit strategy, if you're in your 30s or 40s or even 20s can seem like, "I'll think about that later." But actually, if you run your business with the knowledge of what you need to have in your business to sell it, you're going to have several things happen that are going to be great. You're going to have a healthier business. You're going to know what your profits are down to every last red dime. You're going to have a great stirring up of your vision and the ability to build a legacy, if you wish, for other generations in your family. I mean, how do you know if you have a sellable business?
Lisa Moscarelli:
Well Brian, a lot of people like you and I with service businesses that are in the business arts and business advertising space, think, "How do I sell my business? I mean, it's my relationships. If I'm not here making all of the posts and doing all of the Google analytics reports and seeing how well my clients are doing with what I'm doing for them, if I'm not here, that doesn't really go on in the way I would like it to." Essentially, you have a sellable business if you own... Do you own a niche? Do you own a vertical group of clients that really sets you apart? In our case, we did advertising for attorneys. Both my partner and I had varied backgrounds in advertising and in marketing and we built a vertical market for attorneys. It wasn't something we set out to do, but it was something that happened and it was very, very lucrative.
Lisa Moscarelli:
One client tells another client and you become what they used to call category busters. That's really, really a strong way to approach it. Now, if you're like me, you tend to lean more to the creative cells in your brain and it seems sort of antithetical to job fulfillment to have to be doing the same type of project every day, but I think once you get it down and if you have systems, processes and the right people in the right place at the right time with you, shoulder to shoulder, as you trudge on through exponential growth, it can be very satisfying. I'm going to give you a cursory view, Brian, because I am not a business consultant. Okay. But we paid a lot of money to attorneys and business brokers to advise us on what our business was worth. We had been doing it for about 12 years, you really kind of need... Is your business mature?
Lisa Moscarelli:
Is your business mature? And if you have let's just say gross revenues over a million dollars, there's something to look at. If you decide it's valuable enough for you to walk away, you need to look at things like how much longer do you want to be working? Are you going to be still working in that arena? And usually, if you want to continue to work in that arena that you sold your business, they're going to either hire you for a period of time or indefinitely depending on how you negotiate it, but you will have partners or you'll be an employee or you're going to go and do it on your own, but you'll have a non-compete, which may tie you up anywhere from one to five years. Those are just things to be cognizant of.
Lisa Moscarelli:
As you're building your business, always just look 10 steps down the road, I always like to look where am I going to be in five years, six months, one year, 10 years? Do I want to be doing this when I'm 60? That kind of thing. I just think it's really important to have the top of the bleachers view. It's so easy, Brian, and you and I know this, to be the little hamster in the wheel running the operation, dealing with employee issues, dealing with lawyers and rent and lease negotiations, and all these other things that you have to do to have a business and you're not really thinking strategically. I think that's really one of our discussion today is to... Hopefully, some people out there that are listening will start to think strategically about what am I going to do with this business?
Brian Webb:
100%. Let me ask you this, Lisa, where does good solid company branding and marketing and audience development fall into this equation?
Lisa Moscarelli:
Well, when you go, Brian, to sell your business, you can sell your business for whatever someone will pay. If you would've told me 10, 11 years ago that Thomson Reuters was going to come in and buy our boutique agency for what they paid for it, I would have said, "You are smoking crack," but we had something they wanted. They had a legal division of their business where they would help prep attorneys for their bar exams, et cetera, et cetera, so this seemed like a natural progression that they would have a marketing arm as well. That being said, in today's digital age, you are evaluated by how well you've built your universe or, it doesn't have to be a large universe but is the universe that you built online, your social media universe, your prospecting email list, your snail mail list, all of your PR, it's very, very important. People don't understand...
Lisa Moscarelli:
There's a lot of businesses out there, Brian. Have you ever had the company that is wildly successful, but they've never done any branding or advertising?
Brian Webb:
Yes. Oh, absolutely.
Lisa Moscarelli:
You just think, "I really wish that I could impart this to them." When you sell a business, you have to do what's called an executive summary.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Lisa Moscarelli:
That's basically the pitch deck for prospective buyers to say, "Hey, this company has Brian and Brian is an absolute all-star, Hall of Fame guy. This is what he brings to the table because... And this is why this company is great." Unfortunately, in the process of selling a business, those pitch elements that would be done through a professional branding exercise, that would be done through properly, regularly managed social media channels and PR efforts and community efforts, those pitch decks are done by attorneys and business brokers who don't have nearly the marketing savvy that someone traveling in our language, so branding is an investment in putting up the face of what your company is worth. We always say, Brian, "Let's make you look way bigger than you are. Way bigger than you are." That carries weight when you're at the table of selling your business.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Even Michael Hyatt, who is the former CEO of Thomas Nelson Publishing, the one thing that he has shared numerous times... By the way, the biggest Christian Publishing Company in the world, to put some perspective on that. He'll have authors give him scripts for their books. Even just as authors, one of the things that publishing companies will look at before they'll take on a new book is they want to know how many people are following you on Instagram, how many people were following you on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, where have you, YouTube, because they want to know, are you bringing the audience with you? That's always going to be the biggest asset. That's one thing I even teach our clients is people think that Facebook is a social media platform. No, it's an audience-building advertising platform. People think that television is for television shows. No, the TV shows just get the audience so they can sell advertising to that audience. Right. I guess if you've built that audience up, that's going to be an asset that's going to be valued in the process.
Lisa Moscarelli:
Absolutely. Because not only is a prospective buyer of your business... And this is especially true. Again, we were a service business, which can be tricky because there's a lot of intangibles. Are these key players going to stay on? Because how do you sell a business that's dependent on two or three people and the goodwill and relationships and the hustle and the talent that they have?
Brian Webb:
Yeah, your assets drive home each night, right?
Lisa Moscarelli:
Yeah, exactly. And the culture that's created in that business, those can all be bolstered by how do you look? How does your branding face look? How is your universe? And whether you're going to use it as direct response and get an ROI, there could be a huge ROI on investing in these kinds of things if you have an eye to sell your business.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Yeah. I know you don't want to go in the weeds on this, but especially for our younger or smaller business owners who aren't as savvy as some of the more mature business owners or advanced business owners who understand this, but tell us a little bit... tell the audience a little bit how you determine worth or the value of your business.
Brian Webb:
We'll get back to the show in just a moment. But first, a quick word from our sponsor, Whatbox Digital. Do you want to grow and scale your business better and faster, make fewer mistakes and stop wasting money on marketing that does not work? I already know that you do. Like so many others, you're tired of relying on a failed hope marketing system. Hope marketing is when we spend valuable time and money on marketing and we hope that it works. You've worked so hard to get where you are. Like most business owners and leaders, you're frustrated with wasting money on marketing that doesn't work. You've thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures and you wish you could get all of that money back, but you can't.
Brian Webb:
By failing to take ownership of your marketing problems and pivot to proven marketing systems that actually work, you're going to lose potentially hundreds or thousands of customers and millions of dollars to your competitors. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to suffer from industry downturns, lumpy cashflow, and ultimately higher stress. It pains me to watch business owners and entrepreneurs suffer from relying on hope and bad advice that simply doesn't work. I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency here in the greater Houston Metroplex for over 17 years and having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth and collectively tens of millions of dollars in new revenue opportunities time and time again and that's exactly what I want to do for you.
Brian Webb:
Our marketing strategy playbook consultation allows us to do just that. Typically, in just four weeks or less, we'll take you through our three-step process that will open your eyes to the readily available growth opportunities you need, want, and deserve. First, we'll schedule a discovery meeting where we will ask you a series of questions about the current state of your business and your revenue growth goals for the next 12 to 36 months. Second, our team goes away and does the necessary research on where the best places are to hyper-target your ideal customers so that you don't unnecessarily waste money on marketing or advertising in the wrong places.
Brian Webb:
And last, we schedule a strategy meeting with you and your team. This is where we'll present you with a customized marketing strategy playbook to help you grow your business. We'll present the data from our research and guide you to make better marketing decisions moving forward. Here's the special offer. Our digital marketing strategy playbook typically sells for $6,500, which is a great deal because it's worth every penny, but if you get started between now and the end of June 2021, we'll discount this fee by $1,600, bringing the price down to just $4,900. That's a huge saving and I promise this consultation will help you to know you're making smarter marketing decisions that will actually work and help you grow your business. Again, the $1,600 discount is only valid between now and the end of June 2021. To work with us, simply go to whatboxplaybook.com and give us your information.
Brian Webb:
A friendly rep from our office will reach out to you to answer your questions and help you get started. It's that easy. Again, just go to whatboxplaybook.com and give us your info or you can text the word playbook to 832-324-2432 and you'll be on the way to making better and smarter marketing decisions that will actually help you grow your business more effectively. Imagine a life where you'll never have to worry about generating leads and acquiring new customers ever again. Don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that don't work. Go to whatboxplaybook.com or text the word playbook to 832-324-2432 to take advantage of this promotional offer. It will save you $1,600 on the consultation and it will save you a fortune on the money you're likely wasting right now on marketing that's doing nothing to grow your business. If you want to grow and scale your business better and faster and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. Let's get started today, right now.
Brian Webb:
I know you don't want to go in the weeds on this, but especially for our younger or smaller business owners who aren't as savvy as some of the more mature business owners or advanced business owners who understand this, but tell us a little bit... tell the audience a little bit how you determine the worth or the value of your business.
Lisa Moscarelli:
Well, businesses are sold on multiples of a profit figure. It's kind of like if you go and buy a house in a specific neighborhood and you look at what is the cost per square foot of this house in this neighborhood and how much can I really pay? So basically, that multiple of the profit figure... For example, in the ad world, 10 years ago when we sold our business, I want to say that multiple was around three and a half to four. It would be, let's just say, four times... This profit number is called the EBITDA. It's basically your profits before taxes, interest, depreciation, and amortization. It's basically your earnings. That number, if your profit after it's been scrubbed clean of those other things, let's just say you come up with a million dollars and the multiple that the industry that you're in is two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, 10, whatever it is, let's just say, if it's five, then you could potentially sell your business for $5 million if you had a profit of a million dollars a year.
Lisa Moscarelli:
Like I said, I don't want to get the weeds because I am not a business consultant or a lawyer for that kind of thing specifically. But again, you can increase that number or decrease that number just by doing smart things, like getting all of your contracts in order and making sure that you're getting as much billing as possible through your company to get that number up.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. One of my mentors shared with me, I think it was about a month and a half ago, about a company that they were selling. What he had learned was... This company was a services-based company. Based on where they were in revenue, by the way, a very large company, they were going to get a two to three X on EBITDA. They were told that if that business had been more of a recurring revenue business, it would have increased their multiple up to about seven or eight.
Lisa Moscarelli:
Wow.
Brian Webb:
Which in that particular case is literally millions and millions and millions of dollars of difference. The more you can get recurring services, repeat revenue that also can really affect that multiple as well.
Lisa Moscarelli:
I think it's good to mention, Brian, on that note, if you have the vision to sell your business, you have to know when it's mature enough to be sold.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Lisa Moscarelli:
Because selling your business for a million dollars nowadays, by the time you pay attorneys and taxes, that's not really enough to retire on or anything like that, so you really have to have... you have to make sure that if you're going to do it, if you're going to give your baby away, you have to be sure that it's the right time.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Let me ask you this. I know we were talking... You were talking about this a little bit earlier, but whenever your assets are driving home every night, when you are that services-based business, I thought people in services businesses, or at least as of my understanding, like marketing, advertising, you could even say law, that are built on relationships, meaning if you interview the top 10 customers of that particular business and they ask, "Why do you work with them?" and they say, "Because we love Lisa Moscarelli," well, that's a big red flag to a potential buyer. So when you are a services business, which a lot of times it is those relationships, what do you do to be more attractive to a larger corporate buyer?
Lisa Moscarelli:
Well, that's a loaded question. A lot of successful businesses in today's world are successful because they have systems, processes and they're able to be replicated and automated on some level. I think if you can have some level of automation and infrastructure that you show, if you can have some way of showing that you... A process would be defined by transferring the culture of your business. Let's say you have a culture of really building relationships with your clients and that culture is built on certain things that you do differently than other agencies. That is really, really important. And truthfully, a lot of times when these guys come in to buy you, they're attorneys and people in the corporate world who a lot of times have very low emotional intelligence.
Lisa Moscarelli:
I'm just saying that because they're coloring in the lines and they're looking to buy something and they feel that they can come in and put their corporate suit on your business and take it further than you took it. Well, that's not always true in a lot of cases, they tank it. But if it's a big enough buyer, they don't care because they have to offset all of their bigger profits and bigger fish. Every deal is different is what I'm saying. Every deal is different. Every deal is different.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely.
Lisa Moscarelli:
You have to show that the things that you're doing are transferrable through systems, processes, the right team, replication, automation.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Not too long ago, just a few episodes back, I had the privilege of interviewing Luke Cheatham, who's a great friend, also happens to be a great client. He runs Diamond Client Group, which is a very... It's an advanced financial strategy firm and just launched a fund called Good Bull Investments. One of the things that he shared that was really interesting, even though in your path, you sold to a big Fortune 500 company,.but one of the things that he shared is that a lot of the times when companies are going to... when the owner wants to exit and sell, a lot of times, the best people to sell it to, and there has to be a plan in place to do this, is to people inside the organization. Sometimes the right fit is what you did selling outside externally to a large company and then sometimes the model can also be selling to your internal stakeholders, your employees, your leaders.
Brian Webb:
And again, if you're going to do that, go back and check out that episode with Luke Cheatham. He talks about that really well. But let me ask you this, Lisa, what are some words of advice, generally speaking, that you would give to a company that's growing with an owner that knows that they want to exit or they think about it. They dream about that exit and selling their company someday. What are some things you would share with the audience?
Lisa Moscarelli:
I think, first of all, you have to look at the emotional aspect of it. You have to look at what are you really called to do. A lot of times when people, entrepreneurs have been trudging along in a particular business for 10 or 15 years, you get burnt out. It's just the way it is, especially with service businesses where you don't work really nine to five, you work sometimes anytime clients have a need and that can be exhausting over time, so you just need to determine your timeline. Determine your timeline, thoughtfully, prayerfully. Talk it over with your wife. Talk it over with people who've done it. Find mentors who've done it before. I always like to find people who have done what I'm trying to do and have been successful at it. I think that's probably one of the smartest things you could do.
Lisa Moscarelli:
The other part of that is you need to be sure you clean up your financials Be sure you fully understand P&L sheets. I know that sounds elementary, but you would be surprised how many people just leave it to a business manager and that business manager gets cancer, this was a true story, and got cancer and the guy was basically in the dark because they didn't have a succession strategy. They didn't have layers of backups of understanding and insight into how everything worked and it cost her business some money. You really need to be sure your financials are in order and that you are well-versed on how profitable your business is and what would that EBITDA look like if it was sold today? Obviously, the obvious is boost your sales, but I think that sometimes again, hamster in the wheel says, "Let's just go out and hustle up as much business as we can," which is [inaudible 00:25:38].
Brian Webb:
Yes, absolutely.
Lisa Moscarelli:
But depending now, if you're the person that has to do the work, that's not scalable, so you're just going to have to figure out how can I boost my sales? How can I best boost my sales? But the caveat is with increasing my cost the less.
Brian Webb:
Yes. Yes.
Lisa Moscarelli:
[inaudible 00:25:59] Digital businesses have been sold for so many millions of dollars because of the quick scalability. Then I think also if you want to... Just be sure you have your contracts in order. Be sure if you have leases, if you have investments, if you have contracts with your clients. Contracts with your clients, if you get clients signed on multi-year, multi-angle contracts, that is a very shiny, beautiful, attractive thing to buyers, especially in service businesses, because then they feel like it's not so much to do with market forces, so they're sort of betting on what can happen, which maybe they may to consider paying less. But if you kind of show them, "This is what will happen because I have these," minimum and then you add to that what can happen with what your business prognosticators say, then it's a really attractive package. So if you can get people signed into long-term contracts, that is sublime.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely. Let's do this Lisa. One, thank you for being here. Tell us about what you're doing now at Moscarelli Media and the services that you're providing to your clients now in this newer initiative, obviously, post the exit of your first business?
Lisa Moscarelli:
Well, I took a couple of years off caring for a family member who is in heaven now. I decided that I wanted to make a difference. I wanted to be sure that the places that I invested my time, talent and treasure professionally would be businesses that were needing to have a son or daughter takeover or businesses that did great things in the world. I worked a lot in the global relief nonprofit space and created content. I'm a content creator, producer. I'm a digital strategist. I help people kind of bridge the gap between both worlds. We have a generational divide somewhat in really understanding how it all works together. Everything heretofore been so siloed that integration specialist, there's a market for us, people that can put reports together and analysis together to help people kind of get to the next level. I help people with their ecosystems. I can confer and really just get to the heart of what your visions and dreams are and hopefully get you there.
Brian Webb:
Okay. Where's the best place for someone who wants to reach out to you or possibly discuss your services, where's the best place for people to reach out to you online?
Lisa Moscarelli:
I think you best send me an email, just do info@moscarellimedia.com.
Brian Webb:
Info@moscarellimedia.com. I'm sure they can find you on LinkedIn. Obviously, your website address is www.moscarellimedia.com.
Lisa Moscarelli:
That's correct.
Brian Webb:
Well, thanks for being on the show today. I think this is tremendously valuable. As I already said at the beginning of this episode, I think you're just an amazing soul, a great human being, so it's great to have you on the show today.
Lisa Moscarelli:
Likewise, my friend. Blessings to you and go forth and prosper today.
Brian Webb:
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. If you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at, @BrianWebb and the show sponsor Whatbox Digital can be found at, as you might guess, @Whatbox Digital. You can also find me in Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers and opportunities and you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Brian Webb:
If you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH LISA MOSCARELLI
Email: info@moscarellimedia.com
Website
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Do Marketing Better Segment
Host: Brian Webb
Ep. 12 - How To Save $$ Tens of Thousands To Sponsor Your Next Industry Event
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Hey, welcome to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast, sponsored by Whatbox Digital. I'm your host, Brian Webb, and this is where I bring you short snackable, bite-sized tips and tricks to level up real marketing and help you grow your business faster. So let's jump on into today's show.
How to save tens of thousands of dollars for sponsoring an upcoming live event? If you're in the oil and gas space, if you're in the food and beverage space, if you're in finance, law, quite frankly, Whatbox Digital, we work with clients from a wide gamut of different industry sectors. But if it makes sense to be showing up and sponsoring these big trade shows, these big industry events, I'm going to give you a hack that can help you to show up and save tens of thousands of dollars. Why do people spend so much money to show up at these big events?
The reason is, is because their prospects are going to be there. That's the only way they can justify spending $5,000, $10,000, $50,000, $500,000 to represent their brand at these events, these trade shows, and these big conferences. Well, here's a way to do it without spending tens or hundreds of thousands of dollars. Obviously, when people are showing up at these events, their iPhones, their laptops, their tablets are always with them.
And what are they doing when they're bored when they're standing around waiting for the next speaker when they're roaming through the exhibit halls to see those that are presenting and displaying their brands, their products, and their services? You guessed it. They're checking out their phones. They're browsing social media. Here's the hack.
Instead of spending so much money to sponsor the event, which, again, you're paying a premium fee to do so, imagine doing this, running a Google Ad, so a pay-per-click ad, a Google AD or a Facebook Ad, and when I say Facebook, I mean Facebook and Instagram, that specifically targets the event.
So to get a little more granular, if you're setting up an ad, and again, if you need help with this, we do this at Whatbox Digital, but when setting up the Facebook or Instagram Ad or the Google Ad, what you do is you literally target down to either the exact address of the event, I'm talking street name, street number, city, state, zip code, or you might pick a radius of the event, so one mile around the address of the event or three miles.
And when I say run an ad, I'm not suggesting that you just run an ad that says, "Hey, our products and services are amazing. We're here." No. You somehow complement the event. OTC, if you're from Houston or if you're in oil and gas, you are more than aware of that conference. It's one of the biggest events that happen here in Houston every year, and those exhibits spend insane amounts of money. So imagine if it's your brand and you're in the oil and gas space, you run ad, again, on Google, Facebook, and Instagram.
You target, in this case, we'll say NRG Stadium, where the event is being held, or the Reliant Center. So now that we've talked about targeting, you're going to pick the exact address or, again, a one or three-mile radius around the address. So in this case, Reliant Stadium or NRG Stadium, I should say, or the Reliant Center, then your ad should complement what's going on. For example, if it's OTC, you might say your company is running an OTC happy hour at 5:00 each day at the end of the conference.
The people who are actually attending OTC, and again, I'm using the offshore technology conference as just an example, are going to see your ad and they might just be inclined to actually show up to your happy hour event because you're posturing yourself as though you're sponsoring the event, to begin with.
The next time you're thinking about sponsoring, and again, it might make sense for you to actually exhibit or sponsor an event, but if you want to save money, instead run an ad that geotargets the exact address or a one to a three-mile radius around where the event is being held. Put on your own event. It could be a networking breakfast before the event begins. It could be a happy hour. It could be an after-hours event where you're inviting them to come and get to know you. And while you've got them there, you're showing generosity.
You're being positioned in such a way that it feels as though you've sponsored the event. And yet, you've actually invited these people to show up in an event that you're in control of, that you get to say what happens and when it happens, and you can forge those relationships at those events. So, that's my power tip marketing hack for today. I hope you enjoyed it. I'll see you on the next episode.
Hey, thanks for listening to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. This podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital. Whatbox digital exists to coach business owners and leaders to make better marketing decisions, have fewer regrets, and avoid the expensive, very expensive, pitfalls and costly mistakes of bad marketing that just doesn't work. To learn more about how we can help you improve your marketing and grow your business faster, check out whatboxdigital.com and I'll see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guest: Brad Freyer
Episode 11: How Improving Your Batting (B.A.T.) Average Will Boost The Effectiveness Of Your Sales Team
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Sandler Training/Market Sense, Inc
________________________________
PLAYBOOK PROMO:
Whatbox Digital - Marketing Strategy Playbook Promotion
Before we jump into today's episode, I want to quickly share a very special promotion we have going on here at Whatbox Digital. It's been said that the best time to plant a tree was 20 years ago. The second best time is today. Having an executing and effective marketing plan for growing your business is no different. Between now and June 30th, 2021, we're offering a $1,600 discount on our Marketing Strategy Playbook consultation.
Normally priced at $6,500, which is still well worth it. You can allow our team to help you stop wasting money on marketing that's not working and give you a new plan for growing your business for just $4,900. If you're catching this episode after June 30th, 2021, this is still a worthwhile investment that will generate a return for you and your business. I provide more details later in this episode.
I strongly urge you to stop waiting and start growing your business and revenue with proven marketing strategies that actually work.
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey there, everyone. Welcome to the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. I'm your host Brian Webb. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue faster. Whether you're an aspiring entrepreneur or a thriving business owner, this podcast is designed and produced just for you, so you can learn from the best industry experts in the world.
Brian Webb:
I'll bring you exclusive interviews with authors, thought leaders, and successful business titans who share their stories and business journeys, so we can draw insights and learn from their successes and struggles together. As you're working on growing your business and pursuing your dreams, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. And we'll have some fun in the process. So, let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Brian Webb:
Hey everyone. Welcome back. Today, before we jump into the interview, I want to tell you a little bit about Brad Freyer. I've probably known Brad, I'm going to say, north of 15 years, maybe even 16 years. When I started my business, my agency, 17 years or so ago, I came from being a musician and knowing nothing about sales. And I realized I've got to learn something and I've got to do it quick. So I actually spent time and money for about a year to put one of my team members and myself through what was then called the Sandler Sales Institute, now it's called Sandler Training. And Brad Freyer has been coaching and leading sales teams and sales leaders all this time.
Brian Webb:
Brad has trained and coached and consulted hundreds of business owners and presidents, managers, salespeople to basically improve their sales effectiveness and achieve both individual and company goals. And actually, no he's being humble when he says hundreds. It's thousands. If you personally are in sales, or if you have a sales team that works for your business, you're going to love some of the value bombs that Brad drops in today's episode. So we'll jump on in.
Brian Webb:
Hey Brad, thanks for being here today.
Brad Freyer:
I'm excited, man. Been looking forward to this conversation.
Brian Webb:
I have too. I've already told the audience how long I've known you. And I know that today, I know that you've been... you teach and coach across a wide breadth of subjects, but the way that I came to know you is through sales training. And I'm a huge advocate of what you teach at Sandler and the curriculum and the principles. It absolutely was a total game-changer for me 16 years ago. I mean, total game-changer.
Brad Freyer:
That's great.
Brian Webb:
And so I know today, you're going to talk about this thing called the batting average. And BAT I know is an acronym because I've been trained by you. I've known that for 16 years. I know that's an acronym. So why don't you tell the audience what this is? What does B-A-T stand for?
Brad Freyer:
So B-A-T is kind of the foundation from which we build our program and it stands for behavior, attitude, and technique. You've got to have the right attitude. If you wake up with the wrong attitude, the wrong belief systems, the day tends to follow suit. At the same time, if you don't have the right behaviors, and that all starts with having a good goal...
Brian Webb:
Uh-huh (affirmative).
Brad Freyer:
...Right? Knowing where you're going, but most importantly, knowing how you're going to get there so that when you wake up every day, knowing what am I going to do today to be successful.
Brad Freyer:
And then the third piece is the technique. If you're going to do something, you might as well try to do it well. So everything that we do needs to have technique associated with it, not just shooting from the hip and hoping for the best.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely. I know this firsthand, from starting a business about 18, almost 18 years ago. So let's start with behavior. So break this down a little bit for us. Obviously, the word seems self-explanatory, but I know this goes deeper. So break down what you mean when you talk about the behavior and how that impacts our ability to increase sales and be effective.
Brad Freyer:
So behavior starts with identifying what your goals are, right? What is it that you want to achieve in life personally, professionally, all the above? Because if you don't know where you're trying to end up, it's very difficult to make decisions on what you should be doing on a daily, weekly, monthly basis to get there. Right? The best example, the most generic example I give is number one new year's resolution is get in shape or lose weight.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Brad Freyer:
But people don't often have a really clear defined goal for what that is, right? And so when you don't have that clear defined goal, it's difficult to know what should I be doing on a daily basis to hold myself accountable, to achieve that end result.
Brad Freyer:
And so since we're talking about sales, when you look at what the future looks like for you and your family, you talk about your income and how specifically you would spend that money. Right? Am I saving for retirement, a college fund? There's things that we want to purchase. Second homes, fancy cars, whatever it might be. There needs to be a number associated with what am I trying to achieve in my profession.
Brad Freyer:
And then doing the reverse engineering and saying, "Okay. If I need to make $250,000 a year to achieve these goals, how much do I need to sell to be able to earn $250,000 a year?" And then based on how much I need to sell...
Brian Webb:
Right.
Brad Freyer:
...How many deals is that? And based on how many deals, how many proposals, based on my close rate, do I need to be doing to achieve that? And then backing it all the way down to how many outbound calls do I need to make? How many emails do I need to send? How many LinkedIn connections? How many networking events? How many referrals do I need to ask for?
Brad Freyer:
The old adage that if you're not working towards your goals, you're probably working towards someone else's.
Brian Webb:
A hundred percent. Yeah.
Brad Freyer:
And so, yeah. And so you want to wake up every day knowing, okay, today these are the activities that I need to do to take one step closer to that long-term goal I have.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. It's been, again, a long, long time, but back when I was more a student of sales, I heard a presentation that Jeffrey Gitomer was giving.
Brad Freyer:
Sure.
Brian Webb:
And I think he wrote a book which is based on his talk called How to Not Suck at Sales. But anyway, he's talking to the room and he sees all these salespeople in the room and their arms are kind of crossed, and he kind of senses their resistance. Right?
Brad Freyer:
Mm-hmm (affirmative).
Brian Webb:
And the one thing that I remember him saying, which I think is part of what you're talking about was he said, "Instead of asking the question, how well do you know what I'm saying," he said, "to instead evaluate how well are you doing the things that we're talking about here today?" And that's kind of largely what you're talking about, right? Sometimes we know what to do, but call reluctant sets in. Fear of rejection sets in. Distraction set in. And that, I guess that's really what you're talking about when you're talking about behaviors, right?
Brad Freyer:
Yeah. It's a big piece of it, right? I mean, Simon Sinek starts with why. If you don't know why you're waking up every day and going to work, then it's very easy for those things to creep in and affect your behaviors. The call reluctance and what do we call it? We call it creative avoidance...
Brian Webb:
Creative avoidance.
Brad Freyer:
...Finding creative ways not to do the things that you don't want to do, but those are the things that are going to make you successful.
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Brad Freyer:
Right. And so waking up every day and knowing what am I doing today to get one step closer to my goals? It's the why that's going to motivate the what you have to do.
Brian Webb:
It does. It informs the what.
Brad Freyer:
Yeah.
Brian Webb:
So attitude, again, these words in and of themselves almost seem self-explanatory, but attitude across several dimensions is very important. So break down how attitude plays out in your batting average.
Brad Freyer:
So attitude is the piece that drives everything, right? It's your belief system. When you're setting goals, a lot of people, when they set goals, they negotiate with themselves. Oh man, I'd love to have that house on cribs, with the six-car garage and infinity pool and blah, blah, blah. But then they start to negotiate with themselves. Oh, you know what? I can never achieve that. That's too much. The only people that have that are athletes and actors. And no, I could never do that. And our belief system is the thing that keeps us from succeeding. How do we feel about ourselves? How do we feel about the market? How do we feel about our products or services? And if you have self-limiting beliefs, if your beliefs are interfering with whether or not you take a risk or whether or not you try something, then all the best doles and plans, aren't going to matter because you're not going to do them because you don't believe that you can't achieve them.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Brad Freyer:
And so you have to start with really creating that vision for yourself, that belief system, that attitude of abundance, that attitude of success, and really making sure that that's the linchpin that starts everything. If you wake up in the morning and you've got a bad attitude, your day is going to follow suit. If you wake up in the morning with a good attitude, knowing that you're going to work towards your goals, you're probably going to be more inspired, more motivated, but also making sure that you're checking your beliefs and your records that play in your head. Right.
Brad Freyer:
A lot of people, I almost said we all, a lot of people grew up in households where you had these messages from your parents, money is the root of all evil. Don't talk to strangers, this, that, and the other. And then all of a sudden you get into sales, and our job is to talk to strangers about money.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Brad Freyer:
All of these, we call it head trash, right?
Brian Webb:
Head trash, yep.
Brad Freyer:
All of this head trash really stands in the way of doing the behaviors. A simple example, if it... I don't believe cold calling is going to work. If I believe, oh cold calling is terrible, I hate doing it. It doesn't work. When I sit down at my desk to begin making cold calls, what am I telling myself? I'm telling myself, this is a waste of time. It's not going to work. And so I'm likely not going to do it. But, if I have a little bit of commitment and a little bit of accountability for myself, maybe I go ahead and do the calls.
Brad Freyer:
But if my belief system is, is that these things don't work. They're pointless. Nobody wants to talk to me, then how are those calls going to sound? They're going to sound like I believe that. And so what do I do? I try to rush to the end. I try to bang out the calls as quickly as possible. If I happen to get somebody on the phone, I'm going to rush through my script because I don't really expect to get results. And so I'm going to do a really poor job at making the call and the results are going to show. And it was going to reinforce my belief system. You all see? I knew it. These don't work.
Brian Webb:
Self-fulfilling prophecy, right?
Brad Freyer:
Yeah, absolutely.
Brian Webb:
I know one of the things that you taught me was it's not just the attitude about the behavior or the outcomes we think we're going to achieve, or those limiting beliefs, but isn't it also the attitude about, it's the attitude about me. It's my attitude about the products or services that we sell and really the attitude about the organization. Right? We'll get back to the show in just a moment. But first, a quick word from our sponsor. Whatbox Digital.
Brian Webb:
Do you want to grow and scale your business better and faster, make fewer mistakes and stop wasting money on marketing that does not work? I already know that you do. Like so many others, you are tired of relying on a failed hope marketing system. Hope marketing is when we spend valuable time and money on marketing, and we hope that it works. You've worked so hard to get where you are, and like most business owners and leaders, you're frustrated with wasting money on marketing, that doesn't work. You've thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures. And you wish you could get all of that money back, but you can't. By failing to take ownership of your marketing problems and pivot to proven marketing systems that actually work, you're going to lose, potentially, hundreds of thousands of customers and millions of dollars to your competitors. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to suffer from industry downturns, lumpy cash flow, and ultimately higher stress.
Brian Webb:
It pains me to watch business owners and entrepreneurs suffer from relying on hope and bad advice that simply doesn't work. I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency here in the Greater Houston metroplex for over 17 years. And having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth and collectively tens of millions of dollars in new revenue opportunities, time and time again. And that's exactly what I want to do for you.
Brian Webb:
Our marketing strategy playbook consultation allows us to do just that. Typically, in just four weeks or less, we'll take you through our three-step process that will open your eyes to the readily available growth opportunities you need, want, and deserve. First, we'll schedule a discovery meeting where we will ask you a series of questions about the current state of your business and your revenue growth goals for the next 12 to 36 months. Second, our team goes away and does the necessary research on where the best places are to hyper-target your ideal customers so that you don't unnecessarily waste money on marketing or advertising in the wrong places. And last, we schedule a strategy meeting with you and your team. This is where we'll present you with a customized marketing strategy playbook to help you grow your business.
Brian Webb:
We'll present the data from our research and guide you to make better marketing decisions moving forward. And here's the special offer. Our digital marketing strategy playbook typically sells for $6,500, which is a great deal because it's worth every penny. But if you get started between now and the end of June 2021, we'll discount this fee by $1,600, bringing the price down to just $4,900. That's a huge saving, and I promise this consultation will help you to know you're making smarter marketing decisions that will actually work and help you grow your business. Again, the $1,600 discount is only valid between now and the end of June 2021. To work with us, simply go to whatboxplaybook.com and give us your information. A friendly rep from our office will reach out to you to answer your questions and help you get started. It's that easy. Again, just go to whatboxplaybook.com and give us your info, or you can text the word playbook to 832-324-2432, and you'll be on the way to making better and smarter marketing decisions that will actually help you grow your business more effectively.
Brian Webb:
Imagine a life where you'll never have to worry about generating leads and acquiring new customers ever again. Don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that don't work. Go to whatboxplaybook.com or text the word playbook to 832-324-2432 to take advantage of this promotional offer. It will save you $1,600 on the consultation, and it will save you a fortune on the money you're likely wasting right now on marketing that's doing nothing to grow your business. If you want to grow and scale your business better and faster, and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. Let's get started today right now.
Brian Webb:
And I know one of the things that you taught me was, it's not just the attitude about the behavior or the outcomes we think we're going to achieve, or those limiting beliefs, but isn't it also the attitude about, it's the attitude about me. It's my attitude about the products or services that we sell, and really the attitude about the organization, right?
Brad Freyer:
Oh, Absolutely. I mean, if you don't believe in what you're doing if you don't believe in the product you represent, if you don't believe that your company can fulfill the orders, or that you can deliver on the promises made the customers, then you're going to have that playing in your mind the entire time. I've had multiple conversations with sales teams over the years where they're doubting that the company is doing what they need to be doing to support them, or that the operation side of the business can't deliver on the promises that they're making. And there's a lot of complaining and bitching and moaning. And I've had several situations where I stop in the middle of a training session, I'll say, "okay, everybody take out a piece of paper." So they take out a piece of paper and say, "okay, write your name across the middle of the top." They write their name.
Brad Freyer:
I say, "okay, now write your address." They write their address. And I say, "okay, now put your email address." And now at this time, somebody says, "wait a second. What are we doing?" And I said, "well, we're going to work on our resumes today, instead of worrying about sales training." And they say, "why is that?" I say, "well, because if you don't believe in what you're doing or who you're working for, you need to go find a new job. So if this is going to be a complaint session, let's just go ahead and quit and go find a new job because you're not going to succeed here."
Brian Webb:
Well said, I love it.
Brad Freyer:
Yeah.
Brian Webb:
And the third letter in the acronym, the T stands for technique. Man, talk to us about getting better and honing your craft. Hugely important, right?
Brad Freyer:
Absolutely. I mean, you've mentioned you started your business 18 years ago. Similarly, I started 17 years ago and have been through a couple of businesses over the last 17 years. And the one thing I know is, I don't know everything. And any time that something doesn't go the way I want it to go, or I don't get the results I want to get from it, the first thing I do is I look in the mirror and go, okay, did I do that well? How could I have done it differently? And so I've got mentors. I've got peers that I call and we bounce ideas back and forth. We do roleplays or practices and just try to continue to improve.
Brad Freyer:
But I had a coach... I had a high school basketball coach and he used to tell us, he'd say "guys, there's three ways that you can do something. You can do it. You can do it well. Or you can do it as well as they can possibly be done." And he would tell us "if you're going to step on my court, I expect you to at least try to do it as well as it can possibly be done." And if you're going to put in 40 or 50 hours a week in your job, and you're trying to sell more, every single conversation that you have is important. Every single call that you make is important. Every single qualification conversation, every single proposal that you deliver, everything you do is important. So why not try to do it the absolute best way it can be done? And so that requires planning, right? Pre-call planning. That requires practicing.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely.
Brad Freyer:
That requires learning new skills, learning how to do it better, more effective, more efficient. Getting coaches, getting trainers, getting mentors, but not resting on your laurels or believing that you just have this innate ability to be successful. Too often I talk to salespeople, and you ask successful salespeople, a lot of times, "Hey, what's your process? What do you do?" And they'll give you an answer like, "oh, I just kind of shoot from the hip. I just do what comes natural." But then you start breaking down their success and failures. And all the success that they have, who do you think they give credit to? Themselves. But then whenever you ask them about the failures, or the losses, or the deals that they thought they were going to close, that they didn't, "Hey, what was the problem there?" Who do they blame it on? They blame it on the prospects or the company. They don't ever take credit for, or blame, for coming up short.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely.
Brad Freyer:
And that's a really jaded way to go through life because we can always do better. I mean, the analogy I often use is professional athletes, right? So you got the professional football players. How much time do they spend in action in a game, versus how much time do they spend on the practice field, in the weight room, in the film room, right? Stretching, recuperating?
Brian Webb:
It's a hundred to one ratio, yeah.
Brad Freyer:
Easily a hundred to one. And the question is, why do they do that?
Brian Webb:
Yeah.
Brad Freyer:
Well, they do it because every play lasts about six or seven seconds. And so they have six or seven seconds on every play to do the absolute best that they can do, to showcase their skills, to help their team win. Because if they showcase their skills, if their team wins, they get their job the next year. And they continue to make insane amounts of money. Sales is no different. If you broke down the amount of time that you spend talking to, or in front of a prospect or client a week, I think you'd be surprised at how much actual time is spent talking to prospects or clients every week. It's only a couple of hours. If you work 50 hours a week, maybe four or five hours of that time is actually spent in sales activities with prospects and customers.
Brian Webb:
Very true. Yeah, very true.
Brad Freyer:
And so if you've got that little amount of time to make an impact, shouldn't you be practicing how to make the most out of every moment? Shouldn't you be well-planned and prepared to know how to deal with almost any situation that could be thrown at you?
Brian Webb:
Well, and let me reinforce what you just said too. Mike Tyson once said, "everyone's got a plan till they get punched in the mouth," right?
Brad Freyer:
That's right. Yeah.
Brian Webb:
And I can't tell you the number of times in the past, approaching two decades, where there was a principle that I know, and I know well. I know it so well that I've taught it to my team. And sometimes I've even taught these principles in my own social media marketing. So in other words, I understand it. When I'm not in the ring, on the phone, to use the metaphor, right? Like I know it. And then I'll get into a phone call and I didn't qualify someone. I just failed to do the very things I knew when I'm not in the ring to do it, but I forget. And so I have found that, even once you have mastered, "mastered" this craft, that is sales, that it does leak, it does dilute, especially if you haven't used it in a while. And I find that I've got to go back and review and remind myself, and never get to the where I think I have no room for improvement, right?
Brad Freyer:
100%.
Brian Webb:
Wow.
Brad Freyer:
Absolutely. Yeah. I mean, it's muscle memory and unless you're continuing to work those muscles, you have atrophy. You'll lose it.
Brian Webb:
It's true.
Brad Freyer:
And oh, I've done that before. I've asked these questions before, I don't need to preplan. Well, are you sure?
Brian Webb:
Right.
Brad Freyer:
What's the harm in spending a few minutes doing a pre-call plan, and thinking about, what's the kickoff to the conversation going to sound like? What are the key questions you're going to ask? What are the questions that you may get asked that you need to be prepared to answer? I mean, just thinking through those things and in some situations, even picking somebody to practice with.
Brian Webb:
Mm-hmm (affirmative).
Brad Freyer:
There's been many times. And look, I still sell every day, but I teach leaders of companies and I teach salespeople. And there's still times where I'll sit down and I'll be pre-call planning an opportunity that I have. And I say, "you know what? This could come up and I don't really know how to handle it." Let me reach out to somebody that I have a lot of faith and confidence in their ability. And I'll say "hey, I got this situation coming up. Here's kind of what I'm thinking. How would you look at this? How would you respond? What would you say?" And just get added perspective. Doesn't mean I have to do what they suggest, but it at least gives me some new perspective...
Brian Webb:
Absolutely.
Brad Freyer:
... On how to handle situations and circumstances.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Well, there, you have it, people. BAT. Behavior, attitude, attitude about yourself, attitude about your products and services, attitude about your organization. Technique. Getting better over and over and over again, which by the way, is a large part of what you do, Brad. So, for our people who might want to get in touch with you, tell our audience, specifically what you do a little bit, and what's the best way of getting in touch with you.
Brad Freyer:
Yeah, that's great. Yeah. So we do sales and leadership training and coaching. So we work with everything, from entrepreneurs to fortune one hundred, and we'd go in and we take a look at where they are as an organization and what they're trying to achieve, and what the gap is in getting there. Specifically on the revenue-generating side of the business. And we help them with their strategy. How are they going to market? How are they attacking the business and how are they going to grow? We talk about it from structure, right? What are the pieces that need to be in place with, for accountability and workflow, etc? We talk about the people. Do they have the right people in the right seats on the bus? And then lastly, we do supplement the skills. We teach technique, we teach methodology, we help build playbooks and cookbooks for prospecting plans.
Brad Freyer:
So that's what we do. I mean, we're obviously not a fit for everybody. And so the first place that we always start, is with an initial conversation. So, people that are interested, I would say, shoot me an email or find me on LinkedIn and shoot me a message and say, "Hey, love to talk about my sales team or my own personal selling skills." And, I usually schedule a 20 or 30-minute first phone call, ask a lot of questions, try to figure out where you feel like the gaps are. If it's something we can potentially help you with, we'll schedule some time to dive deeper. But some of the conversations we have and I say, look, I'm not the guy for it. Or our company is not the company for you. Let me direct you in a different route.
Brian Webb:
Right. Yeah. Well, something that I believe in is, if you have a product or a service that truly adds value and solves problems, I just I'm indoctrinated, it's in my soul that you have a responsibility to go and sell to the world, right? If you've got the cure to cancer, if you're not selling, you're not sharing it, you're not solving someone's problems.
Brad Freyer:
Yeah.
Brian Webb:
So what's the best... So I know if... Thanks for sharing what you do. What's the best, is it your website or an email address or a phone number or all three? What's the best place for someone to reach out to you?
Brad Freyer:
Email address is the best way. I'm often training or running sales calls or having great conversations with awesome guys like you. And so email me is the best thing to do. Shoot me an email at brad.freyer@sandler.com and just say, "Hey, I heard you on the podcast and wanted to talk" and we'll go back and forth, schedule some time, and make it happen.
Brian Webb:
And I want to go ahead and say, and I'm not saying this to be placating at all. I am a huge believer in what you do. If someone isn't a right fit, it might be that they aren't ready, obviously, or it might mean it's not a budget fit. But in terms of teaching a team, a compelling professional way to sell. When people have this bad vision or visual of what salespeople are, it's because of the bad ones. It's because of the unprofessional ones.
Brad Freyer:
Absolutely.
Brian Webb:
Right. They're pushing. And I know at Sandler, you compel. You encourage us to pull people to us, to attract people in. So, that's brad.freyer - That's F-R-E-Y-E-R@sandler.com. Thanks so much for being here today Brad.
Brad Freyer:
Thanks for having me. I've really enjoyed it. The continued success with you and your podcast. Awesome.
Brian Webb:
And we're going to have you back for sure.
Brad Freyer:
Appreciate that.
Brian Webb:
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at, @brianwebb and the show sponsor, Whatbox Digital can be found at, as you might guess, @whatboxdigital. You can also find me and Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn, with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Brian Webb:
And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRAD FREYER
Linkedin | Website
Email: brad.freyer@sandler.com
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Do Marketing Better Segment
Host: Brian Webb
Ep. 10 - 8 Calls To Action for Social Media
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Hey, welcome to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast, sponsored by Whatbox Digital. I'm your host, Brian Webb, and this is where I bring you short, snackable, bite-sized tips and tricks to level up your marketing and help you grow your business faster. So let's jump on into today's show.
Hey there, welcome everyone. As the intro says, this new segment of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast is going to be brief and it's going to be power-packed. We're basically going to bring you bite-sized, easy-to-digest, small chunks of marketing tips, tricks, hacks, anything we can do to help you grow your business faster and make more money. Today, eight calls to action to use in your social media posts. So one of the things that we hear from people all the time is, "I know I should be posting, but what should I be doing? What should I be saying?" Well, we're actually going to talk about that a little bit deeper in an upcoming episode, but today we're just going to give you eight calls to action.
One of the things you've got to know about posting to any of the platforms, their algorithms reward when people respond to your posts. So when they like, comment, or share. So the more you leverage, intentionally, calls to action, the more likely you are to get people to actually engage with your content and get more reach, meaning Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, all the platforms, they're going to actually give you more views, more exposure for free because the platforms are saying, "Hey, other people seem to be engaging with this. They must love it. This must be good stuff. We're going to give you more exposure in the platform." So I'm going to share with you eight calls to action. But first I'm going to give you a big don't do, which is avoid what's called engagement bait.
Whether you're saying this in the text or whether you're putting it in a video, believe it or not, Facebook specifically actually listens to videos, and your go-lives as well, and they're looking for you... If you say, "Comment below or please share," boom, that's going to negatively affect you in the algorithm. So do not do that. Don't specifically say to comment below or please share. Facebook finds that annoying. We all find that annoying, to be honest with you. So here are some alternative calls to action that you can use. How can I help you? What are your thoughts? What do you think? Here's another one, using three emojis, describe your weekend holiday plans. Want to learn more? Click the link in the bio. Here's another one I see that's really effective. Tag a friend who inspires you, or sometimes you'll see people post a meme, caption this. Basically, you're inviting people to be creative and contribute to the narrative that you're trying to create with them. You're creating a conversation, basically.
Here's another one. And I'm going to give you a case study on this one. Can you help me decide, should I do X or should I do Y? Let me give you a case study on this one. This is kind of a variation on should I do X or should I do Y. I recently did a LinkedIn poll, I did a poll on LinkedIn, rather, about your email inbox. And all it said was, "In my experience, there are two types of people in this world, inbox zero and inbox 32,796," a random number I picked, of course. And then I said, "Which one are you?" Now, let me give you some stats on this. 7,400 followers, as of the time of this recording is how many followers I have on LinkedIn. Out of those followers, I got over 3,800 views. I got 162 votes and I got seven comments.
And to put some context on this, had I sent out an email blast to my email list, let's just say the number's the same, 7,400 people on the list, no way would I have gotten anywhere close to that many people opening the email. That LinkedIn post was seen by over 50% of my followers. So for just a brief moment on that day, I got nearly 4,000 people to remember that I exist, that I'm here. So for just a moment, it's like I leased space in their brain for just a few seconds to nearly 4,000 people. Now, had I just posted a picture or a comment or a regular text post, I would have gotten nowhere near 3,800 views. But because I did something to invoke response, engagement, started a discussion. LinkedIn gave me 3,800 views of my post that day.
So that's it. How can I help you? What are your thoughts? What do you think? Using three emojis, describe your weekend or holiday plans or whatever you want them to describe. Want to learn more? Click the link in the bio. Tag a friend who inspires you. Caption this if you're posting a meme. Or can you help me decide? Actually, ask a question that people can respond to. That's it for today, more coming up very soon. I hope you enjoyed today's tip.
Hey, thanks for listening to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. This podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital. Whatbox Digital exists to coach business owners and leaders to make better marketing decisions, have fewer regrets, and avoid the expensive, very expensive pitfalls of costly mistakes of bad marketing that just doesn't work. To learn more about how we can help you improve your marketing and grow your business faster, check out whatboxdigital.com, and I'll see you on the next episode.________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Guest: Julio Serna-Molina
Episode 9: Four Tips That Could Save You Millions When Raising Capital To Grow Your Business
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Whatbox Digital Ideal Customer Avatar Tool
Diamond Client Consulting
Book A 30 Min. Call with Julio Serna-Molina
________________________________
PLAYBOOK PROMO:
Whatbox Digital - Marketing Strategy Playbook Promotion
Before we jump into today's episode, I want to quickly share a very special promotion we have going on here at Whatbox Digital. It's been said that the best time to plant a tree was 20 years ago. The second best time is today. Having an executing and effective marketing plan for growing your business is no different. Between now and June 30th, 2021, we're offering a $1,600 discount on our Marketing Strategy Playbook consultation.
Normally priced at $6,500, which is still well worth it. You can allow our team to help you stop wasting money on marketing that's not working and give you a new plan for growing your business for just $4,900. If you're catching this episode after June 30th, 2021, this is still a worthwhile investment that will generate a return for you and your business. I provide more details later in this episode.
I strongly urge you to stop waiting and start growing your business and revenue with proven marketing strategies that actually work.
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Hey there, everyone. Welcome to the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth podcast. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue faster. Whether you're an aspiring entrepreneur or a thriving business owner, this podcast is designed and produced just for you so you can learn from the best industry experts in the world.
Brian Webb:
I'll bring you exclusive interviews with authors, thought leaders, and successful business titans who share their stories and business journeys so we can draw insights and learn from their successes and struggles together. As you're working on growing your business and pursuing your dreams, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way, and we'll have some fun in the process. Let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Brian Webb:
We're going to jump in with our guest Julio Serna Molina in just a moment, but I want to tell you a little bit about him so that when you're hearing the things we'll be sharing with you today, the principles, that you give it the time and the attention it deserves. He's a Texas A&M graduate, MBA, worked with Kearney, which is a huge consulting firm.
Brian Webb:
Let me mention a few brands he's worked with. Maybe you've heard of them. Hershey, Kellogg. These are brands, huge. Other companies, he's worked with Fortune ... We're talking Fortune 1000 companies, Fortune 500 companies, and most recently was brought in to be the global strategic planning director for Dannon, Dannon Yogurt, you know that tiny little company, the largest yogurt company in the world.
Brian Webb:
We're going to jump in today and he's going to talk about what private equity firms are looking for before they invest in your business. If you're wanting to grow your business and raising capital is going to be necessary to do that, you're going to love today's episode, so we'll jump on in.
Brian Webb:
I know you're going to tell us today the four key components that a private equity firm is looking for before they will invest into a small or medium-sized company. And I know you've told me ahead of time these are companies' finances. You're looking at the management team, the opportunities to add value to the business, of course, and the exit strategy. Why don't you start talking to us today about specifically the finances or the financials of the company? What are you looking for that most business owners might not be aware of?
Julio Serna:
Sure. That is the first and perhaps the most obvious element that private equity is looking for. It's the financial health and the performance of your company. Business owners need to understand their private equity funds in particular tend to look for strong cash flows. They look at the track record of profitability and they look at underlying assets to cover the risks of investing in your business. This is because contrary to venture capital funds, they're mostly not looking for home runs. They're looking for good hits while avoiding any strikeouts.
Brian Webb:
When you say good hit without looking for any strikeouts, what do you mean specifically?
Julio Serna:
They want companies that they can add value and they can sell in the midterm, so five to seven years, and we'll talk a little bit about that later, and that they're not necessarily going to be that unicorn that is going to grow immensely and going to generate billions of dollars, but they will be steady companies generating good revenue.
Brian Webb:
Okay. Now, when you say that you're looking at the management team as also one of these key components or ingredients, I'm guessing you're looking at leadership. I would imagine you're looking at culture, but tell us what you mean when you say that the management team is one of those core components before investing into a small or medium-sized company.
Julio Serna:
Yeah. They look at both those things, right? The leadership of the team, the culture of the company, and the reason why they do this is that private equity firms actually want to work with the companies they invest in. They do it in either of two ways typically. They either ask for a seat in the board of directors and then they have a site where what's happening with the business, for example, the strategy of the business, or sometimes depending on the private equity, they're more hands-on. That means that they're actually going to want to manage the company with you. This is actually a great opportunity for small businesses because they bring a lot of experience and a lot of expertise and they know a lot of companies that they can benchmark yours to. But in any case, they actually want to work with your team. For them, it's really important to know the people that they're going to work with and make sure that they have a strong management team.
Brian Webb:
Okay. Okay. And when you talk about opportunities to add value to the business, obviously anytime an investor is putting money anywhere, they're looking to create the biggest possible return that they can. I'm guessing you're going to share some things, but I would imagine what you're looking for is one plus one doesn't equal two, but one plus one, meaning the business as is plus the capital put into that business, equals three or five or 10, but what do you specifically look for to determine if you can go in and add value to that business?
Julio Serna:
I think private equity funds look at the state of the company. There's different areas where they can potentially add value. One of them would be just the way that the company is being run. You might be a small business that has been existing for a while, but maybe you need some help with just some management practices, some practices around the governance of your business, i.e. how you make decisions, or around performance management. You need someone to help you bring some of those best practices around setting KPIs for the year, tracking those KPIs and making sure that you basically achieve your targets for the year. That's an area where private equities can bring in, again, the expertise that they have in just managing different companies and add value by basically working on the way that you operate your business.
Julio Serna:
Another one that's actually interesting is private equity firms have a portfolio of companies typically, so they can look for opportunities for synergies, right? Maybe it is something around, and I'm going to make this up, but around the procurement function. Maybe they look at your company, they look at the raw materials that you buy, and they have another company in their portfolio that buys similar materials. By joining the two [inaudible 00:07:25] together, they can potentially negotiate better prices and it's going to be a win-win situation for both of the companies and for the private equity because as we mentioned before, they're looking to increase the profitability of the company so that they in the midterm can sell their position in your company.
Brian Webb:
I read a great book seven, eight, nine years ago ... I don't remember exactly how long it's been ... called Built to Sell. And one of the things that I learned that when someone is potentially coming in to buy your business outright, one of the things that they don't want to see, they don't want to go interview your top 30% of your clients or your customer base, ask them why you're working with this business, they don't want the answer to be, "Well, we love the owner. We think he or she is great." I realized sometimes you're investing into businesses as a partial equity situation or sometimes you might be buying it outright, but I'm curious to hear when you talk about the exit strategy and what you're looking for, how do you look at that from a private equity standpoint?
Julio Serna:
Yeah. The exit strategy is something clearly important. I think in what you mentioned, there's a couple of elements that I find really interesting. One thing that is important for small business owners to understand is that private equities are not banks. They don't just give you money. They actually want to, like I said, work with you. They will take an equity position. For the most part, they will take at least a majority stake in your company because that allows them to do the necessary changes that they deem necessary, I would say. And that in the end, you agree with them, in order to achieve those improvements that we discussed in the previous point, right? Typically, they do take that majority stake in your company.
Julio Serna:
Now, about the exit strategy, there are several exit strategies that they look into. And if you know what your potential exit strategy could be in advance, that's going to add a lot of value to the private equity and therefore to the negotiations with their private equity fund. I'll give you a couple of examples of exit strategies.
Julio Serna:
One could be selling off your company to the management team. For example, if you think that you have a very solid team below you as an owner, right, and they're very entrepreneurial and they might take over the business themselves, there are ways, for example, through deferred compensation, that they can eventually own the business without necessarily having to have all of the capital out front, right? That's something that private equities structure.
Julio Serna:
And then the other one that's probably another very common one and people might have guessed it, is you can sell the business to another competitor. If you know that in your industry, there are some larger competitors and you have already identified them, private equities basically work with you to make your company look better to these competitors and eventually sell them to them.
Julio Serna:
The other point that I found really interesting in your comment was about the owner and the fact that investors don't want to invest just because there's the owner. That's very important because that's very true. Private equities, there's an intrinsic value in the company beyond just the person that is the-
Brian Webb:
Yeah, the principal.
Julio Serna:
Yeah, exactly. And this is a reason why I think that small businesses, they need to work on some of these fundamentals of the business, so the governance, the performance management systems and documenting some of these things, because what I've found with small businesses is that they're a little bit lax with these things because they're very worried about growth and they don't invest the necessary time in their business. They invest a lot of time in growing the business, but not in managing, and while we call it institutionalizing the business, and that is something that private equities definitely look at.
Brian Webb:
We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor, Whatbox Digital.
Brian Webb:
Do you want to grow and scale your business better and faster, make fewer mistakes and stop wasting money on marketing that does not work? I already know that you do. Like so many others, you're tired of relying on a failed hope marketing system. Hope marketing is when we spend valuable time and money on marketing and we hope that it works. You've worked so hard to get where you are, and like most business owners and leaders, you're frustrated with wasting money on marketing that doesn't work. You've thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures and you wish you could get all of that money back, but you can't.
Brian Webb:
By failing to take ownership of your marketing problems and pivot to proven marketing systems that actually work, you're going to lose potentially hundreds or thousands of customers and millions of dollars to your competitors. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to suffer from industry downturns, lumpy cash flow, and ultimately higher stress. It pains me to watch business owners and entrepreneurs suffer from relying on hope and bad advice that simply doesn't work.
Brian Webb:
I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency here in the greater Houston metroplex for over 17 years. And having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth and collectively tens of millions of dollars in new revenue opportunities time and time again. And that's exactly what I want to do for you.
Brian Webb:
Our Marketing Strategy Playbook Consultation allows us to do just that. Typically in just four weeks or less, we'll take you through our three-step process that will open your eyes to the readily available growth opportunities you need, want and deserve. First, we'll schedule a discovery meeting where we will ask you a series of questions about the current state of your business and your revenue growth goals for the next 12 to 36 months.
Brian Webb:
Second, our team goes away and does the necessary research on where the best places are to hyper-target your ideal customers so that you don't unnecessarily waste money on marketing or advertising in the wrong places. And last, we schedule a strategy meeting with you and your team. This is where we'll present you with a customized marketing strategy playbook to help you grow your business. We'll present the data from our research and guide you to make better marketing decisions moving forward.
Brian Webb:
And here's the special offer. Our Digital Marketing Strategy Playbook typically sells for $6,500, which is a great deal because it's worth every penny. But if you get started between now and the end of June 2021, we'll discount this fee by $1,600, bringing the price down to just $4,900. That's a huge savings. And I promise this consultation will help you to know you're making smarter marketing decisions that will actually work and help you grow your business.
Brian Webb:
Again, the $1,600 discount is only valid between now and the end of June 2021. To work with us, simply go to whatboxplaybook.com and give us your information. A friendly rep from our office will reach out to you to answer your questions and help you get started. It's that easy. Again, just go to whatboxplaybook.com and give us your info or you can text the word playbook to 832-324-2432 and you'll be on the way to making better and smarter marketing decisions that will actually help you grow your business more effectively.
Brian Webb:
Imagine a life where you'll never have to worry about generating leads and acquiring new customers ever again. Don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that don't work. Go to whatboxplaybook.com or text the word playbook to 832-324-2432 to take advantage of this promotional offer. It will save you $1,600 on the consultation and it will save you a fortune on the money you're likely wasting right now on marketing that's doing nothing to grow your business. If you want to grow and scale your business better and faster and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. Let's get started today, right now.
Brian Webb:
One of the things that you and I have already talked about, Julio, is whenever business owners are unaware of this, the sting it can really mean when it comes to raising capital, because as opposed to perhaps getting them a higher multiple, they might get a lower multiple. Talk to that a little bit, as far as why this is so important, why business owners really need to understand how important this is and really care about it and take it seriously.
Julio Serna:
I mean, you just said it, right? I think you're going to be able to get a higher multiple, basically. That means that you're going to be able to get a higher value for your company. And you've worked hard in that company. You want to get the most out of all of those years that you put into it. And the thing is, private equities will go through a due diligence process and it's going to vary in the amount of depth, but they're going to look at your business. They're going to ask questions.
Julio Serna:
And if you don't have the answers to some of the questions that they will answer, they'll ask, sorry, they're just going to think you're a little bit less attractive. And when they give you an offer, they're going to just basically low ball you, if you will, and they're going to have some reasons why they're giving you that offer because for example, we worked with a private equity fund and we did due diligence in one of their target companies and we found some issues with their expense control. We looked at the SGNA. That's a percentage of their sales and the way it had been moving throughout the recent years. It was just not good.
Julio Serna:
And when we started interviewing the potential target, there was no real explanation other than, "You know what? We haven't taken care of this. We were just too focused on growth," which is very common, but that answer, for private equities, basically what happened in this situation, they said, "That's fine. We're still going to invest in you because we believe in you and we like your business model, but we're going to put a KPI, and if you don't meet this KPI, then we're going to take more control of the company." And in the end, it's just a weaker negotiating position. I think the more you know, and the better you are prepared to answer some of these questions that are going to come your way, it's just going to be the most value that you're going to be able to garner from your company.
Brian Webb:
That all makes sense, Julio. Knowing that we're literally talking about potentially millions and millions of dollars potentially if they get a lower multiple because they don't have their ducks in a row. What can business owners do to better prepare for engaging with a private equity fund?
Julio Serna:
Yeah. I mean, the value there is massive. I strongly believe that they need to step back and take a look at their business with a very [inaudible 00:18:32] eye. They need to put themselves in the position of their potential investment partner and they need to ask some of those hard questions that sometimes we don't want to ask, about, "How well would someone from the outside perceived my company?" It's tough, but it's very worthwhile in my view.
Julio Serna:
Some questions to consider are, is there a compelling business plan for the next three to five years? Is there a credible business model that plans? Are there clear policies and procedures, accountability, and processes to make decisions and manage risks? What we were mentioning before around corporate governance basically. And is there a transparent performance management system? Also, we mentioned that before.
Julio Serna:
I think that if you don't have a strong answer to all of these questions, then you really need to work on them. If you do, you will be perceived as a very strong potential investment and I'm sure you'll be able to negotiate a better deal with the investor. By the way, this is super important not only if you're going to try to raise capital through private equity funds, but for any investor, including banks. I mean, banks also look at all of these things in order to determine how risky you are as a company.
Brian Webb:
As business owners, it's an obvious, well-known fact that we look at our businesses through an emotional lens. We've built it. We've sweat for it. We've died for it. We've bled for it. We've cried for it, whereas obviously when a bank or a private equity firm's coming in, they're looking at everything through a very objective lens. Obviously, to do all the things that you're talking about, it's a lot of work and I know it's going to be worth it, but explain to the audience why this is so necessary for small and medium-sized businesses. Are there values going just beyond the multiple they get?
Julio Serna:
Yeah. For me, I think there's two things why you need to do this. Firstly, this is what investors will look at. Whether you like it or not, this is the things that they're going to do. By preemptively doing this type of analysis, you're just better prepared to answer their questions.
Julio Serna:
There's one thing that people might not think about as well, which is if you really understand your company, then you can understand what the value of the potential different private equities can bring to the table because private equities are not all the same, right? Some of them are more specialized in a given industry. Some of them have a different portfolio than others. The investment strategy for private equity is different. By you knowing your company really well, I think that allows you to better gauge the value that private equity can bring to the table for you, for your business. I think that's important.
Julio Serna:
And then the second one, I think if you as a business owner look at all of this stuff, even if it's hard work, it's going to help you be a better company. It's going to help you achieve better results. I've had the opportunity to work with many companies, large, small, across the world, and the most successful ones, they have these business fundamentals in place.
Brian Webb:
Let me ask you this. Tell us a little more about what you do specifically at Diamond Client Consulting, and I bet, I hope what you're about to say is you do exactly what we're talking about here today is you help businesses or business leaders get ready for raising capital. But tell us a little bit about what you do at Diamond Client Consulting.
Julio Serna:
Sure. What we do at DCC is we are committed to partnering with our clients to help them improve their performance. We mostly work with SMEs or SMBs, so small and medium businesses and private equity funds or private investors on what we would call operational planning strategy. The type of engagements that we do are mid to long-term business planning, annual strategic planning, performance management, governance, operational due diligence. We've done some top-line as well, top-line assessment. And by top-line, I mean sales marketing and go-to-market from a company perspective.
Julio Serna:
That's the type of work that we do. We can definitely help some of the small businesses that want to sell or want to attract investors to create basically their pitch deck. You need to create a story which has to be aligned with your long-term plan. You need to have a business plan, and then your pitch stick has to be aligned with that.
Brian Webb:
That makes sense. Being a marketer, at Whatbox Digital, we're doing marketing all these years, the one thing I know is perhaps the one thing that's as pandemic as COVID is bad marketing. And I've worked with a lot of businesses that have created tremendous success, and I'm talking hundreds of millions of dollars in annual recurring revenue, and they've done it in spite of the fact that they're terrible at marketing.
Brian Webb:
In other words, so for example, they've got a product, they've got a patent, or they just have an existing audience, especially in the oil and gas space, for example. If you just have the right relationships, you're in the game, if you're just in the circle, if you're in the club, so to speak, right? When you come in and you're looking at a business, what has your experience been, because this is an interesting lens to hear from you when it comes to looking at the business's marketing efforts?
Julio Serna:
Well, it varies. For me when I think about marketing or when we think about marketing a DCC, it's all about the consumer and it's all about how's your [inaudible 00:24:18] service meets the consumer's need. You've probably heard given that you're an expert in this area, the concept of design to value and the concept of creating the personas and looking at the consumer journeys, and then making sure that you're solving an issue.
Julio Serna:
Sometimes when people call these jobs to be done, so what is the job that you are doing to that person? And we found very different situations, basically, some people that actually have a very clear understanding of who their consumer is and what is it that they provide to their consumers and some businesses that it's more like what you were mentioning, right? They only grew their product out of someone's idea without thinking about who is going to engage with that product, or just have that right connection, and [crosstalk 00:25:15] but we strongly believe that you need to put the consumer at the center, look at all of these things, look at the brand, look at their product, look at the pricing, [inaudible 00:25:21] the market intelligence, the channels, if you think about go-to markets, then if you think about the sales, look at your sales force incentives, how you track, what are your consumers and clients and so on. I mean, it's a whole world, right? I think, again, you know this even better than me.
Brian Webb:
Wow. Well, one of the things that ... It's just part of our process, but one of the things that we do when we're working with clients is to have them figure out, and there's all different types of words to call it, buyer persona, or an ideal customer avatar ... We say ideal customer avatar. They're all the same things ... but we've actually put a tool on our website that, by the way, podcast listeners, you can go used anytime you want ... It's just whatboxdigital.com forward slash, or just slash rather avatar. But yeah, that's super important.
Brian Webb:
One of the things that's always fun ... This is just on a personal note ... I love coming into a client who has achieved success without marketing because when that happens, we just get to go to throw gasoline on the fire, basically, and just-
Julio Serna:
Imagine what they can do with it, right?
Brian Webb:
Yes, absolutely. How can someone reach out to you? What's the best place to reach out to you, Julio, if they want to know more about what you do or just get in touch with you?
Julio Serna:
You can reach us at our website. It's diamondclientconsulting.com. And also for all of your listeners, we're happy to give them a free consultation.
Brian Webb:
Wow.
Julio Serna:
They can schedule a call with me to discuss any questions they have about what we talked here today or any issues that their business are facing. And we are going to share a link with them and they just need to choose set a time that fits for them and then yeah, gets scheduled. I'm happy to engage with your listeners.
Brian Webb:
That's incredibly generous. That's diamondclientconsulting.com.
Julio Serna:
Right.
Brian Webb:
Thank you so much for being here today, Julio.
Julio Serna:
I appreciate you inviting me. I hope to continue working with you and engaging with you and your audience.
Brian Webb:
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode, and if you did, I'd be honored if you subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review.
Brian Webb:
I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @brianwebb and the show sponsor, Whatbox Digital, can be found at, as you might guess, @whatboxdigital. You can also find me and Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up-to-date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities, and you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you in the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
CONNECT WITH JULIO SERNA-MOLINA
Linkedin | Website
Email: info@diamondclientconsulting.com
Book A 30 Min. Call
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Do Marketing Better Segment
Host: Brian Webb
Ep. 8 - 3 Sales Funnels You Should Be Using To Grow Your Business.
__________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Hey, welcome to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast, sponsored by Whatbox Digital. I'm your host, , and this is where I bring you short, snackable, bite-sized tips and tricks to level up your marketing and help you grow your business faster. So let's jump on into today.
Welcome, everyone. Today, we're going to talk about three sales funnels that you can and should be using to grow your business. And I want to start by saying, if you're not using sales funnels, I can nearly guarantee you that your marketing doesn't work. One statistic that most people are not aware of is this, 21 to 24. I say it again, 21 to 24. That's the minimum number of interactions that your prospect has to interact with your brand before they will go through the three phases of a relationship. One, some level of awareness or curiosity. Then, some trust gets built through enlightenment over a period of time. And then, the final stage, commitment. They actually engage with you. They connect with you, they convert, they join your email list. They actually schedule a meeting with one of your sales reps. So if you have a website or a billboard or a radio spot that assumes that by running that radio spot or having your website live, that somehow people are going to come and give you all of their money, I can probably guarantee you that you are not generating any ROI on your marketing.
So what does a sales funnel do? A sales funnel allows your prospects to go through those three stages in a period of time that is more in alignment with the actual realistic period of time it takes for people to go from not knowing who you are to trusting you, to actually giving you money for your products or services. So today we're going to talk about three. There are many, and we will have more episodes in the future, but since we're keeping these Do Marketing Better segments of the podcast brief, we're going to talk about three sales funnels that you can and should be using.
So here we go. Number one, and this is by far the most common funnel you've ever seen. In fact, if there's one you're aware of, it's probably this one. It's what we call the lead or the squeeze funnel. This funnel typically has two pages, sometimes more, and it's a squeeze page, meaning you drive traffic to a page where you give them something of value in exchange for, at the very least, their email address, sometimes their phone number, their cell phone number.
So you have the squeeze page and then you typically take them to a thank you page where you offer the next step of your value offer. So again, the goal of the squeeze page is to make an offer where you get someone to give you their email address in exchange for what is often called a lead magnet. It's called a lead magnet because its goal is to attract your dream customers to you like a magnet. When creating your lead magnets, try to create something that your customer, your ideal customer avatar, will love, while at the same time repelling the types of people that you don't even want to work with.
I won't go deep on this here, but here are some of the most common types of lead magnets we've used at Whatbox Digital and you've probably seen, an ebook or a PDF, a course or a video series, infographics, a template, a case study, white paper, a video. If you're a SaaS company, a free trial to your software, or a free membership, a coupon or a discount, a quiz, or a survey, a contest entry, a checklist, a registration to an event, gated information. Gated means you allow a portion of the content to be consumable or visible, but if you want to read the rest of the article, for example, you have to give some information. A physical book or physical good. That's 17 are the most common types of lead magnets that we've used and that we've seen others use.
Here's an example of a headline and a sub-headline. A headline example might be, "99 secrets that will change your business." The sub-headline, or to support the hook, might say, "Want to know how we took our business from zero to over a hundred million dollars in sales in just three short years?" So that's a quick example of a lead or a squeeze funnel. Obviously, once you have that email, it's now your goal to nurture them with a sequence of retargeting and emails that will help them to go through those three phases of a relationship over a period of time, giving you more customers.
Funnel number two, sales funnel the survey funnel. Typically, this has at least three pages, the survey page, a squeeze page for each group in the survey, and a results page for each type of person with a message tailored specifically to them. So to explain, your survey, which can also feel like a quiz, will ask a series of questions. And after the last question, the user, the person going through the survey, will be taken to a page where it "calculates" the user's responses. Finally, the user is redirected to a page that says, "based on your responses, we've pinpointed the solution which is costing you the problem. Enter your name and email, and we'll send you a 'solution' to your problem." The purpose of a survey final is to separate your visitors that come to your website or your landing page. People might be responding to your ad or organically showing up into different buckets, so you could speak directly to their specific pain.
While you might have lots of questions in your survey, only one of them is important, only one of the questions in the survey is going to determine the bucket your visitor lands in. Once you've directed them to complete the quiz or the survey, they're directed to, again, a calculating pop-up that explains their results that are being calculated. After they give you their email address, they're taken to a results page where you can show them the case study or the story and then make them an offer.
So for example, if you're a business that is, let's just say, you're in marketing, like Whatbox Digital. And we might have a survey that hypothetically asks you three or four questions, but one of the questions might be, what is the biggest problem that you're dealing with in your marketing or in your lead generation? And then, depending on how they answer that question, they're taken to a specific page that speaks into that problem and allows us to give them a solution to that problem in exchange for that email address or that cell phone number. So that's the survey funnel.
One little bonus pro tip on the survey funnel. The more you customize each results page and the more you customize the follow-up final for each of your audience buckets, the higher your conversions will likely be. So take that with you today about the survey funnel. Again, there are tons of sales funnels we could talk about that can help you grow your business. But today we're going to talk about just one more. The third one, the summit funnel.
The summit funnel has three pages, a registration page, a special offer page, and your broadcast pages to deliver the content to your registrants. So here's how it works. A summit funnel is basically another type of lead generation funnel, but one that is strategically designed to let you leverage other people's traffic, other people's audiences. And at the same time, co-brand yourself to build your own authority in a market. You can use summit funnels to quickly build a list and develop relationships with other influencers in your market.
So let's jump in a little deeper. What is a summit? It's a virtual event. A virtual summit is a free online conference, and when organized and executed just right, it can really be an incredible business growth strategy which sometimes requires no ad spend. So instead of spending time and money mastering paid traffic, a virtual summit kind of allows you to partner, not kind of, it does allow you to partner with dozens of other established businesses in your niche, or thought leaders, driving their targeted traffic from their lists into your funnel to grow your own subscriber list all in a matter of weeks.
So let's think about this for a second. And again, we've got to keep this short for today. Let's just say that I want to do a virtual summit and I go find 21 speakers. These are people that I'll interview. There's no actual live event. This is all prerecorded interviews. And let's just say that I go and get, I'm picking a name at random, Tony Robbins. That's a big name, right? And let's just say that Tony Robbins, who by the way, has millions of people on his email list, but let's just assume for today that he only has, let's just say 10,000. Well, by inviting him to be in our virtual summit, he is going to email and promote his list of 10,000 people, all of his social media followers, to come and also sign up for this summit basically. Right?
And they do, guess what? They're now on my email list. So I get two benefits. One, I get the benefit of being associated with Tony Robbins, and I get the benefit of pooling his email, his followers, his subscribers, the people who would do business with him, into my email list and into my sales funnels. So real quickly again, let's talk about how this works. The invitations. First, a person, you, who organizes the summit. You're known as the host. You invite a group of colleagues in their respective niches to be interviewed. Your ideal interviewee is a colleague in your niche who has their own email list of your ideal customer avatars. A good-sized summit has about 30 speakers, though you might likely find yourself approaching more people than that before you arrive at the final list of confirmed people to be in the summit.
Now, let's talk about the interviews. You are going to host, you're going to prerecord your interviews with all of the participants, all of the speakers in your summit via Zoom, whichever tool you want to use, you're going to prerecord these, and then those will be broadcast online for a limited period of time later during the summit event. Last let's talk about the promotion. Motivated sometimes by affiliate commissions, meaning you might actually share revenue from this funnel, from the summit, with the people who are actually speaking in the event but basically motivated by affiliate commissions and/or the prestige of being a featured speaker in your event, guest speakers join with the host, you, to promote the summit in advance of the interviews being broadcast. This is the key. By using a well-constructed virtual summit funnel, the host can collect the email addresses of everyone who opts in to watch the free summit, as well as sell products to the summit registrants.
So when your guest speakers promote your summit to their list, a portion of those subscribers will become your subscribers, which is how your own targeted email list grows. I could go so much deeper on strategies like how to make this summit funnel profitable, but whether or not the summit funnel is profitable, it can absolutely be used to grow your business and increase revenue and generate leads.
So that's it for today, three funnels, three sales funnels you can use to grow your business. One, the most rudimentary, the lead or the squeeze funnel. Second, we talked about the survey funnel or the quiz funnel. And then, we just spoke about the summit funnel. And mind you, when we start talking about sales funnels, it's hard for me to stop. But since we're trying to keep these episodes short and sweet, a marketing snack, if you will, we're going to stop here for today. And if going through these so quickly just seems overwhelming, no worries. This is exactly what we help clients do at Whatbox Digital. So check out our website, whatboxdigital.com. We are here to help.
Hey, thanks for listening to the Do Marketing Better segment of the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. This podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital. Whatbox Digital exists to coach business owners and leaders to make better marketing decisions, have fewer regrets, and avoid the expensive, very expensive, pitfalls and costly mistakes of bad marketing that just doesn't work. To learn more about how we can help you improve your marketing and grow your business faster, check out whatboxdigital.com and I'll see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
__________________________________
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 7: How To Create The Perfect Ideal Customer Avatar To Grow Your Business
________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Ideal Customer Avatar Tool
________________________________
PLAYBOOK PROMO:
Whatbox Digital - Marketing Strategy Playbook Promotion
Before we jump into today's episode, I want to quickly share a very special promotion we have going on here at Whatbox Digital. It's been said that the best time to plant a tree was 20 years ago. The second best time is today. Having an executing and effective marketing plan for growing your business is no different. Between now and June 30th, 2021, we're offering a $1,600 discount on our Marketing Strategy Playbook consultation.
Normally priced at $6,500, which is still well worth it. You can allow our team to help you stop wasting money on marketing that's not working and give you a new plan for growing your business for just $4,900. If you're catching this episode after June 30th, 2021, this is still a worthwhile investment that will generate a return for you and your business. I provide more details later in this episode.
I strongly urge you to stop waiting and start growing your business and revenue with proven marketing strategies that actually work.
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:
Brian Webb:
Before we jump into today's episode, I want to quickly share a very special promotion we have going on here at Whatbox Digital. It's been said that the best time to plant a tree was 20 years ago. The second best time is today. Having and executing an effective marketing plan for growing your business is no different. Between now and June 30th, 2021, we're offering a $1,600 discount on our marketing strategy playbook consultation. Normally priced at $6,500, which is still well worth it, you can allow our team to help you stop wasting money on marketing that's not working and give you a new plan for growing your business for just $4,900. If you're catching this episode after June 30th, 2021, this is still a worthwhile investment that will generate a return for you and your business. I provide more details later in this episode. I strongly urge you to stop waiting and start growing your business and revenue with proven marketing strategies that actually work. Again, I share more details later in the episode. But for now, we'll jump into the show.
Brian Webb:
Hey there, everyone. Welcome to the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue faster. Whether you're an aspiring entrepreneur or a thriving business owner, this podcast is designed and produced just for you so you can learn from the best industry experts in the world. I'll bring you exclusive interviews with authors, thought leaders, and successful business titans who share their stories and business journeys so we can draw insights and learn from their successes and struggles together. As you're working on growing your business and pursuing your dreams, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. And we'll have some fun in the process. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Brian Webb:
Hey everyone, welcome to the show today. And today's show is titled How to Create the Perfect Ideal Customer Avatar. And as I even jump into today's show, I think of a lot of the business owners, business leaders that I get to work with as a marketing coach, a marketing consultant here at Whatbox Digital. I work with clients across a huge range of industry sectors. And a lot of times when I'm dealing with business leaders, High-D, high driven personalities, and we start talking about this thing called an ICA, or an ideal customer avatar, it feels like they're jumping into the weeds. It feels like it's marketing speak. It feels like something that almost might even seem like an unnecessary step, or an unnecessary thing to even understand for that matter. With the leaders that I work with, a lot of times the mentality, and I understand it, by the way, I'm extremely empathetic towards this, but it's a give me the baby, I don't want the labor pains.
Brian Webb:
But in this case, if you don't understand why it's important to actually create ideal customer avatars for your marketing department, for your sales team, then you're going to have a lot of problems that you wouldn't have to deal with if you actually had well-defined ICAs or ideal customer avatars. So today's episode is just that, how to create the perfect ideal customer avatar for you and your business. But first. It seems like a great idea to talk about the benefits. And it could be either the benefits or the cost, the benefits of if you do it, the cost to you and your business if you don't have well-defined ideal customer avatars for your prospects. One reason, one huge benefit to understand your ideal customer avatar is you learn where to target your prospects. So for example, if your ideal customer avatar is vice presidents of oil and gas businesses, you're probably not going to want to actually do cold audience targeting on Facebook, on Instagram.
Brian Webb:
On the other hand, if your ideal customer avatar is more in the B2C space. So let's just say, for example, you sell makeup products and your perfect target is girls ages 13 through 18-years-old, LinkedIn would be a terrible place to go and target them. Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, and other platforms like Snapchat, for example, might be absolutely the perfect place to go and target them. So one reason to understand who your ideal customer avatar is, and by the way, you probably have numerous ideal customer avatars, we'll talk about that in a minute, but the second reason that you want to understand who your ideal customer avatars are is how you communicate with them. And I'm going to give you a very specific example. I have worked with a client that makes specific parts that can be used on bicycles. Now, actually, these parts can be used across a variety of usages, but they really wanted to jump into the bicycle space. Now, this is an example where it's one part, one sector.
Brian Webb:
And yet, with that one part, that one sector, we still ended up with three different ideal customer avatars. Let me explain. Ideal customer avatar number one, the avid cyclist. Avatar number two, bicycle shop owners. Ideal avatar number three, mechanics that work inside of these bicycle shops. Now again, one product, one industry sector, and a very niche sector at that. But the reason that we wanted to know all three of those avatars is, again, how do we communicate? So for example, how do we communicate to you if you're the triathlete if you are an avid cyclist, right? Well the way that you're probably going to be making your decision, at least per our dialogue with this client, is prestige. This part one way or the other probably isn't going to have a huge difference on your performance. But if you're the guy or the girl that spends 3,000, $4,000 for your bike and this is your hobby, this is your passion and you're a triathlete, you're going to want to be able to tell all your friends that you have the very, very best, the most premium parts on your bike.
Brian Webb:
Now, if you're the bicycle shop owner, it all comes down to profit, what's going to bring more customers into the store. But if you're the bicycle shop mechanic, it's all about what makes your customers the most happy? The people who bring in their bicycles to be worked on, to be tuned up, what's going to make their customers happy? Now, one part, one industry bicycle shop owner, bicycle shop mechanic, an avid cyclist. And yet, if we ran one ad that just says, "Buy our parts for your bicycles," that would have been an absolute colossal waste of money and a waste of time. Your conversion rates would be super, super low. Your cost per click would be about as high as it can possibly be because we're not trying to relate to each of these three people. Again, one product, one industry niche. But we've got to know how to talk to each one of these avatars inside this particular industry niche. So what I want to do with you today is take you through the process that we use with our top paying clients here at Whatbox Digital.
Brian Webb:
And by the way, at the end of this episode, I'm going to actually share a tool that you can use for free that takes you and your business through the exact same process that we use with our clients. Here's our process. Here are the questions that we want to go through and define. We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor, Whatbox Digital. Do you want to grow and scale your business better and faster, make fewer mistakes and stop wasting money on marketing that does not work? I already know that you do. Like so many others, you're tired of relying on a failed hope marketing system. Hope marketing is when we spend valuable time and money on marketing and we hope that it works. You've worked so hard to get where you are and like most business owners and leaders, you're frustrated with wasting money on marketing that doesn't work. You've thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures and you wish you could get all of that money back, but you can't.
Brian Webb:
By failing to take ownership of your marketing problems and pivot to proven marketing systems that actually work, you're going to lose potentially hundreds or thousands of customers and millions of dollars to your competitors. When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to suffer from industry downturns, lumpy cash flow, and ultimately, higher stress. It pains me to watch business owners and entrepreneurs suffer from relying on hope and bad advice that simply doesn't work. I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency here in the Greater Houston metroplex for over 17 years. And having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth and collectively tens of millions of dollars in new revenue opportunities time and time again. And that's exactly what I want to do for you.
Brian Webb:
Our marketing strategy playbook consultation allows us to do just that. Typically, in just four weeks or less, we'll take you through our three-step process that will open your eyes to the readily available growth opportunities you need, want, and deserve. First, we'll schedule a discovery meeting where we will ask you a series of questions about the current state of your business and your revenue growth goals for the next 12 to 36 months. Second, our team goes away and does the necessary research on where the best places are to hyper-target your ideal customers so that you don't unnecessarily waste money on marketing or advertising in the wrong places. And last, we schedule a strategy meeting with you and your team. This is where we'll present you with a customized marketing strategy playbook to help you grow your business. We'll present the data from our research and guide you to make better marketing decisions moving forward.
Brian Webb:
And here's the special offer, our digital marketing strategy playbook typically sells for $6,500, which is a great deal because it's worth every penny. But if you get started between now and the end of June 2021, we'll discount this fee by $1,600, bringing the price down to just $4,900. That's a huge saving and I promise this consultation will help you to know you're making smarter marketing decisions that will actually work and help you grow your business. Again, this $1,600 discount is only valid between now and the end of June 2021. To work with us, simply go to whatboxplaybook.com and give us your information. A friendly rep from our office will reach out to you to answer your questions and help you get started. It's that easy. Again, just go to whatboxplaybook.com and give us your info, or you can text the word, "Playbook," to 832-324-2432, and you'll be on the way to making better and smarter marketing decisions that will actually help you grow your business more effectively.
Brian Webb:
Imagine a life where you'll never have to worry about generating leads and acquiring new customers ever again. Don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that don't work. Go to whatboxplaybook.com, or text the word, "Playbook," to 832-324-2432 to take advantage of this promotional offer. It will save you $1,600 on the consultation and it will save you a fortune on the money you're likely wasting right now on marketing that's doing nothing to grow your business. If you want to grow and scale your business better and faster and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. Let's get started today right now. So what I want to do with you today is take you through the process that we use with our top paying clients here at Whatbox Digital. And by the way, at the end of this episode, I'm going to actually share a tool that you can use for free that takes you and your business through the exact same process that we use with our clients.
Brian Webb:
Here's our process. Here are the questions that we want to go through and define. And I'll share with you why these questions are here throughout the process, or why we use these specific questions. One, name your avatar. So for example, for the client that I referenced, one of their avatars we named Avid Cyclist Aaron. Another one, Bicycle Shop Mechanic Michael. Now, the goal isn't to be clever, the goal is to give these avatars a name so that from now on when you're having conversations around marketing campaigns, email campaigns, social media campaigns, paid advertising campaigns, you know exactly who you are trying to connect with and to communicate with. So that's why you give your avatar a name. This is for your own internal reference only. This will never show up in the public's eye, this is just for you and your team.
Brian Webb:
One of the other questions that we always encourage our clients to really think about is what is the potential revenue or value of a small customer or client, a medium or a large, or even a whale-sized customer or client? If you find that you have 12, 15, 18 different avatars, this might help you to actually prioritize who you're going to allocate the most time resources and the most advertising spend or budget resources. So again, if you've got 18, 20 narrows that down, prioritize by who's going to have the most value for your business the most quickly. In what industry does this ICA, again, ideal customer avatar, work? And by the way, be as specific as possible. What are the job titles for this particular ideal customer avatar? And sometimes, there are many. So for example, if you make products in the oil and gas sector, it could be that presidents, vice presidents, and C-suite executives all count.
Brian Webb:
And by the way, once you understand what titles to go after specifically in the B2B space, there are some powerful targeting parameters that you can use on LinkedIn to really, really narrow in and focus on the titles that you want to go for or target inside of your ICA. How is their job performance measured? Now, this might seem like an odd one, but the reason that you might want to know this is because if your product or service can help them to do something that will enable them to perform better in their job performance for their organization, then that might be something that shapes how you communicate with them. What are the top three to five problems or frustrations this ICA experiences on their job on an ongoing basis? This is a big one. And I'm going to give you a great case study for this one. When you understand what problems they face, you can speak into those problems sometimes if your product or service isn't even the solution to those problems.
Brian Webb:
Let me give you an example. We worked with a leading disaster restoration company here in the Houston metroplex. And when we helped them work through this whole ICA process, we were visiting on what are some of the biggest problems they had. And one of the answers that came up was they want to grow their book of business, right? These are business owners, they're entrepreneurs. So this is a disaster restoration company. So the only reason you need them is if there is a disaster, fire, flood, mold, right? But if you're trying to get more general adjusters to do business with you as a disaster restoration company, anything that you can do to help them grow their business is likely going to make them more loyal to you than other disaster restoration companies that don't do this. So again, understanding what their top frustrations or challenges are can be very helpful in how you communicate.
Brian Webb:
Typically, what's the number of employees for the organization of this ICA? So for example, if the typical number of employees is 13 people, that's going to affect how we go and target them in a campaign than if there are 30,000 people. That's going to be a completely different strategy altogether. What are the known goals for this ICA? What are the job responsibilities for this avatar? Where does this persona gain new information for his or her job? So for example, if there is a specific LinkedIn group, or there are specific blogs or YouTube channels, where they go to stay up to date and be relevant inside of what they do for their company or their business, then these might be targeting channels for you. It can really inform where you spend your advertising dollars. What are some of the top websites this ICA visits regularly? What are the Facebook or LinkedIn groups they like to engage with and belong to? What hashtags does this ICA follow on Instagram?
Brian Webb:
And I could really go into the weeds on this one because we work with many clients who just assume that their clients aren't even on Instagram. And then when we go to hashtag research and show them how many people are actually posting content in their industry, and sometimes even with a small niche of their industry, they can't believe it. Tens of thousands, hundreds of thousands. Who are the influencers that this ICA tends to follow online? What podcasts do they listen to and subscribe to? What blogs do they read? What YouTube channels do they follow and why? What keywords does this ICA use to search on Google for the services and products that you provide? Now, this one is probably obvious, right? If you're going to be doing some Google pay-per-click advertising, obviously it's going to be crucial. Super important to understand where you want to be showing up and where you don't. By the way, a great example, if you are in the IT space, at least at one point, number one, keyword long-tail search phrase that was used was, "I hate my computer," but it's not what you might've thought.
Brian Webb:
You might've thought I'm looking for a computer specialist, or IT company, or servers or network. But no, it was, "I hate my computer." So understanding what this is, again, really informs where you allocate ad spend and how you set up your targeting parameters. And the last couple of questions we try to help our clients walk through are what are the known ways this avatar typically communicates and interacts with vendors? And the catch-all at the end, what else needs to be known about this avatar that wasn't covered in the questions above, right? And sometimes, you'd be surprised what that can be. Sometimes, it's our avatar is an extremely low-tech savvy avatar. There's actually a variety of things that can come out here. But when you go through the process of really understanding and narrowing in who your ideal customer avatar is, or who they are, you're going to waste way less money on advertising that wasn't going to work to begin with because you were being overly broad.
Brian Webb:
You're going to increase your conversion rates. So conversion rate can be adding a product to a shopping cart. A conversion rate can just be clicking through to the ad to arrive on a landing page. If they do arrive at a landing page, they might be pixeled so that you can now do retargeting to them, actually re-target messaging to them over an extended period of time. Conversion rate might be collecting an email address in exchange for something valuable. There's all kinds of conversions, but you're going to increase your conversion rates, decrease your cost per acquisition for new customers and you're just going to be overall much more efficient at not only finding and connecting and reaching your ideal customer but connecting with them more effectively in a way that actually makes them want to engage with your messaging, with your paid ads, with your organic social posting, with your email blast that you're doing, your email marketing.
Brian Webb:
So if you're willing to take the step with your team and go through and define your ideal customer avatars, there's a lot of benefits. There's a lot of pain you can avoid and a lot of benefits that you can gain just by being willing to walk through this process. So if you want to use the tool, we have a free tool here at Whatbox Digital that you can use. Just go to whatboxdigital.com/avatar, and basically provide a little bit of info. And when I say a little bit of info, I'm talking your first name, your email address. And that's just so that we can send you back the results from your ideal customer avatar survey that you've taken the time to fill out. So just go to whatboxdigital.com/avatar, feel free to use the tool as many times as you want. It's completely free. It's just our way of trying to be helpful to you. And I know it's going to make a difference in your business. And I can't wait to see you here on the next show.
Brian Webb:
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me @BrianWebb, and the show's sponsor, Whatbox Digital, can be found, as you might guess, @whatboxdigital. You can also find me in Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of the Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast.
Brian Webb:
And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 6: Deferred Comp - The Secret Weapon To Retain Your Best Team Members
_____________________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music | Stitcher
________________________________
RESOURCES & HELPFUL LINKS
Whatbox Digital
Diamond Client Group
Good Bull Investments
________________________________
PLAYBOOK PROMO:
Whatbox Digital - Marketing Strategy Playbook Promotion
Before we jump into today's episode, I want to quickly share a very special promotion we have going on here at Whatbox Digital. It's been said that the best time to plant a tree was 20 years ago. The second best time is today. Having an executing and effective marketing plan for growing your business is no different. Between now and June 30th, 2021, we're offering a $1,600 discount on our Marketing Strategy Playbook consultation.
Normally priced at $6,500, which is still well worth it. You can allow our team to help you stop wasting money on marketing that's not working and give you a new plan for growing your business for just $4,900. If you're catching this episode after June 30th, 2021, this is still a worthwhile investment that will generate a return for you and your business. I provide more details later in this episode.
I strongly urge you to stop waiting and start growing your business and revenue with proven marketing strategies that actually work.
________________________________
TRANSCRIPT:Brian Webb:
Before we jump into today's episode, I want to quickly share a very special promotion we have going on here at Whatbox Digital. It's been said that the best time to plant a tree was 20 years ago. The second best time is today. Having an executing and effective marketing plan for growing your business is no different. Between now and June 30th, 2021, we're offering a $1,600 discount on our Marketing Strategy Playbook consultation.
Brian Webb:
Normally priced at $6,500, which is still well worth it. You can allow our team to help you stop wasting money on marketing that's not working and give you a new plan for growing your business for just $4,900. If you're catching this episode after June 30th, 2021, this is still a worthwhile investment that will generate a return for you and your business. I provide more details later in this episode.
Brian Webb:
I strongly urge you to stop waiting and start growing your business and revenue with proven marketing strategies that actually work. Again, I share more details later in the episode, but for now, we'll jump into the show. Hey there, everyone. Welcome to the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth podcast. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business in revenue faster.
Brian Webb:
Whether you're an aspiring entrepreneur or a thriving business owner, this podcast is designed to produce just for you, so you can learn from the best industry experts in the world. I'll bring you exclusive interviews with authors, thought leaders, and successful business Titans who share their stories and business journeys, so we can draw insights and learn from their successes and struggles together.
Brian Webb:
As you're working on growing your business and pursuing your dreams, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. We'll have some fun in the process. Let's go ahead and jump into today's episode. Luke Cheatham, I am thrilled to have you on the podcast today. You and I have known each other for a year, year and a half or so.
Brian Webb:
We've had the opportunity of working together for two of your businesses. One of which is Diamond Client Group, and the other is we're talking about is Good Bull Investments. For those in our audience that don't know who you are share with our audience a little bit about who you are and what you do.
Luke Cheatham:
Well, I'm a recovering analytic is one of the ways I like to describe it, but I went to A&M for engineering. Have an engineering degree problem solving and yet got out of school and did all sorts of interesting things with some other ventures. Along the way, got into the financial services industry, which is an interesting story. Now, I get to focus on solving problems for others, for business owners and individuals in the high net worth space. I love it.
Brian Webb:
I'm going to ask you because I'm curious just as your friend and I think the audience will be as well. How do you go from engineer to the brilliant finance guy that I know and get to work with?
Luke Cheatham:
Well, it is actually a crazy story. My father came down with stage four, kidney cancer. When I got that news, I was actually operating a different venture and had just sold some interest in that and had some time on my hands and some money in my pockets. When we got that sucker punch to the family and basically told him, "You focus on the medical stuff and I'll pay attention to your business and see what we can do to figure out transitioning it.
Luke Cheatham:
See if we can develop and those kinds of things." Along the way, interviewed maybe 20 different people in financial services from attorneys to business brokers, financial folks, anybody I could get my hands on, really just to try to solve that problem, was really disappointed by that path and that road, so to speak. Most of the advice we got was all transactional. Then, finally met a tax structure attorney who gave us some great advice.
Luke Cheatham:
Actually, one of the strategies that we might talk about today, which is deferred compensation. I had no idea what that was. It's 409A in the tax code. He basically said, "Look, there's a way for you to incentivize these managers that my dad had in the business with a future bonus program." It wasn't cash out of our pocket today. It wasn't stock of the company today. I thought I was going to have to give up one of the two, either cash or equity. Instead, we found this solution. We put it into place.
Luke Cheatham:
It worked out beautifully for that business. Incentivize the managers that we had to kind of step up and take on additional responsibilities. That just got me thinking anything that specialty and that valuable that people don't know about. I'm entrepreneurial. I started doing some research and looked into it and decided, "You know what, not enough people do this for small business. I'm going to jump in."
Brian Webb:
Tell us a little bit about how you help businesses to grow their business by scaling their team.
Luke Cheatham:
Well, as you start to solve the marketing conundrum, if you can figure that thing out, then the next question is likely how do you service them? Especially, how do you build a team appropriately for that infrastructure? That's something that we specialize in helping small businesses with interesting way. It's all about how do I bring them aboard? What's the incentive package and really, how do I keep them?
Luke Cheatham:
Those businesses that I meet really just know what they've been told, which is, you can offer a 401(k), and then it's all about how you pay somebody. And it's always cash now. We focus when we structure compensation, typically on a salary, a bonus schedule, hitting certain benchmarks, but it's paid out this year, or benefits like the 401(k). All of those things are today. Where we come in, as we say, "Well, really, what would you like to get out of this person over the next five years?"
Luke Cheatham:
If you knew they were going to stay with you for five years or 10 years, how much more would they be worth five or 10 years down the road than they are today? If we could incentivize that position, to hit these benchmarks along the way that you have in your head, then how much more valuable would it be? We're structuring and instead of thinking of it as a salary arrangement, I think of it as the pot at the end of the rainbow, if I could have a future salary arrangement.
Luke Cheatham:
In other words, "If you work for me, Brian," I might say, "You know what, Brian, if you get certain sales targets, then you'll get this bonus. If you stay with me for five years, you get this bonus. If our company grows by X amount, you get this bonus. I can really make that plan specific to your position within my company, maybe as head of marketing or head of sales or someone that's very key that I might think about giving equity to, or really big bonuses to."
Luke Cheatham:
Now, I tied it to a time element. Five years from now, how much more valuable would you be if you were still in my [inaudible 00:07:08]
Brian Webb:
What would be an example, a specific case study, where it was a win-win, where that was actually deployed, that you've seen in your years of doing this?
Luke Cheatham:
There's tons of applications for it. One is if you have large turnover or you're worried about turnover about losing someone, and here's why the numbers become so compelling. Imagine you have your VP of sales, just to put a position there. They're highly impactful to your organization because they're driving new dollars in. You definitely want to keep that person as they've gotten to know your business, they know all the key customers.
Luke Cheatham:
They're just very instrumental in driving to the bottom line. Let's just keep the numbers easy. Let's say they make $200,000 a year. That's what they make in salary, but you're worried about losing them. They're really, really good. There's somebody else that might pay him $250,000, and if you don't have a plan in place, you know, people can leave sometimes for just a couple of dollars more or $210,000.
Luke Cheatham:
If I instead came to that person and said, "Listen, I'm going to put aside an additional $20,000 per year into a deferred compensation plan. That's 20,000 per year. You're making 200,000 a year. If you left then, after the first year, and we'll make this a five-year plan to keep it simple and we'll have it vest than 20% per year." Your one is 20, then 40, 60, 80, 100." Well, then what that means then is that $20,000 bonus that they're receiving.
Luke Cheatham:
If they left after that year, then it's 20% of 20,000 or $4,000. They would get $4,000, they would leave on the table, an additional $16,000. That's hard to walk away from when you make $200,000.
Brian Webb:
Do you find that deferred compensation is used more in one industry than another or in businesses with a certain amount of revenue or higher or is it broad?
Luke Cheatham:
Well, sadly, what you're bringing up is true, it's really reserved today for large companies. They have CFO and financial people that are guiding them. You'll hear it a lot in engineering or attorneys, attorney firms, these large organizations that may have also restricted stock or Phantom stock of an organization, employee stock purchase plans. You don't see it much in small businesses and that's because there's not a sales team out there promoting it.
Luke Cheatham:
That's really the only reason that's true because if you think about everything that I'm saying, as it relates to deferred compensation, it's really made for small business. Once my business has 1,000 employees, well now 401(k) makes sense to give a plan to everyone. As a small business, I don't have access. I'm not stock-driven and I don't really want to give incentives to absolutely all of my employees when I have maybe 50 or less.
Luke Cheatham:
If I could direct specific dollars to those key personnel, that would be hugely valuable for me. Deferred compensation is really made for small business that just most of the time haven't heard about it.
Brian Webb:
What is a first step? What is the costs look like, let's just say you have a business. Let's just assume they are at a couple of million dollars a year for the sake of even numbers. They're a team of 10 and they're wanting to deploy this or initialize this, what steps do they take? What does that cost look like for getting that moving? How long does it take for that matter?
Voiceover:
We'll get back to the show in just a moment, but first, a quick word from our sponsor, Whatbox Digital. Do you want to grow and scale your business better and faster? Make fewer mistakes and stop wasting money on marketing that does not work? I already know that you do. Like so many others, you are tired of relying on a failed hope marketing system. Hope marketing is when we spend valuable time and money on marketing and we hope that it works.
Voiceover:
You've worked so hard to get where you are. Like most business owners and leaders, you're frustrated with wasting money on marketing that doesn't work. You've thrown tons of money towards marketing mistakes and failures and you wish you could get all of that money back, but you can't. By failing to take ownership of your marketing problems and pivot to proven marketing systems that actually work, you're going to lose potentially hundreds or thousands of customers and millions of dollars to your competitors.
Voiceover:
When you don't have a reliable system for generating leads and acquiring new customers, then you're doomed to suffer from industry downturns, lumpy cashflow, and ultimately higher stress. It pains me to watch business owners and entrepreneurs suffer from relying on hope and bad advice that simply doesn't work. I've had the privilege of owning and leading a successful marketing agency here in the greater Houston metroplex for over 17 years.
Voiceover:
Having worked in over 60 industry verticals, I've led my team and clients to achieve business growth and collectively tens of millions of dollars in new revenue opportunities, time and time again. That's exactly what I want to do for you. Our marketing strategy playbook consultation allows us to do just that. Typically, in just four weeks or less, we'll take you through our three-step process that will open your eyes to the readily available growth opportunities you need, want, and deserve.
Voiceover:
First, we'll schedule a discovery meeting where we will ask you a series of questions about the current state of your business and your revenue growth goals for the next 12 to 36 months. Second, our team goes away and does the necessary research on where the best places are to hyper-target your ideal customers so that you don't unnecessarily waste money on marketing or advertising in the wrong places. Last, we schedule a strategy meeting with you and your team.
Voiceover:
This is where we'll present you with a customized Marketing Strategy Playbook to help you grow your business. We will present the data from our research and guide you to make better marketing decisions moving forward. Here's the special offer, our Digital Marketing Strategy Playbook typically sells for $6,500, which is a great deal because it's worth every penny. If you get started between now and the end of June 2021, we'll discount this fee by $1,600, bringing the price down to just $4,900.
Voiceover:
That's a huge savings. I promise this consultation will help you to know you're making smarter marketing decisions that will actually work and help you grow your business. Again, this $1,600 discount is only valid between now and the end of June 2021 to work with us simply go to WhatboxPlaybook.com and give us your information. A friendly rep from our office will reach out to you to answer your questions and help you get started. It's that easy.
Voiceover:
Again, just go to whatboxplaybook.com and give us your info, or you can text the word playbook to (832) 324-2432 and you'll be on the way to making better and smarter marketing decisions that will actually help you grow your business more effectively. Imagine a life where you'll never have to worry about generating leads and acquiring new customers ever again. Don't waste another day or another dollar on failing hope marketing strategies that don't work.
Voiceover:
Go to WhatboxPlaybook.com or text the word playbook to (832) 324-2432. To take advantage of this promotional offer. It will save you $1,600 on the consultation and it will save you a fortune on the money you're likely wasting right now on marketing that's doing nothing to grow your business. If you want to grow and scale your business better and faster, and with fewer mistakes, you're in the right place. Let's get started today, right now.
Brian Webb:
What is the first step? What does the cost look like, let's just say you have a business. Let's just assume they are at $2 million a year for the sake of even numbers, they're a team of 10 and they're wanting to deploy this or initialize this. What steps do they take? What does that cost look like for getting that moving? How long does it take for that matter?
Luke Cheatham:
Well, here's actually one of the biggest rubs, Brian. It's cheaper than administering a 401(k). Think about it, if I have a 401(k) and I'm a company and you bring me a plan of 20 people or 50 people, am I going to make much money off that plan? No, because I've got to wait for that plan, especially if it's a new startup plan. I have to wait for these people to save money consistently for a long, long, long period of time, before it's really worthwhile for me.
Luke Cheatham:
All I care about is assets under management. Once that plan gets to $500,000, then $1 million, then $2 million and really most companies, the big companies wouldn't say a plan is cost-efficient until at least has $5 million under assets. If a plan doesn't have $5 million under assets, they still are doing all the same steps, regulatory filings. They have an account that they're managing, a portal that they're giving for employees.
Luke Cheatham:
All those steps are still done, whether there was five people or 1,000 people, that's just technology. That cost gets passed on somehow to either the business owner for the cost of the plan or to the individuals participating in the plan. One of the two. A lot of times it's not real transparent. Here's an example, I can, as a plan, put the costs under the ongoing management fees of the underlying holdings of the stocks, so the stocks.
Luke Cheatham:
If a stock was going to gross return like this last year, the market did really, really well. Maybe that stock performed at 20%. I'm going to take a haircut of 1% or 2% off the top of that to help pay for the 401(k) plan. I'm still just going to report that the plan made 18%, the person looks down at the plan and they say, "You know what, this is awesome. I made 18%." They didn't realize they could have made 20% if their plan was larger.
Luke Cheatham:
Now that may sound like a small difference, but think of 2%, if you knew that you were going to pay 2% on an account, most people wouldn't take on that account because there's ETFs, there's mutual funds that costs less than 10 basis points or a 10th of 1%. Why would you pay full 2%? It doesn't sound like much when the market makes 20%, but what if the market only returned 5%? That's one of the places the cost can be. Otherwise, the business is paying for some of those costs.
Luke Cheatham:
Maybe they're paying $500 for the right to have a plan or $1,000 for the right to have a plan. If the plan had a thousand employees, they wouldn't pay anything because the plan was large enough that they don't need to. That's sounds backwards, but if you just think about it from the standpoint of the company, that's why that occurs. A 409A, however, my only real cost is the initial setup of the legal agreement. That's my biggest cost. After that, it's a general asset of the company. It could be cash.
Luke Cheatham:
It can be an investment account. It can even be insurance contracts on those key personnel. There's lots of things that we can do to fund the plan, and because there's no additional regulatory filings that we're having to do on an ongoing basis, like the 401(k) has, it's significantly cheaper.
Brian Webb:
That makes Sense. Is there a threshold in terms of size of company, either based on head count or annual revenue where beneath that threshold might not make sense above that threshold is where it starts making sense, or is there a threshold at all?
Luke Cheatham:
There's actually the easier way to answer that question, the biggest threshold that people don't even think about is there should be a threshold for 401(k)s. I don't believe a 401k really makes sense unless you're wanting to incentivize all of your employees equally, or if you have 50 or more at a baseline, really it should be 100 or more. At 50 is where we start thinking about it.
Luke Cheatham:
If you're in an industry that just to be competitive with your peers, you have to offer one, then you have to offer one. Just understand it's going to be expensive. You may not have thought of it as being expensive, but compared to other instruments and other plans, it is. For a 409A, my only question would be, is there a single employee that you would like to incentivize differently than your other employee pool.
Luke Cheatham:
Whether that you want to incentivize them to stay, you want to make it mimic stock of your company equity in your company, or basically you want to incentivize someone around growth, anything like that would be a great reason, even if it's a single employee to put in place a 409A plan.
Brian Webb:
That makes sense. You talked about the legal fees and the filing being the expense. How long does it typically take the process from start to it is done and being executed, if a business wants to go step into this kind of a plan?
Luke Cheatham:
If you knew what you wanted, you could do it within a week. Most people don't really know what they want and that's the art. They need to meet with someone at our team. Someone like us and get through what the options would be because there's a problem with flexibility. Well, if this much flexibility, you can get paralysis of analysis. You need help and guidance on what are my options? How should I think about constructing the plan?
Brian Webb:
Obviously, this is something that I know you do at Diamond Client Group. Take a minute and tell our audience about Diamond Client Group and not just this, but maybe a little broader paintbrush spectrum of what you do for the clients that you work with.
Luke Cheatham:
There's four ways that we help our business owner clients. The first is tax reduction. Where a CPA can take a company and the financials, the decisions that we've already made and try to optimize all the available deductions, we're instead helping that company steer. We're looking forward and planning out what their tax impact would be. The second area is employee incentives, what we've been talking about today, we're able to put in place 401(k)s and I've been talking bad about them, but we do a lot of 401(k)s.
Luke Cheatham:
We do phantom stock, all the things that you could think about, it's just the biggest impact is this 409A space because it's the most underutilized in the small business space. Putting together programs, making sure that the key dollars or incentive dollars are going to where that business owner wants to incentivize the actions of the people that they want to incentivize. The third area is how a business is structured or the leverage of the company.
Luke Cheatham:
A lot of times companies, aren't sure if attorney long time ago told me to be a limited partnership, or they told me to be a LLC. I'm not really sure why, but that's what I've chosen to do. We re-look at that, especially under tax reform, if someone has not taken a look at your structure after 2018, then all the rules changed, then. They might be changing again, who knows. With that, it's someone taking a fresh look and saying, "If you could gain some efficiency by being structured a little differently, and then how you're saving your assets is part of that."
Luke Cheatham:
Where you save money too and how you do your treasury management or your cashflow management, instead of all that just being in cash earning zero, I'd rather you be earning 3%, 4% or 5%, maybe even 6% or 7% on a fixed basis, then having it laddered to come available every month. Instead of it just being, sitting in a checking account. Treasury management, those kinds of things as part of that structure.
Luke Cheatham:
Then the last is every business owner's dream, it's the exit plan. We all plan for an exit, whether we mean to or not, because if you don't have a plan you're planning to close, that's the hard reality and it's unfortunately what most business owners will face is that final exit. There's some fantastic if we will plan, if we're willing to sit down and make a plan for the future, whether we're wanting to sell externally very few businesses do by the way, but that's what most people think they're going to do is sell to someone else.
Luke Cheatham:
Then where we are specialty really comes into place is if you do an internal sale, which is how most of the offices are actually passed on, either internally to family members or internally to employees. The deferred compensation we talked about is actually a fantastic, we couple that with our exit planning, think about this as an application. If I know that you, Brian, we're going to take over my company, but you didn't really have the money to buy me out.
Luke Cheatham:
I say, "Well, Brian, if you can work for me for the next 10 years, I'm going to set aside every year, this big bonus pool it's going to grow, and it's going to sit there. 10 years from now, we're going to use that as the down payment towards you buying the company, unlocking some of your pricing in and based on today with stock, I can even loan you 25% of the company, let's say. Then that deferred compensation is paying off the loan.
Luke Cheatham:
That means, look, if the company grows faster than the loan, which I'm incentivizing you to do, then you'll actually get the benefit of valuing that stock today instead of 10 years from now. All that growth is on your side. On top of that, once you get to a certain point, if you already had 25% of the company and you walked into a bank, you got a much better shot of getting a loan for another 26%.
Luke Cheatham:
Well, that's the important threshold, because now you're at 51%. If I can, within the sentence and time, get you to 51%. Now, you're easily bankable and we can finance the purchase of the rest of the company.
Brian Webb:
Well, everything you've shared with me today is interesting, compelling, and brilliant as every time I get together with you when we are working together. I'm really, really glad. I'm guessing the audience will be really glad as well, that there are Luke Cheatham's in the world, because as you explain, it definitely was making sense, specifically, as you were speaking to the deferred compensation and the strategies that you've spoken to around that.
Brian Webb:
At the same time, I recognize my limits. As I'm sure everyone in our audience will as well. Let me ask you this. If someone wanted to connect with you or find you to talk about how to deploy a deferred comp plan or any of these other strategies into their business, what's the best place for them to reach out to you?
Luke Cheatham:
My email's great and easy, which is just my name, Luke L-U-K-E @DiamondClientGroup.com.
Brian Webb:
We'll put that in the show notes as well. Your website is www.DiamondClientGroup.com, obviously.
Luke Cheatham:
Yep. Then my cell phone is (281) 773-2280. They can just shoot me a text. I'd love to chat with them.
Brian Webb:
Well, thank you so much for being on the podcast today. Do you promise you'll come back on sometime in the future and do another episode?
Luke Cheatham:
Yeah. I'd love to. It was funny. We were talking about this and having a marketing show and I said, "Well, Brian, I'm a finance guy." Then as we were talking through it, having that ability, marketing is all about growing your sales and bringing more business in. A lot of people struggle with how do they structure that? It does make sense and I was happy to be on and thanks for having me.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely. Teaser, you and your lovely wife, Ashley and business partner, will be starting a new podcast called Small Business, Big Podcast. You'll have to come back and tell us when you've got that launched. Do you have an idea when you're launching that podcast, by the way?
Luke Cheatham:
Hopefully, we're talking weeks, if not months, or any longer where we're lining out all of the guests. I'm super excited about it. It's going to be fun.
Brian Webb:
Awesome. Thanks again for being here today. You've made a huge impact towards what we can learn as business owners and entrepreneurs. Thank you for being here.
Luke Cheatham:
Thanks for having me.
Brian Webb:
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of The Learn More, Earn More Business Growth podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. If you did, I'd be honored if you subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review.
Brian Webb:
I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @BrianWebb and the show sponsor Whatbox Digital can be found at, as you might guess @WhatboxDigital, you can also find me in Whatbox Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities.
Brian Webb:
You'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of The Learn More, Earn More Business Growth podcast. If you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
________________________________
CONNECT WITH LUKE CHEATHAM
Linkedin | Facebook | Website
Email: luke@diamondclientgroup.com
Cell: (281) 773-2280
Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 5: BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: Listen to Brian explain the new podcast name and vision.
_____________________________________________
SUBSCRIBE
Apple | Google Play | Spotify | Pandora | Amazon Music
_____________________________________________
TRANSCRIPT
Brian Webb: Hey there everyone. Welcome to the Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue faster. Whether you're an aspiring entrepreneur or a thriving business owner, this podcast is designed to produce just for you so you can learn from the best industry experts in the world. I'll bring you exclusive interviews with authors, thought leaders, and successful business titans who share their stories and business journeys so we can draw insights and learn from their successes and struggles together. As you're working on growing your business and pursuing your dreams, I'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. And we'll have some fun in the process. So let's go ahead and jump into today's episode.
Hey everyone. Good morning, good afternoon, good evening depending on what time of day you're listening to this particular episode. Welcome to the artist formerly known as the Do Marketing Better Podcast. If you've been following along, if you're one of our loyal listeners, we have a little bit of explaining to do. So as you know, this podcast was originally called The Do Marketing Better Podcast, which made sense at the time, because we're sponsored by [What Box Digital 00:01:18], which is a leading digital marketing agency here in the greater Houston metroplex. And we love to talk all things, marketing sales, business growth, anything that helps you to grow and increase your revenue. So do marketing better is something that we do as an agency and we're going to continue to do this by the way. But we realized that when we named the podcast, The Do Marketing Better Podcast, it was a little bit limiting.
So we gather as a group internally, as the team and we decided we need to pivot. We need to change. We need to alter our path. We're still going to be very marketing, heavy in what we teach and what we talk about here, but we've changed the name to The Learn More Earn, More Business Growth Podcast. One, that actually gives us a lot more room to discuss a lot more topics that can be highly helpful and relevant to actually growing a business and even if you're not a business owner. For people who are out there who want to just increase their revenue, diversify their income streams, we can talk about anything and everything relevant to that. So that's why we changed the name to The Learn More, Earn More because we believe that the more you learn, the more you will earn. Jim Rowan once said one of my mentors, I never met him, unfortunately, but Jim Rowan once said, "What you do not know will hurt you." And at 51 years of age, I can absolutely testify to that truth.
So that's what we're here to do. To help you to know more so that you can earn more. We'll be covering topics like, and as you can imagine, marketing, of course, lots and lots of marketing. In fact, you're going to hear segments coming out called Do Marketing Better Segments. So we're going to actually have sometimes solo episodes that specifically talk about marketing, or it might be an add-on segment to an existing interview that talked about something other than marketing. But we're going to cover topics like sales, finance, marketing, of course, HR and organizational culture, leadership, recruiting and retaining talent, raising capital, operations, tech, all of it. So let me tell you why this podcast really exists. We have three reasons that really, I should say the three pillars of our mission.
First, we're here to help you make better decisions. We want to arm you with tools we use, frameworks, systems, insights, anything and everything that will help you to make wiser decisions. We want to help you be more knowledgeable and wiser in just how you make your decision. So in recruiting and developing yourself as a leader, in how to create a healthy and productive organizational culture, how to run your organization more efficiently, how to find the right technology, the right tech, and the right tools to make you more and more efficient as you continue to grow your business and pursue your dreams. So one, we want to help you make better decisions.
Two, we want to help you by default, make fewer mistakes. As I said earlier, what you don't know will hurt you. And so many of us as entrepreneurs, we had an idea, we started a business and we're learning as we go. That is almost everyone that I've ever worked with and ever known. In fact, it's been amazing to me, how many clients I've worked with that have been immensely successful. But a lot of times that success was a derivative of one specific skill set they had. For example, they can just sell, sell, sell. I've seen people grow their businesses to eight figures and they seemingly lack so many skills that if you met them, you would wonder how they've achieved that success.
But they have grown in a specific skill set, like knowing how to sell. For some people, it's knowing how to cultivate the right relationships. For some people, it's coming up with that brilliant idea that can make a huge impact in the world. But we're all learning as we go and we're all trying to avoid those mistakes. So one, we want to help you make better decisions, wiser decisions. Two, by default, again, we want to help you make fewer mistakes.
And three, we want to consistently, ongoing, share new and creative ways to grow your business, just to increase your income, whether or not you're a business owner. And believe me, as a marketer who's been doing this for 20 plus years, that landscape is constantly changing. And so we want to be a resource, your go-to so that you have a one-stop reliable place to go to find out what's new, what's hot. We're going to bring you, authors, we're going to bring you, business titans, we're going to bring you, thought leaders. We are working actively on a list of people that we want to bring you that's just going to give you the insights that you need to do those things we spoke about, which is to make better and wiser decisions and have fewer regrets and grow your business as you make that impact on the world and as you're pursuing your dreams.
So if you're a business owner who just wants to grow your business faster, if you are an aspiring entrepreneur, you haven't taken that step, but you want to, you want to learn, you want to grow, you want to know how to take that next step. And even if you're a leader within your organization, you want to know how to recruit better, run your department more efficiently, make bigger gains for the company that you work for. I'm telling you now you're in the right place. That's it. We used to be The Do Marketing Better Podcast. We'll keep talking about marketing. We are now called The Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. I sincerely hope you'll stick around. There's so many great things to come. We plan to drop episodes typically on Monday mornings, but we also will be having bonus episodes and segments that might be launching other days of the week. And we'll be doing giveaways from time to time. More on that soon. So thank you for giving us the most precious commodity that you have, which is your time. We take that very seriously. That's very important to us.
And so we promise to be the best steward we possibly can by being as valuable as we possibly can each and every time you show up and listen to our podcast. So thank you for being here. That's an explanation of where we've been, what's been going on and I can't wait to see you guys grow and share your stories. Let's go and grow together. I will see you very soon.
Thanks for joining me today and listening to this episode of The Learn, More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. We can be found on all the major platforms like Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Spotify, Pandora, Stitcher, and even Amazon Music. I genuinely hope you enjoyed today's episode. And if you did, I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a rating and an honest review. I'd love to connect with you on Instagram. You can find me at @BrianWebb and the show sponsor What Box Digital can be found at, as you might guess, @WhatBoxDigital. You can also find me in What Box Digital on Facebook and LinkedIn, with the links in the show notes.
This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, special offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when we drop a new episode of The Learn More, Earn More Business Growth Podcast. And if you'd like to send me a DM on Instagram to say hello, or share your thoughts on how we can make this podcast even better for you, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
_____________________________________________
FIND & FOLLOW WHATBOX DIGITAL
Website | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
_____________________________________________
CONNECT WITH BRIAN WEBB
Email | Linkedin | Facebook | Instagram
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
_____________________________________________
DESCRIPTION
The Learn More Earn More Business Growth Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is your premier place to learn the frameworks, secrets, and growth hacks to grow and scale your business and revenue faster. Whether you're an aspiring entrepreneur or a thriving business owner, this podcast is designed and produced JUST for you, so you can learn from the best industry experts in the world. You can listen to exclusive interviews with authors, thought-leaders, and successful business titans who share their stories and business journeys so we can draw insights and learn from their successes and struggles together. As you're working on growing your business and pursuing your dreams, we'll be here to help you make better decisions and avoid costly pitfalls and expensive mistakes along the way. And... we'll have some fun in the process.
The Do Marketing Better Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 4: MASTERCLASS: The Four Secret Advanced Website Marketing & Traffic Strategies To Dominate Your Competition & Generate More Leads
_____________________________________________
Description:
In this episode, Brian Webb will show you how to take your audience on a journey that allows you to form a relationship with them over time… you know… the natural way. This masterclass dives into the three types of websites from weakest to strongest, the different types of web traffic and audience temperatures, then finally three strategies for marketing to cold audiences. The Do Marketing Better Podcast is designed to be your #1 resource to learn the secrets, frameworks, systems, & growth hacks that are essential to grow and scale any business.
____________________________________________
Helpful Links:
Whatbox Digital: https://whatboxdigital.com/
_____________________________________________
Find and Follow our Sponsor, Whatbox Digital
Web: https://whatboxdigital.com/
Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/company/whatbox-digital/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/whatboxdigital
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/whatboxdigital/
_____________________________________________
Connect w/ Brian Webb
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thebrianwebb
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brianwebb/
_____________________________________________
Like what you hear? Want to Subscribe? Connect with The Do Marketing Better Podcast on Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Pandora, or Spotify - Subscribe and leave us a review. Your participation helps us grow and reach more business owners and leaders just like you.
The Do Marketing Better Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 3: How To Get More Free Traffic To Your Website Without Being An SEO Expert
_____________________________________________
Description:
The Do Marketing Better Podcast is designed to be your #1 resource to learn the secrets, frameworks, systems, & growth hacks that are essential to grow and scale any business. In this episode, we feature Justin Scicluna, who has helped market businesses online since 2003. He has done everything from PPC to content marketing to Messenger Marketing, where he has intently focused for the last 3 years. In this episode, he will explain how to get more free traffic to your website without being an SEO expert.
____________________________________________
Helpful Links:
Whatbox Digital: https://whatboxdigital.com/
Whatbox Digital Insider's Club: https://whatboxdigital.com/insider/
Article by Manish Dudharejia
Help A Reporter Out: https://www.helpareporter.com/
_____________________________________________
Find and Follow our Sponsor, Whatbox Digital
Web: https://whatboxdigital.com/
Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/company/whatbox-digital/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/whatboxdigital
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/whatboxdigital/
_____________________________________________
Connect w/ Brian Webb
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thebrianwebb
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brianwebb/
_____________________________________________
Connect w/ Justin Scicluna
Clubhouse: @justinscicluna
Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/justinscicluna/
Facebook: https://facebook.com/WebbyUp/
Instagram: https://Instagram.com/WebbyUp/
____________________________________________
Click Here for a full transcript of the podcast
_____________________________________________
Like what you hear? Want to Subscribe? Connect with The Do Marketing Better Podcast on Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Pandora or Spotify - Subscribe and leave us a review. Your participation helps us grow and reach more business owners and leaders just like you.
_____________________________________________
Transcript:
Brian Webb:
Hey there everyone. Welcome to the Do Marketing Better podcast, where we know that bad marketing is a pandemic and the mortal enemy of growing your business, but good marketing done right will help you and your brand eradicate obscurity and elevate your reach and income to new heights. I'm your host, Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one resource in the world to learn the secrets, frameworks, systems, and growth hacks that are essential to grow and scale any business. So let's jump into today's episode.
Brian Webb:
Hey there everyone. Welcome. I'll get to the interview in just a minute, but I want to tell you why today's episode is so important. We've all heard and read about search engine optimization, and we all know it's important, but some of you might not know why, right? If you're a business owner, you know you want to get as much traffic to your website as possible. The more targeted traffic you attract, the more leads and potential new customers you might be able to bring in, which is a good thing, right? But for most of you in the audience, it seems so complicated and difficult to understand. And to a degree, it is, which is why the world needs SEO experts and the services they provide. So why is this episode important to you? One, you know you want more traffic on your website. Too, you know you want high valuable prospects to know who you are and the services and or products you provide. Three, you know you want to grow your business and generate new sales. And four, you don't want to spend years learning how to be an SEO expert.
Brian Webb:
So in today's episode, Justin reveals and breaks down Google's E-A-T algorithm, that'll make sense in a minute. And he provides a simple understanding of how the algorithms work in the most simple explanation. So if you want to understand the logic of what search platforms want, you're going to be rewarded by the search platforms with higher organic reach, which could yield more and better traffic to your website. You've worked hard to get where you are in starting and growing your business, you deserve to know and leverage the right strategies that can provide a nice tailwind to this journey. I'm here to help. So if growing your business as cost efficiently as possible is important to you, you're going to really enjoy my interview with Justin Scicluna. So let's go ahead and dive on it.
Brian Webb:
I'm really happy to have my friend and colleague, Justin Scicluna, here on the podcast today. I've known Justin for quite some time. We've done a lot of work together for that matter. And Justin, I know that you're one of the first Messenger marketing experts and recognized industry leader in that space, specifically Facebook Messenger. We should get that out there. And you're a presenter and speaker on Messenger and marketing. And you're an owner of three successful businesses. And I understand you make a pretty good spaghetti sauce. Is this true? Is this verifiable?
Justin Scicluna:
Absolutely. Absolutely is.
Brian Webb:
So welcome to the Do Marketing Better podcast. Again, I'm happy to have you here. And today we're going to be talking about Google and what can positively or potentially negatively impact how you show up in search. And so I know that you're going to be talking to us about E-A-T, which, acronym, obviously. So Google E-A-T, we'll call it, and we'll call it Google E-A-T interchangeably, but tell our audience what this is and why they care about it.
Justin Scicluna:
Absolutely. So the whole concept behind Google's search algorithms is always trying to find the proper content for what it is, the most relevant content for what it is that you're looking for. And they have this big document called Google's Quality Raters Guidelines. And in there, they changed up some terminology that they were using. They used to say things had to have high quality and they started changing it to say the content needs to have high E-A-T. And E-A-T stands, for the E is expertise, the A is authority, and the T is trustworthiness. So Google is looking for pages that have the most expertise, authority and trustworthiness on the subject that it is that you're searching. And there are many different factors that play into give them those signals. So that's one of the many and major ways that it would decide, the Google algorithm would decide to show you first above your competition. And that's why it's very important.
Justin Scicluna:
And let me say that a lot of the information we're going to talk about today, we're going to talk about a few things that you can do to improve your Google E-A-T and why you should care about those things and why you should improve them. And it's going to be heavily influenced from an article on Search Engine Journal written by a gentleman named Manish. And I will not destroy his last name, but it is a very great article. It goes in depth, and it was one of the best ones that I saw that explains it. And so I thought that this would be something we can bring this information out in a digestible form.
Brian Webb:
Okay. So expertise, authority, and trust. That makes sense. So let's go into, what if a business isn't worrying about this, what's the consequence of not providing expertise, being from a place of authority and being a trusted resource, what's the consequence of that?
Justin Scicluna:
Well, you'd be surprised how many businesses don't care about this. And it really depends on your business goals. If you are really wanting to get free traffic to your website so that you convert those people who are coming to your website into customers and you need to show up when somebody is doing a Google search for the services that you offer, then it's important because that's what this is really going to do. It's going to make you show up higher than your competition when people search. If you're not concerned with being discovered or showing up on Google, then just like, I'm sure you're not doing anything for SEO. So just like that, you can just ignore this.
Brian Webb:
Okay. Yeah. So let's talk about the expertise part, even though the word is self-explanatory, what does that look like for our audience sake? I know what this is, but for our audience's sake, what does that mean? So in other words, okay, Brian, Justin, you're telling us we have to have expertise, we have to have authority, we have to have trust, what do they do? What are the action steps that they do to initialize that or deploy that or to leverage that so that they can rank higher in a search engine like Google?
Justin Scicluna:
Well, they're all interchangeable, but one way to explain it, it really, really falls in heavily on pages that have to do with your money or your life. So anything that would, if you're a business that has anything to do with financial planning or explaining how people would better grow their money or your life, meaning anything that would be in the health industry or anything that you would need somebody like a doctor to be giving you proper information, that's where the expertise really lays in hard. Actually, all three of them, the expertise, authority, and trustworthiness, they all are pretty interchangeable. They all work together.
Justin Scicluna:
So what it means is if you're going to be talking as an authority in a space, then the writer of that piece that is on your page, whether it's a service page, a product page, or a blog post, the writer of it needs to be somebody of authority, not just an intern. So in the world of finance, if you are a finance person, then your name should be in the byline, your name should be connected to that piece of content for it to give that extra authority, trustworthiness, and such. In like a medical field, you'd want an article to be written by a doctor and not just a content writer, which happens, people hire ghost writers and content writers. And that's okay, but you at least in the eyes of Google and I'm not advocating for lying, but you want the content to come from the experts and not just from a writer who's just fluffing your site out.
Brian Webb:
Which makes sense. Here's my question. To the best of your knowledge, what in the algorithm are they using to measure? Are they, for example, are they looking out potentially to number of LinkedIn connections or other publications that are out there with your name on it? I'm guessing they're doing more than scanning for input degree letters that were put into the credits for the blog posts, for example, right?
Justin Scicluna:
Exactly. So Google, almost every part of Google's algorithm works with trying to get all of the sources that they can to back up your authority and your expertise and trustworthy. So in other words, if you just wrote, first step would be to make sure the bylines on whatever the content, if it's a blog, the byline is the person of authority that you want to be the person that Google recognizes. That person, the one of authority should have their name mentioned in other places that Google already sees as having authority. So if there is a financial publication being quoted in an article from there, and having it point back to you with your name stated in there. Those types of signals will support and lift up the authoritativeness and each part of this in order to make Google understand that you know what you're talking about.
Justin Scicluna:
One easy way to get your name on other places are, if there's any professional directories, listing yourself there with a full filled out, fleshed out bio pointing it back to your website. If there is LinkedIn, of course, any of the business socials or any of the socials in general, having a Facebook profile and Instagram profile, Pinterest, if you can squeeze one of those in, Twitter. Twitter is regularly indexed by Google, YouTube. Having all of these other sources with content. Also, showing that you know what you're talking about and pointing back are ways to increase that authoritativeness.
Justin Scicluna:
And then there's a way that you can actually get quoted in major publications, anything from CNN, Washington Post, The Times in London, whatever, you can get quoted by these major publications relatively easy by using a simple thing called HARO, which stands for Help a Reporter Out. And it's a free service that you can sign up for that when a reporter needs an expert to comment and give a quote about something they're writing about, they'll put in the question or the subject into the system, and you can get an email from the system that says, hey, a reporter from this publication is looking for someone to talk about putting mold remediation. And if you're an expert in that field, you can go in there and give the tips and answer the questions at this report or likes. And if they like you, they will put you in their article and they will link back to your site. And that will help give you more authority. That'll help start building it out.
Brian Webb:
So if our audience did want to go look that up, is that haro.com?
Justin Scicluna:
It's helpareporter.com.
Brian Webb:
Okay, helpareporter.com. Okay. I think that's a value bomb you just dropped right there because I was not aware of that. So I will be checking that out as soon as this podcast is over actually.
Justin Scicluna:
Yeah, and that actually did an aside note that that process of getting quoted in major publications works more than just for your E-A-T. It just works for SEO in general, because a big way that Google decides if your website is more important than another is having other authoritative sites pointing to you about the subject that your site is about. So anytime you can get any big publication to point a link at your website and have their article talking about the thing that you do, the product that you sell, the area that your business is in, in the eyes of Google, with all the data that they collect, it's just going to help raise up your status with that. And it's going to just give your site more authority on its own. It's just a really useful way to ethically build links back to your website.
Brian Webb:
Which is a great word by the way, is ethically, because I do know that there are some services out there, I guess, it wouldn't necessarily be unethical, but if you want the, as seen on CNN, NBC, CBS, which, of course, gives the illusion that perhaps you are on a broadcast somewhere when in reality a public relations firm just went and submitted an article that got linked to some deep, deep, deep landing page somewhere inside their web infrastructure so that you can technically say as seen on CNN, NBC and things like that. Have you seen that, Justin?
Justin Scicluna:
Oh, yeah. And they're also other services that exist in the world where you buy authoritative links where they're not even as big as CNNs or the major publications, where it's just an SEO company has built up authority of some very strangely URL site where all they do is they write content to pass out its authoritativeness to you. That is, I would consider a gray hat. I mean, it's not how it's supposed to be done. And that's why Google doesn't like that. But in this world, when you are getting cited at an article and you are quoted and it's pointing back to you as a real true, it's a solid, real link. That is a completely white hat.
Brian Webb:
So circling back to the acronym E-A-T, expertise, authority and trust, the one thing, and I'm guessing you're going to be in the same page with me here, Justin, is the one thing I try to teach people is Google has three stakeholders, right? They've got the people who are searching, they've got the people who are advertising and would love to organically show up in that search, and then they've got their investors, the stakeholders or shareholders, I should say. And so what in essence Google is trying to do with this whole E-A-T, they're trying to make Google provide the best possible experience for those that are searching on it. And so when they want you to show up with expertise, they're wanting you to be a producer of high quality, high value content, right?
Justin Scicluna:
Correct. And that's always the fundamental when you are thinking, there's a lot of fluff and techniques with SEO. And there are things you can do at a high level if you're really competing at a massively high level. For example, if you are a CNN competing against the Washington Post, for example, where you really want to make sure your stories show up first, there's a lot of little things you can do at that level. That would be way above and beyond what we're talking about here, but in essence, when you are a small medium business or if you are pretty small little shop, the things you can do to truly have an impact is to always make sure that anything you put on your website is not an afterthought, that you actually put some thought into it and you want it to be something that answers a question that your ideal customers are looking for.
Justin Scicluna:
So, if you're selling blue shoes and people are saying, who has the best blue shoes, you should have content on your website that says here's who has the best blue shoes and explaining it out and make it quality, you get links to other things, show pictures, if you can, add videos, YouTube is a huge way to boost up your SEO. And make sure that the piece actually answers that question succinctly and gives the person a great experience when they come there. And Google's always had that intention is they always want to find the best, most relevant answer and give it to you. So if you can be that person, that's how you can win an SEO, but if you're not that only person and your competition also has a pretty good answer and their competition has pretty good answer, that's when you want to start looking into some of these other things like E-A-T, where you can increase your authoritativeness, your trustworthiness, your expertise in the eyes of Google search, so that you show up above them whenever you're putting your content out.
Brian Webb:
And would it be fair to say when we were talking about the example of blue shoes, meaning let's have the right copy on that webpage or video that is basically pitching something, but the opportunities that businesses, the one thing I know, and again, I encourage clients to understand is they want you to show up, they want you to be helpful, they want you to be a good Samaritan and they want to see content that may have nothing to do with selling your products or services. They just want you to show up and be basically a part of the tribe and give value and teach and help. And they reward that, right?
Justin Scicluna:
Yes. As long as that's what the people are looking for and you are giving them the answers to it, that is absolutely what you get rewarded for by a higher ranking.
Brian Webb:
So if someone is hearing this podcast today, what would be the first two or three steps or two or three things, if they could go do something today or this week, that would start moving them towards being more of an expert, having more authority, increasing their authority and their trustworthiness, what would you tell them to go do?
Brian Webb:
Before we go any further, I want to tell you about our Insiders Club. You and I both know that you need and want to grow your business and you need an affordable, highly-seasoned marketing and strategy partner to help and show you the way. Well, our Insiders Club is the perfect solution for you. And let me tell you why. If you sign up for Insiders Club, we'll send you the same secret strategies, tools, growth hacks, and tactics that we share with our top-paying clients right to your inbox every single week.
Brian Webb:
And it's so easy to join, simply go to whatboxdigital.com/insider and enter your information. It's that easy. It will take you less than two minutes and you'll be a part of the club. Imagine getting bite-size golden nuggets of marketing tips and insights you could use to grow your own business every single week. We'll share advanced tips and strategies on Facebook, LinkedIn, lead generation, marketing automation, sales, trends, technology, branding, and so much more. And in case you missed it, it's free. Again, to sign up, simply go to our website at whatboxdigital.com/insider. Let me and my team here at Whatbox help you to be a smarter marketer, so you can grow your business and your income faster by helping you to make better marketing decisions with fewer regrets. And let's face it, most marketing does not work. Let us help and show you the way to do marketing in a way that actually does work and helps you to grow your business. Again, sign up today at whatboxdigital.com/insider. I can't wait to see you there.
Brian Webb:
So if someone is hearing this podcast today, what would be the first two or three steps or two or three things, if they could go do something today or this week, that would start moving them towards being more of an expert, having more authority, increasing their authority and their trustworthiness, what would you tell them to go do?
Justin Scicluna:
Step one would be take a look at your current website, everything that's there now, and review the most important content for your most ideal client. So if you have multiple clients for different levels and you know your favorites if you know your business, you know the ones that make you the most, so go to anything that has to do with that most favored client, review the content you have on your digital properties and make sure that it's providing value, it's answering questions where you can answer questions, it's pointing them in the right direction where you can, it's sharing your expertise about that subject so that they can get an answer right from you even if they don't hire you. And that will increase your page quality there. Then start going out to get some backlinks to support why people should go to your content to get this information. That would be with HARO or any other way that you can build links back to your business.
Justin Scicluna:
Those would be the first two things that I would do. Also, reviewing the headers on your content to make sure that they are similar to the search terms somebody would be using when looking for that content. And let me give you an example on that. If somebody is wanting to know what the best blue shoe is, that's the question. So one of your headers in your actual page on the website should say, here are the best blue shoes you can buy. So Google will understand the difference in language between someone asking what are the best blue shoes and the fact that you are saying, here are the best blue shoes, and it'll be a better matchup for it when it's trying to connect it to that query. So review your content, make sure it's providing value and its quality for your eye, especially your ideal clients. And then start getting some arrows pointing back to it on some more reputable sources.
Brian Webb:
So I'm going into my archives as far as SEO, which I am not an SEO pro, even though I understand that I've been around it and I've worked with people who optimize for search, am I correct, Justin, when you said, for example, the headers, should that basically also be in the URL slug, the page title, maybe in the body, the body copy as well? Should it be all through those places? Did they look for that?
Justin Scicluna:
Yes and no. So the URL, I might separate out as separate, well, obviously, when you're separating it out, it would be separate, but there is debate as to how much the URL plays into your ranking. It is my personal belief that whatever the key phrase is that you want to show up for, put it in the URL if you can. That's just how I do it. Others, I've heard others say it's not as important as you think, but yes, it should not only be the thing that they're searching for should not only be in a header, but you should also state it in the body by answering the question and have as much synonyms, I guess, different ways to explain the same thing. So you don't have to constantly say blue shoes, blue shoes, blue shoes. That'd be keyword stuffing, but you can say, try to use it in different ways, blue shoes, these shoes are a shade of midnight or whatever, whatever would make sense in the peripherals.
Justin Scicluna:
As you're answering your question, you want to put a lot of those out there so that the context is easy for Google to understand that this is what this is about. And then you can increase your E-A-T by getting some other sites to point back to you to show like, yes, this really is the best place to find out information about certain blue shoes.
Brian Webb:
Got you. Okay. And by the way, YouTube owned by Google, of course, when you're posting video content there, and of course, you can embed that on your webpage, Google does crawl the audio for the keywords and keyword phrases in the video as well, correct?
Justin Scicluna:
Yes. It's not guaranteed, but here's the best thing to do on your YouTube side of it. With the YouTube part, when you're trying to help you get a little boost, they index YouTube daily, whereas your website will probably get indexed monthly. So if you are putting out a piece of content on YouTube that supports a blog, the best way to do it is to use to create the transcripts, the subtexts. And Google's got a free tool that'll do it, it'll auto-generate them. Make sure you go back through them and edit them because it's about 70 to 90% accurate.
Brian Webb:
Sure. You got to clean it up a little.
Justin Scicluna:
Yeah, you got to clean it up. But make sure you add those captions to it because that's going to be where it can find the context more easily is through those captions. And then as bonus, if you can fit, take a copy of those captions and put it in the description of that video and put a link in that description of the video that points back to the webpage on your site that it's connected to. And that'll be indexed that day, which is another arrow pointing back at your site. And then, when you embed that video on your site, make sure that that site the content is similar to the transcript of the entire video.
Justin Scicluna:
Some people what they do, because they can run, whenever they're trying to create content, they know they can sit and just talk about it more quickly than they could sit down and write it. So a lot of people start from a video, where they'll sit down and they'll present a whole video, they'll get it transcribed and they'll take the transcription and turn that into website content, embed the video there and put the proper links on the YouTube side and all of that will give you lift.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely. And a great example of that is just what we do with our podcast, for example. We're not recording video today per se, but we're going to take all the audio from this conversation, which is just, Brian, me, you, Justin, talking, and we will get that transcribed and we could turn that into a blog post, we could turn that into micro snippets for social, but the same principle, as if you're doing the same thing with a video, basically.
Justin Scicluna:
Yes. So that's just a little bonus tip. It will add to your E-A-T, but that's not the primary thing. That's just something that will help your content have more quality in the eyes of Google. So the more information, infographics, graphs, videos, pieces that help explain your point that are on there are little signals that tell Google, hey, this is a pretty solid piece of content. And then that's one step in your E-A-T. And then, when you have other places pointing back to you saying, yeah, this is really good information. Boom, that's another step in your E-A-T.
Brian Webb:
Absolutely. Well, Justin, you know I'm a huge fan of you, thank you for being here today. If people in our audience wanted to find you, where's the best place to do that?
Justin Scicluna:
Well, they can find me on Instagram, Facebook, LinkedIn, on the two majors, Facebook, Instagram, it's @webbyup, W-E-B-B-Y-U-P, and then Justin Scicluna on LinkedIn.
Brian Webb:
All right. Well, thanks for being here. Do you promise to come back for another episode sometime in the future?
Justin Scicluna:
Sure.
Brian Webb:
All right. We've got you recorded.
Justin Scicluna:
Always happy to talk.
Brian Webb:
All right. Thanks, Justin. Thank you for listening to today's episode of the Do Marketing Better podcast, where we know that bad marketing is a pandemic and the mortal enemy of growing your business, but good marketing done right will help you and your brand eradicate obscurity and elevate your reach and income to new heights. I genuinely hope you enjoy today's episode. I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a review if you felt that today's episode inspired you to do marketing better in a way that will actually help you to grow your business.
Brian Webb:
I'd be honored for you to connect with me personally on Instagram @brianwebb, and Whatbox Digital, @whatboxdigital. You can also find me and Whatbox on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes, that will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, offers, and opportunities, and you'll be in the know when a new episode of our Do Marketing Better podcast drops. And if you'd like to drop me a DM to say hello, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you in the next episode.
The Do Marketing Better Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 2: 8 Ways To Make The Most Of Clubhouse To Help You Grow Your Business
_____________________________________________
Description:
The Do Marketing Better Podcast is designed to be your #1 resource to learn the secrets, frameworks, systems, & growth hacks that are essential to grow and scale any business. In this episode, we feature Sue McLachlan, who is an Online Business Strategist and Kajabi expert with over 20 years of business + marketing experience. Sue jumped on the Clubhouse platform with gusto and is already utilizing the hottest new social media to get hot leads and grow her business.
____________________________________________
Helpful Links:
Click ➡️ to learn more about Whatbox Digital
Click ➡️ to learn more about Kajabi
Click ➡️ to download Clubhouse
Click ➡️ to learn more about The Unicorn Advisory
_____________________________________________
Find and Follow our Sponsor, Whatbox Digital
Web: https://whatboxdigital.com/
Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/company/whatbox-digital/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/whatboxdigital
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/whatboxdigital/
_____________________________________________
Connect w/ Brian Webb
Email: brianw@whatboxdigital.com
Clubhouse: @brianwebb
Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thebrianwebb
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brianwebb/
_____________________________________________
Connect w/ Sue McLachlan
Email: sue@theunicornadvisory.com
Clubhouse: @suemclachlan
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/theunicornadvisory/
More about Sue McLachlan: Sue's passion is helping entrepreneurs get online courses and memberships created using the #1 digital platform Kajabi. Digital programs allow you to scale and grow additional income for your business. Tech is often the biggest hurdle to getting programs for sale, but it's my passion and expertise.
____________________________________________
Like what you hear? Want to Subscribe? Connect with The Do Marketing Better Podcast on Apple Podcasts, Google Play, Pandora, and Spotify - Subscribe and leave us a review. Your participation helps us grow and reach more business owners and leaders just like you.
_____________________________________________
Click here for an online transcript of the podcast. _____________________________________________
Transcript:
Brian Webb:
Hey there, everyone. Welcome to the Do Marketing Better Podcast, where we know that bad marketing is a pandemic and the mortal enemy of growing your business. But good marketing done right will help you and your brand eradicate obscurity and elevate your reach and income to new heights. I'm your host. Brian Webb. This podcast is designed to be your number one resource in the world to learn the secrets, frameworks, systems, and growth hacks that are essential to grow and scale any business. So, let's jump into today's episode.
Brian Webb:
Hey everybody. Welcome to the show today. I'm thrilled to have you here. Before we go into the interview, I want to tell you what we're going to be talking about. And I want to introduce you to the guest. My guest today is Sue McLachlan, and I've had the opportunity of working with Sue. Although I equally count her as a friend, Sue is in Australia. So she is nowhere near where most of the listeners of this podcast are going to be, but what a great and amazing person, Sue is an online business strategist, she is specifically a Kajabi expert. And if you don't know what Kajabi is, that is a learning management system. You can do all kinds of things like create funnels and things like that as well. Landing pages. That's not what today's episode is about rather, but Sue has over 20 years of business and marketing experience.
Brian Webb:
I can tell you that she's super competent. I plan on actually bringing some of my clients her way this year. And you're going to love hearing from her today. Well, Sue has jumped into the deep end of this new social media platform called Clubhouse. And Clubhouse is, I'm going to say, I want to make a bold proclamation, but Clubhouse is like the Facebook of today. Meaning it's brand new and it's growing and growing and growing. One of the things you need to know about Clubhouse is unlike Instagram, which you can have, for example, a beautified feed of pre-produced and polished and filtered images, unlike YouTube and Facebook, for that matter, where you can have pre-produced videos. And again, pre-prepared highly polished content.
Brian Webb:
When you get into Clubhouse, it's what you see is what you get, because all you can do is talk, that's it. It's an audio-only platform. You can literally go in and join into the conversation or start conversations around a topic that's important to you, around a topic that is relevant to your business, and you can literally connect with influencers and you can literally grow your business. And that's a lot of literally. So anyway, that's my setup. One thing you should know, Clubhouse is by invitation only. You have to be invited by someone into Clubhouse. You can go and download the app. iPhone only, or iOS only by the way, but to get in, you have to be invited.
Brian Webb:
So at the end of today's episode, I'm going to tell you how you can be added to a list. We're going to select two people. I'll tell you at the end how to do this, but we're going to select two of our listeners who can basically, we're going to give out those invitations. We're going to give two invitations out within the next few weeks or so. So again, more on that at the end of the podcast, I know you're going to love this interview with Sue. Let's give it a listen and we'll jump in right now.
Brian Webb:
Well, of course, I'm excited to have my friend Sue McLachlan here with us today on the podcast. I've told you a little bit about her. Sue is, I can vouch for this personally. I would say that you are an incredibly competent marketer and entrepreneur, and today's title of the podcast today is eight ways to make the most out of Clubhouse to help you grow your business, which was not our original title because we cleaned it up a little bit. For those in our audience who are hearing all this buzz about this new social media platform called Clubhouse, you want to start by just kind of letting everyone know what it is and we can just kind of jump right in.
Sue McLachlan:
Yeah, absolutely. So Clubhouse is pretty much the hottest social media on the block right now and is getting a lot of publicity and for good reason, it's got all the elements for a social platform that make it work. People spend a lot of time on the app. It's really addictive, which is a little bit of a problem, which I'll come to later, but in a good way. It's filling the gap that people have had with that lack of connection because of the pandemic and those things that we used to take for granted. Going to conferences, meetups with people, a lot of that has been stripped away and it's left people really craving connection.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Sue McLachlan:
And Clubhouse has just popped up. I think the timing for Clubhouse is amazing and the way they are marketing, it is phenomenal. Like it's got that exclusive lineup at a club and get the secret nod to come up to the top of the line field, which is... drives FOMO. And then when you get on the platform, it's so hard to resist it because there's so much happening. And to give you a bit of an idea, I have described it as the world's most eclectic conference, all happening in one place at one time. There is any number, I mean, I don't even know how many rooms would ever be happening at one time, tens of thousands, perhaps, but on every topic, you could ever imagine, and you have this virtual hallway and you have rooms. So you walk down your virtual hallway, which is basically like your feed, and you'll see rooms that are happening, that come up in your feed based on your interests and based on who you follow.
Sue McLachlan:
And when you see a room, you're like, "Oh, that looks pretty interesting." You pop into the room and you can sit in what's called the audience and listen. And some of the rooms you can participate in and raise your hand and ask a question and you can start your own rooms as well, and people can come into your rooms. So yeah, it is phenomenal. It is probably yeah, I don't even know where it's going to go. It's such a disruptive app. Last week I was in a room with a lot of really big people in business from a lot of different areas. And I think there were probably more than 50 people up on the stage.
Sue McLachlan:
And they went around the room and said, "What is your number one social media platform for 2021?" Don't give the... oh yeah, Instagram and Facebook number one, and 90% of them said Clubhouse. 90% of big people in business, influencers, people with hundred million-dollar businesses, it Clubhouse is popping for a reason.
Brian Webb:
It is. And one of the things that I want to mention that is, it's new, and I'm excited about it because this is my world. But to the audience that's going to be listening to this, this is an audio-only platform.
Sue McLachlan:
Good point.
Brian Webb:
So YouTube is to video, right? What Instagram is to images and Facebook is to a blend of all those things. But Clubhouse is just audio. Right?
Sue McLachlan:
And it's live. There's no recordings. There's no playbacks, it happens in the moment. So because of that, because it's audio, because it's live, and it strips away, I guess the pretense that some people potentially could hide behind with that visual, like with videos and pictures.
Brian Webb:
Pre-produced. Right?
Sue McLachlan:
It's so real. It's so just natural and yeah, you can just listen to people and get a really good sense of who they are and people can do that for you. And that's where it's so powerful because it accelerates that know, like, and trust factor - like that.
Brian Webb:
Yup.
Sue McLachlan:
You're not having to spend time warming people up. If people spend time in a room with you and they love what you have to say, they're hot at that point, they're going to be like, all right, I want to know more. And yeah, you don't have to send them through potentially a five email sequence and get them to watch 15 videos on YouTube and read all your blog posts and all of that. They can, but you are just making that instant connection. And that's why it's so powerful.
Brian Webb:
So a little anecdote. So I've read a couple of Grant Cardone's books, and obviously, a lot of people know who he is, real estate mogul and entrepreneur and marketer and all these things. And I'm stepping into a room, like there he is. Just this Grant and me and a few other people in the room. And of course, I've seen other marketing influencers in there, people that I've admired and kind of consumed their content over the years. So let me ask you this.
Sue McLachlan:
It's amazing.
Brian Webb:
How do you get on there? How do you get onto Clubhouse, Sue?
Sue McLachlan:
Okay. So you have to have an invite to get onto Clubhouse. So and it is only at this stage on iOS. So iPhones or if you have an iPad.
Brian Webb:
That's right.
Sue McLachlan:
So you know that again, creates that little bit of exclusivity. But you got to remember the guys who started Clubhouse six months ago, it was just two of them. They've got a slightly bigger team now, but it's the only, currently, I think it's a team of nine or 10 people. It is growing exponentially now. And they're going to have more than enough funding. I think they just raised funding last week, perhaps. But yeah, they have grown this thing in an incredible way. And so they need to kind of throttle the number of people that are coming onto the platform or otherwise, potentially the platform just isn't going to cope.
Sue McLachlan:
So, I think, yeah. So I think it's partly infrastructure, partly incredibly clever marketing because everyone's talking about Clubhouse. Everyone wants to invite and it's that get into the exclusive club. But if you want to get onto Clubhouse and you're not already on Clubhouse, a couple of things that you need to do, firstly, go and download the app and register your name. And even if you don't want to go to Clubhouse, if you like, "Oh, I'm not sure I'm ready for it." Just hold your name. Because like with any social platform, once the name's gone, it's gone.
Sue McLachlan:
So if you want to secure your name on the platform, at least do that. And then you'll be put into the waitlist. Now, if you have registered for Clubhouse and you are on the waitlist, if anyone on your contacts on your phone has an invite and they're in your contacts, it's actually gonna come up. So Brian say you weren't on the app, and I was, and I had a spare invite and you registered, then it's going to give me a notification to say, "Hey, Brian's waiting. Do you want to let him in?" And then I can then let you in to Clubhouse. So that's one way. So it kind of alerts people that you know that, "Hey, I'd like to come in."
Brian Webb:
Ah, okay.
Sue McLachlan:
And the other thing is, is to just ask everyone. I got on just by asking people. It was actually someone I didn't know who led me on originally. So I'm very, very, very grateful to [Taleesha 00:11:07] who decided to let me in. And then it just goes from there, you let other people in behind you, you then get additional invitations as you use the platform more, and you can share those with your friends in it, and it grows from there.
Sue McLachlan:
So, you do need to find someone to give you an invite. But just one thing to bear in mind with invites, you are permanently tied to the person that invites you. And if you invite someone and they get kicked off the platform for bad behavior, I have heard, but I haven't ever seen it happen, that you can also get kicked off because you are the person who invited them. So, yeah. So I've not heard that happening, but I guess it's just a sort of protection mechanism to make sure that it probably keeps some bad behavior a little bit at bay and that's good.
Brian Webb:
Well, being that my friend Sue is the one responsible for me being on there, I promise to represent you well, and I am thrilled to say I was early enough that I got my name, Brian Webb. So I got that early. And I'm happy to say that.
Sue McLachlan:
Yes, I definitely get your name, because it is growing very, very quickly. But still there's only, I think at this point the numbers that I heard this week, I think it's around 2 million people, maybe only two and a half million people. Now that has grown from a million when I joined at the beginning of January. So, It's growing really quickly, but in the scheme of social media, it's still very, very early days. So, there's a good chance that you will be able to get your name. So do not delay get the app at least hold your name. Yep.
Brian Webb:
And by the way, I've not told you this yet, Sue, but I'm not going to talk about it too much now, but we actually plan on having a giveaway related to Clubhouse at the end of this podcast. So yeah.
Sue McLachlan:
Excellent.
Brian Webb:
So just a little word for the audience. So I know one of the other things that's important on every social platform, at least equally as much if not even more so, is to talk about if you get on optimizing your profile.
Sue McLachlan:
Oh, 100%. Now the thing with Clubhouse being an audio-only platform is your profile is just prime real estate. Because there's no video, there's nothing to look at. And when you are in a room, the thing that you'll naturally tend to do is to look at the people that you are in the room with. And if you are holding the room, people will go to your profile. So it's so important even if you just put something on there to start with. So the first three lines of your profile are the most important of your Clubhouse profile. Because when you first click onto someone's avatar and go into their profile, it's not going to show you their whole profile, it's going to show you that three-line preview.
Sue McLachlan:
Hence why it's the most important, because you want to have something in there so that I guess people get a sense of who you are enough to want to click into your full profile. Unlike social media, you don't have to condense everything to just a couple of lines. There is actually quite a lot of space on Clubhouse for writing a really detailed profile, which is awesome.
Brian Webb:
Right.
Sue McLachlan:
Yeah. So you can tell people about what you do, you can put in your website information, however, it's not clickable. So I would definitely recommend using easier to remember links rather than trying to put complicated links in there. I have seen a lot of people and I did not get to register sue.club, but I get a suey.club as I'm known as Suey to my friends. So I was like, "Okay, well, that's an interim."
Brian Webb:
Well from now on your Suey to me, because I definitely count you as a friend.
Sue McLachlan:
Oh, well, there you go. Yeah. So a lot of people have snapped up those.club domains to be able to then when you're talking, just give out a really easy domain and be like, "Hey, go here." And the other thing is, is 100% make sure that you link up your Instagram. The only way that someone can talk to you is through Instagram or Twitter. Now, most people are going to Instagram. Like if you've got both put both, but generally the click-throughs are going to Instagram and then people are going into the Instagram DMS.
Brian Webb:
To the DMS.
Sue McLachlan:
Yeah. The DMS on Instagram is where it is at, you'll hear everyone on Clubhouse constantly going DM me, DM me. Go on my DMS.
Brian Webb:
Wow. Okay.
Sue McLachlan:
Yeah. So make sure that you've got those first three critical lines and you can keep tweaking and changing as you go around Clubhouse. I think I've changed my profile probably 20 times already.
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Sue McLachlan:
Like, I'll see something on someone else's and I'll be like, "Oh, I really like how they've laid that out." So, you've got a bit of space, so you can have a bit of a play around with it if you've got something special happening. If you're launching a new product or if you have a service that you're promoting, maybe you're running webinars for something or there's something going on, then you can put that into your funnel and direct people to that. Or you can even use that Instagram feature where you can say DM me. For example, we have Kajabi templates. So we have it's set up. So it's like DM the word templates, and then we've got an automatic message that sends out a link to our freebie templates.
Sue McLachlan:
So, there's lots of ways that you can do it, but absolutely at a minimum, get your Instagram links up and on Instagram, make sure that you have a link through to your resources.
Brian Webb:
Okay. That's all sounds absolutely perfect. Tell me the next two things I'd love to hear from you speak about is, one followers and following people, I'm actually legitimately curious to hear your thoughts on, do you try to go and follow everyone or do you be selective of who you follow or is it kind of the old school on, I mean literally Twitter, Instagram, where you go follow to get followed, what is your take on that with Clubhouse?
Sue McLachlan:
Well, with Clubhouse, the people that you follow is what your hallway or your room feed is kind of made up of. So I guess just like on social media, if you go around and follow everyone, you're going to have a really cluttered feed and it's going to be a little bit annoying. So I personally am not doing the follow to get follows thing, I don't think it's necessary in Clubhouse, and it just helps protect your feet a little bit. So I'm following people that I find interesting that are on stage. I'm following people that I've connected with. I follow all my online mentors because they're all on there. It's kind of cool when you find a mentor and you're like, they're new to Clubhouse, and they've got less followers than you do. That's like, "wow, cool."
Sue McLachlan:
Because it's so new, everyone's new. You know, it doesn't stay that way for long, but yeah, it's certainly... it's not necessary to follow everyone. I would try to stick with following people that you want to hear from so that you get notified when they're in rooms, because your notifications will blow up like crazy.
Brian Webb:
Yes.
Sue McLachlan:
Yeah. And because it's so new, you'll find that people, when you are engaging in a room and even sometimes just when you are in a room when you're just in that room for a while, or if you are waiting to speak on one of the biggest stages, you might get people who are just checking out your profile, while you're just interacting with the platform and may follow you. And yeah, even yesterday I was in a room, I asked a question and someone else was in the room and they're like, "Oh my God, you're Kajabi expert, awesome." They contacted me on Instagram and we're having a meeting today. So and that was just from one question that I asked someone else in a room. It wasn't my room. So, yeah.
Brian Webb:
Okay. So talk about clubs on Clubhouse. I mean, how does that work? What does that look like for the audience? I mean, I want to try to guide you a little bit here.
Sue McLachlan:
Yeah.
Brian Webb:
And the one thing I always try to remember is, I know less than you about Clubhouse. So, and we together know more than probably most of the people that are going to be listening. So just explain what a club is and then maybe talk about how to leverage that for your business.
Sue McLachlan:
Yeah, absolutely. So anyone can set up a club on Clubhouse, and then you as a Clubhouse user can also follow clubs or become a member of a club. So right now Clubhouse is scrambling to keep up with the applications for clubs. It's still at this stage, a manual process where you literally go and fill out a form and they will assess it. And they're only giving clubs to people who approve and to be active on the platform. So you need to be running your own rooms in order to get your own club. And there's benefit, I think in being in clubs and with potentially setting up your own. So I've put an application to set up my own club, but have not had it approved yet.
Sue McLachlan:
So instantly comment more on that once I've got it approved, but you know, some of the cool things that I've been seeing people use clubs for is kind of using them a little bit like Facebook groups, where members of the club might get special trainings where it's a branded clubs, Social Media Examiner, for example, have a club on there. So people who know that brand and want to follow and be a part of that club. Some clubs and the biggest club on Clubhouse is women in business just became the biggest club. And that club allows you to create rooms under that clubs umbrella. So not every club will allow you to do that, but when you do that, your room will then go on the feed to people who follow women in business club.
Sue McLachlan:
Which is super powerful and can be really helpful if that's your target market. So I've heard a few rooms in there and have got to know the owner of the club. And sometimes she opens our rooms up to the public, which means that it's under that umbrella, but it's also open to everyone which makes it even bigger again. So there's definitely... and that's all, that power of connections, like talking with people like talking with them, meeting them in rooms, continuing the conversation in the DMS, and just really making connections.
Sue McLachlan:
I mean, you kind of making business friends really. So with clubs or I'll just quickly just tell you with clubs. So when you join a club, you actually start by following the clubs. So when you follow the club, you just get notifications of when that clubs rooms set by the club owners, or if the club allows other people. So that's when you're at the follow. The next level is a member of a club and that has to be approved by the owner of the club. So there's that different kind of hierarchy. And once you're a member, some clubs will allow you to start a room and to schedule rooms in that club and other clubs will only allow the owners. So there's different ways that people set them up.
Sue McLachlan:
But there are a lot of clubs already, and I've had this something like 35,000 club applications in.
Brian Webb:
So I'm going to guess that our audience is going to love these next two questions because they're specifically relevant to do with what they want, which is increasing their revenue and growing their business. Right? So talk to us on how to optimize a room to capture leads.
Brian Webb:
Before we go any further, I want to tell you about our insiders club. You and I both know that you need and want to grow your business and you need an affordable, highly seasoned marketing and strategy partner to help and show you the way. Well, our insiders club is the perfect solution for you. And let me tell you why. If you sign up for insider's club, we'll send you the same secret strategies, tools, growth hacks, and tactics that we share with our top paying clients, right to your inbox every single week. And it's so easy to join.
Brian Webb:
Simply go to whatboxdigital.com/insider and enter your information. It's that easy. It will take you less than two minutes. And you'll be a of the club. Imagine getting bite-size golden nuggets of marketing tips and insights you could use to grow your own business every single week, we'll share advanced tips and strategies on Facebook, LinkedIn, lead generation, marketing automation, sales, trends, technology, branding, and so much more. And in case you missed it, it's free. Again, to sign up, simply go to our website @whatboxdigital.com/insider. Let me and my team here at Whatbox help you to be a smarter marketer, so you can grow your business and your income faster by helping you to make better marketing decisions with fewer regrets.
Brian Webb:
And let's face it. Most marketing does not work. Let us help and show you the way to do marketing in a way that actually does work and helps you to grow your business. Again, sign up today @whatboxdigital.com/insider. I can't wait to see you there.
Brian Webb:
I'm going to guess that our audience is going to love these next two questions because they're specifically relevant to do and that they want, which is increasing their revenue and growing their business. Right? So talk to us on how to optimize a room to capture leads.
Sue McLachlan:
Okay. So I definitely think go and before you run your own room, take part in some rooms, pay attention to the moderators that run rooms really well. Pay attention to people who have a lot of people in their room and see what they are doing. Definitely it can work really well if you have more than one person running the room, I've run rooms on my own and with other colleagues, and both work well, but just having someone to bounce off, just like when you're in a podcast, it's kind of more interesting when there's more than one voice, I guess.
Brian Webb:
Sure.
Sue McLachlan:
Yeah, but really encouraging people to come up to the stage and ask questions. It helps you to cement your position as an expert and to be able to answer questions for people, but just remember, like get the right balance between being salesy, like not ever mentioning your business and telling people that when you're talking to them and answering their questions, don't be shy to present your offerings.
Sue McLachlan:
Generally, the vibe, I guess, for want of a better word on Clubhouse is it's all about giving, and it's all about sharing knowledge.
Brian Webb:
Generosity.
Sue McLachlan:
Generosity. I've seen some phenomenal things on Clubhouse, which is amazing, and most people are there. And it's kind of like the side benefit of being very closely watching a girl who I've met on Clubhouse who sells Amazon courses and she is on there. I didn't even want to know how many hours. I would say she's probably 10, 12 hours a day. And she runs these rooms, teaching people how to set up Amazon stores. She rarely talks about her offerings, but people are going to her Instagram profile. She's got it very clearly laid out. She's got that small ticket offer. She's got coaching and consulting, and then she has a thousand dollar course.
Sue McLachlan:
And people are buying it because they're sitting in the room with her for a couple of hours just being like, "Oh man, you really know your stuff. I want to learn more from you."
Brian Webb:
And what is the ticket price for that core specifically?
Sue McLachlan:
$999
Brian Webb:
Do you know? So about a thousand bucks.
Sue McLachlan:
$1000. Yeah.
Brian Webb:
Okay.
Sue McLachlan:
Yeah. And we've had people that have come to us and I've done so many discovery calls in the last few weeks, and have had people booking, have found us on Clubhouse. So you can get leads. A really good way that I've found in my rooms. I mean, all of this is a bit of experimentation as to what works and kind of getting the right balance between mentioning what you do and being giving. But when I'm running the rooms, we kind of do like a half hour ish, like reset the room. So we'll be like, "We're just going to reset the room quickly just for new people that have come in." So we'll give a little bit of an intro to ourselves. Remind people to go and follow us on Instagram, DM if they've got any messages, et cetera. And yeah. And then go back to the general conversation.
Sue McLachlan:
And that's a really good way. We can see a spike when I'm running a room in the in our link tree, like our link list page that people are coming through from Instagram and clicking through to the website, the DMS, light up. So yeah.
Brian Webb:
And so to the audience, I'm speaking to the audience. Now what Sue is just talking about is something that we as marketers love to do, which is when we create links, we'd love to monitor those links and how many click-throughs we're getting. So to the typical entrepreneur, who's like, "What does that mean? You monitor your link." We monitor links because we measure progress. We measure conversion.
Sue McLachlan:
Yeah. Well, yeah. It's really helpful to be able to know. And if you see... like I can see spikes on the days that I run Clubhouse rooms and that's so powerful, and you can even see traffic coming through if you are speaking in someone else's room, but where I really say the traffic coming is when it's my room and I'm running the room. And especially when they go for a long time, or if you have a special guest that pops in. So in my world, I have a few mentors, Amy Porterfield being one of them and the online course space, Stu McLaren being another one in the membership space. And we were running a room that was opened up to the public. And lo and behold, Stu McLaren popped into the audience. And I was like, "Hey, Steve, do you want to come up on the stage?"
Sue McLachlan:
And he did and stayed there for an hour and a half answering questions and was so generous. And we had lots of people in the room and yeah, like that kind of stuff does not happen on social media. You don't get someone of that caliber just happening to pop into your live stream. So you know, the opportunities are phenomenal.
Brian Webb:
One, Clubhouse isn't that old as we've established. And two, my exposure to Clubhouse is what, three or four weeks old at the most now. But social media in general, let's just take Facebook, YouTube, Instagram, Twitter, all of them, LinkedIn, even. It made the world a much smaller world, but Clubhouse in its own unique way. It's one thing to see a video on YouTube or Facebook. It's another thing to see someone's feed on Instagram so that you can be a part of their lives or their stories, but in Clubhouse, you're in the conversation. Whether or not you're contributing right away, you're in the room listening to people talk. It's like you're eavesdropping in the conference room basically. Right?
Sue McLachlan:
Oh, exactly. Yeah. It's amazing. And so you just... that's why it's so connecting. Because you get a bit of a connection to a video or listening to someone on a podcast, but when you're listening to people just having a chat, and sometimes it gets a bit loose and everyone has a laugh and it's so normal. It just feels like it's evening the playing field and yeah. And you're getting access like you said, you can go into rooms with Grant Cardone and these other people, massive, massive businesspeople...
Brian Webb:
Influencers.
Sue McLachlan:
... Who are there and you can talk to them, you can talk to them. Like it's, yeah. It's incredible. I love it. I'm very passionate about it.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. No, I can tell you're a passionate person anyway, but yes, it comes through and I understand you have a story about Grant Cardone in Clubhouse. Right?
Sue McLachlan:
Yeah, absolutely. So a few weeks ago in one of Grant's rooms that he was running after the undercover billionaire was released to the beginning of January, he was running a room and he was... him and the panel of experts was fielding questions from people in the audience. And a young girl came up and she asked about where she could if anyone had any advice on where she could get funding. Because she'd had a business advisor suggest to her that in order to grow her business, she needed funding. And Grant challenged her. He was like, "Well, why do you need funding?" And kind of pushed her a bit. And then he said to her, "Well, what would you do?" Because he asked how much she needed. And he said, "What would you do if you had to get $10,000 by the end of the month?"
Sue McLachlan:
And she started saying some things like she would go try and find some business contacts. And she started rattling off a couple of things and he went, "All right, I'm giving you a challenge. If you make 10 grand in the next seven days, I'm going to match it." Which was amazing. But a lot of the people in the room didn't think that she was going to do it, because she's only just started a business, a mom of two, she's pregnant. She's very, very, very green and new. And I wouldn't say she got poo-pooed off the stage, but there was a bit of like, "Yeah, yeah. We'll see what happens."
Brian Webb:
Skepticism. Yeah.
Sue McLachlan:
Yeah, yeah. Definitely. And one of the people that I've met on Clubhouse was kind of rallying around to try and help Lisa, the girl who did it. And me being a helpful person piped up and also offered to help Lisa. And now I'm actually working with Lisa and have got to help her and help her get to that $10,000. We've been doing some Instagram stuff for her and-
Brian Webb:
Wow.
Sue McLachlan:
Yeah, just working with her and that's really beautiful. It's been so nice. Like the amount that, that has changed her life, like completely. So it came around to the seven days later, and Grant's office gave her an offer. They said, "You can have the $10,000 or you can have a one-on-one business consultation with Grant." What do you want to do?
Brian Webb:
I suspect she made the wise choice.
Sue McLachlan:
The wise choice being the consultation with Grant?
Brian Webb:
The consultation with Grant. Absolutely.
Sue McLachlan:
Yeah. So she is flying to meet him in, I think, a week or two.[crosstalk 00:33:54] And having that consultation, which is just phenomenal. And it's been such a pleasure helping her and just seeing how much that random question in a Clubhouse room has literally changed her life. She's had so many people that have offered to help her. That kind of support from Grant. I mean, I don't even know if he even does one-on-one consult. Like how much would you pay for that? I mean, I don't even know if he did-
Brian Webb:
He's not really looking for that kind of money? Right. He makes his money by the millions, not by the 10 thousand or thousands of dollars an hour. So yeah.
Sue McLachlan:
Exactly. And just the connections that that's helped her make. And you know, there were other people in the Clubhouse world that reached out and offered her great support and yeah, but there's stuff like that happening all the time, all over Clubhouse. which is why I say there's certainly opportunities to grow your business for sure. But it's really nice that it's happening alongside things like that. So, yeah.
Brian Webb:
Wow. Well, Sue, you are such a blessing to know as a friend, a colleague, I'm so glad you came on the podcast today and while your mic is hot, I'm just going to ask that you make a promise that you'll be a guest on the podcast again, sometime soon.
Sue McLachlan:
Oh, I'm on it. More than happy to, more than happy to. But one thing I just wanted to leave you with is, Clubhouse's the best benefit that you get out of Clubhouse is being in Clubhouse, taking part in those rooms. And even if you get a little bit intimidated perhaps by some of the bigger rooms, or you might have an experience where you put your hand up and you go on stage and you get nervous because you're could be amongst your marketing heroes, just do it anyway and do it again and do it again and do it again. Because that is where you will get the most benefit out of not just listening in the background. I mean, that is great. The first week I was on Clubhouse, I felt like I'd been to the best conference of my life.
Brian Webb:
Great.
Sue McLachlan:
I was just on fire with ideas. It was just that buzz that you get from that just from all the knowledge and just being around these people, doing inspiring things, but for you to grow your business, be in the arena. Like there is a reason why people with a hundred million-dollar businesses are spending 10 hours a day on this app.
Brian Webb:
Yeah. Absolutely.
Sue McLachlan:
Because it is so, so powerful. But the best way to make the most out of it is just making sure that you have that backend stuff set up, have links through to your website, make it easy for people to book calls with you if you're a service business. Use Instagram, you don't have to be super active on Instagram, but people are going to look at your Instagram. So, make sure that you've got relevant posts on there, relevant information, and be active in your DMS. And even if that means you have to get someone to help you manage the DMS, so that you give prompt responses, yeah. But this platform is incredible. There are so many opportunities and don't miss out. You've got an opportunity to get on in the early stages still now.
Brian Webb:
Yes. Yes, yes.
Sue McLachlan:
So do it.
Brian Webb:
Well, thanks for being here. So for those in the audience that might want to get in touch with you online, other than Clubhouse, or also Clubhouse, where's the best place for [inaudible 00:37:15] for them to do that?
Sue McLachlan:
Yeah, absolutely. So on Clubhouse, I'm @Sue McLachlan and hopefully Brian, you'll put my name spelling into the show notes.
Brian Webb:
Show notes. Absolutely.
Sue McLachlan:
So it's M-C-L-A-C-H-L-A-N. I am at The Unicorn Advisory on Instagram, and my website is theunicornadvisory.com, and if you do happen to be someone who uses Kajabi, we have an amazing resource vault and we've got in there a link list page template that you can use for using your links from Clubhouse and a little Clubhouse guide as well.
Brian Webb:
Awesome. Awesome. Thank you again for being here today Sue, I'm super grateful.
Sue McLachlan:
My pleasure. I love talking to you about Clubhouse. Seriously, it is changing the face of marketing social. It's phenomenal.
Brian Webb:
Well, thanks for your contribution to the world. Thanks for being an awesome person.
Sue McLachlan:
Oh, thanks, Brian. Pleasure being here.
Brian Webb:
All right. Well, there you have it. I promise that Sue would be great and I absolutely delivered or Sue did anyway. So here is our special offer this week. This podcast is being recorded on Tuesday, February 2nd, on March 2nd, which is one month from today. The day this episode is being recorded, March 2nd.
Brian Webb:
That's Tuesday, March 2nd. I'm going to basically give away two invitations to Clubhouse. And the way that you do it is one, go follow me on Instagram @BrianWebb, B-R-I-A-N W-E-B-B. Follow me @BrianWebb on Instagram. And then DM me, send me a direct message telling me why you feel like you should be invited to Clubhouse. On March 2nd, one month from today, the day that we're recording this episode, I will pick two people and reach out to you and you will be invited into Clubhouse. So, that's it.
Brian Webb:
Again, hope you enjoy the podcast today. And again, go follow me on Instagram @BrianWebb and send me a DM, and maybe you'll be one of the lucky ones who gets invited. Have a great day. See you next time.
Brian Webb:
Thank you for listening to today's episode of the Do Marketing Better Podcast, where we know that bad marketing is a pandemic and the mortal enemy of growing your business, but good marketing done right will help you and your brand eradicate obscurity and elevate your reach and income to new heights. I genuinely hope you enjoy today's episode. I'd be honored if you'd subscribe to the show and leave us a review. If you felt that today's episode inspired you to do marketing better, in a way that will actually help you to grow your business.
Brian Webb:
I'd be honored for you to connect with me personally on Instagram, @BrianWebb, and Whatbox Digital @Whatboxdigital. You can also find me and Whatbox on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. That will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when a new episode of our Do Marketing Better Podcast drops. And if you'd like to drop me a DM to say hello, I'd love to hear from you. Again, thanks for listening, let's go and grow together. I'll see you on the next episode.
The Do Marketing Better Podcast
Host: Brian Webb
Episode 1: Trailer
_____________________________________________
Description:
The Do Marketing Better Podcast is sponsored by Whatbox Digital, a marketing and consulting agency in the Greater Houston Metroplex. This podcast is designed to be your NUMBER 1 resource in the world to learn the secrets, frameworks, systems, and growth hacks that are essential to grow and scale any business. - Bad marketing is a pandemic and the mortal enemy of growing your business, but GOOD MARKETING DONE RIGHT is the cure to poverty!
____________________________________________
Helpful Links:
Whatbox Digital: https://whatboxdigital.com/
_____________________________________________
Podcast Sponsored By: Whatbox Digital
Find and Follow our Sponsor, Whatbox Digital
Web: https://whatboxdigital.com/
Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/company/whatbox-digital/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/whatboxdigital
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/whatboxdigital/
_____________________________________________
Connect w/ Brian Webb
Text Brian: 281-248-8073
Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thebrianwebb/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thebrianwebb
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brianwebb/
____________________________________________
Click on this link for a full transcript of the podcast:
_____________________________________________
Like what you hear? Want to Subscribe? Connect with The Do Marketing Better Podcast on Apple Podcasts - Subscribe and leave us a review. Your participation helps us grow and reach more business owners and leaders just like you.
_____________________________________________
Transcript:
Brian Webb:
Well, it's official. This is the trailer and the premiere episode of The Do Marketing Better Podcast. As the intro says, I am Brian Webb. I am the CEO and one of the senior consultants at a marketing and consulting firm called Whatbox Digital. While Whatbox services clients all around the world, our headquarters is located here in The Woodlands, Texas, which is a suburb, a master plan community on the Northside of Houston. Whatbox happens to be the sponsor of this podcast as well. Since this episode is the trailer and introduction to what we're all about. It seems fitting to introduce you to both our brand as a marketing agency, as much as introducing you to this podcast and sharing what's in it for you as a subscriber and a listener.
First, it might be a good idea to talk about the name, Whatbox. The name, Whatbox is actually a question. Jack Welch, who was arguably one of the top and most well-known CEOs of the 20th century, he led General Electric through tremendous growth from 1981 to 2001. In his book, which I read probably 10 years ago, Winning, he wrote about a core value that he instilled at General Electric, which he called boundarylessness.
Our name actually stems from a core belief that if you want to grow your business, there are no boundaries. There is no box. So in fact, so much so that we would say, what box? Whatbox Digital is actually brand new but our core leadership team has been serving our clients in the Houston metroplex and around the nation for nearly 18 years. So while the brand, as an agency and this podcast is sparkly brand new, we're not the new guys in town by any stretch.
As the CEO of my previous agency, Loud Creative, my team and I had the privilege of coaching and providing marketing advice and servicing brands you've probably heard of like Coca-Cola or Karbach Brewing, The Hospital Corporation of America, The Entrepreneurs Organization of America, Caldwell banker, Sabreliner Aviation and many, many other clients in probably over, I think it was 60 different industry verticals, but enough about us, let me tell you why we exist.
Bad marketing is the mortal enemy of business growth, period. That's what we believe and that's what we teach. 18 years of experience has proven over and over again that most business leaders are just not effective at all in consistently executing marketing strategies that actually grow their businesses. And the problem really is pandemic. And that's why we exist, we're here to help. We do this in three ways.
First, we provide consulting services that allow us to come in as a strategic partner where we can one, discover what growth goals our clients want to achieve. Second, we actually audit where they are currently and identify holes in their existing marketing initiatives. And then last, we actually come in and present new strategies that will help clients basically to reduce the friction of acquiring new customers and more effectively grow their business with proven tactics that actually work.
Second, we actually help business leaders find the right creative and marketing experts and execution partners to get the necessary work done, allowing them to leverage their strategies that they've been taught and watch their businesses ascend to new heights.
And third, we are actually in the middle of launching a brand new mastermind program, where we provide ongoing coaching and frameworks and tools and community and accountability and educational workshops that help them to ensure that they will basically be able to never be left in the dark again about what it takes to actually successfully grow and scale their businesses with more effective marketing strategies.
I can't, I say this all the time, I can't, you can't, none of us can afford to risk business failure by attempting to navigate this journey on her own. So that's what the mastermind is all about. Any wise leader already knows that constant and aggressive pursuit of knowledge and wisdom is paramount. If you ask me anyway, if we are to truly be successful in creating a real business that has any kind of significant impact, most certainly to our own personal economies, but also to our community, there will forever be new trends and new approaches to growing your business as the world, technologies and our culture is constantly changing around us. So we must continue to adjust to the never-ending changing landscape of marketing and business growth. So that's again, why, Whatbox Digital exists. Consider this your personal invitation to be a part of our tribe.
You know, when entrepreneurs and business leaders hire marketing experts and agencies, they're always looking to pay for results. Unfortunately, in my experience, most marketers and agencies are only selling their time. So any time that there's a gap that lies between what we expect and what we experience and you'll understand this, that's where frustration and disappointment is going to show up and grow and fester over time.
So again, we're here to help and we're committed to seeing the entrepreneurs and business leaders in our podcast audience, just like our roster of clients grow, succeed, and dominate your competitors. We'll help you to make better decisions and experience fewer regrets. I'm begging you to stop spending money on marketing that does not work and has little or no chance of helping you to grow your business.
So who is this podcast for? First and foremost, this podcast is absolutely for entrepreneurs and business owners that are driven and determined to grow and scale their businesses, but almost equally as much this podcast is for those of you that might have aspirational dreams of launching a new business someday. The way my team and I see it, you might as well get started off on the right foot by actually having a plan that will effectively acquire new customers and grow your revenue.
We're also here though for marketing leaders. In other words, if you're a Chief Marketing Officer, VP of Marketing, or a Marketing Coordinator inside of another organization, and you'd like to have access to the newest secrets, tactics, strategies, current trends that we see working to grow other people's businesses, then I think you'll find this podcast to be a must-listen. And the overall content that you choose to consume on a regular basis to keep growing as a marketing professional.
What can you expect from this podcast? As I've alluded to a little earlier, we'll always be sharing ongoing secrets and tips and tricks and resources, all kinds of stuff. The list is actually quite long as to all the resources and knowledge and wisdom and insights that we'll be sharing over the course of the days, weeks, months, and years to come. But we'll also keep you up to date with growth hacks and marketing trends that we continue to monitor across all of our numerous strategic relationships and information channels.
We'll be sharing interviews as well with thought leaders, authors, entrepreneurs, industry experts, and pretty much anyone that we know that can provide helpful insights on how to be more effective in growing a business. And we'll definitely be making a strong effort to have fun and be entertaining along the way.
So that's it for today, our trailer and premier podcast episode. We're here and I speak for all of us when I say, I hope you'll become an active part of the community. You'll never meet anyone else, who's more committed to adding value to your life than me or my team. It's why we're here.
Thank you for listening to today's episode of The Do Marketing Better Podcast, where we know that bad marketing is a pandemic and the mortal enemy of growing your business, but good marketing done right is the cure to poverty. I genuinely hope that you enjoyed today's episode. I'd be honored if you subscribe to the show and leave us a review if you felt that today's episode inspired you to do marketing better in a way that will actually help you grow your business.
I'd be honored for you to connect with me personally, on Instagram at, @Brian Webb and Whatbox Digital at, @Whatbox Digital. You can also find me and Whatbox on Facebook and LinkedIn with the links in the show notes. This will allow you to stay up to date and never miss out on exciting new announcements, events, offers, and opportunities. And you'll be in the know when a new episode of our do marketing, better podcast drops. And if you'd like to drop me a DM to say hello, I'd love to hear from you.
And since we are launching this podcast, mid-December, 2020, I want to take a quick moment from the very bottom of my heart and wish you, your family, and your team a very Merry, Merry Christmas. I sincerely hope, I believe actually, that 2021 is going to be your best year yet. Again, thank you for listening. Let's go and grow together. I'll see you in the next episode.